En Service Manual: Wheel Loader

en Service manual
Wheel loader
Document ID
Order number: 11827696
Issued: 2020-04-03
Version: 07
Author: LBH / Technical Documentation Department
Product ID
Manufacturer: Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd.
Valid for: L 550-1562
Contact Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd.

No.30, Wanli Street
Dalian
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020
2 L550-1562
Preface
Notes for users

This service manual is designed for trained specialist staff of the Liebherr organisa-
tion and their dealers.
This service manual contains specialist knowledge for repairing Liebherr construc-
tion machines. Basic specialist knowledge on electronics, hydraulics, mechanics
and engine technology is not contained in this service manual. Therefore special-
ized training and qualifications are necessary. Liebherr recommends participating
in the Liebherr training program for construction machines.
In this service manual you will find information on:
– Special tools
– Technical data
– Maintenance intervals and maintenance tasks
– Adjustment procedures
– Structure and function descriptions
– Removal and installation tasks
– Circuit diagrams, hydraulic plans and technical drawings
You will find information on controls and operation in the operator's manual. Infor-
mation on spare parts are in the spare parts catalogue. Please observe the local
accident prevention laws.
You can find information on repairs of machine parts in the service documentation
under “Wheel loader - repair instructions”.
This document may not be duplicated, even in part, without the permission of
Liebherr.
Technical changes are reserved.
Colour legend of hydraulic diagrams
Colour Line thick- Designation

ness
Thick or thin High pressure
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Thick Tank line
Thin Leak oil line
L550-1562 3
Preface Service manual
Colour Line thick- Designation

ness
Thin Replenishing pressure or pilot pres-
sure to pilot control unit
Thin Control pressure or pilot pressure

from pilot control unit
Thick Enclosed oil
Thick Working pressure
Thin Load sensing pressure
Colour legend of hydraulic diagrams
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
4 L550-1562
Contents
010 Introduction 010-1

010.1 Safety instructions 010-4
010.1.1 Information on these instructions 010-4
010.1.1.1 Representation of warning messages 010-4
010.1.1.2 Graphic symbols in these instructions 010-4
010.1.2 Intended use 010-5
010.1.2.1 Laws, rules, guidelines and safety regulations 010-5
010.1.2.2 Intended use 010-5
010.1.2.3 Foreseeable misuse 010-6
010.1.2.4 Operating conditions 010-6
010.1.2.5 Disposal 010-7
010.1.3 Description of staff 010-7
010.1.3.1 Personal protective equipment 010-7
010.1.3.2 Requirements for staff 010-8
010.1.3.3 Operating company 010-8
010.1.3.4 Operator 010-9
010.1.3.5 Maintenance staff 010-9
010.1.3.6 Refrigeration technician 010-10
010.1.3.7 Slinger 010-11
010.1.3.8 Spotter 010-12
010.1.4 Protective devices on the machine 010-12
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
010.1.4.1 Operator's cab 010-12

010.1.4.2 Roll over protective structure (ROPS) 010-13
010.1.4.3 Falling object protective structures (FOPS) 010-13
010.1.5 Emergency equipment on the machine 010-13
010.1.5.1 Emergency exit (standard) 010-13
010.1.5.2 Fire extinguisher (option) 010-14
010.1.6 Safe operation 010-14
010.1.6.1 Intoxicants 010-14
L550-1562 5
Contents Service manual
010.1.6.2 Dangerous fuels and operating fluids 010-14

010.1.6.3 Transporting machine 010-15
010.1.6.4 Access to machine 010-15
010.1.6.5 Machine danger zone 010-16
010.1.6.6 Visibility 010-16
010.1.6.7 Protection against vibration 010-17
010.1.6.8 Operation of machine 010-18
010.1.7 Safe maintenance 010-21
010.1.7.1 Spare parts 010-21
010.1.7.2 Heavy parts 010-21
010.1.7.3 Regular checks 010-22
010.1.8 Modifications to the machine 010-22
010.1.8.1 Modifications, add-ons and retrofittings 010-22
010.2 Special tools for maintenance and repair work 010-23
010.2.1 Special tools, general 010-23
010.2.2 Special tools for the diesel engine 010-23
010.2.3 Special tools for the electrical system 010-24
010.2.4 Special tools for the transmission 010-24
010.2.5 Special tools for front axle MT-L II 010-25
010.2.6 Special tools for rear axle MT-L II 010-25
010.2.7 Special tools for the air conditioning system 010-25
010.2.8 Special tools for cab glazing 010-26
010.2.9 Special tools for the central lubrication system 010-26
010.3 Standards and regulations 010-27
010.3.1 Prestressing forces and tightening torques for bolts with metric
standard and fine threads as per DIN ISO 261 010-27
010.3.1.1 Range of application and purpose 010-27
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
010.3.1.2 Other applicable documents 010-27

010.3.1.3 Modifications and descriptions 010-28
010.3.1.4 Tightening torques 010-28
010.3.2 Liebherr standards for assembly instructions and tightening torques010-34
010.4 Preservation guidelines 010-35
010.4.1 General information 010-35
010.4.2 Machine out of service for an unknown period of time 010-35
010.4.3 Putting the machine out of service 010-36
6 L550-1562
Service manual Contents
010.4.3.1 Out of service for up to 2 months 010-36

010.4.3.3 Out of service for longer than 12 months 010-38
010.4.4 Putting back into service 010-38
010.4.4.1 After being out of service for 2 months 010-38
010.4.4.3 After being out of service for longer than 12 months 010-39
020 Technical data 020-1

020.1 Overall machine 020-5
020.1.1 Complete machine with loading bucket
L550-1562/31334-; 020-5
020.1.2 Complete machine with loading bucket (industrial lift arms)
L550-1562/31334-; 020-6
020.1.3 Working attachment: light material bucket
L550-1562/31334-; 020-8
020.1.4 Working attachment: log grappler
L550-1562/31334-; 020-9
020.2 Drive group 020-12
020.2.1 Diesel engine
L550-1562/31334-; 020-12
020.2.2 Fuel tank
L550-1562/31334-; 020-13
020.2.3 Fuel level sensor
L550-1562/31334-; 020-13
020.2.4 Fuel pre-filter (separator filter)
L550-1562/31334-; 020-13
020.2.5 Air filter vacuum switch
L550-1562/31334-; 020-13
020.2.6 Clutch
L550-1562/31334-; 020-14
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
020.3 Cooling system 020-15

020.3.1 Fan gear pump
L550-1562/31334-; 020-15
020.3.2 Fan gear motor
L550-1562/31334-; 020-15
020.3.3 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor B8
L550-1562/31334-; 020-15
020.4 Working hydraulics 020-16
020.4.1 Working hydraulics pump
L550-1562/31334-; 020-16
L550-1562 7
020.4.2 Control valve block

L550-1562/31344-; 020-16
020.4.3 Pilot control unit
L550-1562/31334-; 020-16
020.4.4 Pilot control hydro accumulator
L550-1562/31334-; 020-16
020.4.5 Stabilisation module
L550-1562/31334-; 020-17
020.4.6 Ride control hydro accumulator
L550-1562/31334-; 020-17
020.4.7 Z kinematics and industrial lift arms lift cylinder
L550-1562/31334-; 020-17
020.4.8 Z kinematics tilt cylinder
L550-1562/31334-; 020-17
020.4.9 Industrial lift arms tilt cylinder
L550-1562/31334-; 020-18
020.5 Travel hydraulics 020-19
020.5.1 Travel pump
L550-1562/31334-; 020-19
020.5.2 Travel motor 1
L550-1562/31334-; 020-19
L550-1562/31334-; 020-19
020.5.4 Variable displacement motor scavenging gear pump
L550-1562/31334-; 020-20
020.6 Hydraulic components 020-21
020.6.1 Filter unit
L550-1562/31334-; 020-21
020.6.2 Breather filter
L550-1562/31334-; 020-21
020.7 Steering system 020-22
020.7.1 Servostat
L550-1562/31334-; 020-22
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
020.7.2 Steering cylinder

L550-1562/31334-; 020-22
020.7.3 Steering cylinder pressure relief valve
L550-1562/31334-; 020-22
020.7.4 Steering damper hydro accumulator
L550-1562/31334-; 020-22
020.7.5 Emergency steering pump
L550-1562/31334-; 020-23
020.7.6 Emergency steering pressure switch B3
L550-1562/31334-; 020-23
8 L550-1562
020.7.7 Emergency steering check pressure switch B3a

L550-1562/31334-; 020-23
020.8 Brake system 020-24
020.8.1 Brake system gear pump
L550-1562/31334-; 020-24
020.8.2 Compact brake valve
L550-1562/31344-; 020-24
020.8.3 Service brake hydro accumulator
L550-1562/31334-; 020-24
020.8.4 Brake light pressure switch B12
L550-1562/31334-; 020-24
020.8.5 Accumulator charge pressure switch B19
L550-1562/31334-; 020-25
020.8.6 Parking brake hydro accumulator
L550-1562/31334-; 020-25
020.9 Electrical system 020-26
020.9.1 Central control unit (UEC3)
L550-1562/31334-; 020-26
020.9.2 Battery
L550-1562/31334-; 020-26
020.9.3 Voltage transformer
L550-1562/31664-; 020-27
020.10 Gearbox 020-28
020.10.1 Transmission
L550-1562/31334-; 020-28
020.11 Axles and drive shafts 020-29
020.11.1 Front axle
L550-1562/31334-; 020-29
020.11.2 Rear axle
L550-1562/31334-; 020-29
020.11.3 Front cardan shaft
L550-1562/31334-; 020-29
020.11.4 Rear cardan shaft
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562/31334-; 020-30
020.11.5 Tyres
L550-1562/31334-; 020-30
020.11.5.2 Special tyres 020-31
020.12 Steel parts of the basic machine 020-32
020.12.1 Ballast weight
L550-1562/1562-; 020-32
020.13 Operator's cab, heating and air conditioning 020-33
020.13.1 Heating, air conditioning
L550-1562/31334-; 020-33
L550-1562 9
020.13.2.1 Air conditioning 020-33

020.13.3.1 Air conditioning compressor 020-33
020.13.4 Dryer
L550-1562/31334-; 020-33
020.13.5 Pressure switches
L550-1562/31334-; 020-34
020.14 Lubrication system 020-35
020.14.1 Central lubrication system (Liebherr)
L550-1562/31334-; 020-35
020.14.1.1 Central lubrication pump 020-35
020.14.1.2 Progressive distributor 020-35
030 Maintenance 030-1

030.1 Maintenance and inspection schedule 030-9
030.2 Filling quantities and lubrication chart 030-14
030.2.1 Recommended lubricants
L550-1562/31334-; 030-14
030.2.2 Recommended operating fluids
L550-1562/31334-; 030-14
030.3 Lubricants and fuels 030-16
030.3.1 General information on changing lubricants and fuels 030-16
030.3.2 Converting hydraulic system from mineral oils to biodegradable
hydraulic fluids 030-16
030.3.3 Diesel fuels
L550-1562/31334-; 030-17
030.3.3.1 Specification 030-17
030.3.3.2 High sulphur content in the diesel fuel 030-17
030.3.3.3 Diesel fuel at low temperatures (winter operation) 030-17
030.3.4 Lubricating oils for diesel engines
L550-1562/31334-; 030-18
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030.3.4.1 Lubricating oil quality 030-18

030.3.4.2 Lubricating oil viscosity 030-18
030.3.4.3 Lubricating oil change intervals 030-19
030.3.5 Refrigerant
L550-1562; 030-20
030.3.6 Coolant
L550-1562/31334-; 030-20
030.3.6.1 Requirements for the water used 030-20
030.3.6.2 Antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor 030-20
10 L550-1562
030.3.6.3 Minimum quality requirement 030-20

030.3.7 Hydraulic oil
L550-1562/31334-; 030-21
030.3.7.1 Liebherr hydraulic oil 030-21
030.3.7.2 Using engine oil as hydraulic oil 030-21
030.3.7.3 Warming up 030-22
030.3.7.4 Biodegradable hydraulic oils 030-22
030.3.7.5 Changing the oil, analysing the oil, changing filters 030-23
030.3.8 Lubricating oils for transmissions
L550-1562/31334-; 030-24
030.3.9 Lubricating oils for axles
L550-1562/31334-; 030-25
030.3.10 Lubrication grease and other lubricants
L550-1562/31334-; 030-26
030.3.10.1 Minimum quality requirements 030-26
030.3.10.2 Liebherr lubrication grease 030-26
030.4 Maintenance tasks 030-28
030.4.1 Safety precautions
L550-1562/31334-; 030-28
030.4.2 Preparatory tasks for maintenance 030-28
030.4.2.1 Maintenance positions
L550-1562/31334-; 030-29
030.4.2.2 Opening the service hatches
L550-1562/31334-; 030-30
030.4.2.3 Turning off the battery main switch
L550-1562/31334-; 030-31
030.4.3 Overall machine 030-32
030.4.3.1 Checking the machine for external damage
L550-1562/31334-; 030-32
030.4.3.2 Removing loose parts, dirt, ice and snow from the
machine
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562/31334-; 030-32
030.4.3.3 Cleaning the machine
L550-1562/31334-; 030-33
030.4.3.4 Checking the machine for leaks
L550-1562/31334-; 030-34
030.4.3.5 Making sure the bolted connections are tight
L550-1562/31334-; 030-34
030.4.3.6 Corrosion protection system for use with salt and arti-
ficial fertilisers (optional): Carrying out corrosion
protection
L550-1562/31334-; 030-35
L550-1562 11
030.4.3.7 Oil analyses

L550-1562/31334-; 030-35
030.4.4 Drive group 030-41
030.4.4.1 Checking diesel engine oil level
L550-1562/31334-; 030-41
030.4.4.2 Changing diesel engine oil
L550-1562/31334-; 030-42
030.4.4.3 Changing the engine oil filter
L550-1562/31334-; 030-43
030.4.4.4 Checking the V-ribbed belt on the engine
L550-1562/31334-; 030-44
030.4.4.5 Changing the V-ribbed belt on the engine
L550-1562/31334-; 030-46
030.4.4.6 Checking the engine valve clearance
L550-1562/31334-; 030-46
030.4.4.7 Checking the bleeder filter of the crankcase
L550-1562/31334-; 030-49
030.4.4.8 Checking the glow plugs
L550-1562/31334-; 030-50
030.4.4.9 Diesel engine - Checking the crankshaft torsional
vibration damper
L550-1562/31334-; 030-52
030.4.4.10 Diesel engine - Changing the crankshaft torsional
vibration damper
L550-1562/31334-; 030-54
030.4.4.11 Draining off condensate and sediment from the fuel
tank
L550-1562/31334-; 030-55
030.4.4.12 Draining off condensate from the Separ fuel pre-filter
L550-1562/31334-; 030-56
030.4.4.13 Draining off condensate from the fuel pre-filter
L550-1562/31334-; 030-57
030.4.4.14 Changing the Separ fuel pre-filter insert
L550-1562/31334-; 030-58
030.4.4.15 Changing the fuel pre-filter
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562/31334-; 030-60
030.4.4.16 Changing the fuel fine filter
L550-1562/31334-; 030-61
030.4.4.17 Bleeding the fuel system
L550-1562/31334-; 030-62
030.4.4.18 Cleaning the air filter service cover and dust
discharge valve
L550-1562/31334-; 030-63
030.4.4.19 Checking the air suction hoses for leaks and tight
fitting
L550-1562/31334-; 030-65
12 L550-1562
030.4.4.20 Cleaning or changing the main filter element

L550-1562/31334-; 030-66
030.4.4.21 Changing the air filter safety element
L550-1562/31334-; 030-68
030.4.4.22 Cleaning the oil bath air filter (optional)
L550-1562/31334-; 030-69
030.4.4.23 Checking the exhaust system for leaks and tight
fitting
L550-1562/31334-; 030-70
030.4.5 Cooling system 030-72
030.4.5.1 Checking the coolant level
L550-1562/31334-; 030-72
030.4.5.2 Checking the coolant antifreeze and corrosion inhib-
itor concentration
L550-1562/31334-; 030-73
030.4.5.3 Cleaning the cooling system
L550-1562/31334-; 030-77
030.4.5.4 Changing coolant
L550-1562/31334-; 030-78
030.4.6 Working hydraulics 030-81
030.4.6.1 Lubricating the solenoids, universal joints and
tappets on the pilot control unit
L550-1562/31334-; 030-81
030.4.7 Hydraulic components 030-81
030.4.7.1 Checking the oil level in the hydraulic tank
L550-1562/31334-; 030-81
030.4.7.2 Checking and cleaning the magnetic rod on the
hydraulic tank
L550-1562/31334-; 030-83
030.4.7.3 Draining off condensate and sediment from the
hydraulic tank
L550-1562/31334-; 030-84
030.4.7.4 Hydraulic tank - changing the return-suction filter
L550-1562/31334-; 030-85
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030.4.7.5 Changing the hydraulic tank breather filter

L550-1562/31334-; 030-86
030.4.7.6 Hydraulic tank - changing the oil in the hydraulic
system
L550-1562/31334-; 030-87
030.4.8 Steering system 030-89
030.4.8.1 Testing the steering
L550-1562/31334-; 030-89
030.4.8.2 Lubricating the bearing points on the steering cylin-
ders
L550-1562/31334-; 030-89
L550-1562 13
030.4.9 Brake system 030-90

030.4.9.1 Testing the service brake and parking brake
L550-1562/31334-; 030-90
030.4.9.2 Checking the service brake discs for wear
L550-1562/31334-; 030-91
030.4.9.3 Checking the gap and wear on the parking brake
linings
L550-1562/31334-; 030-93
030.4.10 Electrical system 030-97
030.4.10.1 Checking the lights
L550-1562/31334-; 030-97
030.4.10.2 Checking the batteries, fluid level and terminals
L550-1562/31334-; 030-97
030.4.10.3 Changing the travel direction rocker switch and cap
(optional) on the control lever
L550-1562/31334-; 030-100
030.4.11 Gearbox 030-102
030.4.11.1 Checking the transmission oil level
L550-1562/31334-; 030-102
030.4.11.2 Changing the transmission oil
L550-1562/31334-; 030-102
030.4.12 Axles and drive shafts 030-103
030.4.12.1 Checking the axle oil levels
L550-1562/31334-; 030-103
030.4.12.2 Changing the axle oil
L550-1562/31334-; 030-104
030.4.12.3 Checking the cardan shafts
L550-1562/31334-; 030-106
030.4.12.4 Checking the tyre pressure
L550-1562/31334-; 030-106
030.4.12.5 Checking the wheel tightness
L550-1562/31334-35933; 030-106
L550-1562/35934-; 030-107
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030.4.13 Steel parts of the basic machine 030-108

030.4.13.1 Lubricating the articulation bearing and the rear axle
oscillating bearing
L550-1562/31334-; 030-108
030.4.13.2 Covering - lubricating locks and hinges
L550-1562/31334-; 030-109
030.4.13.3 Greasing the rear section cover lower hinges
L550-1562/31334-; 030-109
030.4.14 Working attachment 030-110
14 L550-1562
030.4.14.1 Lubricating lift arms and attached working attach-

ment
L550-1562/31334-; 030-110
030.4.14.2 Checking the bucket bearing seals and the bearing
bushings on the lift arms
L550-1562/31334-; 030-111
030.4.14.3 Checking the lift arm bucket stops
L550-1562/31334-; 030-113
030.4.14.4 Lubricating and testing the quick-change device
L550-1562/31334-; 030-114
030.4.15 Operator's cab, heating and air conditioning 030-115
030.4.15.1 Cleaning the fresh and recirculated air filters
L550-1562/31334-; 030-115
030.4.15.2 Changing the fresh and recirculated air filters
L550-1562/31334-; 030-117
030.4.15.3 Checking the condition and function of the safety belt
L550-1562/31334-; 030-118
030.4.15.4 Checking and topping up windscreen washer fluid
L550-1562/31334-; 030-118
030.4.15.5 Checking the seals on the driver’s cab
L550-1562/31334-; 030-119
030.4.15.6 Checking the indicator bead in the air conditioning
dryer-collector unit
L550-1562/31334-; 030-119
030.4.15.7 Heating and air conditioning unit: Testing the function
L550-1562/31334-; 030-120
030.4.16 Lubrication system 030-121
030.4.16.1 Checking the lubrication system grease reservoir
level
L550-1562/31334-; 030-121
030.4.16.2 Checking the pipes, hoses and lubrication points of
the lubrication system
L550-1562/31334-; 030-122
030.4.16.3 Checking whether metered quantities are adequate
at the bearing points (grease collars) of the lubrica-
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
tion system
L550-1562/31334-; 030-122
030.5 Testing and adjustment checklist
L550-1562/31334-; 030-124
030.6 Testing and adjustment tasks 030-129
L550-1562/31334-; 030-129
030.6.2.1 Preparatory tasks for testing and adjustment
L550-1562/31334-; 030-129
L550-1562 15
030.6.2.2 Bringing the machine up to operating temperature

L550-1562/31334-; 030-131
030.6.3 Drive group 030-132
030.6.3.1 Inch/brake pedal calibration
L550-1562/31334-; 030-132
030.6.3.2 Checking the engine speed
L550-1562/31334-; 030-132
030.6.3.3 Reading the diesel engine service files
L550-1562; 030-132
030.6.4.1 Fan gear motor proportional pressure relief valve
L550-1562/31334-; 030-135
030.6.5.1 Working hydraulics pump flow regulator (standby
pressure)
L550-1562/31334-; 030-137
030.6.5.2 Working hydraulics pump, power regulator
L550-1562/31334-; 030-139
030.6.5.3 Z kinematics control valve block secondary pressure
relief valves
L550-1562/31334-; 030-140
030.6.5.4 Z kinematics control valve block primary pressure
relief valve
L550-1562/31334-; 030-142
030.6.5.5 Z-bar kinematics control block, LS-pressure cut-off
L550-1562/31334-; 030-143
030.6.5.6 Industrial lift arm control valve block secondary pres-
sure relief valves
L550-1562/31334-; 030-144
030.6.5.7 Industrial lift arm control block, primary pressure
relief valve
L550-1562/31334-; 030-146
030.6.5.8 Industrial lift arm control block, LS-pressure cut-off
L550-1562/31334-; 030-147
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030.6.5.9 Stabilisation module (optional), cut-off function

L550-1562/31334-; 030-148
030.6.5.10 Ride control hydro accumulator (optional), nitrogen
filling
L550-1562/31334-; 030-149
030.6.5.11 Testing the Z kinematics control valve block for
leakage
L550-1562/31334-; 030-151
030.6.6.1 Checking the hydraulic lines for damage
L550-1562; 030-154
16 L550-1562
030.6.7 Travel hydraulics 030-159

030.6.7.1 Travel pump replenishing pressure relief valve
L550-1562/31334-; 030-159
030.6.7.2 Travel pump high pressure relief valves
L550-1562/31334-; 030-160
030.6.7.3 Travel pump pressure cut-off
L550-1562/31334-; 030-163
030.6.7.4 Travel pump block curve calibration
L550-1562/31334-; 030-164
030.6.7.5 Travel motor 1 start of regulation
L550-1562/31334-; 030-166
030.6.7.6 Automatic calibration of travel motor 2
L550-1562/31334-; 030-168
030.6.7.7 Engine output
L550-1562/31334-; 030-169
030.6.8.1 Steering system LS pressure cut-off valve
L550-1562/31334-; 030-170
030.6.9 Brake system 030-171
030.6.9.1 Accumulator charge pressure switch shift pressure
L550-1562/31334-; 030-171
030.6.9.2 Compact brake valve, hydro accumulator charging
function
L550-1562/31334-; 030-172
030.6.9.3 Service brake pressure
L550-1562/31334-; 030-174
030.6.9.4 Service brake hydro accumulator capacity
L550-1562/31334-; 030-175
030.6.10.1 Central control unit (UEC3) Creating a Servicefile
L550-1562/31334-; 030-176
030.6.10.2 Repairing the Tuple Chain on the central control unit
(UEC3)
L550-1562/31334-; 030-178
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030.6.10.3 Resetting central control unit (UEC3)

L550-1562/31334-; 030-183
030.6.11 Gearbox 030-188
030.6.11.1 Transmission hydro accumulator nitrogen filling
L550-1562/31334-; 030-188
040 Drive group 040-1

040.1 Engine 040-2
L550-1562 17
040.1.1 Engine: General overview

L550-1562/31334-; 040-2
040.1.2 Fuel system 040-4
040.1.2.1 Overview of the fuel system
L550-1562/31334-; 040-5
040.1.2.2 Fuel level sensor
L550-1562/31334-; 040-7
040.1.2.3 Fuel pre-filter
L550-1562/31334-; 040-8
040.1.2.4 Separ fuel pre-filter
L550-1562/31334-; 040-9
040.1.2.5 Fuel fine filter
L550-1562/31334-; 040-10
040.1.3 Air filter system 040-10
040.1.3.1 Overview of the air filter unit
L550-1562/31334-; 040-10
040.1.3.2 Air filter
L550-1562/31334-; 040-12
040.1.3.3 Vacuum switch for air filter
L550-1562/31334-; 040-13
040.1.4 Exhaust system 040-13
040.1.4.1 Overview of the exhaust system
L550-1562/31334-; 040-14
040.2 Clutch
L550-1562/31334-; 040-15
050 Cooling system 050-1

050.1 Overview of the cooling system
L550-1562/31334-; 050-2
050.2 Cooling system hydraulics 050-4
050.2.1 Overview of the hydraulics cooling system
L550-1562/31334-; 050-4
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562/31334-; 050-6
L550-1562/31334-; 050-7
050.3 Cooling system electronics 050-11
050.3.1 Electronic control system – general overview
L550-1562/31334-; 050-11
050.3.2 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
L550-1562/31334-; 050-12
18 L550-1562
060 Working hydraulics 060-1

060.1 Overview of z kinematics working hydraulics
L550-1562/31334-; 060-2
060.2 Working hydraulics pump
L550-1562/31334-; 060-7
060.3 Control valve block for Z-bar kinematics
L550-1562/31334-; 060-14
060.4 Pilot control 060-16
060.4.1 Overview of the pilot control unit
L550-1562/31334-; 060-16
L550-1562/31334-; 060-17
060.4.3 Working hydraulics lockout solenoid valve
L550-1562/31334-; 060-22
L550-1562/31334-; 060-23
060.5 Ride control 060-24
060.5.1 Ride control overview
L550-1562/31334-; 060-24
L550-1562/31334-; 060-25
L550-1562/31334-; 060-30
070 Travel hydraulics 070-1

070.1 Travel hydraulics overview
L550-1562/31334-; 070-2
070.2 Travel pump
L550-1562/31334-; 070-7
070.3 Travel motors 070-21
070.3.1 Overview of the travel motors
L550-1562/31334-; 070-21
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562/31334-; 070-23
L550-1562/31334-; 070-30
070.3.4 Travel motor scavenging gear pump
L550-1562/31334-; 070-36
080 Hydraulic components 080-1

080.1 Hydraulic tank 080-2
080.1.1 Overview of the hydraulic tank
L550-1562/31334-; 080-2
L550-1562 19
080.1.2 Filter unit

L550-1562/31334-; 080-4
L550-1562/31334-; 080-6
090 Steering system 090-1

090.1 Steering system overview
L550-1562/31334-; 090-2
090.2 Priority valve
L550-1562/31334-; 090-6
090.3 Servostat
L550-1562/31334-; 090-10
090.4 Steering cylinder 090-14
090.4.1 Steering cylinder overview
L550-1562/31334-; 090-14
L550-1562/31334-; 090-15
L550-1562/31334-; 090-16
090.5 Emergency steering 090-17
090.5.1 Emergency steering overview
L550-1562/31334-; 090-17
L550-1562/31334-; 090-18
090.5.3 Emergency steering electronics 090-19
090.5.3.1 Electronic control system – general overview
L550-1562/31334-; 090-20
090.5.3.2 Emergency steering pressure switch
L550-1562/31334-; 090-21
090.5.3.3 Emergency steering check pressure switch
L550-1562/31334-; 090-22
090.5.4 Valve block
L550-1562/31334-; 090-23
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
100 Brake system 100-1

100.1 Overview of the brake system
L550-1562/31334-; 100-2
100.2 Service brake and parking brake 100-5
L550-1562/31334-; 100-5
L550-1562/31334-; 100-6
100.3 Service brake 100-13
20 L550-1562
100.3.1 Overview of the service brake

L550-1562/31334-; 100-13
L550-1562/31334-; 100-16
100.3.3 Brake light pressure switch
L550-1562/31334-; 100-17
100.3.4 Accumulator charge pressure switch
L550-1562/31334-; 100-18
100.4 Parking brake 100-19
100.4.1 Overview of the parking brake
L550-1562/31334-; 100-19
100.4.2 Disc brake
L550-1562/31334-; 100-22
L550-1562/31334-; 100-23
110 Electrical system 110-1

110.1 Overview of the electrical system
L550-1562/31334-; 110-2
110.2 Lighting
L550-1562/31334-; 110-6
110.3 Circuit diagrams
L550-1562/31334-; 110-8
110.4 Electronic control unit 110-10
110.4.1 Overview of the electronic control system
L550-1562/31334-; 110-10
L550-1562/31334-; 110-12
110.5 Electrical components of the driver’s cab 110-17
110.5.1 Fuse and relay board
L550-1562/31334-; 110-17
110.6 Electrical components in the rear section 110-21
110.6.1 Battery installation
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562/31334-; 110-21
120 Gearbox 120-1

120.1 Overview of the transmission
L550-1562/31334-; 120-2
120.2 Mechanical transmission
L550-1562/31334-; 120-3
120.3 Transmission hydraulics 120-9
120.3.1 Overview of the hydraulic control system
L550-1562/31334-; 120-9
L550-1562 21
120.4 Transmission electronics 120-13

L550-1562/31334-; 120-13
120.4.2 Output speed sensor and travel motor 2 speed sensor
L550-1562/31334-; 120-14
120.4.3 Coupling pressure switch
L550-1562/31334-; 120-15
130 Axles and drive shafts 130-1

130.1 Axles 130-2
130.1.1 Front axle
L550-1562/31334-; 130-2
130.1.2 Rear axle
L550-1562/31334-; 130-7
140 Steel parts of the basic machine 140-1

140.1 Vehicle frame 140-2
140.1.1 Articulation bearing
L550-1562/31334-; 140-2
140.1.2 Articulation lock
L550-1562/31334-; 140-3
150 Working attachment 150-1

150.1 Lift arms for Z kinematics 150-2
150.1.1 Pin bearing 150-2
150.1.1.1 Z kinematics standard pin bearing
L550-1562/31334-; 150-2
150.1.1.2 Z kinematics bucket pin bearing
L550-1562/31334-; 150-3
150.2 Quick coupler 150-4
150.2.1 Z kinematics quick coupler
L550-1562/31334-; 150-4
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
160 Operator's cab, heating and air conditioning 160-1

160.1 Overview of the cab, heating and air conditioning unit
L550-1562/31334-; 160-3
160.2 Display and control elements 160-5
160.2.1 Electrical components in the control panel 160-5
160.2.1.1 Overview of electrical components in the control
panel
L550-1562/31334-; 160-5
22 L550-1562
160.2.1.2 Control unit for main functions

L550-1562/31334-; 160-6
160.2.1.3 Starter switch
L550-1562/31334-; 160-8
160.2.2 Display
L550-1562/31334-; 160-9
160.2.3 Control lever
L550-1562/31334-; 160-10
160.3 Heating, ventilation, air conditioning 160-12
160.3.1 Overview of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system
L550-1562/31334-; 160-12
160.3.2 Heating and air conditioning unit 160-15
160.3.2.1 Heater/blower unit
L550-1562/31334-; 160-15
160.3.2.2 Blower
L550-1562/31334-; 160-18
160.4 Air conditioning 160-19
160.4.1 Air conditioning (option)
L550-1562/31334-; 160-19
160.4.2 Condenser
L550-1562/31334-; 160-22
160.4.3 Dryer
L550-1562/31334-; 160-22
160.4.4 Evaporator
L550-1562/31334-; 160-24
170 Lubrication system 170-1

170.1 Liebherr automatic central lubrication system 170-2
170.1.1 Overview of Liebherr automatic central lubrication system
L550-1562/31334-; 170-2
170.1.2 Liebherr central lubrication pump
L550-1562/31334-; 170-6
170.1.3 Progressive distributor MX-F
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562/31334-; 170-10
200 Diagnosis 200-1

200.1 Malfunctions 200-2
200.1.1 Warning symbols 200-2
200.1.2 Service code indicator in the display 200-2
200.2 Troubleshooting 200-5
200.2.1 Replacing fuses 200-5
200.2.1.1 Fuses in the battery compartment 200-5
L550-1562 23
200.2.1.2 Plug-in fuses on the relay and fuse board 200-6
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
24 L550-1562
010 Introduction
Contents
010.1 Safety instructions 010-4
010.1.1 Information on these instructions 010-4
010.1.1.1 Representation of warning messages 010-4
010.1.1.2 Graphic symbols in these instructions 010-4
010.1.2 Intended use 010-5
010.1.2.1 Laws, rules, guidelines and safety regulations 010-5
010.1.2.2 Intended use 010-5
010.1.2.3 Foreseeable misuse 010-6
010.1.2.4 Operating conditions 010-6
010.1.2.5 Disposal 010-7
010.1.3 Description of staff 010-7
010.1.3.1 Personal protective equipment 010-7
010.1.3.2 Requirements for staff 010-8
010.1.3.3 Operating company 010-8
010.1.3.4 Operator 010-9
010.1.3.5 Maintenance staff 010-9
010.1.3.6 Refrigeration technician 010-10
010.1.3.7 Slinger 010-11
010.1.3.8 Spotter 010-12
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
010.1.4 Protective devices on the machine 010-12

010.1.4.1 Operator's cab 010-12
010.1.4.2 Roll over protective structure (ROPS) 010-13
010.1.4.3 Falling object protective structures (FOPS) 010-13
010.1.5 Emergency equipment on the machine 010-13
010.1.5.1 Emergency exit (standard) 010-13
010.1.5.2 Fire extinguisher (option) 010-14
010.1.6 Safe operation 010-14
L550-1562 010-1
Introduction Service manual
010.1.6.1 Intoxicants 010-14

010.1.6.2 Dangerous fuels and operating fluids 010-14
010.1.6.3 Transporting machine 010-15
010.1.6.4 Access to machine 010-15
010.1.6.5 Machine danger zone 010-16
010.1.6.6 Visibility 010-16
010.1.6.7 Protection against vibration 010-17
010.1.6.8 Operation of machine 010-18
010.1.7 Safe maintenance 010-21
010.1.7.1 Spare parts 010-21
010.1.7.2 Heavy parts 010-21
010.1.7.3 Regular checks 010-22
010.1.8 Modifications to the machine 010-22
010.1.8.1 Modifications, add-ons and retrofittings 010-22
010.2 Special tools for maintenance and repair work 010-23
010.2.1 Special tools, general 010-23
010.2.2 Special tools for the diesel engine 010-23
010.2.3 Special tools for the electrical system 010-24
010.2.4 Special tools for the transmission 010-24
010.2.5 Special tools for front axle MT-L II 010-25
010.2.6 Special tools for rear axle MT-L II 010-25
010.2.7 Special tools for the air conditioning system 010-25
010.2.8 Special tools for cab glazing 010-26
010.2.9 Special tools for the central lubrication system 010-26
010.3 Standards and regulations 010-27
010.3.1 Prestressing forces and tightening torques for bolts with metric
standard and fine threads as per DIN ISO 261 010-27
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
010.3.1.1 Range of application and purpose 010-27

010.3.1.2 Other applicable documents 010-27
010.3.1.3 Modifications and descriptions 010-28
010.3.1.4 Tightening torques 010-28
010.3.2 Liebherr standards for assembly instructions and tightening torques010-34
010.4 Preservation guidelines 010-35
010.4.1 General information 010-35
010.4.2 Machine out of service for an unknown period of time 010-35
010-2 L550-1562
Service manual Introduction
010.4.3 Putting the machine out of service 010-36

010.4.3.3 Out of service for longer than 12 months 010-38
010.4.4 Putting back into service 010-38
010.4.4.3 After being out of service for longer than 12 months 010-39
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 010-3
010.1 Safety instructions
010.1.1 Information on these instructions
010.1.1.1 Representation of warning messages
Warning symbol
Warning symbol warns of potential dangers. Obey all measures

marked with this symbol to avoid injury or death.
Tab. 1: Warning symbol
Grading of warning messages

Grading of warning messages is defined by following signal words:
DANGER
WARNING
CAUTION
NOTICE
Definition of warning levels
DANGER Indicates an immediately hazardous situation

which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.
WARNING Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not

avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not

avoided, could result in property damage.
Tab. 2: Warning levels
010.1.1.2 Graphic symbols in these instructions

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Symbol Meaning
Note
Identifies useful information and tips.
Precondition
Identifies conditions for subsequent action steps.
Action request
Identifies action steps.
Result
Identifies results of one or more action steps.
010-4 L550-1562
Symbol Meaning
List
Identifies individual items of a list.
Tab. 3: Symbols
010.1.2 Intended use
010.1.2.1 Laws, rules, guidelines and safety regulations

To ensure safe operation:
– Ask work site manager for safety regulations at place of use.
– Adhere to safety regulations at place of use.
– Adhere to traffic regulations.
– Adhere to valid guidelines from insurers (for example employers' professional
liability insurance companies, accident insurance et cetera).
– Avoid working methods that can endanger safety.
– Adhere to all intervals specified for recurrent checks and inspections in this
operator's manual.
010.1.2.2 Intended use

Wheel loader is used to pick up, move and dump following materials:
– Soil
– Stones
– Broken rocks
– Bulk materials
This applies to a standard machine in normal operating conditions. Special applica-
tions are described in a separate options operator's manual.
To ensure intended use:
– Adhere to operator's manual.
– Adhere to maintenance intervals.
– Observe inspection and maintenance tasks.
– Adhere to specifications in the technical data.
– When using machine on public roads, make sure it complies with applicable
national regulations.
– Only lift loads with intended working attachments (fork prongs, crane boom),
which must be fitted and functioning.
– Make sure that machines used underground (mining and tunnel construction)
are fitted with systems to reduce exhaust emissions (such as diesel particulate
filters).
– Adhere to individual country's requirements for underground operation.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
– For special uses use special working attachments and if necessary special
safety equipment.
– Exclusively mount and use special working attachments with approval and as
per stipulations of manufacturer of basic machine.
– Only use approved tyres.
– A suitably equipped workshop is absolutely essential for performing repair work.
Note
u Any other use or use beyond the stated use is improper use.
L550-1562 010-5
010.1.2.3 Foreseeable misuse

Do not use machine in following cases:
– Transport of persons without mounted and functioning safety equipment
– Lifting of persons without mounted and functioning safety equipment
– Driving with attached load
– Working in explosion hazard zones
– Working in contaminated environment without corresponding and necessary
equipment
– Lifting of loads without suitable working attachment
– Pulling of loads (for example, containers, wagons, trailers) without suitable
towing device
– Breaking rocks
– Hammering in posts
Note
u The manufacturer accepts no liability for damage caused by improper use.
010.1.2.4 Operating conditions

– Outdoors
– Fording depth is same as maximum obstacle height.
– Operate machine in an ambient temperature of -25 °C to 45 °C.
– In case of divergent ambient temperatures, contact Liebherr customer service.
Danger to life
Operation during thunderstorms or storms
– If possible stop operation before a thunderstorm or storm.

– Put working attachment on the ground in flattest position possible.
– Secure machine correctly.
– Close window.
– Shut off diesel engine.
– Set ignition key to 0.
– Make sure there are no persons in area around machine.
Lightning strike
– Remain in operator's cab.

– Do not leave machine until all components are voltage-free.
Contact with high voltage cable

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
– Do not move machine and working attachment.

– Remain in operator's cab.
– Do not leave machine until all components are voltage-free.
– Make sure that all persons stay away from the machine and the high voltage
cable.
– Have voltage switched off.
010-6 L550-1562
010.1.2.5 Disposal
Danger to life
Unapproved disposal of gas containers and pressure vessels
– Before disposal, completely depressurise pressure vessel.

– Before disposal, professionally empty pressure vessel.
– Adhere to safety instructions of pressure vessel manufacturer.
Unapproved disposal of refrigerant
– Have refrigerant disposed of by refrigerant recycling point.

– Adhere to safety data sheet of refrigerant during disposal.
Environmental pollution
Unapproved disposal of machine
– Make sure that the individual elements of the machine are disposed of correctly
after the service life.
– Dispose of elements of machine in line with valid country-specific waste
disposal guidelines and relevant valid laws.
– Remove fuels, operating fluids and lubricants from all components before
disposal.
– Collect and store fuels, operating fluids and lubricants in suitable containers
before disposal.
– Adhere to instructions of relevant manufacturer when disposing of fuels, oper-
ating fluids and lubricants.
– Have fuels, operating fluids and lubricants disposed of by old oil recycling point.
010.1.3 Description of staff
010.1.3.1 Personal protective equipment

Operators, assistants and maintenance staff are responsible for the following:
– Wearing personal protective equipment
– Regular cleaning and care of protective equipment
– Immediate replacement of damaged parts of protective equipment
The protective equipment consists of following elements:
– Protective helmet
– Safety glasses
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
– Hearing protection
– Breathing equipment
– Protective gloves
– Warning clothing (reflective, in signal colour)
– Safety boots
– Special protective clothing
• To prevent burns
• To prevent freezing
• To prevent acid burns
• To prevent stabbing and cutting injuries
L550-1562 010-7
010.1.3.2 Requirements for staff

Staff meet the following requirements:
– The machine is operated, maintained and repaired exclusively by authorised
and trained persons.
– All persons operating, maintaining or repairing the machine have the required
minimum age.
– Staff training involves theoretical information (technology and safety) and prac-
tical training on the machine.
– Staff have read and understood the operator's manual and supplied documenta-
tion.
– Experienced staff continuously supervise following staff.
• Staff undergoing training
• Staff undergoing education
• Staff undergoing instruction
• Staff undergoing a general apprenticeship
– Staff agree to work in safety-aware and risk-aware manner.
010.1.3.3 Operating company
Responsibility
The operator is responsible for the following:
– The operator of the machine must ensure that no persons are in the operating
area of the machine on the basis of a risk assessment conducted in respect of
the operating site.
– If working attachments are used that deviate from the standard and result in
limitations to the field of view, the operator must repeat the visual inspection.
– Make sure that exclusively trained staff operate the machine.
– Make sure that exclusively trained staff maintain the machine.
– If an electric motor is used, ensure that only a qualified and competent person
connects the machine to the mains supply.
– If a machine with an “emergency actuation of parking brake” option is used,
make sure that only qualified and authorised persons operate the machine.
– Check qualification of persons using the machine.
– Authorise activities of persons in handling the machine.
– Define competences and responsibilities for all persons involved in handling the
machine.
– Have following staff continuously supervised by an experienced person.
• Staff undergoing training
• Staff undergoing education
• Staff undergoing instruction
• Staff undergoing a general apprenticeship
– Provide all persons tasked with handling the machine with the necessary
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
protective equipment.
– Check safety-aware work of staff at regular intervals.
– Check danger-aware work of staff at regular intervals.
– Make sure that machine is operated in flawless, safe condition.
– If flaws affecting safety occur: Immediately decommission machine.
– Perform inspections of machine prescribed by Liebherr punctually.
– Perform nationally mandated inspections of machine punctually.
– Adhere to national legal specifications on provision of machines and tools by
the employer (hazard assessment and risk assessment conducted by the oper-
ator).
– Make sure that no retrofitting is performed on machine without consultation of
the manufacturer.
– Use original Liebherr spare parts wherever possible.
010-8 L550-1562
010.1.3.4 Operator
Responsibility
Operator is responsible for following:
– Read the operator's manual.
– Read included documentation:
• Operator's manuals for components
• Operator's manuals from third party manufacturers
• Additional instructions
– Wear personal protective equipment.
– Operate machine as intended.
– Avoid working methods that can endanger safety.
– Maintain visual contact or voice contact with spotter.
– During operation, do not allow any other persons on machine.
– Report all changes to machine that affect safety to operating company.
– If it is no longer possible to work safely, stop operating the machine immedi-
ately.
– Only perform retrofittings of machine after consultation with manufacturer.
Requirement
The operator has following qualification and skills:
– Has completed the legally specified minimum age.
– Is physically and mentally capable of operating the machine safely.
• Satisfactory eyesight
• Satisfactory hearing ability
• Quick reactions
• Is able to estimate distance, height and gaps.
– Has the necessary authorisation for operation of machine.
– The operator has the necessary education (theoretical and practical) for the
following:
• Handling the machine type
• Attaching
• Spotting
• Handling fire extinguishing equipment
– Knows all means of escape in an emergency.
– Is not under any physical or mental impairment that limits one of the prescribed
requirements.
– Is not under the influence of alcohol.
– Is not under the influence of drugs.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
010.1.3.5 Maintenance staff
Responsibility
The maintenance staff are responsible for the following:
• Operator's manuals for components
– Maintain machine for safe and reliable function.
– Execute all maintenance tasks specified for maintenance staff in the mainte-
nance and inspection schedule.
L550-1562 010-9

Requirement
The maintenance staff have the following qualifications and skills:
– Are of the legally specified minimum age.
– Physically and mentally capable of servicing the machine:
• Quick reactions
• Are able to estimate distance, height and gaps.
– Have the necessary authorisation for maintenance of the machine.
– Know the machine and the hazards.
– Know all procedures and precautions for maintenance.
– Have knowledge of handling special tools for maintenance and repair.
– Have special knowledge and experience handling hydraulic installations when
working with hydraulic systems.
– Are not under any physical or mental impairment that limits one of the
prescribed requirements.
– Are not under the influence of alcohol.
– Are not under the influence of drugs.
010.1.3.6 Refrigeration technician
Responsibility
The refrigeration technician is responsible for the following:
• Operator's manuals of options
– Maintain and repair machine for safe and reliable function.
– Execute all maintenance tasks and repair tasks specified for the refrigeration
technician in the maintenance and inspection schedule.
– Isolate battery main switch of power supply system and secure it against
switching on again.
– Clearly define and label working position.
– Use tools suitable for the work deployment.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

Requirement
The refrigeration technician has following qualification and skills:
– Physically and mentally capable of servicing the machine:
• Quick reactions
010-10 L550-1562

– The refrigeration technician has completed training that complies with the
country-specific laws, standards and guidelines.
– The refrigeration technician has following skills:
• Is able to assess work correctly.
• Is able to recognise dangers.
• Is able to take safety measures.
– Has knowledge and experience of the relevant field of activity.
– Knows the relevant national standards.
– Has the necessary authorisation for maintenance and repair of machine.
– Knows the machine and the hazards.
– Knows all procedures and precautions for maintenance.
– Has knowledge of handling special tools for maintenance and repair.
requirements.
010.1.3.7 Slinger
Responsibility
Slinger is responsible for following:
– Choose correct and undamaged slinging gear.
– Correctly attach slinging gear to load or lifting accessory.
– Correctly remove slinging gear from load or lifting accessory.
– Grant approval for movement or accompaniment.
Requirement
The slinger has following qualification and skills:
– Physically and mentally capable of slinging loads:
• Quick reactions
– The slinger has following skills:
• Is able to estimate mass distribution and load distribution.
• Is able to operate radio units.
• Is able to give clear instructions on radio units.
• Is able to guide a load.
– Has the necessary authorisation for attaching loads.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
– The slinger has the necessary education (theoretical and practical) for the
following:
• Selecting the suitable slinging gear
• Attaching slinging gear
• Securing to prevent unintended disengaging of slinging gear
• Avoiding damage to slinging gear
• Spotting
• Applying all necessary signal signs
requirements.
L550-1562 010-11
010.1.3.8 Spotter
Responsibility
The spotter is responsible for the following:
– Forward signals from slinger to operator.
– If the spotter is the only person for this purpose: Give instructions to operator.
– The spotter must be in the field of view of operator or have voice contact with
the operator.
Requirement
The spotter has following qualification and skills:
– Physically and mentally capable of spotting and providing signals:
• Quick reactions
– The spotter has following skills:
• Is able to operate radio units.
• Is able to give clear instructions on radio units.
• Is able to guide a load.
• Is able to ensure safe movement of load and machine.
– Has the necessary authorisation for giving signal signs.
– The spotter has the necessary education (theoretical and practical) for the
following:
• Spotting
• Applying all necessary signal signs
requirements.
010.1.4 Protective devices on the machine
010.1.4.1 Operator's cab
Danger to life
Unapproved working method

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
– Put on safety belt before starting work.

– Make sure that changes in the operator's cab (for example installation of acces-
sories) do not restrict the operator's workspace.
Injuries
Objects in the operator's cab
– Remove objects that are not necessary for the work from the operator's cab.
– Stow and fasten objects that are necessary for the work before starting.
– Make sure that objects carried do not protrude into the operator’s workspace.
010-12 L550-1562
010.1.4.2 Roll over protective structure (ROPS)
Danger to life
Damaged falling object protective structures
– Do not put machine into service with damaged falling object protective struc-
tures.
– Do not put machine into service with deformed falling object protective struc-
tures.
– Do not use falling object protective structures with structural changes.
– Do not use repaired falling object protective structures.
– Do not perform welding on falling object protective structures.
– Do not cut or saw falling object protective structures.
– Do not drill falling object protective structures.
Exceeding of total weight
– Make sure that total weight of machine (see identification plate) is not
exceeded.
– Make sure that the machine does not exceed the total weight with heavy
working tools.
– Make sure that the machine does not exceed the total weight after changing the
working attachment.
– Make sure that the machine does not exceed the total weight with add-ons or
after retrofitting.
010.1.4.3 Falling object protective structures (FOPS)
Danger to life
Damaged falling object protective structures
– Do not put machine into service with damaged falling object protective struc-
tures.
– Do not put machine into service with deformed falling object protective struc-
tures.
– Do not use falling object protective structures with structural changes.
– Do not use repaired falling object protective structures.
– Do not perform welding on falling object protective structures.
– Do not cut or saw falling object protective structures.
– Do not drill falling object protective structures.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
010.1.5 Emergency equipment on the machine
010.1.5.1 Emergency exit (standard)
Danger to life
Incorrect labelling
– Make sure that all information signs are present.

– Make sure that all information signs are legible.
L550-1562 010-13
Incorrect equipment
– Make sure that emergency hammer (option) is present.

– Make sure that position of emergency hammer (option) is known.
010.1.5.2 Fire extinguisher (option)
Danger to life
Incorrect behaviour
– Make sure that all fastening points of fire extinguishers on the machine are
known.
– Make sure that everyone is able to operate the fire extinguishers.
– Make sure that everyone knows local fire alarm options.
– Make sure that everyone knows the local fire-fighting possibilities.
– Before starting machine, unlock all locks of hoods and doors of machine.
010.1.6 Safe operation
010.1.6.1 Intoxicants
Danger to life
Physical and mental impairment
– Make sure that no persons working on or with the machine are under the influ-
ence of drugs.
ence of alcohol.
ence of medication.
– Make sure that no persons working on or with the machine are overtired.
– Make sure that no persons working on or with the machine are exhausted.
010.1.6.2 Dangerous fuels and operating fluids
Injury
Incorrect handling
– Adhere to safety instructions on handling oils, greases and chemical

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
substances.
– In case of hot lubricants and fuels put on personal protective equipment.
Environmental damage
Incorrect disposal
– Dispose of lubricants and fuels safely and in eco-friendly manner.

– Adhere to guidelines applicable to disposal.
010-14 L550-1562
010.1.6.3 Transporting machine
Danger to life
Machine tipping
– Make sure that the transport vehicle is authorised for the machine weight and
machine size.
– Do not manoeuvre while driving on ramps.
– Before driving on ramps, clean mud, snow and ice off tyres or travel gear.
– Make sure that a spotter is available if necessary.
– To load and unload machine, use only sturdy, stable loading ramps.
– Make sure that width and angle of ramps match the gauge and climbing ability
of machine.
Incorrect transport
– Park machine on level ground during preparation for transport (disassembly,

cleaning).
– Secure machine against rolling away.
– Apply parking brake.
– Pull out ignition key.
– Leave operator's cab.
– All doors, windows and service access points are closed.
– Make sure that nobody is on the machine during transport.
– If necessary, dismantle a portion of working attachment from machine for dura-
tion of transport.
– Make sure that the road to be travelled is known.
– Make sure that all applicable limitations for width, height and weight are known.
– Drive carefully under electric cables and bridges.
– Drive carefully through tunnels.
010.1.6.4 Access to machine
Injury
Incorrect entry and exit
– Clean dirt, oil, ice and snow from steps, ladders, anti-slip mats, handrails and
handles.
– Enter and exit carefully on muddy roads, ice, snow, traffic on access roads and
in narrow conditions.
– Regularly check steps, ladders, anti-slip mats, handrails and handles and have
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
them repaired if necessary.

– Before entering machine, clean mud, grease, ice and snow from shoes and
climbing aids.
– Put on gloves for secure grip.
– Do not climb up or down using tyres, wheel hubs or rims.
– When exterior influences (for example wind) make opening and closing the door
more difficult: Always guide door with your hand.
– Make sure that the opened or closed door has engaged properly.
– If the machine is still moving: Do not stand up from the operator's seat.
– Never jump off machine.
– Enter and leave the machine exclusively using the access system.
– Do not use control elements as handles.
– Keep your face towards machine during entry and exit.
L550-1562 010-15
– Make sure you always have two hands and a foot or two feet and one hand in
contact with the access system.
– After entering the operator's cab, find out about emergency exit.
If the machine has a cab elevation:
– Climb until the door is reached.
– When you reach door handle with your free hand: Open door.
– Continue climbing.
010.1.6.5 Machine danger zone

The area in the immediate vicinity of the machine is considered to be the danger
area and must be adapted according to the application for which the machine is
used.
Following factors influence size of danger area:
– The travel speed and movement of the machine
– Working attachment installed
– Type of loading material
– Risk of loading material falling
Fig. 10: Machine danger zone (view from above)

1 Danger zone
Danger to life
Unapproved presence in danger zone
– Make sure there is nobody in the danger area.

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
010.1.6.6 Visibility
Danger to life
Insufficient visibility
– If equipment is installed that deviates from the standard, the operator must re-
evaluate the field of view and, if necessary, take measures.
– Make sure that persons approach the machine from the front and within opera-
tor's field of vision.
– Make sure that persons contact the operator before approaching the machine.
– Make sure that no obstacles impair visibility in the working area.
– Use viewing devices to observe environment of machine if necessary.
010-16 L550-1562
– Use viewing devices if necessary to observe areas around the machine that
cannot be seen directly.
– Position working attachment so that sufficient visibility is ensured.
– Work with spotter if visibility is restricted.
– Agree on which hand signs to use.
– If necessary communicate via radio.
– Make sure that spotter is outside danger zone.
– In conditions of poor visibility use illumination in accordance with the applicable
regulations.
– Work with extra care and attention in poor visibility and changing weather.
– Only use sun visors if field of vision is not restricted.
Incorrect operation
– Comply with national regulations regarding sufficient visibility in the operator's

cab.
– Before operation, check viewing devices for function, cleanliness and correct
setting.
– Adjust mirrors so that the best possible all-round visibility is guaranteed.
– Immediately repair defective viewing devices or have them replaced.
– Clean dirty cab windows.
– Avoid covering of visual aids by working attachment.
Damage
Incorrect changes
– Make sure that modifications to the machine do not impair visibility.

– Perform risk analysis again.
– Test machine according to current standards.
– Test machine according to regulations applicable at place of use.
– Depending on the test result, take appropriate measures.
– Inform operator about modifications.
010.1.6.7 Protection against vibration
Injuries
Incorrect working method
– Use machine, working attachment and working tool adapted to the task.
– Check condition of machine (tyre pressure, brakes, steering, mechanical
connections, ...).
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
– Ensure that operator's seat is functional and complies with national regulations.
– Adjust operator's seat to weight and size of operator.
– Adjust shock absorption to weight and size of operator.
– Do not use jerky movements to steer, brake, accelerate and shift gears.
– Do not use jerky movements to move and load working attachment.
Incorrect travel
– Adapt speed to route.

– Travel slowly on rough terrain.
– Travel around obstacles and very rough terrain.
– Travel over longer distances (for example, on public roads) at a suitable
(medium) speed.
L550-1562 010-17
Incorrect path of machine
– Remove large rocks and obstacles.

– Fill up channels and holes.
– Keep machines to hand for creating and maintaining suitable terrain conditions
and calculate sufficient time.
Damage
Increased travel mode
– If machine is driven a lot: Stipulate use of special auxiliary systems for travel
mode.
– Regulate speed to prevent swaying.
010.1.6.8 Operation of machine
Danger to life
Incorrect place of use
– Make sure that load capacity value of ground is sufficient.

– Do not exceed maximum inclination angle of machine while working.
– Do not exceed maximum inclination angle of machine when driving on ramps
(side inclination).
– Make sure that ground offers sufficient grip.
– Assessment of subsoil conditions before starting work
– Adhere to safety gap from live overhead cables.
– Every line must be considered live.
– Keep a safe distance from overhangs, drops, slopes and unsafe terrain.
Incorrect use
– When working in following areas, adhere to the laws, regulations and rules
applicable at the place of use.
• Explosive area
• Flammable area
• Areas with underground lines (gas, electricity)
– Ensure that machines in enclosed spaces (for example, tunnels, hangars) are
equipped with exhaust reduction components.
– Make sure that adequate ventilation and fresh air supply is ensured when oper-
ating in enclosed spaces.
– Never leave operator's seat while machine is still in motion.
– Never leave machine unattended with engine running.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
– Clean machine regularly to remove flammable residues (for example dust, wood
scraps).
Incorrect handling of electrical system
– Make sure there are no persons with a pacemaker in the vicinity of the running
diesel engine.
– Before working on electrical system, make sure that affected parts are voltage-
free.
– Before working on electrical system, make sure that neighbouring parts are
isolated.
– Have work on electrical systems performed exclusively by a qualified electri-
cian.
010-18 L550-1562
Injuries
Incorrect protection
– If there is a danger of falling objects: Exclusively use machines with suitable

falling object protective structures.
– If there is a danger of objects penetrating the operator's cab: Exclusively use
machines with suitable falling object protective structures.
– If machine is used in toxic environment: Insert filters approved for the use in air
conditioning.
– If machine is used in dust-intensive environment: Insert filters approved for the
use in air conditioning.
Incorrect refuelling
– Do not touch fuels with your skin.

– Do not inhale fuel vapours.
Incorrect maintenance

– Park machine and secure to prevent rolling or driving away.
– Park machine on level, firm ground.
– Park machine with lowered working attachment.
– When searching for leaks in the hydraulic system wear protective gloves.
– Exclusively search for leaks in the hydraulic system with cardboard or similar
material.
– Hydraulic system must be depressurised before work can be carried out on it.
– Repairs to hydraulic hoses and hose lines are carried out by authorised
specialist staff only.
– Lay and install hydraulic hoses and hose lines professionally.
– Do not weld or solder accumulators.
– Do not perform mechanical work on accumulators.
– Make sure that the permanent labelling of the accumulators (operating data) is
kept visible.
– Be especially careful when removing or inserting bolts and pins as this can
cause serious injury.
– Make sure that machine is supported in a proper and secure manner.
Crushing injuries
Unexpected movements of machine

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
– Park machine and secure to prevent rolling or driving away.

– Do not work under working attachment unless it is supported or resting on
ground.
Unintentional closing of service access points
– Ensure that the service access points cannot close unintentionally.
Incorrect lifting tackle
– Exclusively use undamaged lifting accessories.

– Ensure that the load and tensile capacity of the lifting tackle is sufficient.
L550-1562 010-19
Incorrect work clothing
– Wear protective gloves when handling wire ropes.
Incorrect work equipment
– Exclusively align bores with suitable pin.
Burns
Incorrect maintenance
– Switch off diesel engine before any maintenance or repairs.
Hot, pressurised fuel and operating fluids
– Do not touch fuels and operating fluids and parts that carry fluids.
– Do not touch covers and parts that carry fluids.
– Avoid skin contact with hot surfaces and fuels and operating fluids.
Incorrect heat protection
– Make sure that all holders and protective shields against vibration, chafing and
heat build-up have been installed correctly.
Incorrect charging of battery
– Do not smoke.
– Avoid naked flames.
– Wear safety glasses.
– Put on protective gloves.
Incorrect handling of flammable liquids
– Exclusively transport flammable liquids on the machine in the designated tanks.

– Make sure that no oil squirts out of leaks.
– Regularly check lines, hoses and screwed connections for leaks and damage.
– Immediately seal leaks.
– Immediately replace damaged parts.
Incorrect refuelling
– Before refuelling, shut off diesel engine.

– Before refuelling, switch off auxiliary heater (option).
– Do not smoke.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
– Avoid naked flames.

– Do not touch fuels with your skin.
– Do not inhale fuel vapours.
Damage to machine
– Before placing machine under heavy load, make sure that machine is at oper-
ating temperature.
– Never put damaged machine into operation.
010-20 L550-1562
Environmental pollution
– When working in following areas, adhere to laws, regulations and rules appli-
cable at place of use:
• Areas at risk of water (for example bodies of water)
• Sound-sensitive areas
• Emission-sensitive areas
010.1.7 Safe maintenance
010.1.7.1 Spare parts
Danger to life
Incorrect spare parts
– Use original spare parts.

– Make sure that the spare parts meet the technical requirements specified by the
manufacturer.
– After replacing parts, tighten loosened screw connections with prescribed tight-
ening torque.
– Find prescribed tightening torque in supplied documentation.
– If the tightening torque is not prescribed by the supplied documentation: Find
prescribed tightening torque in Liebherr factory standard.
– If the tightening torque is not prescribed by the Liebherr factory standard: Find
tightening torque in valid DIN standard, EN standard or ISO standard.
010.1.7.2 Heavy parts
Danger to life
Incorrect handling
– Exclusively use machine for load-lifting with sufficient loading capacity.

– Exclusively use suitable and functioning lifting accessories with sufficient
loading capacity.
– Make sure there are no persons underneath raised loads.
– Exclusively task qualified and experienced persons with the attaching of loads.
– Exclusively task qualified and experienced persons with the directing of opera-
tors.
– Make sure that the spotter can be seen by the operator.
– Make sure that spotter and operator are in voice contact if necessary.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Injury
Incorrect protective equipment
– Put on gloves when handling wire ropes.
L550-1562 010-21
010.1.7.3 Regular checks
Danger to life
Incorrect performance of checks
– Make sure that safety checks are performed regularly on the machine.
– Make sure that all checks are performed by suitable, competent and authorised
persons.
– Adhere to national regulations.
010.1.8 Modifications to the machine
010.1.8.1 Modifications, add-ons and retrofittings
Danger to life
Incorrect changes to the machine
– Have changes, add-ons or retrofittings that could affect safety approved by the
manufacturer.
– Have installation and adjustment of safety equipment and safety valves
approved by the manufacturer.
– If attachment parts and add-on parts are not approved generally by Liebherr for
installation or attachment, do not attach or install attachment parts and add-on
parts to machine without written approval from Liebherr.
– Send all technical documents required for approval to Liebherr.
Incorrect welding work on the machine
– Only specialist staff may carry out welding.

– Only carry out welding, burning and grinding work on the machine if it is
expressly permitted by the manufacturer.
– Before welding, burning and grinding, clean any dust and flammable materials
from the machine and the area around it, and ensure adequate ventilation.
– Switch off ignition and battery main switch.
– Bring the ground of the welding machine as close as possible to the welding
point.
Damage
– If attachment parts and add-on parts are supplied via the machine’s hydraulic
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
system: Make sure that different oil types are not mixed.
010-22 L550-1562
010.2 Special tools for maintenance and repair

work
010.2.1 Special tools, general
Designation ID no. Use Remark

Antifreeze and battery tester 11825984 All wheel For checking the acid concentration (battery
loaders charge level) and antifreeze
24 volt vacuum pump 7408148 All wheel For preventing oil loss
loaders
Filling and testing device with case 8145359 All wheel For checking the hydro accumulators
loaders
Pressure gauge 0 - 40 bar 7361288 All wheel For checking the hydraulic pressure
loaders
loaders
loaders
Pressure gauge connection 7002436 All wheel Connection for pressure gauge
loaders
High pressure hose 1500 mm 7002475 All wheel High pressure hose for pressure gauge
loaders
High pressure hose 4000 mm 7009134 All wheel High pressure hose for pressure gauge
loaders
Drain hose 7402658 All wheel For draining oil via a drain valve
loaders
Drain piece 7402657 All wheel For the drain hose
loaders
USB dongle 10333608 All wheel With SERVICE authorisation
loaders
Diagnostic data cable (RS-232) 9067426 All wheel For adjusting the travel hydraulics or testing
loaders the electrical system and options
Adapter cable RS-232<>USB 693190714 All wheel For communicating with the wheel loader elec-
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
loaders tronics if the laptop does not have an RS-232

interface.
Tab. 4: Special tools, general
010.2.2 Special tools for the diesel engine
Designation ID number Use Remark

Engine cranking device 7090361 Engine For cranking the engine on the flywheel
Arrester pin 7090360 Engine For arresting the flywheel when adjusting the
valves
Extractor tool 11652540 Engine For removing the rotational oscillation damper
L550-1562 010-23

Discharge pipe port assembly tool 11652542 Engine For installing the discharge pipe ports
Fuel pressure sensor 11652559 Engine For measuring the fuel pressure
Injection pump extractor 116552571 Engine For removing the injection pump
Pressure test case 11652568 Engine For checking the fuel pressure
For further special tools for the diesel engine, see: “Service ADVISOR”
Tab. 5: Special tools for the diesel engine
010.2.3 Special tools for the electrical system
Designation ID no. All wheel Remark

loaders
Digital multimeter 10018500 All wheel For measuring voltage, current, resistance
loaders and frequency
Test probe, red 884191214 All wheel For measurements at plug connections
loaders
Test probe, black 884191114 All wheel For measurements at plug connections
loaders
Solenoid tester 10028268 All wheel For testing solenoid valves
loaders
Battery plug tool 11839123 All wheel For opening the plugs on the battery cells
loaders
Wiring harness repair and diagnosis 11113798 All wheel For repairing and troubleshooting the electrical
set loaders system
ID numbers for other tools and plug connections of the electrical system can be taken from the wiring harness
repair and diagnostic set.
Wiring harness repair and diagnosis set: Liebherr Service Documentation - General information - wiring harness
repair and diagnostic set
Tab. 6: Special electrical tools
010.2.4 Special tools for the transmission
Designation ID no. Use Remarks

Fixing spanner 10016179 L550 - L586 For loosening and tightening the slotted nut on
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
the coupling 1
Special socket 10016180 L550 - L586 For loosening and tightening the slotted nut on
the coupling 1
Positioning tool 10016181 L550 - L586 For installing and removing the snap ring on
the couplings
Tab. 7: Special tools for the transmission
010-24 L550-1562
010.2.5 Special tools for front axle MT-L II

Positioning tool 10296879 L550 - L586, For mounting the bevel gear shaft seal ring
L580 LG
Measuring disc 11160201 L550 - L586, For measuring the gap size
L580 LG
Tab. 8: Special tools for front axle MT-L II
010.2.6 Special tools for rear axle MT-L II

Positioning tool 10296879 L550 - L586, For mounting the bevel gear shaft seal ring
L580 LG
Measuring disc 11160201 L550 - L586, For measuring the gap size
L580 LG
Tab. 9: Special tools for rear axle MT-L II
010.2.7 Special tools for the air conditioning system

Valve insert in air conditioning hose 11834778 All wheel For replacing defective valve inserts.
filling port loaders Set of 10
Valve insert remover 11834779 All wheel For changing valve inserts in the filling port of
loaders air conditioning hoses.
Vacuum pump 7027552 All wheel For evacuating the air conditioning system
loaders
4-valve test fitting 7027558 All wheel For testing, evacuating and filling the air
loaders conditioning system
Filling hose, blue 1500 mm 7027553 All wheel For the test fitting
loaders
Filling hose, yellow 1500 mm 7027554 All wheel For the test fitting
loaders
Filling hose, red 1500 mm 7027555 All wheel For the test fitting
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
loaders
Car coupling 253a 7027556 All wheel For the test fitting
loaders
Car coupling 254a 7027557 All wheel For the test fitting
loaders
Tab. 10: Special tools for the air conditioning system
L550-1562 010-25
010.2.8 Special tools for cab glazing
Description ID no. Use Remarks

Toolbox complete with suction cups 10021147 All wheel For removing and installing bonded panes
loaders
Tab. 11: Special tools for cab glazing
010.2.9 Special tools for the central lubrication system

Liebherr filling press 10009239 All wheel For quickly filling the reservoir
loaders with
Liebherr
central lubri-
cation system
Filling press 10333342 All wheel For quickly filling the reservoir
loaders with
Liebherr
central lubri-
cation system
Liebherr filling port 7029283 All wheel For quickly filling the reservoir
loaders with
Liebherr
central lubri-
cation system
Diagnostic cable 10008427 All wheel For diagnosing the central lubrication system
loaders with
Liebherr
central lubri-
cation system
Tab. 12: Special tools for the central lubrication system
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
010-26 L550-1562
010.3 Standards and regulations
010.3.1 Prestressing forces and tightening torques for bolts

with metric standard and fine threads as per DIN ISO
261
Item code: 10409969
Version: 005
010.3.1.1 Range of application and purpose

Bolted connections should be fitted with sufficient persistent clamping force under
operating to prevent shear forces (FQ) arising laterally to the bolt axis. If the lateral
forces exceed the clamping force, the connection will loosen and eventually fail.
The required clamping effect is achieved by tightening the threaded components
during assembly.
This standard does not apply to Mining products.
Note
All tightening torques apply to dry assembly of the bolted connection. If bolts, buts,
threaded holes etc. have oil, grease or similar on them, clean them before
assembly.
010.3.1.2 Other applicable documents
Standards Description
DIN ISO 261 (11/1999) ISO general purpose metric screw threads - General
plan (ISO 261:1998)
DIN ISO 262 (11/1999) ISO general purpose metric screw threads - Selected
sizes for screws, bolts and nuts (ISO 262:1998)
DIN ISO 965-2 (11/1999) ISO general purpose metric screw threads - Toler-
ances - Part 2: Limits of sizes for general purpose
external and internal screw threads - Medium quality
(ISO 965-2:1998)
DIN EN ISO 4014 Hexagon head bolts - Product grades A and B (ISO
(06/2011) 4014:2011); German version EN ISO 4014:2011
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
DIN EN ISO 4016 Hexagon head bolts - Product grade C (ISO

DIN EN ISO 4017 Fasteners - Hexagon head screws - Product grades A
(05/2015) and B (ISO 4017:2014); German version EN ISO
4017:2014
DIN EN ISO 4018 Hexagon head screws - Product grade C (ISO
DIN EN ISO 4762 Hexagon socket head cap screws (ISO 4762:2004);
(06/2004) German version EN ISO 4762:2004
DIN EN 20273 (02/1992) Fasteners; clearance holes for bolts and screws (ISO
273:1979); German version EN ISO 20273:1991
L550-1562 010-27
Standards Description
DIN 34800 (11/2016) Bolts and screws with external hexalobular driving
feature with small flange
VDI 2230 Sheet 1 Systematic calculation of highly stressed bolted joints
(02/2003) - Joints with one cylindrical bolt
LH 10215295-002 LN 252-8 Corrosion protection for inexpensive
(06/2015) standard parts (C parts) salt spray mist test > 480
hours
LH 10021432-010 Delivery specification for steel fasteners with zinc
(06/2015) flake coating (FlZn)
Tab. 13: Other applicable documents
010.3.1.3 Modifications and descriptions

The prestressing forces and tightening torques listed in the table are taken from
VDI Standard 2230 of February 2003.
Assembly prestressing forces FM and tightening torques MA at 90% utilisation of the
yield point for shank bolts with metric standard or fine threads as per DIN ISO 262
(and DIN ISO 965-2); head dimensions of hex head screws as per DIN EN ISO
4014 to 4018, bolts with external hex head as per DIN 34800 and cylinder-head
bolts as per DIN EN ISO 4762 and “medium” bore as per DIN EN 20273.
Remarks:
– Tightening torques given on drawings or in documents from the Liebherr service
documentation always take precedence over the works standards, and must be
observed.
– For important bolt connections, angle control tightening may be advantageous.
If so, required tightening torques (joining torque, rotary angle) must be calcu-
lated individually by customer service of manufacturing factory of machine.
– When tightening in aluminium with or without using a helicoil, and with weld
nuts, values in class 8.8 must be used. However, tightening torques given on
drawings or in documents from Liebherr service documentation are binding,
take precedence and must be observed.
010.3.1.4 Tightening torques
Note
If torques are specified in Liebherr construction drawings or documents from the
Liebherr service documentation, then these should take precedence.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
010-28 L550-1562
Metric standard threads and fine threads Metric standard threads and fine threads
At least one element of the bolted joint (bolts, All elements of the bolted joint (bolts, washers, nuts
washers, nuts etc.) with the following surface: etc.) with the following surface:
flZn = zinc flake coating (LH standard 10021432, LH Black oxide or phosphated
standard 10215295 flZnnc-480h-L valid ≥M6 ) Galvanised (LH standard 10215295 Fe//
ZnNi(12)5//Cn//T2)
1: Zinc flake coated
1: Black oxide, phosphated, blued

2: Thick passivation
3: Yellow chromate coated
4: Galvanised Fe//ZnNi(12)5//Cn//T2
Tab. 14: Bolt types
ZnNi(12)5//Cn//T2)
Minimum total coefficient of friction µG= 0.09 Minimum total coefficient of friction µG= 0.11
Thread Streng Assembly Tightening Thread Strengt Assembly Tightening
th prestressing torques MA in h class prestressing torques MA in
class forces FM in Nm forces FM in Nm
kN kN
M4 8.8 4.5 2.9
10.9 6.6 4.3
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
12.9 7.7 5.0

M5 8.8 7.3 5.7
10.9 10.7 8.4
12.9 12.5 9.8
M6 8.8 10.6 8.6* M6 8.8 10.3 9.9
10.9 15.5 12.6* 10.9 15.2 14.5
12.9 18.2 14.7* 12.9 17.7 16.9
L550-1562 010-29
ZnNi(12)5//Cn//T2)
kN kN
M7 8.8 15.3 13.9* M7 8.8 15.0 16.1
10.9 22.5 20.4* 10.9 22.0 23.6
12.9 26 23.9* 12.9 26 28
M8 8.8 19.3 20.6* M8 8.8 18.9 23.8
10.9 28 30* 10.9 28 35
12.9 33 35* 12.9 32 41
M8x1 8.8 21.0 21.7* M8x1 8.8 20.5 25
10.9 31 32* 10.9 30 37
12.9 36 37* 12.9 35 43
M9x1 8.8 27 31* M9x1 8.8 27 36
10.9 40 46* 10.9 39 53
12.9 47 53* 12.9 46 62
M 10 8.8 31 40 M 10 8.8 30 47
10.9 45 59 10.9 44 68
12.9 53 69 12.9 52 80
M 10 x 1 8.8 35 44 M 10 x 1 8.8 34 51
10.9 51 64 10.9 50 75
12.9 60 75 12.9 59 88
M 10 x 1.25 8.8 33 42 M 10 x 1.25 8.8 32 49
10.9 48 62 10.9 47 72
12.9 56 72 12.9 55 84
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
M 12 8.8 45 69 M 12 8.8 44 80
10.9 66 102 10.9 64 118
12.9 77 119 12.9 75 140
M 12 x 1.25 8.8 50 74 M 12 x 1.25 8.8 49 86
10.9 73 109 10.9 71 125
12.9 85 125 12.9 84 150
M 12 x 1.5 8.8 47 72 M 12 x 1.5 8.8 46 83
10.9 69 105 10.9 68 122
12.9 81 123 12.9 79 145
010-30 L550-1562
ZnNi(12)5//Cn//T2)
kN kN
M 14 8.8 61 110 M 14 8.8 60 125
10.9 90 160 10.9 88 185
12.9 105 190 12.9 103 220
M 14 x 1.5 8.8 67 117 M 14 x 1.5 8.8 66 135
10.9 99 170 10.9 96 200
12.9 115 200 12.9 113 235
M 16 8.8 84 170 M 16 8.8 82 195
10.9 123 250 10.9 120 290
12.9 145 290 12.9 140 340
M 16 x 1.5 8.8 91 175 M 16 x 1.5 8.8 89 205
10.9 135 260 10.9 130 300
12.9 155 300 12.9 150 360
M 18 8.8 102 235 M 18 8.8 100 270
10.9 150 350 10.9 145 400
12.9 175 410 12.9 170 470
M 18 x 1.5 8.8 117 260 M 18 x 1.5 8.8 115 300
10.9 175 380 10.9 170 440
12.9 200 440 12.9 200 520
M 18 x 2 8.8 110 245 M 18 x 2 8.8 107 290
10.9 160 360 10.9 160 420
12.9 190 420 12.9 185 490
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
M 20 8.8 130 330 M 20 8.8 130 380

10.9 190 490 10.9 190 560
12.9 225 570 12.9 220 660
M 20 x 1.5 8.8 150 350 M 20 x 1.5 8.8 145 420
10.9 215 520 10.9 215 610
12.9 250 610 12.9 250 720
M 22 8.8 165 450 M 22 8.8 160 520
10.9 240 660 10.9 235 770
12.9 280 770 12.9 270 900
L550-1562 010-31
ZnNi(12)5//Cn//T2)
kN kN
M 22 x 1.5 8.8 180 480 M 22 x 1.5 8.8 180 570
10.9 270 700 10.9 260 830
12.9 310 820 12.9 310 970
M 24 8.8 190 570 M 24 8.8 185 660
10.9 280 840 10.9 270 970
12.9 320 980 12.9 320 1140
M 24 x 1.5 8.8 220 620 M 24 x 1.5 8.8 215 730
10.9 320 910 10.9 320 1080
12.9 380 1070 12.9 370 1250
M 24 x 2 8.8 210 600 M 24 x 2 8.8 205 710
10.9 310 890 10.9 300 1040
12.9 360 1040 12.9 350 1220
M 27 8.8 245 830 M 27 8.8 240 970
10.9 360 1230 10.9 360 1450
12.9 420 1450 12.9 420 1650
M 27 x 1.5 8.8 280 900 M 27 x 1.5 8.8 280 1060
10.9 410 1300 10.9 410 1550
12.9 480 1550 12.9 480 1850
M 27 x 2 8.8 270 880 M 27 x 2 8.8 260 1030
10.9 400 1300 10.9 390 1500
12.9 460 1500 12.9 460 1800
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
M 30 8.8 300 1140 M 30 8.8 290 1300

10.9 440 1650 10.9 430 1950
12.9 520 1950 12.9 510 2250
M 30 x 1.5 8.8 350 1240 M 30 x 1.5 8.8 350 1450
10.9 520 1800 10.9 510 2150
12.9 610 2150 12.9 590 2500
M 30 x 2 8.8 340 1220 M 30 x 2 8.8 330 1450
10.9 500 1800 10.9 490 2100
12.9 580 2100 12.9 570 2450
010-32 L550-1562
ZnNi(12)5//Cn//T2)
kN kN
M 33 8.8 370 1550 M 33 8.8 370 1800
10.9 550 2250 10.9 540 2600
12.9 640 2600 12.9 630 3100
M 33 x 1.5 8.8 430 1650 M 33 x 1.5 8.8 420 1950
10.9 630 2450 10.9 620 2900
12.9 740 2800 12.9 730 3400
M 33 x 2 8.8 420 1600 M 33 x 2 8.8 410 1900
10.9 610 2400 10.9 600 2800
12.9 720 2800 12.9 700 3300
M 36 8.8 440 1950 M 36 8.8 430 2300
10.9 650 2900 10.9 630 3400
12.9 760 3400 12.9 740 3900
M 36 x 1.5 8.8 520 2150 M 36 x 1.5 8.8 510 2600
10.9 760 3200 10.9 750 3800
12.9 890 3700 12.9 870 4400
M 36 x 3 8.8 470 2050 M 36 x 3 8.8 460 2400
10.9 690 3000 10.9 680 3500
12.9 810 3500 12.9 790 4100
M 39 8.8 530 2500 M 39 8.8 520 3000
10.9 770 3700 10.9 760 4400
12.9 910 4400 12.9 890 5100
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
M 39 x 1.5 8.8 610 2800 M 39 x 1.5 8.8 600 3300

10.9 900 4000 10.9 880 4800
12.9 1050 4700 12.9 1030 5600
M 39 x 3 8.8 560 2600 M 39 x 3 8.8 550 3100
10.9 820 3900 10.9 810 4500
12.9 960 4500 12.9 940 5300
Tab. 15: Bolt prestressing forces and tightening torques
*The tightening torques for flZn bolts <M10 are non-binding because no fixed fric-
tion coefficient window is defined in the LH10215295 standard. According to the
L550-1562 010-33
state of the art and practical experience, the friction values for the various coatings
are complied with for small bolt diameters.
010.3.2 Liebherr standards for assembly instructions and

tightening torques
Liebherr standards for assembly instructions and tightening torques for hydraulic
cylinders are stored in Liebherr service documentation.
Storage location: Genearl – Liebherr standards
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
010-34 L550-1562
010.4 Preservation guidelines
010.4.1 General information

All parts of a construction machine are exposed to corrosion when out of use.
Corrosion can be compared to wear. However, the effects can be much more
serious than mechanical wear and can significantly reduce the service life of the
parts. This means the machines and their components must be preserved
according to certain guidelines when out of use.
Generally these guidelines are based on the following time-scales:
– Out of service for an unknown period of time
– Putting the machine out of service
• Out of service for up to 2 months
• Out of service for up to 12 months
• Out of service for longer than 12 months
– Putting back into service
The required measures are also scaled according to the time periods. The preser-
vation measures are not strictly standardized, and are to be shortened or length-
ened depending on necessity (e.g. because of environmental conditions).
Such conditions are, for example:
– The machine's location (e.g. in unprotected open space, in closed space, with
roof, temperature-controlled environment)
– The type of climate (e.g. extreme temperatures, storage near the sea or the
coast, etc.)
010.4.2 Machine out of service for an unknown period of time

If the machine is out of use for a lengthy period without preservation, it must be put
back into service at intervals of no more than 14 days in order to prevent
increased corrosion and the resulting damage.
– All oil levels must be checked before putting into service and filled up where
necessary.
– Carry out all the prescribed daily maintenance work every day before putting
into service. Carry out all the additional maintenance work subject to time limits
as per the inspection plan and the additional diesel engine operator's manual by
the specified intervals at the latest.
– Put machine back into service according to operating instructions and operate
until the diesel engine and hydraulics system have reached the prescribed oper-
ating temperature in the hydraulic tank and in the coolant circulation.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
– Activate all the functions of the travel and working hydraulics and of the other
hydraulic components, and operate alternately for approx. 20 minutes in total.
Hydraulic cylinders must each be extended and retracted over their full stroke
length.
– When switching off the machine, retract all the hydraulic cylinders completely if
possible, and fill up the fuel tank. If the surface is soft, put the machine on
wooden blocks or similar, and secure against rolling.
– Check batteries and, if necessary, remove and recharge. Check electronic
contact points and grease with terminal grease if needed.
L550-1562 010-35
010.4.3 Putting the machine out of service

Preparation activities for putting out of service:
– Put machines on horizontal, dry, solid surface and secure against rolling. Sink
working attachment to a level where the hydraulics are under no remaining
pressure.
– Before putting out of service, clean the machine while strictly following the oper-
ating instructions.
– The machine must be completely dry before preservation begins. Electronic
components and damp areas of the machine must be dried with compressed
air.
– If frost temperatures are expected during the intended out of service period,
then the fuel tank must be filled with winter fuel. Start the diesel engine and run
for a short time so that the winter fuel flows into the fuel circulation. After
running the engine, refill the fuel tank completely.
Note
When moving a machine thus protected for loading or transport, the scraper
usually removes the grease from the piston rods in the cylinders.
u If the machine is being transported, the grease on the piston rods must be
rechecked after loading and renewed if necessary.
Note
Despite preservation measures, the machine must be checked after certain time
intervals and if necessary greased again. The operator must judge this.
u In the case of difficult conditions (cold, heat, proximity to coast, etc.), this
inspection should be carried out regularly (monthly).
010.4.3.1 Out of service for up to 2 months
Designation ID number Description Illustration

Optical 7408922 To test the battery
density tester acid density and
the anti-freeze in
the cooling agent
WAXOYL 8504472 500 ml spray can,

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
120-4 anti- long-term protec-

corrosion tion for up to 2
wax years
Ballistol 10025514 Area of applica-
Spray anti- tion: door locks
corrosion
agent
010-36 L550-1562
Designation ID number Description Illustration

VC1-1 8145869 Fitted in enclosed
capsule from spaces: protective
Zerust effect 30 cm, dura-
tion of protection
12 months
VC22 capsule 10013313 Fitted in enclosed
from Zerust spaces: protective
effect 60 cm, dura-
tion of protection
24 months
“VCI Sign is For entering the

capsules” included replacement date
sign with the of the VCI
VCI capsules.
capsules
Tab. 16: Required tools / service fluids
– Inspect the entire machine for damage and repair if necessary.

– Check the machine for paint damage and if necessary repair.
– Perform any maintenance work that would have fallen due during the out of
service period in advance.
– Because of UV radiation, synthetic materials like plastic parts, hoses, rubber
etc. must be covered with suitable equipment.
– Electronic components, contact points and plugs that are not sealed should be
protected with Waxoyl 120-4 preservation wax.
– Cover ball joints, hinges, bare metal parts and exposed piston rods with a thick
layer of Waxoyl 120-4 preservation wax. (Do not preserve ball bearings with
Waxoyl!)
– Place a dehumidification capsule in the central electrics box.
– Preserve all door and box locks with Ballistol spray.
– Turn the battery main switch (if present) to the “0” position and then remove the
battery. Check acid level and if necessary offset by filling with distilled water.
Always store batteries in a cool and dry room. Check battery current every 6
weeks and recharge if necessary.
– Seal exhaust outlet with air and water proof cover.
– Observe any extra guidelines for special construction equipment or special local
conditions.
010.4.3.2 Out of service for up to 12 months

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Carry out all tasks as described in the section on putting the machine out of service
for up to 2 months.
Also required is:
– Carry out an external wash of the diesel engine.
– Let out water from the fuel tank or condensation from the diesel engine prefilter
(see operating instructions).
– Completely fill the fuel tank with standard fuel. If the out of service period is
during winter, fill the fuel tank with winter diesel (which is suitable for tempera-
tures down to -22 C°). Start the diesel engine and run for a short time so that
the winter fuel flows into the fuel circulation. After running the engine, refill the
fuel tank completely.
– Check that there is sufficient (at least 50%) antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor in
the coolant (see operating instructions for guidelines).
L550-1562 010-37
– Seal the complete machine (diesel engine, hydraulic components, main frame,
containers, running gear, axles, oscillating axle frame, work equipment etc.) with
Waxoyl 120-4 preservation wax. (Amount of corrosion protection agent: with
one litre of Waxoyl, a preservation area of approx. 5 m2 can be treated)
The following points must be observed when putting on the corrosion inhibiting
wax:
– Keep to the drying time of 3 hours.
– Ambient temperature is at least 15 °C.
– Use protective equipment (breathing protection, protective goggles, extraction,
etc.).
– The solvents used in the corrosion inhibiting wax are inflammable! (Avoid
smoking and open flames).
– Resistance to cold down to a temperature of -40 °C.
– Check the machine every month and apply preservation agents if
required.
010.4.3.3 Out of service for longer than 12 months

Carry out all tasks as described in the section on putting the machine out of service
for up to 12 months.
Also required is:
– If it is planned to put a machine out of service for longer than 12 months,
then the diesel engine manufacturer's customer service must be
contacted.
– Seal air tight all openings like air filters, exhaust pipes, ventilation openings on
units and so on. The fuel tank's ventilation and bleeder filters (if available) must
stay open for safety reasons.
– Rub talcum powder into the sealing rubber of the containers and driver's cab,
and seal the doors. If there is no operator's cab, cover the operator’s platform in
a suitable manner. Cover the driver seat and control panel using suitable mate-
rials.
010.4.4 Putting back into service
010.4.4.1 After being out of service for 2 months

– Remove dehumidification capsule from the electronics box.
– Check fill levels and lubricate machines according to the operating instructions.
– Install batteries and clean and grease battery connections.
– Open exhaust outlet.
– Remove corrosion inhibiting grease.
– Let out water from the fuel tank or condensation from the diesel engine prefilter
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
(see operating instructions).

– Clean the corrosion inhibiting wax off the ball joints, hinges, bare parts and
exposed piston rods.
– Put the machine back into service according to the operating instructions.
– Before work with the machine, check all functions of the machine and immedi-
ately rectify any defects. Carry out a comprehensive visual inspection on the
machine.
– Activate all the functions of the travel and working hydraulics and of the other
hydraulic components, and operate alternately for approx. 20 minutes in total.
Hydraulic cylinders must each be extended and retracted over their full stroke
length.
Observe any extra guidelines for special construction equipment or local condi-
tions.
010-38 L550-1562
010.4.4.2 After being out of service for 12 months

Put the machine into serve as described in the section on recommissioning after 2
months out of service.
The following measures must also be carried out:
– Extract an oil probe from the hydraulic oil and send it in for analysis.
– Carry out planned maintenance and inspection tasks on the machine before
putting back into service.
– Mechanically activate the external exhaust return on the diesel engine and the
engine brake flap and check for clearance.
– Clean corrosion inhibitor wax from machine and components with steam from a
high-pressure cleaner (min. 120 °C) and with 5% cleaning agent (e.g. petro-
leum). (Careful on walk-on surfaces: there is a danger of slipping on wax
remains.)
– Check the diesel engine's V-ripped belt and change if necessary.
– To carry out a test run of the diesel engine: increase the engine speed gradually
to up to ¾ of the upper idle speed, until the operating temperature is reached.
– Check oil pressure display immediately after starting the diesel engine.
010.4.4.3 After being out of service for longer than 12 months

Put the machine into serve as described in the section on recommissioning after 12
months out of service.
– After a machine has been out of service for longer than 12 months, the
diesel engine manufacturer’s customer service must be contacted.
– Remove all covers and seals used for the preservation measures.
– Turn the diesel engine several full turns by hand (use flywheel cranking device –
see special tools).
– Start the engine and bring up to operating temperature.
– After the engine has been brought to operating temperature, change all lubrica-
tion and operating fluids as well as the filters.
– Check the whole machine for proper functioning and inspect for leaks.
Carry out any additionally required temporary maintenance work.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 010-39
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
010-40 L550-1562
020 Technical data
Contents
020.1 Overall machine 020-5
L550-1562/31334-; 020-5
020.1.2 Complete machine with loading bucket (industrial lift arms)
L550-1562/31334-; 020-6
L550-1562/31334-; 020-8
L550-1562/31334-; 020-9
020.2 Drive group 020-12
L550-1562/31334-; 020-12
020.2.2 Fuel tank
L550-1562/31334-; 020-13
L550-1562/31334-; 020-13
L550-1562/31334-; 020-13
L550-1562/31334-; 020-13
020.2.6 Clutch
L550-1562/31334-; 020-14
020.3 Cooling system 020-15
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562/31334-; 020-15
L550-1562/31334-; 020-15
L550-1562/31334-; 020-15
020.4 Working hydraulics 020-16
L550-1562/31334-; 020-16
L550-1562/31344-; 020-16
L550-1562 020-1
Technical data Service manual

L550-1562/31334-; 020-16
L550-1562/31334-; 020-16
L550-1562/31334-; 020-17
L550-1562/31334-; 020-17
L550-1562/31334-; 020-17
L550-1562/31334-; 020-17
L550-1562/31334-; 020-18
020.5 Travel hydraulics 020-19
020.5.1 Travel pump
L550-1562/31334-; 020-19
L550-1562/31334-; 020-19
L550-1562/31334-; 020-19
L550-1562/31334-; 020-20
020.6 Hydraulic components 020-21
020.6.1 Filter unit
L550-1562/31334-; 020-21
L550-1562/31334-; 020-21
020.7 Steering system 020-22
020.7.1 Servostat
L550-1562/31334-; 020-22
L550-1562/31334-; 020-22
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

L550-1562/31334-; 020-22
L550-1562/31334-; 020-22
L550-1562/31334-; 020-23
L550-1562/31334-; 020-23
L550-1562/31334-; 020-23
020.8 Brake system 020-24
020-2 L550-1562
Service manual Technical data

L550-1562/31334-; 020-24
L550-1562/31344-; 020-24
L550-1562/31334-; 020-24
L550-1562/31334-; 020-24
L550-1562/31334-; 020-25
L550-1562/31334-; 020-25
020.9 Electrical system 020-26
L550-1562/31334-; 020-26
020.9.2 Battery
L550-1562/31334-; 020-26
L550-1562/31664-; 020-27
020.10 Gearbox 020-28
L550-1562/31334-; 020-28
020.11 Axles and drive shafts 020-29
020.11.1 Front axle
L550-1562/31334-; 020-29
020.11.2 Rear axle
L550-1562/31334-; 020-29
L550-1562/31334-; 020-29
L550-1562/31334-; 020-30
020.11.5 Tyres
L550-1562/31334-; 020-30
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
020.11.5.2 Special tyres 020-31

020.12 Steel parts of the basic machine 020-32
L550-1562/1562-; 020-32
020.13 Operator's cab, heating and air conditioning 020-33
L550-1562/31334-; 020-33
020.13.2.1 Air conditioning 020-33
020.13.3.1 Air conditioning compressor 020-33
L550-1562 020-3
020.13.4 Dryer
L550-1562/31334-; 020-33
L550-1562/31334-; 020-34
020.14 Lubrication system 020-35
L550-1562/31334-; 020-35
020.14.1.1 Central lubrication pump 020-35
020.14.1.2 Progressive distributor 020-35
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
020-4 L550-1562
020.1 Overall machine

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Values stated refer to machine:
– In standard version
– With 23.5R25 L3 tyres (For more information see: 020.11.5 Tyres,
page 020-30)
– Including all lubricants
– With a full fuel tank
– With ROPS/FOPS cab and operator
– On level and stable ground
Note
Tyres and working attachment affect operating mass and tip load.
u Note information about tyres and working attachment.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 13: Complete machine with loading bucket
Designation Unit Value

Hydraulic quick coupler No No No
Load geometry A) A) A)
Bucket type B) B) B)
Cutting tool C) C) C)
L550-1562 020-5

Lift arm length mm 2750 2750 3050
Bucket capacity as per ISO 7546 D) m3 3.2 3.6 3.2
Bucket width mm 2700 2700 2700
Specific material weight t/m3 1,8 1,6 1,6
Dump height at maximum lifting height and 45° tilt-
A mm 3140 3050 3590
out angle
B Dump height mm 3700 3700 4100
C Maximum bucket base height mm 3920 3920 4330
D Maximum bucket pivot point height mm 4180 4180 4600
E Maximum bucket top height mm 5660 5750 6100
Reach at maximum lifting height and 45° tilt-out
F mm 1020 1100 960
angle
G Digging depth mm 85 85 130
H Height above operator's cab mm 3360 3360 3360
I Height above exhaust mm 3015 3015 3015
J Ground clearance mm 490 490 490
K Wheelbase mm 3305 3305 3305
L Overall length mm 8300 8400 8720
Turning radius over bucket outer edge mm 6480 6540 6700
Turning radius over tyres mm 5885 5885 5885
Width across tyres mm 2650 2650 2650
Breakout force (SAE) kN 140 130 120
Tipping load when straight kg 14150 13950 12240
Tipping load when articulated (ISO 14397-1) kg 12350 12150 10800
Operating weight kg 17350 17450 17440
Tab. 17: Complete machine with loading bucket
A) Z kinematics
B) Earth bucket with short, straight base for direct attachment
C) Welded tooth holder with plug-in teeth
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
D) In practice, the bucket capacity can be around 10% greater than as calculated using the ISO 7546 standard.
This depends on the type of material.
020.1.2 Complete machine with loading bucket (industrial lift

arms)
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
page 020-30)
020-6 L550-1562

Note
Fig. 14: Complete machine with loading bucket (industrial lift arms)

Hydraulic quick coupler Yes
Load geometry A)
Bucket type B)
Cutting tool C)
Lift arm length mm 2600

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Bucket capacity as per ISO 7546 D) m3 3.0

Bucket width mm 2700
Specific material weight t/m3 1,8
A Dump height at maximum lifting height and 45° tilt-out angle mm 2880
B Dump height mm 3500
C Maximum bucket base height mm 3795
D Maximum bucket pivot point height mm 4075
E Maximum bucket top height mm 5580
F Reach at maximum lifting height and 45° tilt-out angle mm 1135
L550-1562 020-7

G Digging depth mm 80
H Height above operator's cab mm 3360
I Height above exhaust mm 3015
J Ground clearance mm 490
K Wheelbase mm 3305
L Overall length mm 8350
Turning radius over bucket outer edge mm 6500
Turning radius over tyres mm 5885
Width across tyres mm 2650
Breakout force (SAE) kN 125
Tipping load when straight kg 12700
Tipping load when articulated (ISO 14397-1) kg 10950
Operating weight kg 17950
Tab. 18: Complete machine with loading bucket (industrial lift arms)
A) Industrial lift arms with parallel guidance including quick coupler

B) Earth bucket with short, straight base for quick coupler
C) Welded tooth holder with plug-in teeth
D) In practice, the bucket capacity can be around 10% greater than as calculated using the ISO 7546 standard.
The bucket filling level depends on the type of material.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
page 020-30)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Note
020-8 L550-1562
Fig. 15: Working attachment: light material bucket

Hydraulic quick coupler Yes Yes
Load geometry A) A)
Bucket type B) B)
Bucket capacity m3 5.0 9.0

Bucket width mm 2950 3400
Specific material weight t/m3 1.0 0.5
A Dump height at maximum lifting height mm 2550 2340
E Maximum height above bucket top mm 5900 6110
F Reach at maximum lifting height mm 1450 1705
L Overall length mm 8600 8970
Tipping load when straight kg 11950 11450
Tipping load when articulated (ISO 14397-1) kg 10300 9750
Operating weight kg 18250 18950
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Tab. 19: Working attachment: light material bucket

B) Light material bucket with undercut blade

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
L550-1562 020-9

page 020-30)
Note
Tyres and working attachments affect operating weight and tipping load.
u See the separate operator's manual for more information.
Fig. 16: Working attachment: log grappler

Hydraulic quick coupler Yes
Load geometry A)
A20 Unloading height at 20° mm 3570

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
A45 Unloading height at 45° mm 2950

B Manipulation height mm 4530
C Maximum grabber opening in loading position mm 2740
C1 Maximum grabber opening mm 2990
E Maximum height mm 6480
F20 Reach at maximum lifting height and 20° tilt-out angle mm 1890
F45 Reach at maximum lifting height and 45° tilt-out angle mm 1530
F max. Maximum reach mm 2820
H Height above operator's cab mm 3360
020-10 L550-1562

I Height above exhaust mm 3015
J Ground clearance mm 490
K Wheelbase mm 3305
L Overall length mm 8700
Machine width across tyres mm 2650
Q Grabber cross section m 2
2.4
Grabber width mm 1600
Payload kg 6400
Operating weight kg 19450
Tab. 20: Working attachment: log grappler

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 020-11
020.2 Drive group

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Description Unit Value

Engine model John Deere
6068HFL84
Maximum power as per DIN/ISO 3046 at kW 147
1600 rpm
Number of cylinders 6
Combustion method Common rail elec-
tronic high-pressure
fuel injection
Firing order 1-5-3-6-2-4
Piston displacement cm3 6800
Cylinder bore mm 106
Stroke mm 127
Maximum torque at 1600 rpm Nm 877
Lower idling speed rpm 800±10
Upper idling speed rpm 2560±10
Inlet valve clearance (cold) mm 0.36
Outlet valve clearance (cold) mm 0.46
Direction of rotation, looking at flywheel Anticlockwise
Thermostat at start of opening °C 82
Thermostat when fully open °C 94
Longitudinal/traverse inclinability ° 30 / 30
Engine speed regulation Electronic
Starter operating voltage V 24
Starter power consumption kW 7.8
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Alternator voltage output V 28

Alternator current output A 100
Weight kg 608
Emission thresholds comply with Level III-A (tier 3)
020-12 L550-1562
020.2.2 Fuel tank

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Tank capacity, FULL l 300
Tank capacity, RESERVE l 35

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Supply voltage V 24
Measuring principle Capacitive
Output voltage V 1-4
Measuring error ± 3%
Overall length mm 800
Start of measuring range (measured from the mm 790
sealing edge)
End of measuring range (measured from the mm 50
sealing edge)
Protection class IP69k

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Filtration grade µm 30
Maximum flow rate l/min 10

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Activation point of vacuum switch for air filter mbar 64±4
contamination
L550-1562 020-13
020.2.6 Clutch
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Type Bowex T80 FLE-
PAC
Screw locking Loctite 241
Tightening torque of cheese-head screws on Nm 69
coupling
Tightening torque of cheese-head screws on Nm 68
coupling flange
Tightening torque of gearwheel screw Nm 210
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
020-14 L550-1562
020.3 Cooling system

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Displacement per turn cm3 20
Direction of rotation Anticlockwise

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Displacement cm3 19
Direction of rotation (looking at shaft) Clockwise
Coil resistance ohms 4.7
Proportional pressure relief valve tightening Nm 124±41
torque
Spanner size mm 41

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Minimum temperature °C -30
Maximum temperature °C 130
Resistance at 20 °C Ω 1000
Connecting thread mm M14x1.5
Tightening torque Nm 30
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 020-15
020.4 Working hydraulics

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Type A11VO95LRS
Direction of rotation Clockwise
Maximum displacement per turn cm3 95

Valid for: L550-1562/31344-;

Type M6-22
Spool valve diameter mm 25
Piston stroke on both sides mm 11
Weight kg 62

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Type 4THF5
Retaining solenoid voltage V 24
Retaining solenoid current consumption A 0.56
Retaining solenoid resistance ohms 42
Weight kg 3.5
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Hydro accumulator volume cm3 320
Preload pressure (nitrogen filling) bar 15
020-16 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Type RSM2-16
Control piston diameter mm 16
Cut-off pressure (switched off) bar 120±20
Restrictor check valve diameter mm 2.0 / 0.4
Solenoid valve current consumption A 0.6
Solenoid valve resistance ohms 40
Weight kg 13

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Preload pressure (nitrogen filling) bar 25±2
Oil filling cm3 350

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Piston diameter mm 130
Rod diameter mm 80
Stroke length mm 745
Minimum installation length mm 1245
Weight kg 135
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Rod diameter mm 80
L550-1562 020-17

Weight kg 127

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Rod diameter mm 80
Weight kg 150
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
020-18 L550-1562
020.5 Travel hydraulics
020.5.1 Travel pump

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Type A4VG 110 EV
Direction of rotation Clockwise
Maximum displacement cm3 110
Maximum angle adjustment (both sides) ° 20
Travel direction solenoid voltage V 24
Travel direction solenoid current consumption A 1.1
Travel direction solenoid resistance ohms 22
Control pressure proportional valve resistance ohms 14
Weight kg 75

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Type A6VM 115 HA
Maximum angle adjustment ° 25
Minimum angle adjustment ° 0
Weight kg 42

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

Type A6VM 170 EP
Maximum angle adjustment ° 25
Minimum angle adjustment ° 0
Maximum discharge valve capacity l/min 20
Discharge valve orifice diameter mm 3.0
Proportional valve resistance ohms 22
L550-1562 020-19

Weight kg 67

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Capacity cm3 11
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
020-20 L550-1562
020.6 Hydraulic components
020.6.1 Filter unit

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Return suction filter filtration grade μm 10
Preload valve bar 0.3
Replenishing valve opening pressure bar 0.04
Replenishing strainer filtration grade μm 160
Bypass valve opening pressure bar 3.0
Return strainer filtration grade μm 80

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Filter unit μm 10
Inlet opening pressure bar 0.03
Outlet opening pressure bar 0.5
Connecting thread inch 3 / 4
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 020-21
020.7 Steering system
020.7.1 Servostat
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Displacement cm3 462
Secondary pressure relief bar 285±10
Flow booster 1 – 1.6
Weight kg 4.0

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Rod diameter mm 40
Weight kg 26.2

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Opening pressure bar 420
Maximum flow l/min 20

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Number of hydro accumulators 2
Preload pressure (nitrogen filling) bar 30±1
Oil filling (nitrogen side) cm3 180
020-22 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Capacity cm3 11
Pressure relief valve bar 55±5
Protection class IP 66
Maximum current consumption A 150
Weight kg 10

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Type Electronic pressure
switch
Switch type Normally open
Switching point bar 16±2

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

switch
Switching point bar 16±2
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 020-23
020.8 Brake system

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Displacement per turn cm3 4

Valid for: L550-1562/31344-;

Type LT17M4X
Weight kg 13.4

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
(ID no. 7619022)

Number of hydro accumulators 4

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
(ID no. 6905 535)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

Switch point, rising bar 5±0.5
020-24 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

switch
Switching point, falling bar 120±5

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
(ID no. 10288602)

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 020-25
020.9 Electrical system

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Protection class (with plug connected) IP6K9K
Operating voltage VDC 7 to 36
Operating temperature °C -40 to +70
Operation at ambient air pressure mbar 500 to 1100
Dimensions mm 268 x 221 x 90
Weight kg 3,45
Processor speed MHz 40
Programme memory MB 1
Interfaces 2 x CAN, 1 x RS232
Digital inputs 22 x digital input, 8 x
8-bit digital input, 2 x
frequency input,
Analogue inputs 3 x analogue input
0-10 V, 4 x resist-
ance input 10-2 kΩ
Digital outputs 5 x digital output
2 A, 9 x digital
output 3 A, 4 x
digital output 5 A
Analogue outputs 3 x PWM output 3 A
current controlled
020.9.2 Battery
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

Battery voltage V 12
Battery capacity Ah 135
Acid density of charged battery kg/l 1.28
Charging current (recommended) A 14 – 15
Charging voltage (recommended) VDC 14.4 – 14.8
Cold start current (EN) A 850
Self-discharging (at 25 °C) About 3% a month
020-26 L550-1562

Electrolyte Diluted sulphuric
acid
Top-up water Distilled or deminer-
alised (DIN 43530)

Valid for: L550-1562/31664-;

Maximum input voltage V 22 - 30
Output voltage V 13.5±0.5
Output current (Uin = 27V) A 18±10%
Output power W 240
Current limiter Yes
Temperature protection No
Short circuit characteristics Protected against
shorting
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 020-27
020.10 Gearbox
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Type 319
Travel motor 1 ratio 1.55
Travel motor 2 ratio 3.83
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
020-28 L550-1562
020.11 Axles and drive shafts
020.11.1 Front axle

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Type MT-L 3085 II
Differential locking value % 45
Track width mm 2000
Differential transmission ratio 3.89
Wheel hub transmission ratio 6.0
Overall transmission 23.34
Weight kg 960
Differential nut tightening torque Nm 1200
Pressure flange bolt tightening torque Nm 500
Front section fastening bolt tightening torque Nm 850
020.11.2 Rear axle

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Type MT-L 3085 II
Differential locking value % 45
Track width mm 2000
Differential transmission ratio 3.89
Wheel hub transmission ratio 6.0
Overall transmission ratio 23.34
Weight kg 960
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Differential nut tightening torque Nm 1200

Pressure flange bolt tightening torque Nm 500
Oscillating axle frame fastening bolt tightening Nm 850
torque

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Minimum length mm 1310
L550-1562 020-29

Maximum length mm 1500
Weight kg 38
Flange tightening torque Nm 285

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Minimum length mm 765
Maximum length mm 875
Weight kg 17
Flange tightening torque Nm 125
020.11.5 Tyres
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
The following table lists all tyres approved by Liebherr for standard use, along with
recommended tyre pressures. Certain ground conditions and uses of the machine
require the tyre pressure to be adjusted. Precise details are available from the tyre
manufacturer, tyre dealer or Liebherr customer service. Tyres not listed in the
following table may only be used after consultation with Liebherr customer service.
NOTICE
Different tyre diameters!
Damage to the travel drive.
u The diameter of the tyres on the front and rear axles may not differ by more
than 3%.
u The diameter of the tyres on the left and right wheels may not differ by more
than 1.5%.
Size and tread code Change in Width Change in Tyre pressure

operating across tyres height
FA A) RA B) p - max.
weight C)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
kg mm mm bar bar bar

23.5R25 Michelin XLDN * L3 -120 2650 -42 3.00 2.50 4.50
23.5R25 Michelin XHA2 * L3 -8 2650 -35 3.00 2.50 4.50
23.5-25 Triangle TL612 20PR L3 -236 2650 -15 3.50 3.00 3.90
23.5R25 Techking ETLOADER
L3 0 2650 -2 5.25 5.00 6.50
**
23.5R25 Techking ET5A ** L3 0 2650 0 5.25 5.00 6.50
23.5-25 Techking TKPLUS II L3 +260 2650 -15 4.50 3.75 5.00
20PR
020-30 L550-1562

weight C)

23.5R25 Bridgestone VJT * L3 +130 2670 -29 4.00 3.00 5.00
23.5R25 Techking ETD2 ** L5 +692 2650 +25 5.25 5.00 6.50
Tab. 21: Approved tyres for standard uses
A) Recommended tyre pressures on the front axle (for machine with standard equipment and cold tyres)
B) Recommended tyre pressures on the rear axle (for machine with standard equipment and cold tyres)
C) Maximum tyre pressure
020.11.5.2 Special tyres

Enter the specifications in the tables below as follows:
– By the machine operator: If the machine is retrofitted by the machine operator

weight C)

...
...
...
Tab. 22: Special tyres
A) Front axle
B) Rear axle
C) Maximum tyre pressure
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 020-31
020.12 Steel parts of the basic machine

Valid for: L550-1562/1562-;

Weight of left ballast weight kg 728
Weight of right ballast weight kg 750
Material EN-GJL-200
Bolt tightening torque Nm 670
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
020-32 L550-1562
020.13 Operator's cab, heating and air condi-

tioning

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Rated voltage V 24
Heating power kW 11
Number of blower levels 6
Maximum blower current consumption A 15.7
Maximum airflow m /h 600
3
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
020.13.2.1 Air conditioning

Refrigerant R134a
Cooling power kW 9.7±10%
Coolant quantity g 1250+50
Temperature sensor activation temperature °C 5.5±10%
Temperature sensor deactivation temperature °C 4.5±10%
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
020.13.3.1 Air conditioning compressor

Refrigerant oil (PAG oil) ZXL 100 PG
Refrigerant oil quantity cm3 200±10
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
020.13.4 Dryer
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Filtration grade μm 7
Test pressure bar 38
Dryer water consumption g 13
Pressure relief valve, opening pressure bar 35 ±3
L550-1562 020-33

Burst pressure bar 100

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Low pressure OFF bar 1.5±0.5
Low pressure ON bar 3.4±0.3
High pressure OFF bar 26±2
High pressure ON bar 18±1.5
Increase fan speed OFF bar 15±1
Increase fan speed ON bar 19±1
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
020-34 L550-1562
020.14 Lubrication system

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
020.14.1.1 Central lubrication pump

Delivery per stroke mm3 120
Pumped medium Grease up to NLGI
class 2
Maximum operating pressure bar 280
Operating temperature °C min. -35
max. +70
Supply voltage V 24
Factory-set cycle time 75% minutes 45
020.14.1.2 Progressive distributor
MX-F

Maximum operating pressure at inlet bar 300
Temperature range °C min. -35
max. +100
Pumped medium Grease up to NLGI
class 2
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
MX-F 25

Flow per outlet mm3 25
Flow per element mm3 50
L550-1562 020-35
MX-F 45

MX-F 75

MX-F105

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
020-36 L550-1562
030 Maintenance
Contents
030.1 Maintenance and inspection schedule 030-9
030.2 Filling quantities and lubrication chart 030-14
L550-1562/31334-; 030-14
L550-1562/31334-; 030-14
030.3 Lubricants and fuels 030-16
030.3.1 General information on changing lubricants and fuels 030-16
030.3.2 Converting hydraulic system from mineral oils to biodegradable
hydraulic fluids 030-16
L550-1562/31334-; 030-17
L550-1562/31334-; 030-18
030.3.5 Refrigerant
L550-1562; 030-20
030.3.6 Coolant
L550-1562/31334-; 030-20
L550-1562/31334-; 030-21
L550-1562/31334-; 030-24
L550-1562/31334-; 030-25
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

L550-1562/31334-; 030-26
030.4 Maintenance tasks 030-28
L550-1562/31334-; 030-28
030.4.2 Preparatory tasks for maintenance 030-28
L550-1562/31334-; 030-29
L550-1562/31334-; 030-30
L550-1562 030-1
Maintenance Service manual

L550-1562/31334-; 030-31
L550-1562/31334-; 030-32
030.4.3.2 Removing loose parts, dirt, ice and snow from the
machine
L550-1562/31334-; 030-32
L550-1562/31334-; 030-33
L550-1562/31334-; 030-34
L550-1562/31334-; 030-34
030.4.3.6 Corrosion protection system for use with salt and arti-
ficial fertilisers (optional): Carrying out corrosion
protection
L550-1562/31334-; 030-35
L550-1562/31334-; 030-35
030.4.4 Drive group 030-41
L550-1562/31334-; 030-41
L550-1562/31334-; 030-42
L550-1562/31334-; 030-43
L550-1562/31334-; 030-44
L550-1562/31334-; 030-46
L550-1562/31334-; 030-46
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562/31334-; 030-49
L550-1562/31334-; 030-50
030.4.4.9 Diesel engine - Checking the crankshaft torsional
vibration damper
L550-1562/31334-; 030-52
030.4.4.10 Diesel engine - Changing the crankshaft torsional
vibration damper
L550-1562/31334-; 030-54
030.4.4.11 Draining off condensate and sediment from the fuel
tank
L550-1562/31334-; 030-55
030-2 L550-1562
Service manual Maintenance

L550-1562/31334-; 030-56
L550-1562/31334-; 030-57
L550-1562/31334-; 030-58
L550-1562/31334-; 030-60
L550-1562/31334-; 030-61
L550-1562/31334-; 030-62
030.4.4.18 Cleaning the air filter service cover and dust
discharge valve
L550-1562/31334-; 030-63
030.4.4.19 Checking the air suction hoses for leaks and tight
fitting
L550-1562/31334-; 030-65
L550-1562/31334-; 030-66
L550-1562/31334-; 030-68
L550-1562/31334-; 030-69
030.4.4.23 Checking the exhaust system for leaks and tight
fitting
L550-1562/31334-; 030-70
L550-1562/31334-; 030-72
030.4.5.2 Checking the coolant antifreeze and corrosion inhib-
itor concentration
L550-1562/31334-; 030-73
L550-1562/31334-; 030-77
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

L550-1562/31334-; 030-78
030.4.6.1 Lubricating the solenoids, universal joints and
tappets on the pilot control unit
L550-1562/31334-; 030-81
L550-1562/31334-; 030-81
L550-1562 030-3
030.4.7.2 Checking and cleaning the magnetic rod on the

hydraulic tank
L550-1562/31334-; 030-83
030.4.7.3 Draining off condensate and sediment from the
hydraulic tank
L550-1562/31334-; 030-84
L550-1562/31334-; 030-85
L550-1562/31334-; 030-86
030.4.7.6 Hydraulic tank - changing the oil in the hydraulic
system
L550-1562/31334-; 030-87
L550-1562/31334-; 030-89
030.4.8.2 Lubricating the bearing points on the steering cylin-
ders
L550-1562/31334-; 030-89
030.4.9 Brake system 030-90
L550-1562/31334-; 030-90
L550-1562/31334-; 030-91
030.4.9.3 Checking the gap and wear on the parking brake
linings
L550-1562/31334-; 030-93
L550-1562/31334-; 030-97
L550-1562/31334-; 030-97
030.4.10.3 Changing the travel direction rocker switch and cap
(optional) on the control lever
L550-1562/31334-; 030-100
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030.4.11 Gearbox 030-102

L550-1562/31334-; 030-102
L550-1562/31334-; 030-102
030.4.12 Axles and drive shafts 030-103
L550-1562/31334-; 030-103
L550-1562/31334-; 030-104
030-4 L550-1562

L550-1562/31334-; 030-106
L550-1562/31334-; 030-106
L550-1562/31334-35933; 030-106
L550-1562/35934-; 030-107
030.4.13 Steel parts of the basic machine 030-108
030.4.13.1 Lubricating the articulation bearing and the rear axle
oscillating bearing
L550-1562/31334-; 030-108
L550-1562/31334-; 030-109
L550-1562/31334-; 030-109
030.4.14 Working attachment 030-110
030.4.14.1 Lubricating lift arms and attached working attach-
ment
L550-1562/31334-; 030-110
030.4.14.2 Checking the bucket bearing seals and the bearing
bushings on the lift arms
L550-1562/31334-; 030-111
L550-1562/31334-; 030-113
L550-1562/31334-; 030-114
030.4.15 Operator's cab, heating and air conditioning 030-115
L550-1562/31334-; 030-115
L550-1562/31334-; 030-117
L550-1562/31334-; 030-118
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

L550-1562/31334-; 030-118
L550-1562/31334-; 030-119
030.4.15.6 Checking the indicator bead in the air conditioning
dryer-collector unit
L550-1562/31334-; 030-119
L550-1562/31334-; 030-120
030.4.16 Lubrication system 030-121
L550-1562 030-5
030.4.16.1 Checking the lubrication system grease reservoir

level
L550-1562/31334-; 030-121
030.4.16.2 Checking the pipes, hoses and lubrication points of
the lubrication system
L550-1562/31334-; 030-122
030.4.16.3 Checking whether metered quantities are adequate
at the bearing points (grease collars) of the lubrica-
tion system
L550-1562/31334-; 030-122
L550-1562/31334-; 030-124
030.6 Testing and adjustment tasks 030-129
L550-1562/31334-; 030-129
L550-1562/31334-; 030-129
L550-1562/31334-; 030-131
030.6.3 Drive group 030-132
L550-1562/31334-; 030-132
L550-1562/31334-; 030-132
L550-1562; 030-132
L550-1562/31334-; 030-135
030.6.5.1 Working hydraulics pump flow regulator (standby
pressure)
L550-1562/31334-; 030-137
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

L550-1562/31334-; 030-139
030.6.5.3 Z kinematics control valve block secondary pressure
relief valves
L550-1562/31334-; 030-140
030.6.5.4 Z kinematics control valve block primary pressure
relief valve
L550-1562/31334-; 030-142
L550-1562/31334-; 030-143
030-6 L550-1562
030.6.5.6 Industrial lift arm control valve block secondary pres-

sure relief valves
L550-1562/31334-; 030-144
030.6.5.7 Industrial lift arm control block, primary pressure
relief valve
L550-1562/31334-; 030-146
L550-1562/31334-; 030-147
L550-1562/31334-; 030-148
030.6.5.10 Ride control hydro accumulator (optional), nitrogen
filling
L550-1562/31334-; 030-149
030.6.5.11 Testing the Z kinematics control valve block for
leakage
L550-1562/31334-; 030-151
L550-1562; 030-154
030.6.7 Travel hydraulics 030-159
L550-1562/31334-; 030-159
L550-1562/31334-; 030-160
L550-1562/31334-; 030-163
L550-1562/31334-; 030-164
L550-1562/31334-; 030-166
L550-1562/31334-; 030-168
L550-1562/31334-; 030-169
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

L550-1562/31334-; 030-170
030.6.9 Brake system 030-171
L550-1562/31334-; 030-171
030.6.9.2 Compact brake valve, hydro accumulator charging
function
L550-1562/31334-; 030-172
L550-1562/31334-; 030-174
L550-1562 030-7

L550-1562/31334-; 030-175
L550-1562/31334-; 030-176
030.6.10.2 Repairing the Tuple Chain on the central control unit
(UEC3)
L550-1562/31334-; 030-178
L550-1562/31334-; 030-183
030.6.11 Gearbox 030-188
L550-1562/31334-; 030-188
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030-8 L550-1562
030.1 Maintenance and inspection schedule
General information
Shorten maintenance intervals depending on conditions of use, for example:
– Dust-intensive use
– Oil quality
– Fuel quality
Ensure that lubricants, liquids and replaced parts are disposed of safely and in an
environmentally friendly manner. Comply with applicable country-specific guide-
lines and applicable laws in country of use.
Service packs in spare parts catalogue contain spare parts required for mainte-
nance activities.
The following abbreviations are used in this section:
– h = operating hours
Various symbols (solid or empty circles, boxes and stars) are used to indicate the
maintenance tasks, which fall into two main types.
The symbols have the following meanings:

Table with solid circle, box or star
Responsibility for carrying out the maintenance
work lies with the machine operator or his mainte-
nance personnel. Maintenance interval: on
delivery, every 10 and 50 service hours (h), and
at unscheduled times.
Tab. 23: Machine operator
The symbols have the following meanings:

Table with empty circle, box or star, or service
hours (h)
The maintenance and inspection work must be
performed or supervised by specialist staff from
Liebherr or its authorised dealers. Maintenance
interval: on delivery and every 500, 1000, 2000,
3000 service hours (h), and at unscheduled
times.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Tab. 24: Authorised specialist staff
You will find a list of the spare parts needed for maintenance and inspection work
in the service package of the spare parts list.
L550-1562 030-9
Customer:....................Machine type:........................................... Serial no.:...................Operating hours:.....................Date:.................................
Maintenance / inspection after Tasks to be performed

service hours
By maintenance staff By authorised specialist

n Once-only activity staff
l Repeat interval o Once-only activity
ª If necessary m Repeat interval
Additional labelling T Annually before the winter ² If necessary
Other intervals
Confirm tasks
Additional labelling
On handover
Assistance required
All 1000 h
All 2000 h
See page
All 8-10 h
All 500 h
All 50 h
Have this task carried out exclusively by a

certified electrician
Overall machine
o l l m m m Checking the machine for external damage 030-32
l l m m m Removing loose parts, dirt, ice and snow from the machine 030-32
m m Adjust the machine according to the testing and adjustment check-
list.
o ª Checking the machine for leaks 030-34
ª Making sure the bolted connections are tight 030-34
m m ª Corrosion protection system for use with salt and artificial fertilisers 030-35
(optional): Performing corrosion protection (at least once a year).
Drive group
o l l m m m Checking diesel engine oil level 030-41
m m m Change diesel engine oil (at least once a year). NOTICE! Engine 030-42
oil quality and complicating factors (For more information see:
030.3.4 Lubricating oils for diesel engines, page 030-18)
m m m Change the engine oil filter (with every oil change) 030-43
m m m Checking the V-ribbed belt on the engine 030-44
² Changing the V-ribbed belt on the engine 030-46
m Checking the engine valve clearance 030-46
m m m Checking the bleeder filter of the crankcase 030-49
T Checking the glow plugs 030-50
m Diesel engine - Checking the crankshaft torsional vibration damper 030-52
m4500 h Diesel engine - Changing the crankshaft torsional vibration damper 030-54
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
o l m m m ª Draining off condensate and sediment from the fuel tank 030-55
l m m m ª Drain off condensate from the Separ fuel pre-filter (or in the event 030-56
of poor performance)
l l m m m ª Draining off condensate from the fuel pre-filter (regularly, or if the 030-57
corresponding service code appears)
m m m ª Change the Separ fuel pre-filter insert (or in the event of poor 030-58
performance)
m m m ª Changing the fuel pre-filter (or in the event of poor performance) 030-60
m m m ª Changing the fuel fine filter (or in the event of poor performance) 030-61
ª Bleed the fuel system (caution: do not disconnect the pump - RAIL 030-62
- injection valve lines).
030-10 L550-1562

service hours

T Annually before the winter ² If necessary
Other intervals
Confirm tasks
On handover
Assistance required
All 1000 h
All 2000 h
See page
All 8-10 h
All 500 h
All 50 h

l m m m ª Cleaning the air filter service cover and dust discharge valve 030-63
m m m Checking the air suction hoses for leaks and tight fitting 030-65
m m ª Changing or changing the air filter main element (when indicated 030-66
by the vacuum switch, or at least once a year)
m ª Changing the air filter safety element (after replacing the main 030-68
element 3 times or once a year at the latest)
m m m ² Cleaning the oil bath air filter (optional) 030-69
m m m Checking the exhaust system for leaks and tight fitting 030-70
Cooling system
o l l m m m Checking the coolant level 030-72
m m m T Checking the coolant antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor concentra- 030-73
tion
ª Cleaning the cooling system 030-77
m Change the coolant (at least every 2 years) 030-78
Working hydraulics
m m Lubricating the solenoids, universal joints and tappets on the pilot 030-81
control unit
Hydraulic components
o l l m m m Checking the oil level in the hydraulic tank 030-81
o m m m Checking and cleaning the magnetic rod on the hydraulic tank 030-83
m m m Draining off condensate and sediment from the hydraulic tank 030-84
m m Hydraulic tank - changing the return-suction filter 030-85
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
m Changing the hydraulic tank breather filter 030-86

² Changing the oil in the hydraulic system in accordance with oil 030-87
quality and oil analysis (For more information see: Changing the
oil, analysing the oil, changing filters, page 030-23)
Steering system
o l l m m m Testing the steering 030-89
o l m m m Lubricating the bearing points on the steering cylinders 030-89
Brake system
o l l m m m Testing the service brake and parking brake 030-90
m3000 h Checking the service brake discs for wear 030-91
L550-1562 030-11

service hours

Additional labelling T Annually before the winter ² If necessary
Other intervals
Confirm tasks
On handover
Assistance required
All 1000 h
All 2000 h
See page
All 8-10 h
All 500 h
All 50 h

m m Checking the gap and wear on the parking brake linings 030-93
Electrical system
o l l m m m Checking the lights 030-97
m m m Checking the batteries, fluid level and terminals 030-97
m m Changing the travel direction rocker switch and cap (optional) on 030-100
the control lever
Gearbox
o m m m Checking the transmission oil level 030-102
o m m Changing the transmission oil 030-102
Axles and drive shafts
o m m m Checking the axle oil levels 030-103
o m m Changing the axle oil 030-104
m m m Checking the cardan shafts 030-106
o l m m m Check the tyre pressure. 030-106
o n m m m Checking the wheel tightness (once after 50, 100 and 250 h) 030-106
o n m m m Checking the wheel tightness (once after 50, 100 and 250 h) 030-107
Steel parts of the basic machine
o l m m m Lubricating the articulation bearing and the rear axle oscillating 030-108
bearing
m m m ª Covering - lubricating locks and hinges 030-109
ª Greasing the rear section cover lower hinges 030-109
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Working attachment
o l m m m ª Lubricating lift arms and attached working attachment 030-110
m m ª Checking the bucket bearing seal and the bearing bushings on the 030-111
lift arms
m m Checking the lift arm bucket stops (Z-bar kinematics) 030-113
o l l m m m Lubricating and testing the quick-change device 030-114
Operator's cab, heating and air conditioning
m m m ª Cleaning the fresh and recirculated air filters 030-115
m m ª Changing the fresh and recirculated air filters 030-117
m m m ª Checking the condition and function of the safety belt 030-118
030-12 L550-1562

service hours

T Annually before the winter ² If necessary
Other intervals
Confirm tasks
On handover
Assistance required
All 1000 h
All 2000 h
See page
All 8-10 h
All 500 h
All 50 h

m m m Checking the condition and function of the windscreen washer
system
ª Checking and topping up windscreen washer fluid 030-118
ª Checking the seals on the driver’s cab 030-119
m m m Checking the indicator bead in the air conditioning dryer-collector 030-119
unit (option)
m m m Testing the heating and air conditioning unit 030-120
Lubrication system
o l m m m Checking the lubrication system grease reservoir level 030-121
o l m m m Checking the pipes, hoses and lubrication points of the lubrication 030-122
system
o l m m m Checking whether metered quantities are adequate at the bearing 030-122
points (grease collars) of the lubrication system
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 030-13
030.2 Filling quantities and lubrication chart
Specifications in the quantity column:

– The values stated for the filling quantities in the table are only guidelines.
– The dipstick and level markings are always mandatory.
– Each time the oil is replaced or topped up, check the level in the unit in ques-
tion.
Valid for: L550-1562;

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Designation Recommended lubricant Symbol Quantity

Engine (with filter change) Liebherr Motor oil 10W-40 19.5 l
Liebherr Motor oil 10W-40 low ash
Liebherr Motor oil 5W-30
Hydraulic system Liebherr Hydraulic Basic 68
Liebherr Hydraulic Basic 100
Liebherr Hydraulic HVI
Liebherr Hydraulic Plus
System capacity 240 l
Tank capacity 135 l
Transmission Liebherr Hydraulic Gear ATF 5W-20 4.1 l
Front axle Liebherr Gear Basic 90LS 35 l
Rear axle Liebherr Gear Basic 90LS 35 l
Tab. 25: Recommended lubricants

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Designation Recommended operating fluid Symbol Quantity

Fuel tank Conventional diesel fuel with a sulphur content of 300 l
less than or equal to 0.5 %
Fuel reserve, approx. 35 l
030-14 L550-1562
Designation Recommended operating fluid Symbol Quantity

Engine cooling system total Liebherr Antifreeze OS Mix 38 l
capacity
Liebherr Antifreeze OS Concentrate
Windscreen washer system Standard windscreen washer fluid or denatured 3.5 l

alcohol
Air conditioning refrigerant R134a 1.25+0.05 kg
CO2 equivalent 1.79 t

Refrigerant oil for air condi- ZXL 100 PG (PAG Oil) 200 cm3
tioning compressor (option)
Tab. 26: Recommended operating fluids

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 030-15
030.3 Lubricants and fuels
030.3.1 General information on changing lubricants and fuels

The values stated for filling quantities in the lubricant table and fuels table are only
guidelines. After every oil change or refill, check the corresponding level.
NOTICE
Improper change of lubricants and fuels!
Damage to machine.
u Observe manufacturer's instructions for lubricants and fuels.
NOTICE
Contamination due to dirt!
Damage to machine.
u Clean filler plugs, filler caps and drain plugs, including their environment, before
opening.
When inspecting and changing lubricants and fuels, consider following,

among other things:
– Local environmental guidelines.
– Specifications according to operator's manual.
– Avoid naked lights and fire.
030.3.2 Converting hydraulic system from mineral oils to

biodegradable hydraulic fluids
For operation of Liebherrearth moving machines with biodegradable hydraulic
fluids, we recommend Liebherr Hydraulic Plus.
In the case of a machine equipped with biodegradable hydraulic fluid at the factory,
a corresponding information label is attached.
Procedure for later conversion
NOTICE
Non-approved oil!
Damage to the hydraulic system.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Only use oil that meets the Liebherr specifications.

u Do not mix different oils.
u In case of subsequent conversion of machine to a biodegradable hydraulic fluid,

contact Liebherr customer service!
u Request instructions and conversion guidelines from Liebherr and observe
them!
030-16 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
030.3.3.1 Specification
Diesel fuels must comply with the minimum requirements of the following specifica-
tions.
Specifications:
– DIN EN 590
– ASTM D 975-89a - 1D and 2D
– We strongly recommend using diesel fuel with a sulphur content of less than 0.1
% (1000 ppm).
030.3.3.2 High sulphur content in the diesel fuel

1. See oil change intervals according to complicating factors.
2. Diesel fuels with a sulphur content of more than 1% (10,000 mg/kg) are not
permitted.
3. For engines with external exhaust gas recirculation (eEGR): use diesel fuels
with a sulphur content of no more than 0.5% (5000 mg/kg).
4. If the diesel engine is operated using E6 engine oil and a standard oil change
interval (500 operating hours), diesel fuels with a sulphur content of more than
0.005% (50 mg/kg) may not be used.
According to the HFRR (60) test, the maximum diesel fuel lubricity must be 460 µm
(lubricity-corrected wear scar diameter [1.4] at 60 °C).
Fuel standard ASTM D 975 does not stipulate that fuels must pass a fuel-lubricity
test. Written confirmation must be provided by the fuel supplier. Any additions
should be undertaken by the supplier as he is responsible for the quality of the fuel.
The addition of secondary lubricity additives by the customer is not recommended.
Note
u Obtain written confirmation from the supplier.
A cetane number of at least 45 is required for fuels. A cetane number above 50 is

preferable, especially at temperatures below 0 °C.
030.3.3.3 Diesel fuel at low temperatures (winter operation)

Paraffin crystals form in diesel fuel as the temperature falls; these increase the flow
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
resistance in the fuel filter to such an extent that the fuel supply to the engine is no
longer guaranteed.
NOTICE
Danger of damage to the injection system if incorrect fuel is used.
Adding petroleum or normal petrol will damage the injection system.
u Do not add petroleum, normal petrol or any additives to the diesel fuel.
If the outside temperature falls below -20 °C:
u Use an ignition-starting device such as a fuel filter heater.
When using the machine in arctic climates:
u Use special diesel fuels with suitable flow characteristics.
L550-1562 030-17

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
030.3.4.1 Lubricating oil quality

Only high-alloy lubricating oils are used in modern diesel engines.
They are comprised of base oils which feature combined admixtures (additives).
The lubricating oil regulation for Liebherr diesel engines is based on the following
specifications and regulations.
Designation Specification
ACEA classification (Association des E4, E5, E6, E7
Constructeurs Européens de l’Automobile)
API classification (American Petroleum CI-4, CI-4 Plus, CJ-4
Institute)
Note: observe the reduced oil-
change intervals
Tab. 27: Lubricating oil specifications
030.3.4.2 Lubricating oil viscosity

Select the lubricating oil viscosity in accordance with the SAE classification
(Society of Automotive Engineers).
The ambient temperature determines the right choice of SAE class.
The selection of the SAE classification gives no indication of the quality of a lubri-
cating oil.
Oil that is too viscous can cause starting problems, while insufficient viscosity
impairs lubricating efficiency.
The temperature ranges detailed in the following diagram are guidelines; short-
term deviations are permissible.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 25: Selection of the SAE class according to temperature
The following diesel engine oil is recommended for ambient temperatures from
-20 °C to 45 °C:
Liebherr Motoroil 10W-40, specification ACEA E4
Liebherr Motoroil 10W-40 low ash, specification ACEA E4, E6, E7
030-18 L550-1562
The following diesel engine oil is recommended for ambient temperatures from
-30 °C to 30 °C:
Liebherr Motoroil 5W-30, specification ACEA E4, E7
030.3.4.3 Lubricating oil change intervals

Changing intervals: (For more information see: 030.1 Maintenance and inspection
schedule, page 030-9)
Change the oil according to the climate zone, sulphur content in the fuel and oil
quality as shown in the following table.
Even if the specified number of service hours (h) is not reached in the course of a
year, the engine oil and filter should be replaced at least once a year.
Various complicating factors (harsh operating conditions) can affect the mainte-
nance interval.
Possible complicating factors are:
– Frequent cold-starts
– Sulphur content in the fuel
– Operating temperature
If complicating factors do play a role, the oil must be changed and the filter
replaced in accordance with the specifications in the following table.
The use of diesel fuel with a sulphur content of less than 0.1% (1000 ppm) is
strongly recommended.
Complicating factor for engines without external

Oil quality
exhaust gas recirculation (external EGR)
CI-4, CI-4
Plus, CJ-4, E6, E7
E4, E5
Sulphur content in the fuel Interval A)
Up to 0.5 % 250 h 500 h
0.5 % to 1.0 % 125 h 250 h
Tab. 28: Oil change intervals depending on complicating factor for engines without
external exhaust gas recirculation (external EGR)
A) Operating hours
Complicating factor for engines with external

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Oil quality
exhaust gas recirculation (external EGR)
CI-4, CI-4
Plus, CJ-4, E6, E7
E4, E5
Sulphur content in the fuel Interval A)
Up to 0.5 % 250 h 500 h
Tab. 29: Oil change intervals depending on complicating factor for engines with
external exhaust gas recirculation (external EGR)
A) Operating hours
L550-1562 030-19
030.3.5 Refrigerant
Description Air conditioning

Refrigerant R134a
Greenhouse gas potential 1430
CO2 equivalent of 1 kg of R134a 1.43 t
Tab. 30: Minimum quality requirement
The air conditioning system contains fluorinated greenhouse gases.
030.3.6 Coolant
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
030.3.6.1 Requirements for the water used

Make sure that the water meets the following requirements:
– Corresponds to the guidelines for drinking water issued by the World Health
Organisation (WHO) in 2006
030.3.6.2 Antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor

Liebherr recommendation
Type Designation
Concentrate Liebherr-Antifreeze OS Concentrate
Premix20) Liebherr-Antifreeze OS Mix
Tab. 31: Recommendation for antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor
Ambient temperature Mixing ratio

Down to -50 °C 40% water 60% antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor
Down to -37 °C 50% water 50% antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor
Tab. 32: Mixing ratio

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030.3.6.3 Minimum quality requirement
Specification
ASTM D6210
LH-01-COL3A
Tab. 33: Specification
20) Premix = pre-prepared mixture (50% water and 50% antifreeze/corrosion inhib-
itor)
030-20 L550-1562
When using coolant from other manufacturers, you must obtain information from
the Liebherr Lubricant Hotline.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
The following oils may be used as hydraulic oils according to the following specifi-
cations.
Maximum water content of the hydraulic fluid: < 0.1 %
030.3.7.1 Liebherr hydraulic oil

Liebherr recommends the following hydraulic oils for the machine, according to the
temperature range:
Fig. 27: Liebherr hydraulic oil, selection of viscosity class according to temperature
A Ambient temperature C Operating range
B Cold start with warming-up proce-
dure
Liebherr Hydraulic Plus is suitable as a bio oil as well as for long-term use.
If Liebherr oils cannot be purchased locally, you must use engine oils as described
in the section on using “engine oil as hydraulic oil” (after consultation with customer
service).
030.3.7.2 Using engine oil as hydraulic oil

When using non-Liebherr engine oils, we recommend that the customer first ask
the oil manufacturer whether the product meets the following specifications.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Engine oils to be used as hydraulic oil must be selected according to the following
specifications:
Single-grade oils (1) API - CD / ACEA - E1

(MB 226.0 and 227.0)
Multi-grade oils (2) API - CD, CE, CF / ACEA - E2, E3, E4
(MB 227.5, 228.1, 228.3 and 228.5)
Tab. 34: Classification of engine oil for use as hydraulic oil
L550-1562 030-21
Fig. 28: Engine oil for use as hydraulic oil, temperature-dependent selection of the
viscosity class 21)
A Ambient temperature 1 Single-grade oils
B Cold start with warming-up proce- 2 Multi-grade oils
dure
C Operating range
030.3.7.3 Warming up
The black bar B represents ambient temperatures that are up to 20 °C lower than
the operating range C.
If the engine is cold started at ambient temperatures within the range B, the
following warming-up procedure applies to the hydraulic oil:
1. Once the engine has started, set a medium speed for the engine (at most half
of the maximum speed).
2. Carefully activate the working hydraulics. Actuate the hydraulic cylinders and
move them briefly to their stops.
3. Also activate the travel hydraulics after about 5 minutes. Warming up takes
roughly 10 minutes in total.
If you perform a cold start at even lower temperatures, observe the following warm-
up procedure: Warm the hydraulic tank before starting the engine. Then start the
warm-up procedure from point 1.
030.3.7.4 Biodegradable hydraulic oils

Bio-application means that the use of biodegradable or environmentally friendly
hydraulic oil is prescribed at the operating site of the machine.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
NOTICE
Ensure that hydraulic oils are not improperly mixed.
Mixing biodegradable ester-based hydraulic oils with each other or with mineral oils
can cause aggressive reactions. This can damage the hydraulic system.
u Do not mix biodegradable hydraulic oils from different manufacturers or different
kinds of mineral oils.
21) If the viscosity class differs: contact customer service
030-22 L550-1562
Liebherr oils
Liebherr recommends Liebherr Hydraulic Plus for the machine.
Third-party manufacturer oils

If you are unable to purchase this oil locally, only oils based on fully saturated
synthetic ester (HEES) may be used after consultation with your local customer
service.
When using synthetic esters, we recommend changing the hydraulic hoses after
4000 service hours or after four years at the latest.
Vegetable oils are not permitted because of their poor resistance to high tempera-
tures.
030.3.7.5 Changing the oil, analysing the oil, changing filters
Oil change
Oil type Oil change

Not used as bio oil Bio application (only
permitted with oil anal-
Without oil analysis With oil analysisA)
ysisA) )
(optional)
Liebherr mineral oil Every 3000 h Every 6000 h --B)
Liebherr PAO (polyalphao- Every 4000 h Every 8000 h Every 8000 h
lefin)
Third-party product - mineral Every 2000 h Every 2000 h --B)

oil
Third-party product - fully --B) --B) Every 2000 h
saturated synthetic ester
Tab. 35: Oil change intervals
A) If the result of the oil analysis is positive, the oil may be used for longer. If the result of the oil analysis is nega-
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
tive, the oil must be changed immediately.

B) Combination not permitted
Bio application means that the use of biodegradable or environmentally friendly
hydraulic oil is prescribed at the operating site of the machine.
If a machine is operated for less than 1000 hours a year, an oil sampling is
required once a year. Hydraulic oil staying for a long time in the machine should,
however, be changed at the latest after four years (mineral oils and fully saturated
synthetic esters) and at the latest after six years (Liebherr-Plus oils).
If a machine is inactive for longer than six months, an oil analysis is required before
resuming operation.
L550-1562 030-23
Oil analysis
Liebherr recommends having the oil analyses carried out by OELCHECK and
carrying out an oil change according to the laboratory report:
– Yellow set for readily biodegradable hydraulic oils
– green set for mineral oils
To take an oil sample: (For more information see: Oil analyses, page 030-35)
See also customer service and product information.
Oil type Oil sample

Not used as bio oil Used as bio oil (oil
(oil analysis analysis
optional) prescribed)
Liebherr mineral oil Every 1000 h --A)
Liebherr PAO (polyalphaolefin) Every 1000 h First at 0 h then
every 1000 h
Third-party product - mineral oil First at 1000 h then --A)

every 500 h
Third-party product - fully saturated --A) First at 0 h then
synthetic ester every 500 h
Tab. 36: Oil sample
A) Combination not permitted
Changing the filter
Change return filter (only Liebherr filters are permitted)

Every 1000 h
Tab. 37: Changing filters

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Recommended lubricant Specification

Liebherr Hydraulic Gear ATF GM: Dexron II D
ZF: TE-ML 03D, 04D, 11A, 14A, 17C
If Liebherr oils cannot be purchased locally, you must use oils according to the
specifications instead (after consultation with customer service).
030-24 L550-1562
NOTICE
Oil quality
u Mixing various types of oil is not permitted.
Fig. 30: Selection of the SAE class according to temperature

A Ambient temperature
The temperature ranges specified in the diagram are guidelines and can be briefly
exceeded or fallen short of.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Recommended lubricant Specification

Liebherr Gear Basic 90LS API: GL-5
MIL-L: 2105 D
ZF: TE-ML 05C or 05F
LS = Gear oil with limited slip additives for disc brakes and self-locking differen-
tials.
For viscosity class SAE 90 LS, an oil of viscosity class SAE 80 W 90 LS can also
be used.
If Liebherr oils cannot be purchased locally, oils that comply with specifications
must be used instead (after consultation with customer service).
NOTICE
Oil quality
u Mixing various types of oil is not permitted.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Phosphor content of at least 1900 mg/kg required.
Fig. 31: Selection of SAE class according to temperature

A Ambient temperature
L550-1562 030-25
Temperature ranges specified in diagram are guidelines and can be briefly

exceeded or fallen short of.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Lubrication grease is used for the automatic or manual lubrication of the machine.
The lubrication grease reaches the lubrication points via the central lubrication
system or lubrication nipples.
Examples:
– Articulated joint
– Ring gears, gearwheels
– Pins, axles and bolts
– Attachment tools
Note
The lubrication grease must be capable of being easily delivered throughout the
entire ambient temperature range.
u Only use approved lubrication greases.
u In retrofitted central lubrication systems, pay attention to the specifications for
the consistency of the lubrication grease.
030.3.10.1 Minimum quality requirements

Lubrication greases must fulfil the following minimum quality requirements.
Application Specification Designation

Standard Soap-based (lithium complex) KP 2 K (DIN 51502)
NLGI grade: 2 (DIN 51818)
VKA weld load: ≥ 6000 N (DIN 51350 / 4 – ASTM D 2596)
Cryogenic temperature Soap-based (lithium complex) KP 1 K (DIN 51502)
NLGI grade: 1 (DIN 51818 / ASTM D 2596)
VKA weld load: ≥ 5500 N (DIN 51350 / 4 – ASTM D 2596)
Tab. 40
030.3.10.2 Liebherr lubrication grease

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Liebherr recommends the following lubrication greases to achieve optimum lubrica-

tion results and for additional corrosion protection.
Application Recommended lubricant Specification Designation

Standard Liebherr Universalfett 9900 Soap-based KPF 2 N - 25 (DIN 51502)
(lithium complex)
VKA weld load: ≥ 6000 N (DIN 51350 / 4)
with vapour phase anti-corrosion agent
030-26 L550-1562
Application Recommended lubricant Specification Designation

Cryogenic Liebherr Universalfett Arctic Soap-based KPFHC 1 N - 60 (DIN 51502)
temperature (lithium complex)
VKA weld load: ≥ 5500 N (DIN 51350 / 4)
Tab. 41
Fig. 33: Operating temperature of Liebherr lubrication greases

A Temperature of the lubrication ** Brief temperature peaks up to a
grease maximum of 200 °C may occur.
* Not when used in central lubrica-
tion systems
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 030-27
030.4 Maintenance tasks
All work must be carried out by specialist technicians or under their supervision
and responsibility.
Specialists technicians are people who:
– Have the requisite training and experience in operating and servicing earth-
moving machinery
– Are familiar with the statutory accident prevention regulations and national
guidelines
– Are able to judge whether earthmoving machinery is safe to operate
– Can carry out the required work without endangering themselves or others

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Observe the relevant safety instructions when carrying out all maintenance,
inspection or repair work. Local health and safety regulations, accident prevention
regulations and national laws must be observed.
Fig. 34: Safety precautions
Make sure that following requirements are met:

q Suitable protective equipment is present.
q The driver and maintenance staff are in visual contact.
Protective equipment must be worn for some tasks:
– Hard hat
– Safety footwear
– Safety glasses
WARNING
Persons in the danger area!
Risk of injury.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Make sure there is nobody in the danger area.
u Wear appropriate working clothing.

u Always maintain visual contact with the maintenance staff.
030.4.2 Preparatory tasks for maintenance

Before performing the various maintenance tasks, move the machine to the main-
tenance position unless otherwise explicitly specified in the description.
The various maintenance tasks include:
– Lubricating the lift arms and attachment
– Checking the oil level in the engine, transmission, axles, hydraulic tank, etc.
030-28 L550-1562
– Changing filters

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
The maintenance position depends on the maintenance task to be performed.
The two basic maintenance positions 1 and 2 are described below.
They enable you to access the individual maintenance points.
Maintenance position 1
To move the machine into maintenance position 1, carry out following steps.
Fig. 35: Maintenance position 1
u Park machine on firm, level ground.

u Lower lift arms.
u Lay bucket flat on the ground.
u Engage parking brake.
u Turn off diesel engine.
u Take out ignition key.
u Turn off the battery main switch.
Maintenance position 2
To move the machine into maintenance position 2, carry out following steps.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 36: Maintenance position 2
u Park machine on firm, level ground.

u Engage articulation lock.
u Lower the lift arms.
u Tilt the bucket out and set it down on the ground on its teeth or cutting edge.
u Engage parking brake.
L550-1562 030-29
u Take out ignition key.


Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
CAUTION
Beware of injury when opening and closing hatches.
u Make sure you are standing safely when opening or closing the hood.
Opening the engine compartment hood

When the hood is open, you can access the following components:
– Engine
– Hydraulic pumps
– Air filter
– Battery main switch
WARNING
Rotating parts and hot surfaces can cause injuries.
Beware of scalding when opening the engine compartment hood.
u Only open the hood when the engine has cooled down and is at a standstill.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 37: Engine compartment hood

1 Engine compartment hood 3 Gas-filled spring
2 Handle
u Open the lock with the ignition key.
u Fully open the engine compartment hood 1 with the handle 2.
w The engine compartment hood is held in this position by two gas-filled
springs 3.
030-30 L550-1562
CAUTION
Beware of injury caused by the hood falling shut.
u Only open the hood when the gas-filled spring functions properly.
u Check the function.
Troubleshooting
If the gas-filled spring does not hold the hood open.
u Contact Liebherr customer service.
Opening the cooling system hood

Make sure that the cab door is closed.
Fig. 38: Cooling system hood

1 Handle 2 Cooling system hood
u Open the lock with the ignition key.
u Fully open the hood 2 with the handle 1.
w The hood is held in this position by gas-filled springs.
CAUTION
Beware of injury caused by the hood falling shut.
u Only open the hood when the gas-filled spring functions properly.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Check the function.
Troubleshooting
If the gas-filled spring does not hold the hood open.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
The battery main switch is located in the rear right of the engine compartment.
L550-1562 030-31
For certain maintenance jobs, the battery main switch must first be turned
off.
Read the descriptions of the maintenance tasks to find out whether the battery
main switch must be turned on or off.
Turn on the battery main switch after completing these maintenance tasks.
NOTICE
Beware of damage to the electrical system.
u Never turn off the battery main switch when the engine is running.
Fig. 39: Turning off the battery main switch

1 Battery main switch 2 OFF position
u Turn the battery main switch 1 to the OFF position 2.
u Remove the key.
030.4.3 Overall machine

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Make sure that the machine is in maintenance position 1.
u Before starting the machine, check it for external damage.
u Repair any damage with safety implications immediately.
030.4.3.2 Removing loose parts, dirt, ice and snow from the machine
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Note
Ensure safe machine operation.
u Remove any loose parts, coarse dirt, mud, ice, snow etc.
u Carefully clean machine with a high-pressure cleaner.

w (For more information see: Cleaning the machine, page 030-33)
030-32 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Thoroughly clean the machine of all dirt and deposits in the following situations:
– After completing each job
– Before maintenance
– Before repairs
NOTICE
Beware of corrosive materials and working environments.
Corrosion may damage the machine or impair its functions (for example when in
contact with corrosive materials or when working in corrosive environments).
u Thoroughly clean the machine at the end of the job.
Thorough cleaning prevents dirt and foreign particles from entering the machine.
Clean oil, fuel and maintenance products from all connections and bolts.
The machine must be particularly cleaned after the following jobs:
– Working in salty environments (in winter, after contact with road salt during
transport on icy roads, when working near the sea or at ports etc.)
– Working with alkaline or acidic compounds
– Working with corrosive materials (lime compounds, cement etc.)
Note
High-pressure cleaners (steam cleaners) can damage the paintwork.
u Do not use high-pressure cleaners in the first two months of using the machine
(or after a respray).
u Observe the operating instructions for the high-pressure cleaner. Note the infor-
mation on the pressure and the distance from the high-pressure nozzle to the
object to be cleaned.
Washing the machine
CAUTION
Risk of accidents from the high-pressure jet of the high-pressure cleaner.
u Wear appropriate protective clothing and safety glasses.
Electrical devices such as the emergency steering pump, refuelling pump, sensors
and electric components are not watertight.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Every time you clean the machine with a high-pressure cleaner, regrease all lubri-
cation points on the machine.
NOTICE
Beware of damaging the soundproofing mats.
The soundproofing mats can be damaged if you clean them with high pressure.
Damaged soundproofing mats increase the sound output level above that guaran-
teed by the manufacturer.
u Do not expose soundproofing mats to water or steam jets.
L550-1562 030-33
NOTICE
There is a risk of damaging electrical devices.
When using a high-pressure cleaner, you may damage electrical devices such as
the emergency steering pump, refuelling pump, sensors and electrical compo-
nents.
u Do not expose electrical devices to water or steam jets.

u Wash the machine.
u Regrease all lubrication points on the machine.
Washing the engine

When washing the engine using water or steam jet, take care not to expose elec-
tronic devices such as the starter, alternator, sensors and engine control unit
directly to the jet.
After cleaning, start up the engine to allow it to dry out.
NOTICE
There is a risk of damaging the engine and its electric components.
Moisture penetration can cause corrosion and electrical malfunctions.
u Do not expose devices such as the starter, alternator, sensors and engine
control unit to water or steam jets.
Make sure that the following requirements are fulfilled:

q The machine is in maintenance position 1.
q The engine compartment hood is open.
u Carefully clean the engine.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q The service doors, hatches and hoods are open.
u Check the hydraulic system for leaks.
u Replace any damaged hydraulic seals.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Tighten any loose hydraulic connections.

u

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q The service doors, hatches and hoods are open.
u Check that all bolts and screws are tight.
u Tighten any loose screws or bolts with the required tightening torque.
030-34 L550-1562
030.4.3.6 Corrosion protection system for use with salt and artificial fertil-
isers (optional): Carrying out corrosion protection
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
This equipment is optional.
If you carry out corrosion protection:
u See the separate operator's manual “Using salt and artificial fertiliser”.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Oil analyses are only meaningful if there has been compliance with the specific
procedure. The results of the analyses in the printed laboratory reports are not only
affected by the condition of the oil but by other factors as well.
Note the following points when taking oil samples:
– Take oil samples from clean sampling points.
– Take oil samples at operating temperature.
– Use a hand pump for sections where no pressure is built up.
– When using a hand pump, take the oil sample immediately after the machine
has come to a standstill because the dirt and abraded particles are still in
suspension and any water in the oil has not yet separated.
– When using the hand pump, dip the sampling hose into the middle of the oil.
– Always use the same method and take the oil sample at the same place (this
makes the values comparable with each other).
– Never take the oil sample from the filter.
– Do not take samples immediately after an oil change or after large amounts of
oil have been added.
– Fill the oil that is to be tested into a clean and dry original sample container from
the sampling kit.
– The sampling systems must be CLEAN. The exterior of the sample container,
sampling valve and sampling hose may also not come into contact with dust
and dirt, neither whilst flushing nor during sampling. This is the only way to
ensure that unobjectionable results are obtained.
Tools required:
Quantity Description Item code

1 1 m test line 7002437
1 Hand pump with sampling hose 8145666
Tab. 42: Tools required

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Oil analysis kits

Liebherr recommends having the oil analyses carried out by “Oelcheck”.
Oelcheck offers various methods of analysis for a wide range of components and
units. Liebherr has chosen two methods analysis that are specially adapted to the
particular requirements of our systems and components.
Green lid: mineral oil, coolant Yellow lid: bio oil

Single analysis kit 8145660 7026 817
6-sample analysis kit 7018 368 7026 088
L550-1562 030-35
Green lid: mineral oil, coolant Yellow lid: bio oil

12-sample analysis kit 7018 369
Tab. 43: Available analysis kits
The analysis kits with the green lid can be used for hydraulic systems filled with
mineral oil, diesel engines, transmission and lubricating grease.
The analysis kits with the yellow lid may only be used for bio hydraulic oils. The
difference in the scope of the analysis is that the water content of all bio oils has to
be tested using the comparatively expensive Karl Fischer method. However, this
test method is essential for a precise diagnosis of bio oils.
If other test laboratories are used, the oil analyses must at least include the
following data:
Test methods Measured items

Atomic emission Metal debris, additives, contaminants, iron, chrome, tin,
spectroscopy (AES) aluminium, nickel, copper, lead, molybdenum, silver,
silicon, potassium, magnesium, boron, zinc, phosphorus,
barium
Fourier transform Oil condition and pollution, oil oxidation, glycol, water,
infrared spectroscopy nitration, fuel, soot
(FTIR)
Viscosity Test at 40 °C and 100 °C, viscosity index, note on lubricity
and mixing
Analex PQ index Magnetic abrasion (information on the quantity of magnet-
isable iron debris in the oil > 5 µm)
Tab. 44: Test methods
Sending oil samples

u Label the sample container with the barcode (the red laboratory number on the
sample information form).
w This ensures that the form with the sample information is allocated to the
correct sample.
u Carefully complete the sample information form.
w The more information you provide on the machine and the oil, the more
accurately the diagnosis can be carried out.
u Always identify subsequent samples for the same machine with an identical
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
sample description.
w This ensures that the analysed values are can be logged on the printed labo-
ratory reports. This makes it easier to identify trends. Only by studying tends
is it possible to clearly identify changes of state caused by contamination,
wear, ageing and mixing with other service fluids.
u Send the sample in the oil-proof plastic bag provided.
w The self-adhesive seal ensures that the bag is firmly closed. The sample
information form is protected in a separate plastic pocket on the outside.
Assessing the analysis results

There is no single element or measured value that in itself necessitates a warning
or a recommendation to change the oil. It depends on the overall analysis of the oil
sample, from the zinc content to the purity class.
030-36 L550-1562
For bio hydraulic oils:

If the zinc content in the oil exceeds 300 mg/kg and other critical values are
exceeded, the zinc may saponify and block the filter systems. The system may
fail completely.
Purity class:
Contamination of the hydraulic fluid directly affects the lifetime of the components.
Therefore, the following minimum purity classes are required for Liebherr earth-
moving machines:
– ISO 4406 Purity class: 21/17/14
– NAS 1638 Purity class: 8
If the values are slightly below these, they may be improved by using special filters
systems (such as stationary filters) in consultation with the manufacturer. If subse-
quent trend analyses do not show an improvement, there is no option but to
change the oil. Note that not only the oil in the hydraulic tank has to be drained, but
also as much oil as possible from the units and cylinders.
Taking oil samples

Samples can be taken from the following fluids:
– Hydraulic oil from the hydraulic system
– Engine oil from the diesel engine
– Lubricating oil from the axles
– Lubricating oil from the transmission
– Coolant from the cooling circuit
q The machine is on firm and level ground.
q A suitable collecting pan for the flushing oil is available.
q You have an analysis set ready.
WARNING
Beware of injuries from rotating engine parts, hot surfaces and hot fluids.
u Wear protective clothing.
u Avoid touching hot surfaces and fluids.
u Watch out for rotating engine parts.
WARNING
Unauthorised operation of the machine can cause injury.
u Secure the machine against unauthorised operation.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Hydraulic system
The hydraulic oil sample is taken from the variable displacement pump via the
replenishing pressure test connection.
L550-1562 030-37
Fig. 40: Sampling point for hydraulic oil
u Start the engine and wait 3 minutes.

w The hydraulic oil is circulated.
u Engage the parking brake and secure the machine against rolling away.
u Connect the test line to the test connection G.
u Drain 0.2 l of hydraulic oil to the collecting pan.
u Fill the sample container.
u Remove the test line and seal the test connection.
Engine
The engine oil sample is taken via the dipstick pipe.
Fig. 41: Sampling point on the diesel engine

1 Dipstick 3 Sampling hose
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2 Oil dipstick tube 4 Hand pump

u Start the engine and let it run for 3 minutes at medium idling speed.
w The engine oil is circulated.
u Put the machine in maintenance position 1.
u Turn off the engine.
CAUTION
Beware of burns from hot surfaces on the exhaust system.
u Avoid touching hot surfaces.
u Take out the dipstick 1.
030-38 L550-1562
u Insert the sampling hose through the dipstick tube up to 5 cm below the oil
level.
u Fill the sample container using the hand pump.
u Put the dipstick back in again.
Coolant circuit
The coolant sample is taken from the water cooler.
Fig. 42: Sampling point for coolant
u Start the engine.

u Turn the heating system to the maximum temperature and wait for three
minutes.
w The coolant is circulated.
CAUTION
Beware of injury due to coolant escaping under pressure
u The coolant temperature must not exceed 45 °C.
u Wear protective clothing and safety glasses.
u Carefully open the cap.
u Carefully open the cap 1.

u Insert the sampling hose and take a coolant sample using a hand pump.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Close the cap 1.
Transmission
The oil sample for the gear oil is taken from the transmission.
L550-1562 030-39
Fig. 43: Sampling point on the transmission
u Start the engine and accelerate the machine to 15 km/h.

w The oil is circulated.
CAUTION
Beware of injury from hot, pressurised oil.
u Carefully unscrew the filling plug.
u Carefully unscrew the filling plug 1.

u Insert the sampling hose and take an oil sample using a hand pump.
u Close the filling plug 1 again.
Axles
The oil sample from the axles is taken from the main housing.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 44: Sampling point on the axles
u Start the engine and drive the machine for 3 minutes at 15 km/h.
w The oil is circulated.
030-40 L550-1562
CAUTION
Beware of injury from hot, pressurised oil.
u Carefully unscrew the filling plug.
u Slowly open the filling plug 1.

u Insert the sampling hose into the differential to 5 cm below the oil level.
u Fill the sample container using the hand pump.
u Close the filling plug 1 again.
030.4.4 Drive group

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Make sure following preconditions are met:
q Machine is in maintenance position 1.
q Maintenance access is open.
q Diesel engine is level and has been switched off for 2 or 3 minutes.
q Diesel engine has cooled down.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 45: Checking diesel engine oil level

1 Cap 2 Dipstick
u Pull out dipstick 2, wipe it clean, and re-insert it.
u Pull out dipstick once again and read oil level.
w Oil level must be between “MIN” and “MAX” markings.
If oil level is too low:
u Open cap 1.
L550-1562 030-41
u Top up engine oil via cap 1 to MAX marking. (For more information see:
030.3.4 Lubricating oils for diesel engines, page 030-18)
u Clean cap 1, place it on filler pipe and tighten it.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q Engine compartment hood is open.
q Diesel engine is level and warm.
q A suitable receptacle, an oil drain hose and specified engine oil are at hand.
Draining diesel engine oil
CAUTION
Beware of scalding due to hot engine oil!
u Wear protective gloves.
u Avoid touching engine oil.
Fig. 46: Draining diesel engine oil

1 Oil drain valve 2 Oil drain hose
u Unscrew cap of oil drain valve 1 on oil pan.
u Screw oil drain hose 2 onto oil drain valve 1.
u Drain off oil into receptacle.
u Unscrew oil drain hose 2 and screw on cap of oil drain valve 1.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030-42 L550-1562
Topping up diesel engine oil
Fig. 47: Topping up diesel engine oil

1 Filler pipe 2 Dipstick
u Pour new engine oil into filler pipe 1 to between “MIN” and “MAX” markings on
dipstick 2. (For more information see: 030.3.4 Lubricating oils for diesel
engines, page 030-18)
u Clean filler cap, place it on filler pipe 1 and tighten it.
u Start diesel engine and check oil pressure.
u After 2 to 3 minutes, check oil level on dipstick 2.
w Top up with oil if necessary.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
The oil filter is fitted next to the dipstick in the engine compartment.
Make sure the following preconditions are met:
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

q You have a strap wrench ready.
q You have a suitable receptacle and genuine Liebherr oil filter cartridges ready.
L550-1562 030-43
Fig. 48: Changing the engine oil filter

1 Oil filter cartridge
u Place a receptacle under the oil filter.
u Release the oil filter cartridge 1 with a strap wrench and unscrew it.
u Dispose of the oil filter cartridge 1.
u Clean the sealing faces on the filter bracket.
u Check that the filter base is clean and make sure the thread adapter is firmly
seated in the filter base.
u Lightly coat the rubber seal on the new oil filter cartridge 1 with clean engine oil.
u Screw on the new oil filter cartridge 1 until the seal ring touches the filter
bracket.
u Tighten the oil filter cartridge half a turn by hand.
u Remove oil traces on the engine.
u Start the engine and check the oil pressure.
u Check that the oil filter is leak-tight.
u After 2 to 3 minutes, check the oil level on the dipstick.
w Top up with oil if necessary.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The engine is equipped with an automatic tensioning device for the V-ribbed belt.
030-44 L550-1562
Fig. 49: Tensioning device stops

1 Tensioning device 3 Tensioning device stop
2 Fixed cast stops 4 V-ribbed belt
The following damage could occur on the V-ribbed belt 4:
– Broken ribs
– Cracks across several ribs
– Lumps of rubber on the belt
– Accumulated dirt or grit
– Ribs coming loose from the belt
– Cracks across the back
u Check the V-ribbed belt 4 for damage.
If damage is found:
u Replace the V-ribbed belt. (For more information see: Changing the V-ribbed
belt on the engine, page 030-46)
The engine is equipped with an automatic tensioning device 1 for the V-ribbed belt.
u Conduct visual check of the stops 2 and 3.
w The tensioning device 3 stop must not be touching the cast stops 2.
If the tensioning device stop is touching one of the cast stops:
u Check the length of the V-ribbed belt and fastenings of the generator, the
clamping device, the deflecting rollers, etc.
u Start the engine.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
WARNING
Risk of injury from rotating parts in the diesel engine!
u Check V-ribbed belt and tensioning device for running noise.

If the V-ribbed belt wobbles or noises occur:
u Replace the tensioning device.
L550-1562 030-45

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q The exhaust system has cooled down.
Fig. 50: Changing the V-ribbed belt on the engine

1 V-ribbed belt 2 Tensioning device
u Remove the mud guard on the right side of the engine.
u Pull back the tensioning device 2 against the spring force as far as it will go and
remove the V-ribbed belt 1.
u Check that the tensioning device and the pulleys are in perfect condition (for
example, the tension roller bearings are in place and the pulleys are not worn).
u With the tensioning device 2 pulled back, fit a new V-ribbed belt 1 on to the
pulleys and bring the tensioning device back into the tensioned position.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Checking the engine valve clearance

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Check the valve clearance when the engine is cold.

q The exhaust system is cold.
q The engine is cold.
q Special tool “engine cranking device” (ID number: 7090361) is available.
q Special tool “Arrester pin” (ID number: 7090360) is available.
030-46 L550-1562
Fig. 51: Removing the valve cover

1 Engine cranking device 3 Valve cover
2 Arrester pin 4 Crankcase ventilation
u Remove accessories from the valve cover 3.
u Remove the crankcase bleeding line 4 from the valve cover.
u Remove the valve cover.
w The valves are exposed.
The engine can be turned using an engine cranking device 1 and a ratchet.
The openings for the engine cranking device 1 and the arrester pin 2 are on the
flywheel side on the right of the engine and are protected by a cover.
u Remove the cover and attach the engine cranking device.
Fig. 52: Arrangement of the valves

1 Flywheel end E Outlet valves
2 Control system end I Inlet valves
u Turn the engine using the engine cranking device until the arrester pin engages
the flywheel.
w Cylinder 1 or 6 is in the ignition TDC.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The top dead centre between the compression stroke and the power stroke is
called the ignition TDC.
u Check the rocker arm of cylinder 1 and 6.
w Loose rocker arm = cylinder in the ignition TDC
L550-1562 030-47
Fig. 53: Checking and adjusting the valve clearance

1 Feeler gauge 4 Spanner
2 Counter nut 5 Rocker arm
3 Hex key
Check the valves according to the “Checking the valve clearance” table:
u Push a feeler gauge 1 between the rocker arm 5 and the valve bridge and
check the valve play.

Inlet valve mm 0.36
Outlet valve mm 0.46
Cylinder 6 5 4 3 2 1
Valve E I E I E I E I E I E I
Cylinder 1 in ignition Check Check Check Check Check Check
TDC (cylinder 6
overlapping)
Cylinder 6 in ignition Check Check Check Check Check Check
TDC (cylinder 1
overlapping)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Tab. 45: Checking the valve clearance
If a required value is not reached:

u Loosen the counter nut 2 on the adjusting screw of the relevant rocker arm and
correct the setting.
u Tighten the counter nut to a torque of 27 Nm.
u Check the valve clearance again.
Once the valves have been checked and adjusted according to the table:
u Remove the arrester pin.
u Turn the engine using the engine cranking device (360°) until the arrester pin
engages in the flywheel.
030-48 L550-1562
u Check the rocker arm of cylinder 1 and 6.

w Loose rocker arm = cylinder in the ignition TDC
u Check the remaining valves and adjust if necessary.
After completing testing and adjustment:
NOTICE
Beware of damaging the engine.
If the engine starts while the arrester pin or the engine cranking device are
attached, the engine will be damaged.
u Remove the engine cranking device.

u Check the components and valve cover for damage.
u Attach the valve cover and accessories.
u Attach the crankcase bleeding line.
WARNING
Rotating parts on the engine and hot surfaces can cause injuries.
u Do not touch hot surfaces.
u Check that valve cover and valve cover seal do not leak.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
The crankcase bleeding line is designed as an open crankcase bleeding line and is
attached to the valve cover of the diesel engine.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

q The engine is cold.
L550-1562 030-49
Fig. 54: Checking the engine bleeding system of the crankcase

1 Screwdriver 3 Hose line
2 Connector piece
The crankcase bleeding line consists of the connector piece 2 and the hose line 3.
u Remove the connector piece 2 including the hose line 3 from the valve cover
with a screwdriver 1.
The connector piece and hose line must be checked for:
– Wear
– Cracks
– Leaks
– Blockages
– Other damage
u Check the connector piece and hose line for damage and blockages.
After checking:
u Reattach the connector piece and hose line to the valve cover.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
To check the preglow system, the entire current consumption of the glow plugs is
checked. Every glow plug has a current consumption of around 12±2 A. If func-
tioning perfectly, the preglow system consumes a current of 75±5 A.
In normal operation, the preglow system only becomes active at an ambient
temperature of 0 °C. To be able to perform the check at ambient temperatures
above 0 °C, the fuel temperature plug (T05) must be unplugged. This enables the
engine control unit to use a predefined replacement value for the fuel temperature
and the preglow system is activated when the “ignition ”is switched “on”.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Note
If the preglow system is activated, the glow plugs heat up and the electrical resist-
ance increases.
Several successive tests may distort the values measured.
u Allow the preglow system to cool down after every activation.

q An ammeter (with a measuring range of over 80 A) is available.
030-50 L550-1562
Fig. 55: Checking the glow plugs

1 Fuel temperature plug (T05) 3 Line to the glow plugs
2 Preglow system relay 4 Ammeter
The fuel temperature plug (T05) 1 is located at the fuel pump on the engine.
u Unplug the fuel temperature plug (T05).
u Attach the ammeter 4 to the line to the glow plugs 3.
u Turn the ignition key to the “ignition on” position.
u Switch on the battery main switch.
w The preglow system relay 2 is activated by the engine control unit.
w The glow plugs are supplied with current.
u Read off the current value (highest value) from the ammeter 4.
w The current quickly drops as the temperature increases.

Total current consumption of the glow plugs A 75±5
(highest value)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
If the glow plugs do not consume a current:

u Check the power supply and the preglow system fuse.
If the glow plugs have an insufficient current consumption:
u Check the current consumption of the individual glow plugs and replace defec-
tive glow plugs.

Glow plugs current consumption (singly) A 12±2
After completing the check:

u Remove ammeter.
L550-1562 030-51

u Turn the ignition key to the “ignition off” position.
u Plug in the fuel temperature plug (T05) again.
030.4.4.9 Diesel engine - Checking the crankshaft torsional vibration

damper
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q The service hatches are open.
q A gauge with a magnet holder is available.
Fig. 56: Checking the crankshaft torsional vibration damper

1 Crankshaft torsional vibration 3 Test prod
damper
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2 Gauge 4 Engine cranking device

w Engine reaches operating temperature.
u Turn off the engine and take out the ignition key.
u Remove the guard plate from the engine.
u Attach the gauge 2 with a magnet holder to the diesel engine.
Measuring the radial run-out:
u Align the test prod 3 with the perimeter of the crankshaft torsional vibration
damper 1 and set it to zero.
030-52 L550-1562
u Turn the engine with the engine cranking device 4 by 360° and check the run-
out on the gauge.

Maximum radial run-out mm 1.5
Measuring the lateral run-out:
Fig. 57: Measuring the lateral run-out:

1 Lateral run-out 2 Test prod position
The lateral run-out is measured at the outer edge of the crankshaft torsional vibra-
tion damper.
u Align the test prod at the side of the crankshaft torsional vibration damper and
set it to zero.
u Turn the engine with the engine cranking device by 360° and check the run-out
on the gauge.

Maximum lateral run-out mm 1.5
After completing the test:
NOTICE
If the engine is started while the engine cranking device is attached, the engine will
be damaged.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

u Remove the gauge and the holder.
u Remove the mud guard of the engine.
L550-1562 030-53
030.4.4.10 Diesel engine - Changing the crankshaft torsional vibration

damper
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q The machine is cold.
q Special tool “thread guard” (ID number: 11652583) is available.
q Special tool “extractor tool” (ID number: 11652540) is available.
Fig. 58: Crankshaft torsional vibration damper

1 Crankshaft torsional vibration
damper
The crankshaft torsional vibration damper 1 is on the control system side of the
engine.
u Remove the guard plate from the engine.
u Remove the electric line to the batteries and remove the batteries from the
ballast weight.
w Access to the crankshaft torsional vibration damper is assured.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 59: Changing the crankshaft torsional vibration damper

1 Hex bolt 3 Thread guard
2 Fastening holes
The crankshaft torsional vibration damper is attached to the crankshaft with a hex
bolt 1 and a washer.
u Unscrew the hex bolt.
030-54 L550-1562
u Remove the hex bolt and the washer.

u Screw in the thread guard 3.
Fig. 60: Changing the crankshaft torsional vibration damper

1 Extractor tool 3 Pressure screw
2 Fastening bolts
The crankshaft torsional vibration damper can be pulled off the crankshaft with the
extractor tool 1.
u Attach the extractor tool.
u Pull off the crankshaft torsional vibration damper.
u Remove the extractor tool and the thread guard.
When installing the new crankshaft torsional vibration damper, take note of the
installation position.
u Attach the new crankshaft torsional vibration damper.
w Hex bolt tightening torque: 500 Nm
u Put the mud guard back on.
u Insert the batteries and connect the electric lines.
After completing the maintenance work:
u Start the engine.
WARNING
Rotating parts on the engine and hot surfaces can cause injuries.
u Do not touch hot surfaces.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Check the rotation of the crankshaft torsional vibration damper and for strange
noises.
030.4.4.11 Draining off condensate and sediment from the fuel tank
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q You have a suitable receptacle ready.
q The machine has been out of operation for at least 3 hours.
L550-1562 030-55
DANGER
Beware of fire
u Naked flames and smoking are prohibited.
Fig. 61: Draining off condensate and sediment from the fuel tank
1 Drain valve 3 Drain hose
2 Cap
u Place a receptacle under the fuel tank.
u Unscrew the sealing cap 2 on the drain valve 1 on the bottom of the fuel tank.
u Screw the drain hose 3 onto the drain valve 1.
w Condensate and sediment drain off.
u Drain the condensation and sediment into a suitable receptacle until clean fuel
begins to flow.
u Unscrew the drain hose 3.
u Screw the sealing cap 2 onto the drain valve 1 and tighten it.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q The service access is open.
q The engine has cooled down.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
DANGER
Beware of fire
030-56 L550-1562
Fig. 62: Draining off condensate from the Separ fuel pre-filter
1 Bleeder screw 2 Drain valve
Note
To prevent condensate flowing back into the fuel tank:
u Open the bleeder screw in front of the drain valve.
u Place a receptacle under the Separ fuel pre-filter.

u Open the bleeder screw 1.
u Open the drain valve 2 until clean fuel flows out.
When clean fuel flows out:
u Close the drain valve 2.
u Close the bleeder screw 1 with a tightening torque of 6 Nm.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
When the water level sensor in the fuel pre-filter is activated (the service code is
displayed), the water collector tank must be drained.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
DANGER
Beware of fire
L550-1562 030-57
Fig. 63: Draining off condensate from the fuel pre-filter

Note
u Place a receptacle under the fuel pre-filter.

u Open the drain valve 2 until clean fuel flows out.
When clean fuel flows out:
u Close the bleeder screw 1.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

q Only use genuine Liebherr spare parts.
DANGER
Beware of fire
030-58 L550-1562
Fig. 64: Changing the Separ fuel pre-filter

1 Bleeder screw 5 Spring packet
2 Cover 6 Fuel pre-filter insert
3 4 screws 7 Drain valve
4 Seal
Note
u Place a receptacle under the Separ fuel pre-filter.

u Carefully clean the Separ fuel pre-filter and the area around it.
When you drain off fuel:
u Open the drain valve 7.
w Fuel flows out of the pre-filter until it is empty.
u Open the screws 3 and remove the cover 2 with the seal 4.
u Take out the fuel pre-filter insert 6 along with the spring packet 5.
NOTICE
Beware of damage to the Common Rail system.
u Make sure no dirt gets into the clean side of the filter.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Install the new fuel pre-filter 6.

u Check the seal 4 and replace it if necessary.
u Check that the cover 2 is clean, put it on again and tighten the screws 3 cross-
wise and evenly.
u Tighten the bleeder screw 1 to a torque of 6 Nm.
L550-1562 030-59

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
DANGER
Beware of fire
Fig. 65: Changing the fuel pre-filter

1 Bleeder screw 4 Electrical connection
2 Snap ring 5 Water separator container
3 Filter cartridge 6 Drain valve
Note
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Place a receptacle under the fuel pre-filter housing.

u Carefully clean the fuel pre-filter housing and the area around it.
u Disconnect the electrical connection 4.
u Open the bleeder screw 1 and drain valve 6.
u Unscrew the snap ring 2 and remove the filter cartridge 3.
u Unscrew the water separator container 5 from the filter cartridge 3.
u Dispose of the filter cartridge 3.
u Wash the water separator container 5 and dry it with compressed air.
030-60 L550-1562
u Lubricate the O-ring of the water separator tank 5 with clean fuel.
u Screw the water separator container 5 onto the new filter cartridge 3 until the O-
ring touches the filter cartridge.
u Tighten the water separator container 5 a quarter turn by hand.
u Check that the filter base is clean.
NOTICE
u Lubricate the sealing ring of the new filter cartridge 3 with clean fuel.
Note
Install the filter cartridge.
u Align the filter cartridge correctly on the base.
u Screw the new filter cartridge onto the base with the snap ring 2.
w The filter clicks into place.
u Reconnect the electrical connection 4.
u Close the bleeder screw 1.
u Bleed the fuel system. (For more information see: Bleeding the fuel system,
page 030-62)

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
DANGER
Beware of fire
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 030-61
Fig. 66: Changing the fuel fine filter

1 Bleeder screw 3 Filter cartridge
2 Snap ring 4 Drain valve
u Place a receptacle under the fuel fine filter.
u Carefully clean the fuel fine filter and the area around it.
u Open the bleeder screw 1 and drain valve 4.
u Unscrew the snap ring 2 and remove the filter cartridge 3.
u Dispose of the filter cartridge.
u Check that the filter base is clean.
NOTICE
u Lubricate the sealing ring of the new filter cartridge 3 with clean fuel.
Note
Install the filter cartridge.
u Align the filter cartridge correctly on the base.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Screw the new filter cartridge onto the base with the snap ring 2.
w The filter clicks into place.
u Close the bleeder screw 1 and drain valve 4.
u Bleed the fuel system. (For more information see: Bleeding the fuel system,
page 030-62)

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Bleeding the fuel filter is necessary after:
– Changing the fuel filter
– Emptying the fuel tank
030-62 L550-1562

q A receptacle is ready for the fuel.
DANGER
Beware of fire
Fig. 67: Bleeding the fuel system

1 Fuel fine filter bleeder screw 2 Hand pump
CAUTION
Beware of fuel spurting out.
u Wear safety glasses.
u Unscrew the fuel fine filter bleeder screw 1 by 2 or 3 turns.

u Operate the hand pump 2 until fuel comes out of the bleeder screw without
bubbles.
u Tighten the fuel fine filter bleeder screw 1.
u Continue to operate the hand pump until you feel strong resistance.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030.4.4.18 Cleaning the air filter service cover and dust discharge valve
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Note
If the valve is damaged, the dust discharge function is impaired and the filters
become clogged more quickly.
u With the engine running at lower idle speed, you should clearly feel air pulsating
at the dust discharge valve.

L550-1562 030-63

q Appropriate protective equipment is used.
Cleaning the service cover
Fig. 68: Cleaning the service cover

1 Filter housing 3 Fixing clips
2 Service cover 4 Dust discharge valve
u Open the fixing clips 3 and take off the service cover 2.
u Clean the service cover 2 and place it back onto the filter housing 1.
w The dust discharge valve 4 must face down.
u Place the service cover 2 fully over the filter housing 1.
u Close the fixing clips 3.
Cleaning the dust discharge valve
Note
When using the machine in dusty conditions:
u Check and empty the dust discharge valve more often.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 69: Cleaning the dust discharge valve

1 Dust discharge valve
u Press the rubber seal on the dust discharge valve 1 several times to remove the
dust from the service cap.
030-64 L550-1562
If the dust discharge valve is damaged or stays open:

u Replace the dust discharge valve.
030.4.4.19 Checking the air suction hoses for leaks and tight fitting
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Fig. 70: Checking the air suction hoses for leaks and tight fitting
1 Engine 4 Vacuum switch
2 Clean air intake hose 5 Untreated air intake hose
3 Air filter housing 6 Rain cap
NOTICE
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Damaged or leaking air intake hoses will lead to engine damage.

u Check the air intake hoses for cracks and porosity.
u Check the clean air intake hose 2 for cracks and porosity.
u Check the untreated air intake hose 5 for cracks and porosity.
u Check the air filter housing 3 for damage.
u Check the vacuum switch 4 for damage.
u Check that all the clips of the air intake system fit tightly.
L550-1562 030-65

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
NOTICE
Always carry out maintenance correctly.
Otherwise the engine may be damaged.
u Do not clean the safety element.
u Always replace the safety element.

q Suitable protective equipment is used.
Removing the main element
Fig. 71: Removing the main element

1 Dust discharge valve 4 Main element
2 Service cover 5 Safety element
3 Fixing clips 6 Filter housing
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
NOTICE
Do not use a damaged filter element
u Replace damaged filter elements.
u Release the fixing clips 3 on the service cover 2.

u Take off the service cover 2.
u Remove the main element 4 and check it for damage before cleaning it.
030-66 L550-1562
Cleaning the main element
Fig. 72: Cleaning the main element

1 Main element 2 Compressed air
NOTICE
Always carry out cleaning correctly
Take care not to damage the main element.
u Do not use compressed air at too high a pressure.
u Clean the main element with clean, oil-free compressed air.
u Do not knock out the main element.
u Clean the main element 1 from the inside out with compressed air 2.
Cleaning the service cover and filter housing
Fig. 73: Cleaning the service cover and filter housing

1 Cloth 3 Service cover
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2 Filter housing 4 Safety element
NOTICE
Always carry out cleaning correctly
u Clean the filter housing with compressed air.
u Wipe with a clean cloth.
u Clean the inside of the filter housing 2 and the service cover 3 with a cloth 1.
L550-1562 030-67
Installing the main element
Fig. 74: Removing the main element

u Lightly oil the sealing face of the main element 4.
u Install the main element 4.
u Put the clean service cover 2, with the dust discharge valve 1 facing down, on
the filter housing 6.
Note
If the air filter contamination symbol field lights up again a few service hours after
the main element has been cleaned:
u Change the main element.
Note
If the air filter contamination symbol field remains lit after the main element has
been changed:
u Change the safety element.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
NOTICE
Always carry out maintenance correctly.
u Do not clean the safety element.
u Always replace the safety element.
030-68 L550-1562

Fig. 75: Changing the air filter safety element

u Release the fixing clips 3 on the service cover 2.
u Take off the service cover 2.
u Remove the main element 4.
u Clean the service cover 2 and the filter housing 6 with a clean cloth.
u Remove the safety element 5.
u Lightly oil the sealing faces of the new safety element 5 and the main
element 4.
u Install the new safety element 5 and the main element 4.
u Put the service cover 2, with the dust discharge valve 1 facing down, on the
filter housing 6.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Make sure that the following consumables are ready:
q The same engine oil is used as in the engine. Old oil from the engine can also
be used.
L550-1562 030-69
WARNING
Highly flammable consumables!
Beware of burns.
u Avoid naked lights and fire.
Fig. 76: Cleaning the oil bath air filter

1 Oil bath air filter 3 Filter insert
2 Oil container
u Release the clips on the oil bath air filter 1.
u Take out the oil container 2 and empty it.
u Take out the filter insert 3.
NOTICE
Incorrect cleaning!
Damage.
u Only wash out the filter insert with diesel fuel.
u Wash out the filter insert with diesel fuel.

To remove fuel residue from the filter insert:
u Spin the filter insert.
NOTICE
Incorrect oil in the oil bath air filter!
Damage.
u Use the same engine oil as in the engine.
u Fill the oil container up to the oil level mark.

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Fasten the oil container with the clips on the oil bath air filter.
030.4.4.23 Checking the exhaust system for leaks and tight fitting
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
CAUTION
The hot exhaust system can cause injury.
u Let the exhaust system cool down.
030-70 L550-1562
Fig. 77: Checking the exhaust system for leaks and tight fitting
1 Engine 4 Exhaust pipe
2 Tailpipe 5 Clamps
3 Silencer
u Make a visual inspection of the exhaust system.
u Check the silencer 3 for cracks and damage.
u Check theexhaust pipes 2 and 4 for cracks and damage.
u Check that the clips 5 of the exhaust system are tight and do not leak.
u Start the engine.
WARNING
Risk of injury from rotating parts in the diesel engine!
CAUTION
The hot exhaust system can cause injury.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Avoid contact with the skin.
u Check the exhaust system for leaks and escaping exhaust gas.
u Check the clips for leaks and escaping exhaust gas.
L550-1562 030-71
030.4.5 Cooling system

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Fig. 78: Checking the coolant level

1 Cap 4 Equalising reservoir
2 Filler neck 5 Cooler cap
3 Coolant level mark 6 Cooler sight glass
CAUTION
Beware of scalding due to coolant escaping under pressure.
Do not open the cap on the filler neck until the engine has cooled down.
u Let the engine cool down.
u Check the coolant level in the cooler through the sight glass 6.
If no coolant is visible through the sight glass 6:
u Carefully open the cap 5.
u Top up the coolant via the cap 5.
w Coolant should now be visible in the sight glass 6.
u Close the cap 5.
u Check the coolant level in the equalising reservoir 4 using the coolant level
markings 3.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
If the coolant is below the MIN marking:

u Carefully open the cap 1 on the filler neck 2.
NOTICE
Mixing different antifreeze/corrosion inhibitors can result in damage to the cooling
system.
u Do not mix coolants with and without silicates.
u Top up with coolant via the filler neck 2.

w The coolant should now be between the coolant level markings 3.
u Close the cap 1 on the filler neck.
030-72 L550-1562
030.4.5.2 Checking the coolant antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor concen-

tration
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Checking the antifreeze concentration

The coolant must contain at least 50% by volume but not more than 60% by
volume antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor all year round.
This protects against freezing down to around -37 °C.
q The optical density tester or antifreeze tester is ready.
CAUTION
Beware of scalding due to coolant escaping under pressure!
Fig. 79: Checking the antifreeze concentration

1 Sealing cap 3 Coolant equalising reservoir
2 Filler neck
u Carefully open the cap 1 on the filler neck 2.
u Take a sample of the coolant and check the antifreeze concentration using the
test tool.
If the antifreeze concentration is too low:
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Refill with pure antifreeze until the required value is attained.

w (For more information see: Correcting the antifreeze concentration,
page 030-74)
L550-1562 030-73
Correcting the antifreeze concentration
Fig. 80: Correcting the antifreeze concentration

1 Engine drain valve
If the antifreeze concentration is too low:
u Drain off the coolant and top up with pure antifreeze according to the following
diagram.
NOTICE
Mixing different antifreeze/corrosion inhibitors can result in damage to the cooling
system.
u Do not mix coolants with and without silicates.
NOTICE
Too much antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor impairs the cooling effect.
This eventually causes damage to the engine.
u Never use more than 60% antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030-74 L550-1562
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en Service manual Maintenance
Fig. 81: Correcting the antifreeze concentration

1 Amount of pure antifreeze to 3 Guide line(s) - example 5 Total capacity of cooling
be added in litres -15 °C system in litres (example
25 litres)
2 Identified line for top-up quan- 4 Measured coolant freezing
tity point in °C
Example procedure
Assumption:
25 litres total filling quantity of the cooling system
-15 °C coolant temperature, measured in the cooling system
u In the diagram, go to the line showing the overall cooling system capacity 5 at
25 litres and follow it upwards.
L550-1562 030-75
u Continue along the guide line 3, starting from the temperature -15 °C, and move
diagonally left to the bottom.
u Finally, starting from the point where the lines cross, go horizontally along the
(identified) line 2 to the far left.
w This gives you the topping up quantity of pure antifreeze and corrosion inhib-
itor 1 (7.6 litres in this example) to be added in order to achieve protection
down to -37 °C.
u To restore the correct mixing ratio, you must drain off at least the previously
calculated quantity (the top-up quantity) from the cooling system.
u Top up with the correct quantity of pure antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor.
u The coolant previously drained off can be used if necessary to restore the
required coolant level.
Using corrosion inhibitor without antifreeze

In exceptional cases and when outside temperatures never fall below freezing,
such as in tropical zones, where it is demonstrable that no approved antifreeze and
corrosion inhibitor is available, pure corrosion inhibitor may be used.
The coolant must be changed once a year.
The mixing ratio must consist of 7.5% corrosion inhibitor and 92.5% water.
The Gefo 2710 refractometer is recommended for testing.
Procedure for checking the coolant antifreeze concentration
Fig. 82: Procedure for checking the coolant antifreeze concentration
CAUTION
Beware of scalding due to coolant escaping under pressure.
u Carefully open the sealing cap on the filler neck.

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Check the antifreeze concentration with a Gefo 2710 refractometer.
030-76 L550-1562
Checking the mixing ratio with a refractometer
Fig. 83: Checking the mixing ratio with a refractometer

1 Prism with cover 2 Eyepiece with scale
u Clean the cover and the prism carefully.
u Place one or two drops of coolant on the prism.
w Close the cover to distribute the fluid.
u Look through the eyepiece against a light background and focus the scale.
u Read the Brix value off the blue dividing line.
u Convert the Brix value using the conversion diagram to find the actual corrosion
inhibitor concentration.
Fig. 84: Checking the mixing ratio with a refractometer

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

Clean the coolers whenever necessary in order to ensure proper cooling. In dusty
environments, check the coolers every day and clean if necessary.
Dirty cooler units cause overheating. This results in an audible and visual warning
with simultaneous power reduction of the travel drive.
Dust and other contaminants can be removed from the cooling fins with water jets,
steam or compressed air. Compressed air is preferable.
q The air conditioning condenser (optional) is pulled forward.
L550-1562 030-77
NOTICE
Beware of damage to the cooling system
Careless handling can damage the cooler fins.
u Do not use hard objects or excessive water pressure for cleaning.
Fig. 85: Cleaning the cooling system

1 Cooling system hood 2 Cooler unit
u Open the cooling system hood 1.
u Clean the cooler units 2 with a high-pressure cleaner or compressed air.
u Close the cooling system hood 1.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q You have a drain hose ready.
q You have a suitable collecting pan ready.
q Specified coolant is available. (For more information see: 030.2.2 Recom-
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
mended operating fluids, page 030-14) (For more information see:

030.3.6 Coolant, page 030-20)
030-78 L550-1562
Draining coolant
Fig. 86: Draining the coolant

1 Equalising reservoir 3 Cooler cap
2 Equalising reservoir sealing caps 4 Coolant drain valve
CAUTION
Risk of scalding due to hot coolant escaping while under pressure!
u Let the machine cool down. Check the coolant temperature on the display unit.
u Carefully open the sealing caps.
u Carefully open the sealing caps of the equalising reservoir 2 and the sealing
cap of the cooler 3.
u Screw the drain hose on to the coolant drain valve 4.
u Drain the coolant into the collecting pan.
u Press the equalising reservoirs 1 away upwards.
w The equalising reservoirs 1 can be removed.
u Empty the equalising reservoir 1 and put them back in place.
u Unscrew the drain hose.
Filling coolant
Note
When preparing the coolant, ensure that you:
u Mix the coolant before filling.
u Use water with a pH value of between 6.5 and 8.5.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Use water that has a low sulphate and chlorine content.
L550-1562 030-79
Fig. 87: Filling coolant

1 Equalising reservoir 5 Cooler sight glass
2 Equalising reservoir sealing caps MIN Minimum coolant level
3 Cooler cap MAX Maximum coolant level
4 Water cooler
u Completely fill the water cooler 4 with coolant.
u Screw on the sealing caps 2 and 3.
u Start the engine and set the heating to the maximum temperature and the
highest blower speed.
u Move the machine for five minutes at medium engine speed.
w The coolant is circulated.
u Check coolant level in water cooler and top up equalizing reservoir with coolant.
CAUTION
Risk of scalding due to hot coolant escaping while under pressure!
u Let the machine cool down. Check the coolant temperature on the display unit.
u Carefully open the sealing caps.
Check coolant level in water cooler:

u Check whether the radiator sight glass 5 is completely filled with coolant.
If the radiator sight glass 5 is not completely filled with coolant:
u Carefully open cooler cap 3.
u Completely fill the water cooler 4 with coolant.
Fill equalizing reservoir with coolant:
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Carefully open the equalising reservoir sealing caps 2.

u Fill coolant in both equalising reservoirs 1 until the coolant level is between the
markings MIN and MAX.
u Check coolant level after one operating hour. (For more information see:
Checking the coolant level, page 030-72)
030-80 L550-1562
030.4.6 Working hydraulics
030.4.6.1 Lubricating the solenoids, universal joints and tappets on the

pilot control unit
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Fig. 88: Lubricating the solenoids, universals joint and tappets

1 Universal joints and tappet 3 Lift kick-out retaining solenoid
(optional)
2 Float position retaining solenoid 4 Bucket return-to-dig retaining sole-
noid (optional)
u Remove the rubber sleeves on the control lever and on the additional (optional)
control lever.
u Clean the retaining solenoids with a brush.
u Clean the universal joint and tappet with a brush and lubricate.
u Fit the rubber sleeves.
u Start the engine.
u Test the retaining solenoids.
030.4.7 Hydraulic components

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

L550-1562 030-81
Checking the hydraulic oil level
Fig. 89: Checking the hydraulic oil level

1 Maximum oil level 2 Minimum oil level
The red “OIL LEVEL - max.” 1 marking and the bottom edge 2 of the upper sight
glass show the correct oil level.
Note
Check the hydraulic oil level.
u Lower the lift arms until the lift cylinders are retracted.
u Check the oil level.

If the oil is not within the correct levels:
u Top up with hydraulic oil.
Topping up with hydraulic oil
Note
Top up with hydraulic oil.
u Lower the lift arms until the lift cylinders are retracted.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Hydraulic oil may only be poured in through the return strainer.

u Oil specification: (For more information see: 030.3.7 Hydraulic oil, page 030-21)
030-82 L550-1562
Fig. 90: Topping up with hydraulic oil

1 Breather filter 3 Cover of return strainer
2 Plug
u Insert the plug 2 in the breather filter.
w The anti-twist device of the breather filter is released.
u Unscrew the breather filter 1 on the hydraulic tank by two turns.
w The pressure in the tank is released.
u Open the cover 3 of the return strainer.
u Top up with hydraulic oil.
u Put the cover 3 on the housing and tighten it up.
u Screw on the breather filter 1.
u Remove the plug 2 for protection against unauthorised opening, and keep it in a
safe place.
030.4.7.2 Checking and cleaning the magnetic rod on the hydraulic tank
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 91: Checking and cleaning the magnetic rod on the hydraulic tank
1 Magnetic rod 3 Plug
2 Breather filter 4 Venting screw
u Insert the plug 3 in the bleeder filter.
u Unscrew the breather filter 2 by two turns.
L550-1562 030-83
w The tank pre-pressure is released.

u Unscrew the venting screw 4.
w The oil level goes down.
u Unscrew the bolts on the filter cover and carefully lift off the filter cover with the
magnetic rod 1.
u Check the magnetic rod 1 for excessive dirt and coarse particles.
Note
Excessive dirt and coarse particles on the magnetic rod indicate damage in the
hydraulic system.
u Check the hydraulic system for damage if the magnetic rod is very dirty.
u Carefully clean the magnetic rod 1.

u Put the O-ring and filter cover on the housing.
u Tighten the bolts on the filter cover.
u Screw the venting screw 4 back in.
u Screw on the bleeder filter 2.
u Remove the plug 3 and keep it in a safe place.
030.4.7.3 Draining off condensate and sediment from the hydraulic tank
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q The machine has not been started for at least one hour (condensate can build
up).
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 92: Draining off condensate and sediment from the hydraulic tank
030-84 L550-1562
u Insert the plug 2 in the breather filter 1.

w The tank pre-tension is released.
u Unscrew the cap of the drain valve on the hydraulic tank 3.
u Screw the drain hose on to the hydraulic tank drain valve 3.
u Drain the condensate and sediment into the collecting pan.
When clean hydraulic oil comes out:
u Unscrew the drain hose and screw on the sealing cap.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q The maintenance access is open.
q A new filter element is available.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 93: Hydraulic tank - changing the return-suction filter

1 Breather filter 4 Filter cover with magnetic rod
2 Plug 5 Filter element
3 Venting screw
w The tank preload pressure is released.
u Unscrew the venting screw 3.
w The oil level in the filter unit sinks.
u Unscrew the bolts on the filter cover 4 and remove the filter cover 4 by lifting it.
L550-1562 030-85
u Lift out the filter element 5 and allow excess oil to run off.
u Check the filter element 5 and magnetic rod for excessive dirt and coarse parti-
cles.
Note
Excessive dirt and coarse particles in the filter element or on the magnetic rod are
indicative of damage to the hydraulic system.
u Check the hydraulic system for damage.
u Put in a new filter element.

u Clean the magnetic rod.
u Put the filter cover 4 back on and tighten the bolts on the filter cover 4.
u Screw the venting screw 3 back in.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
The breather filter cannot be cleaned.
q A new breather filter is available.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 94: Changing the hydraulic tank breather filter

u Unscrew the bleeder filter 1.
u Screw on the new breather filter.
030-86 L550-1562
030.4.7.6 Hydraulic tank - changing the oil in the hydraulic system

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Note
To check the oil quality:
u Carry out an oil analysis. (For more information see: Oil analysis, page 030-24)

q The hydraulic oil is at operating temperature.
q The specified hydraulic oil is at hand. (For more information see:
030.2.1 Recommended lubricants, page 030-14)
Note
If a different hydraulic oil is used to the one used before:
u Make sure that the oils can be mixed.
Draining hydraulic oil

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 95: Draining hydraulic oil

1 Breather filter 4 Cover of return strainer
2 Plug 5 Snap ring
3 Hydraulic tank drain valve 6 Return strainer
w The tank pre-tension is released.
u Unscrew the cap of the drain valve on the hydraulic tank 3.
L550-1562 030-87
CAUTION
Risk of scalding due to hot hydraulic oil.
u Wear protective clothing (oil-proof gloves and safety glasses).
u Screw the drain hose on to the drain valve of the hydraulic tank 3.
u Drain the hydraulic oil into the collecting pan.
u Unscrew the drain hose and screw on the sealing cap.
u Unscrew the return strainer cover 4.
u Remove the snap ring 5 and take out the return strainer 6.
u Check the return strainer 6 for excessive dirt and coarse particles.
Note
Excessive dirt and coarse particles in the return strainer indicate damage in the
hydraulic system.
u Check the hydraulic system for damage if the return strainer is very dirty.
u Clean the return strainer 6.

u Insert the return strainer 6 and fit the snap ring 5.
Filling hydraulic oil
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 96: Filling hydraulic oil

1 Cover of return strainer MAX Maximum oil level
MIN Minimum oil level
u Fill hydraulic oil through the return strainer up to the maximum oil level MAX.
u Screw the return strainer cover 1 back on.
u Screw on the breather filter.
u Remove the plug and keep it in a safe place.
030-88 L550-1562
u Start the engine and let it run for a minute at medium idling speed.
u Actuate all the working hydraulics functions while doing this.
w The hydraulic oil is circulated.
u Move the lift arms to maintenance position 1, stop the machine and take out the
ignition key.
u Carefully unscrew the return strainer cover 1.
u Fill the hydraulic oil through the filler strainer until the oil level is between the
minimum MIN and maximum MAX.
u Screw the return strainer cover back on.
u Check the oil level after one hour of operation. (For more information see:
Checking the oil level in the hydraulic tank, page 030-81)
030.4.8 Steering system

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q The working attachment is in the transport position.
q The articulation lock is released.
q There is enough space to test the steering.
WARNING
Beware of injuries while testing.
u Make sure there is no-one in the danger area.
u Perform the test on level ground with no obstacles.
Fig. 97: Testing the steering
u Start the engine.

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Without moving the machine, turn the steering in both directions and check that
it is functioning properly.
030.4.8.2 Lubricating the bearing points on the steering cylinders

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q The lubrication point has been cleaned.
L550-1562 030-89
Fig. 98: Lubricating the bearing points on the steering cylinders

1 Lubrication point on piston side of 3 Lubrication point on ring side of
left steering cylinder left steering cylinder
2 Lubrication point on piston side of 4 Lubrication point on ring side of
right steering cylinder right steering cylinder
u Take the cap off the grease fitting.
u Grease the bearings of the steering cylinder at the lubrication points 1-4.
u Put the cap on the grease fitting.
030.4.9 Brake system

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Make sure that there is enough room to check the service brake and parking brake.
WARNING
u Make sure there is no-one in the danger area.
u Perform the test on level ground with no obstacles.
Testing the service brake
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 99: Testing the service brake

1 Inch/brake pedal B Braking
I Inching
u Start the machine.
u Select forward travel and drive it forwards at around 8 km/h.
030-90 L550-1562
u While the vehicle is moving, press the inch/brake pedal 1 all the way down.
w The machine must come to an abrupt halt.
Troubleshooting
If the braking effect is too slight or entirely absent?
Testing the parking brake

u Select forward travel and drive it forwards at around 5 km/h.
u Press the parking brake button while travelling.
w The machine must come to an abrupt halt.
Troubleshooting
If the braking effect is too slight or entirely absent?

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
If the machine is subjected to very demanding use (such as frequent downhill
driving), the maintenance interval must be shortened.
WARNING
Changes in braking performance are a sign that the brake discs are worn!
u If there are changes in the braking performance, check the gap and wear on the
brake discs.
WARNING
Longer braking distances can cause accidents.
u Replace the brake discs before they become too worn.
NOTICE
If the brakes become too worn, serious damage can occur to the axles and the
hydraulic system.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Replace the brake discs before they become too worn.

q You have a 1/2 inch ratchet wrench available.
q You have a feeler gauge ready.
q You have two 21x2 mm O-rings (item code 7009141) ready.
Preparations
u Wait 10 seconds.
L550-1562 030-91
w The brake system hydro accumulators are charged.

Checking the front axle brake discs for wear
Fig. 101: Identification plate with stamped S

S Stamped “S” for “sintered discs”
u Check if an S is stamped on the identification plate of the front axle.
If no S is stamped:
u The wheel hubs are equipped with paper discs.
If an S is stamped:
u The wheel hubs are equipped with sintered discs.
Fig. 102: Wheel hub with screw plug

1 Screw plug 4 Outer disc
2 Wheel hub 5 Brake disc
3 Feeler gauge
u Using the ratchet without a socket, open the plug screw a on the left wheel
hub 2 of the front axle.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Set the feeler gauge 3 to the minimum thickness.

Minimum thickness for paper discs mm 4.0
Minimum thickness for sintered discs mm 3.5
u Push the feeler gauge 3 into the gap between two outer discs 4.
030-92 L550-1562
Fig. 103: Checking the brake discs for wear
u Have a second person press and hold the brake pedal all the way down.
u Try to pull the feeler gauge out.
If you can pull the feeler gauge out:
u The brake discs are OK.
Troubleshooting
If the feeler gauge is stuck:
u Replace the brake discs on both wheel hubs (see the service documentation,
repair instructions for ZF Multitrac MT-L axles).
u Measure the wear on the rear axle.
u Put a new O-ring on the plug screw at tighten it to a torque of 70 Nm.

u Repeat the procedure on the right wheel hub.
Checking the rear axle brake discs for wear
Note
The wheel hubs on the rear axle are always equipped with paper discs.
u The procedure is the same as for the front axle.

Minimum thickness for paper discs mm 4.0
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030.4.9.3 Checking the gap and wear on the parking brake linings
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q The machine is secured against rolling away. Wedges are in place.
q Automatic engine shutdown (option) is deactivated.
q You have a feeler gauge ready.
L550-1562 030-93
CAUTION
Beware of crushing injuries caused by unintentional closing of the parking brake
when the engine is automatically shut down.
u Deactivate the automatic engine shutdown with the Sculi diagnostics software.
u Keep all persons away from the operator's cab while work is being performed.
Fig. 104: Secure the machine against rolling away
Fig. 105: Check the gap and wear on the brake linings
1 Sealing cap 7 Brake caliper
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2 Counter nut 8 Brake disc

3 Adjusting screw 9 Brake shoes
4 Guide pin s Brake lining thickness
5 Castle nut x Gap
6 Cotter pin
Preparation
If the machine is equipped with an automatic engine shutdown system:
u Connect the Sculi diagnostic software to the machine.
u In the variables editor, select the Options folder.
u Set variable CXadAutoEngOff to 0.
w Automatic engine shutdown is deactivated.
030-94 L550-1562
Checking the wear on the brake linings

u Check that the thickness of the brake lining s corresponds to the required value.

Brake lining thickness s mm greater than 1.0
If the required value is reached:

u Check the gap. (For more information see: Checking the gap, page 030-95)
If the required value is not reached:
u Replace the brake shoes. (For more information see: Replacing the brake
shoes, page 030-95)
Checking the gap

u Start the engine.
u Release the parking brake.
WARNING
Beware of fatal injuries when operating or moving the machine!
u Secure the machine against rolling away. Put the wheel wedges into position.
u Keep people out of the driver's cab.
u Check that the gap x corresponds to the required value.

Gap x mm 0.5+1.0

u Adjust the gap. (For more information see: Adjusting the gap, page 030-96)
Replacing the brake shoes

u Start the engine.
WARNING
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Unscrew the cap 1.

u Release the counter nut 2 and loosen the adjusting screw 3 by three or four
turns.
u Remove the cotter pin 6 and screw off the castle nut 5.
u Pull out the guide bolt 4.
w The brake caliper 7 can be folded away downwards.
u Fold the brake caliper 7 down.
L550-1562 030-95
u Put on the new brake shoes 9.

u Fold up the brake caliper 7.
u Insert the guide bolt 4 and screw on the castle nut 5.
u Insert the cotter pin 6.
u Adjust the gap. (For more information see: Adjusting the gap, page 030-96)
Adjusting the gap

u Start the engine.
WARNING
u Unscrew the cap 1.

u Unscrew the counter nut 2.
u Tighten the adjusting screw 3 until the gap is x 0.5 mm.
u Tighten the counter nut 2.
WARNING
u Make sure there is nobody under the machine.
u Close the parking brake three times and open it again.
WARNING
u Check the gap.

u Repeat the procedure.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Screw on the cap 1.
Final tasks
If the machine is equipped with an automatic engine shutdown system:
u Activate the automatic engine shutdown.
030-96 L550-1562
030.4.10 Electrical system

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q The machine is parked in a safe place.
q The electrical system of the machine is switched on.
All the lights can be tested without starting the machine. Start the machine when
testing the reversing headlight.
WARNING
Beware of accidents when testing the lighting equipment with another person.
u Always maintain visual contact with the other person.
u Do not allow anyone into the danger area of machine.
CAUTION
Fire hazard due to the extreme heat generated by the working headlights!
u Observe a minimum distance of 1 m to persons and materials.
Fig. 106: Checking the lights
u Turn on all lights.

u Check all the lights work properly.
When checking the brake lights:
u Press the inching brake pedal.
To check the reversing headlights:
u Release parking brake.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Select “ reverse travel direction”.

u Check the reversing headlights.
If lights have to be adjusted or defective bulbs replaced:

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
The batteries are installed in the right ballast weight.
The batteries must always be in perfect condition in order for the machine to work
reliably.
L550-1562 030-97

q The battery main switch is off.
q Safety glasses and acid-proof protective gloves are available.
Fig. 107: Battery arrangement

1 Terminals 3 Mounting plate
2 Fuse carrier 4 Batteries
WARNING
Beware of explosions and acid burns
Batteries produce explosive gases and are filled with highly corrosive acid.
u Avoid sparks.
u Do not allow acid to come into contact with your skin.
u Wear protective clothing (acid-proof gloves and safety glasses).
u Switch off the battery main switch and remove the key.
u Remove the mounting plate 3.

u Remove the electrical wires from the fuse carrier 2.
u Remove the fuse carrier 2.
u Wipe the battery with a clean cloth.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Clean the terminals and clamps with a special terminal brush.

To ensure a good connection:
u Check that the connectors are fastened to the terminals and tighten them if
necessary.
u Smear the terminals and clamps with acid-proof grease such as Vaseline.
At very high temperatures, the acid level in the individual cells can drop due to
different rates of evaporation.
u Open the plugs on each cell and check the acid level.
w The acid level must be 10 mm above the plates.
If the acid level is too low:
u Top up with distilled water to 10 mm above the plates.
030-98 L550-1562
Note
Beware of damage to the batteries in very cold weather.
The electrolyte of a discharged battery can freeze and irreparably damage the
components.
u At low ambient temperatures, check the charging condition and charge the
battery at regular intervals.
u Check the charge level using an acid density tester.
Charge levels
Acid density at Charge Battery Voltage per Remark
27 °C (kg/l) level voltage cell
1.28 to 1.26 100% over 12.60 over 2.10 Battery OK
1.25 to 1.24 75% 12.54 to 12.40 2.10 to 2.07
1.24 to 1.18 50% 12.40 to 12.18 2.07 to 2.03 Charge
battery
1.18 > 25% 12.18 > 2.03 > Battery not
OK
Tab. 46: Table of charge levels
If the charge is too low:

u Recharge the batteries.
After completing the maintenance tasks:
u Fit the mounting plate 3.
u Fit the fuse carrier 2.
WARNING
Incorrect protection of the electrical lines!
Risk of electric shock and damage to the electrical system.
u Connect the electrical lines to the correct fuse in the fuse carrier.
WARNING
Short circuit or fault in the electrical system!
Explosion or fire.
u Always fasten electrical cables to the fuse carrier with the appropriate insulating
nuts.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Check the insulating nuts for damage and replace them if necessary.
u Attach the electrical cables to the fuse carrier. (Insulating nut torque: 12 Nm)
Fuse assignment
Fuse Amps
F01 100
F02 100
L550-1562 030-99
Fuse assignment
Fuse Amps
F03 200
Tab. 47: Fuse assignment
030.4.10.3 Changing the travel direction rocker switch and cap (optional)
on the control lever
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Changing the travel direction rocker switch

Make sure the ignition is OFF.
Fig. 108: Control lever with rocker and seal
NOTICE
Beware of damage
The seal 2 can be damaged by the screwdriver.
This can impair the function of the travel direction switch.
u Do not put in the screwdriver more than 5 mm.
u Insert the tip of a small screwdriver between the rocker 1 and the travel direc-
tion switch below the central axis, and lever out the rocker 1.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Check the seal 2 for damage.

w If the seal 2 is damaged, the travel direction switch must be replaced.
u Fit a new rocker 1 on the travel direction switch.
Changing the button cover (optional)

Make sure the ignition is OFF.
030-100 L550-1562
Fig. 109: Button cover and buttons
u Undo the two TORX screws 3 (size 8).
Note
u To remove the push button covering 4 more easily, push together the two grips
of the control lever.
u Note that the push buttons 5 are different sizes.
u Take off the button cover 4.

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 110: Fitting the button cover
u Fit the buttons 5 in the new cover 4.

u Fit the push button covering 4 on the control lever while paying attention to the
anti-twist device 6.
Note
To stop the buttons 5 from falling out of the cover 4 during assembly:
u Gently press the three buttons 5 from outside to hold them in place.
u Tighten the two TORX screws 3 to 0.5 Nm.
L550-1562 030-101
030.4.11 Gearbox

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Fig. 111: Checking the transmission oil level
u Check whether the oil level is within the sight glass 2.

If the oil is below the required level:
u Open the filling plug 1.
u Fill with gear oil until the oil level is within the sight glass 2. (For more informa-
tion see: 030.2.1 Recommended lubricants, page 030-14)
u Close the filling plug 1.
u Check the transmission for oil loss.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q The transmission is at operating temperature.
q The specified gear oil is at hand. (For more information see: 030.2.1 Recom-
mended lubricants, page 030-14)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030-102 L550-1562
Fig. 112: Changing the transmission oil

1 Filling plug 3 Drain plug
2 Oil sight glass
CAUTION
Risk of scalding by hot, pressurised oil.
u Open the plugs carefully.
u Carefully open the filling plug 1.

u Carefully open the drain plug 3 and drain the oil into the collecting pan.
u Close the drain plug 3.
u Fill oil through the opening of the filling plug 1 until the oil level is in the middle
of the sight glass 2.
u Start the engine.
u Drive the machine for two to three minutes.
u Check the oil level in the transmission. (For more information see: Checking the
transmission oil level, page 030-102)
030.4.12 Axles and drive shafts

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
The oil level must be checked on both axles.
L550-1562 030-103
Fig. 113: Checking the axle oil levels
u Open the filling plug 1 on the main housing of the front axle.
u Check whether the oil level is correct (at the bottom of the filling plug 1).
If the oil level is too low:
u Fill axle oil up to the lower edge of the filling plug. (For more information see:
030.2.1 Recommended lubricants, page 030-14)
u Check the axle for oil loss.
If the oil level is correct:
u Repeat the procedure on the rear axle.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
The oil must be changed on both axles.
q The axles are at operating temperature.
q The specified axle oil is at hand. (For more information see: 030.2.1 Recom-
mended lubricants, page 030-14)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030-104 L550-1562
Fig. 114: Changing the axle oil

1 Filling plug 3 Right wheel hub drain plug
2 Main housing drain plug 4 Left wheel hub drain plug
Draining the oil
CAUTION
Risk of scalding by hot, pressurised oil.
u Open the plugs carefully.
u Carefully open the filling plug 1 on the central housing of the front axle.
u Carefully open the main housing drain plug 2 and drain the oil into the collecting
pan.
u Carefully open the right wheel hub drain plug 3 and drain the oil into the
collecting pan.
u Carefully open the left wheel hub drain plug 4 and drain the oil into the
collecting pan.
u Close all drain plugs ( 2, 3 and 4).
Topping up the oil

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Note
The main housing and the wheel hubs have a shared oil system.
u Oil must only be filled via the filling plug on the main housing.
u Fill in the oil carefully so that oil can flow into the wheel hubs.
u Fill oil to the lower edge of the filling plug at the front axle.
u Close the filling plug.
u Check the oil levels after 1 operating hour. (For more information see: Checking
the axle oil levels, page 030-103)
L550-1562 030-105

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
u Check the play of the cardan shafts in the bearings.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q You have the recommended tyre pressures from the manufacturer or dealer at
hand.
Fig. 115: Checking the tyre pressure
DANGER
Tyre lock rings coming loose!
Fatal injury.
u Make sure there is no one in the danger area.
u Keep a safe distance to the side.
u Use a sufficiently long filling hose with a self-retaining valve.
u Check the tyre pressure.

If the tyre pressure is not correct:
u Correct the tyre pressure.

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-35933;

q A torque wrench with a measuring range of over 700 Nm is available.
Note
Intervals for checking the tightness of the wheels.
u This one-off maintenance task scheduled for 50, 100 and 250 service hours
must also be performed every time the wheels are changed.
030-106 L550-1562
Fig. 116: Checking the wheel tightness
Designation Value
Spanner size 30 mm
Tightening torque 700 Nm
Tab. 48: Checking the wheel tightness
u Check that all the bolts on the four wheels have been tightened with the
required torque.

Valid for: L550-1562/35934-;
q A torque wrench with a measuring range of over 600 Nm is available.
Note
Intervals for checking the tightness of the wheels.
u This one-off maintenance task scheduled for 50, 100 and 250 service hours
must also be performed every time the wheels are changed.
Fig. 117: Checking the wheel tightness
Designation Rating
Spanner size 32 mm
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Tightening torque 600 Nm
Tab. 49: Checking the wheel tightness
u Check that all the nuts on the four wheels have been tightened with the required
torque.
L550-1562 030-107
030.4.13 Steel parts of the basic machine
030.4.13.1 Lubricating the articulation bearing and the rear axle oscillating
bearing
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Lubricating the articulation bearing
Fig. 118: Lubricating the articulation bearing

1 Articulation bearing upper lubrica- 2 Articulation bearing lower lubrica-
tion points tion points
u Grease the lubrication points 1-2.
Lubricating the rear oscillating bedding
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 119: Lubricating the rear oscillating bedding

1 Rear axle oscillating bearing rear 2 Rear axle oscillating bearing front
lubrication points lubrication points
030-108 L550-1562
u Grease the lubrication points 1-2.


Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Fig. 120: Covering - lubricating locks and hinges

1 Button and locking cylinder 3 Locking mechanism
2 Lock
u Lubricate the button and locking cylinder 1 with Ballistol spray (item code
10025514).
u Lubricate the lock 2 and locking mechanism 3 with Liebherr universal grease
9900.
u Lubricate the hinges of the covering with Ballistol spray (item code 10025514).

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 121: Greasing the rear section cover lower hinges

1 Cover (2 parts) 2 Grease fitting
u Grease two hinges on each side using a grease gun.
L550-1562 030-109
030.4.14 Working attachment
030.4.14.1 Lubricating lift arms and attached working attachment

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q Lubricating point has been cleaned.
Lubricating the lift arms
Fig. 122: Lubricating the lift arms

a Lower bucket bearing
u Grease all the bearing and lubrication points on the lift arms.
u The lower bucket bearings a should be lubricated daily in accordance with
requirements.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030-110 L550-1562
Lubricating the industrial lift arms
Fig. 123: Lubricating the industrial lift arms

a Lower bucket bearing
u Grease all the bearing and lubrication points on the lift arms.
u The lower bucket bearings a should be lubricated daily in accordance with
requirements.
Lubricating the attachment

Note
Lubricate the attachment.
u Ensure that the lubricating points are easy to access. Disconnect the attach-
ment if necessary.
u For detailed information on the maintenance of non-Liebherr attachments, see
the operator's manual from the manufacturer.
030.4.14.2 Checking the bucket bearing seals and the bearing bushings on
the lift arms
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The bucket bearing seal prevents dirt from entering the bearing, thus increasing
the lifetime of the bearing bushings. Sealing lips and dirt guards are wear parts and
must be renewed immediately if damaged.
Checking the bucket bearing seal

L550-1562 030-111
Fig. 124: Checking the bucket bearing seal

1 Bucket bearing plate 4 Dirt guard
2 Bucket arm B Bucket bearing seal
3 Sealing lips
u Clean the bucket bearing seal B using a steam jet.
u Visual inspection whether the sealing lips 3 touch the sides of the bucket arm 2
and bucket bearing plate 1.
Replace the bucket bearing seal if:
– The bucket bearing seal Bis damaged
– The sealing lips 3 do not touch the bucket bearing plate 1
– The sealing lips 3 do not touch the bucket arm 2
Note
To replace the bucket bearing seal:
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Checking the bearing bushings for wear

Dirt or insufficient lubrication causes wear on the bearing bushings. Wear is recog-
nisable through increased play between the pin and bearing bushing or through
loud noises. Replace the bearing bushings in good time to prevent damage to the
bucket arms.
030-112 L550-1562
Fig. 125: Checking the bearing bushings for wear

1 Bearing bushing 2 Lower bucket bearing
u Move the lift arms and the bucket to the position shown above.
u Rapidly tilt the bucket in and out, and check the lower bucket bearings 2 for
noise and play.
Replace the bearing bushings if:
– There is a lot of play with the bucket bearings
– Loud noise occurs
Note
To replace the bearing bushings:

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
There are two ways to connect the attachment to the lift arms:
– Directly
– Using the quick-change device
The stops and their sequence must be as specified. Failure to observe this can
significantly reduce the service life of the attachment and the lift arms.
Checking the bucket stops without a quick-change device

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 126: Checking the bucket stops without a quick-change device
u Engage the parking brake.
L550-1562 030-113
u Move the lift arms and the bucket to the position shown.
u Retract the tilt cylinder until the stops 1 of the bucket touch the bucket arm.
u Turn off the engine and take out the starting key.
u Check the dimension 2 according to the table below.

Dimension 1 mm 0
Dimension 2 mm 1+2/-1
If the dimensions are not correct:

u Co-ordinate corrective action with Liebherr customer service.
Checking the bucket stops with a quick-change device
Fig. 127: Checking the bucket stops with a quick-change device

u Move the lift arms and the quick-change device to the position shown.
u Retract the tilt cylinder until the limit stops stops 2 of the reversing lever and the
cross tube touch.
u Turn off the engine and take out the starting key.
u Check the dimension 1 according to the table below.

Dimension 1 mm 3±3
Dimension 2 mm 0
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
If the dimensions are not correct:

u Co-ordinate corrective action with Liebherr customer service.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Lubricating the quick coupler

030-114 L550-1562
q The working attachment is disconnected for lubricating points near the bucket
coupling, which are difficult to access.
Fig. 128: Lubricating the quick coupler

1 Grease fitting
u Lubricate the grease nipple 1.
Testing the quick coupler

q The engine has started.
q The lift arms have been lowered.
q The working attachment is tilted in.
WARNING
u Make sure there is no one in the danger area.
u Pay attention to the safety instructions in the operating manual.
u Unlock the quick coupler and lock it again.

w This prevents the locking pins from jamming and preventing the quick
coupler from being released.
u For safety reasons, check that the quick coupler is locked again.
030.4.15 Operator's cab, heating and air conditioning

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

L550-1562 030-115
Cleaning the fresh air filter
Fig. 129: Cleaning the fresh air filter

1 Door 3 Fresh air filter
2 Pre-filter
u Open the door 1.
u Open the brackets for the filters 2, 3.
u Take out the pre-filter 2 and clean it (blow it out or wash it) or replace it if
necessary.
u Unscrew the fresh air filter 3 at the bottom on the front lug and clean it (blow it
out).
u Put in the clean filter (making sure it is correctly fitted) and close the brackets.
u Close the door 1.
Cleaning the recirculated air filter
Fig. 130: Cleaning the recirculated air filter

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
1 Screw 2 Recirculated air filter

u Remove the screw 1.
u Open the bracket.
u Take out the recirculated air filter 2 and clean it (blow it out).
u Put in the clean filter.
u Close the bracket.
030-116 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Changing the fresh air filter
Fig. 131: Changing the fresh air filter

1 Door 3 Fresh air filter
2 Pre-filter
u Open the door 1.
u Open the brackets for the filters 2, 3.
u Take out the pre-filter 2 and dispose of it.
u Unscrew the fresh air filter 3 at the bottom on the front lug and dispose of it.
u Insert the new fresh air filter (making sure it is correctly fitted) and close the
holders.
u Close the door 1.
Changing the recirculated air filter

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 132: Changing the recirculated air filter

1 Screw 2 Recirculated air filter
u Remove the screw 1.
u Open the bracket.
u Take out the recirculated air filter 2 and dispose of it.
L550-1562 030-117
u Put in a new filter.

u Close the bracket.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Fig. 133: Checking the condition and function of the safety belt
1 Strap 3 Unlock button
2 Lug 4 Belt lock
u Check the condition and function of the driver’s safety belt.
u Replace damaged parts.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Container is mounted behind operator's cab under cooling system hood.
q Maintenance access is open.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 134: Checking and topping up windscreen washer fluid

1 Cap
The filling quantity is approximately 3.5 l.
u Open cap 1 on container.
u Top up with standard windscreen washer fluid if necessary.
NOTICE
Ice can damage windscreen washer system.
Icing up can damage windscreen washer system and cause it to fail.
u You must protect windscreen washer system by using antifreeze.
030-118 L550-1562
u Use commercially available windscreen antifreeze.

u Top up with an appropriate quantity of antifreeze before the start of winter.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Fig. 135: Checking the seals on the driver’s cab

1 Seal
u Check the condition of the seals.
u Completely replace any damaged seals.
030.4.15.6 Checking the indicator bead in the air conditioning dryer-

collector unit
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 136: Sight glass in the dryer-collector unit

1 Indicator bead 3 Cooling system hood
2 Filling level bead
The filling level bead 2 is of no importance during the maintenance task.
The smaller bead is the indicator bead 1. The indicator bead is coloured. If the indi-
cator bead becomes transparent, there is too much water in the refrigerant.
u Check the indicator bead.
L550-1562 030-119
If the indicator bead has become transparent:

u Drain the system.
u Replace the dryer.
u Change the compressor oil.
u Refill the system.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Heating and air conditioning unit: Testing the function

This test also applies to machines with automatic air conditioning.
Make sure that the following requirement is fulfilled:
q The ambient temperature is at least 20 °C.
Make sure that the following equipment is ready:
q Thermometer
Fig. 137: Ambient temperature / outflow temperature diagram

1 Ambient temperature in °C 2 Outflow temperature in °C
u Start the diesel engine.
u Open cab doors for 1 minute.
w Trapped heat can escape.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Close the cab doors.

u Switch on the air conditioning unit and set to maximum cooling.
u Set the fan to level 2.
u Allow machine to run for 5 minutes at medium speed.
w Air conditioning compressor is activated and coolant is circulated.
u Measure the ambient temperature in the driver's cab and enter the value in the
diagram.
u Measure the outflow temperature at the right driver-level nozzle and enter the
value in the diagram.
u Check the intersection of the measured values in the diagram.
030-120 L550-1562
w The value should be within the specified range.

If the value is not within the specified range:
u Check the fresh and recirculated air filters for contamination and replace if
necessary.
u If a dryer with indicator beads is installed: check the indicator beads on the
dryer (For more information see: 160.4.3 Dryer, page 160-22)
u Check the air conditioning condenser for contamination, leaks and damage.
u Check the condenser fan.
u Check the dryer for damage and leaks.
u Check the air conditioning compressor and compressor coupling.
If the value is still not correct:
u Troubleshoot the entire air conditioning unit
Testing the heater

Make sure that the following equipment is ready:
q Thermometer
u Start the diesel engine.
u Warm up the machine until the coolant temperature is at least 80 °C.
u Switch off the air conditioning unit.
u Set the fan to level 2.
u Set the temperature control to minimum.
u Run the engine for 1 minute at medium speed.
u Measure the outlet temperature at the right driver-level nozzle.
w The outlet temperature should be roughly (±2 °C) the same as the outside
temperature.
u Set the temperature control to maximum.
u Run the engine for 1 minute at medium speed.
w The outlet temperature increases.
u Measure the outlet temperature at the right driver-level nozzle.
w Measured outlet temperature: at least 60 °C
030.4.16 Lubrication system
030.4.16.1 Checking the lubrication system grease reservoir level

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

L550-1562 030-121
Fig. 138: Checking the filling level of the grease reservoir

1 Central lubrication system key 4 Grease fitting
2 LEDs 5 Filling coupling (fast filling)
3 Grease reservoir 6 Fast filling pump
u Visually check the level in the grease reservoir 3.
w Stay within the minimum and maximum lubricant levels.
w It the amount of grease in the grease reservoir is too low, all the LEDs 2 on
the central lubrication system key 1 light up.
Note
Mixing of lubricant greases!
Malfunction in the central lubrication system.
u Ensure proper miscibility of lubricant greases.
u If necessary, contact Liebherr Lubricant Hotline.
NOTICE
Risk of damage when filling the system.
u Pay attention to cleanliness when filling grease reservoir.
u Stay within the minimum and maximum lubricant levels.
To fill the grease reservoir:

u Fill the grease reservoir via the grease fitting 4.
or
For rapid filling, connect the fast filling pump 6 to the filling coupling 5.
030.4.16.2 Checking the pipes, hoses and lubrication points of the lubrica-
tion system
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

u Visually examine the hose lines for defects.
If there are defects:
u Find the cause and rectify it.
030.4.16.3 Checking whether metered quantities are adequate at the

bearing points (grease collars) of the lubrication system
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
030-122 L550-1562

u Visually examine whether metered quantities are adequate at the bearing
points.
If the lubrication at the bearing points is insufficient:
u Shorten the lubrication interval or increase the intensity of the central lubrication
system.
NOTICE
Beware of damaging the machine.
If one or more bearing points are not sufficiently lubricated:
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 030-123
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Machine: Serial no.: Operating hours: Date: Tested by:

L550-1562
L550-1839
Customer:
Location:
Tab. 50: Customer data and machine data
Adjusting point
Required value
Test point
Measured
Adjusted
1000 h
2000 h
Unit
Test / adjustment Figure
Complete machine
Adjustment procedure: preparatory tasks
Preparing for adjustment procedures ○ ○
Hydraulic system: operating temperature
Bringing hydraulic oil up to operating temper-

○ ○ °C 58±5
ature
Drive group
Inching brake pedal: Calibration
Calibrate the inching function ○ ○
Diesel engine speed
Lower idling speed ○ ○ min-1 800±10
Upper idling speed ○ ○ min-1 2560±10
Cooling system
Fan gear motor proportional pressure
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
relief valve
Pressure at upper idling speed (hydraulic oil
○ ○ bar 80±5 PK
temperature sensor disconnected)
Pressure at upper idling speed (proportional
◊ ◊ bar 220±10 1 PK
solenoid de-energised)
Travel hydraulics
Travel pump replenishing pressure relief
valve
Replenishing pressure at upper idling speed ○ ○ bar 34±2 3 G
030-124 L550-1562
Adjusting point
Required value
Test point
Measured
Adjusted
1000 h
2000 h
Unit
⇒ Travel pump: high pressure relief

valves
Forward travel direction: High pressure at
○ ○ bar 450±10 2 MH
maximum engine speed A)
Reverse travel direction: High pressure at
○ ○ bar 450±10 4 MH
maximum engine speed A)
⇒ Travel pump: Pressure cut-off
High pressure at maximum engine speed ○ ○ bar 380±5 5 MH
Engine droop at upper idling speed with

○ ○ min-1 <50
active pressure cut-off valve
⇒ Travel pump: block curve calibration
High pressure at an engine speed of

○ ○ bar 100±10 MH
930 min-1
○ ○ bar 250±10 MH
1300 min-1
○ ○ bar 365±10 MH
1600 min-1
⇒ Travel motor 1: start of regulation

MH
High pressure at servo pressure of 50±10 bar ○ ○ bar 290±10 6
M1
Travel motor 2: automatic calibration
Perform automatic calibration ○ ○ 7
Diesel engine: Performance
Engine speed at high pressure of 290±5 bar ◊ min-1 2250-100 MH
Working hydraulics
Working hydraulics pump flow regulator
(standby pressure)
High pressure at low idling speed ◊ ◊ bar 32+2 8 P

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Working hydraulics pump, power regu-

lator
Start of regulation ◊ ◊ bar 180±10 9 P/M1
L550-1562 030-125
Adjusting point
Required value
Test point
Measured
Adjusted
1000 h
2000 h
Unit
Z kinematics control valve block secon-

dary pressure relief valves
Opening pressure for tilting out B) ○ bar 380±5 12 P
Opening pressure for tilting in B) ○ bar 380±5 13 P
Opening pressure for lifting B) ○ bar 380±5 14 P
Opening pressure for 3rd function A3 (option) ○ bar 250±5 15 P
Opening pressure for 3rd function B3 (option) ○ bar 250±5 16 P
Opening pressure for 4th function A4 (option) ○ bar 250±5 17 P
Opening pressure for 4th function B4 (option) ○ bar 250±5 18 P
Industrial lift arm control valve block

secondary pressure relief valves
Opening pressure for tilting out ○ bar 150±5 12 P
Opening pressure for tilting in B) ○ bar 400±5 13 P
Opening pressure for lifting B) ○ bar 400±5 14 P
Opening pressure for 3rd function A3 (option) ○ bar 250±5 15 P
Opening pressure for 3rd function B3 (option) ○ bar 250±5 16 P
Opening pressure for 4th function A4 (option) ○ bar 250±5 17 P
Opening pressure for 4th function B4 (option) ○ bar 250±5 18 P
Z kinematics control valve block primary

pressure relief valve
Opening pressure C) ○ bar 360±5 11 P
Industrial lift arm control block, primary

pressure relief valve
Opening pressure C) ○ bar 390±5 11 P

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Z kinematics control valve block LS pres-

sure cut-off valve
High pressure at full load ○ bar 290±5 10 P
Industrial lift arms control valve block LS

pressure cut-off valve
High pressure at full load ○ bar 350±5 10 P
Stabilisation module (option), cut-off

function
Cut-out pressure when charging ○ bar 120±10 MX
030-126 L550-1562
Adjusting point
Required value
Test point
Measured
Adjusted
1000 h
2000 h
Unit
Ride control hydro accumulator (option):

nitrogen filling
Filling pressure ○ ○ bar 25±2
Steering system
Servostat: LS-pressure cut-off valve
High pressure at full load ◊ ◊ bar 210±5 19
Brake system
Compact brake valve hydro accumulator
charging function
Cut-in pressure ○ ○ bar 180±10 20 M3
Cut-out pressure ○ ○ bar 210±10 20 M3
Service brake pressure
Front axle brake pressure ○ ○ bar 95±5 21 M4
Rear axle brake pressure ○ ○ bar 95±5 21 M5
Service brake hydro accumulator capacity
Residual pressure in the front axle hydro

accumulator after applying the brakes 9 ○ ○ bar >50 M4
times
Residual pressure in the rear axle hydro
accumulator after applying the brakes 9 ○ ○ bar >50 M5
times
Accumulator charge pressure switch shift
pressure
Switching pressure ○ ○ bar 120±5

M3
Transmission
Transmission hydro accumulator nitrogen
filling
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Filling pressure ○ ○ bar 11±1
Remarks:
Tab. 51: Testing and adjustment checklist
A) Notice:Screw in the pressure cut-off valve of the travel pump by one turn before testing. Follow instructions.
B) Notice:Screw in the LS pressure cut-off valve and the primary pressure relief valve of the working hydraulics by
one turn before testing. Follow instructions.
L550-1562 030-127
C) Notice: Screw in the LS pressure cut-off valve of the working hydraulics by one turn before testing. Follow instruc-
tions.
Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning
○ Always carry out Link to the instructions
◊ Only if necessary Sculi diagnostic software is required
Entry field Read the values from the display
Checkbox ⇒ Machine in blocked condition
Tab. 52: Key
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030-128 L550-1562
030.6 Testing and adjustment tasks
All work must be carried out by specialist technicians or under their supervision
and responsibility.
Specialists technicians are people who:
– Have the requisite training and experience in operating and servicing earth-
moving machinery
– Are familiar with the statutory accident prevention regulations and national
guidelines
– Are able to judge whether earthmoving machinery is safe to operate
– Can carry out the required work without endangering themselves or others

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Observe the relevant safety instructions when carrying out all maintenance,
inspection or repair work. Local health and safety regulations, accident prevention
regulations and national laws must be observed.
Fig. 139: Safety precautions

q Suitable protective equipment is present.
q The driver and maintenance staff are in visual contact.
Protective equipment must be worn for some tasks:
– Hard hat
– Safety footwear
– Safety glasses
WARNING
Persons in the danger area!
Risk of injury.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Make sure there is nobody in the danger area.
u Wear appropriate working clothing.

u Always maintain visual contact with the maintenance staff.
030.6.2 Overall machine

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q Machine is in maintenance position for testing and adjustment tasks.
L550-1562 030-129
q The machine is at operating temperature.

q You have the specific adjustment data for the machine.
q You have seals and sealing caps ready.
q The laptop is connected and the Sculi diagnostic software is running.
q You have the necessary special tools.
Maintenance position for testing and adjustment
Fig. 140: Maintenance position for testing and adjustment
To move the machine into the maintenance position for testing and adjustment,
proceed as follows:
u Park the machine on level ground.
u Fully retract the tilt cylinder.
u Set the bucket down on the ground on its teeth or cutting edge.
u Take out the ignition key.
u Ensure that another person cannot start operating the machine.
Special tools
Special tools
Number Description Item code
1 USB dongle for Sculi 10489591
1 Diagnostic data cable (RS-232) for Sculi 10035410
1 Pressure gauge, 0-40 bar, class 1.0 7361288
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

2 Test lines, 4000 mm 7009134
2 Test lines, 1500 mm 7002475
1 Hydro accumulator testing and filling device 8460226
Tab. 53: Special tools
030-130 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
During testing and adjustment, the machine must be at an operating temperature
of 58±5 °C. The temperature is measured by the hydraulic oil temperature sensor
and can be seen in Sculi.
Fig. 141: Hydraulic oil cooler (red marking)
u Place a piece of cardboard or similar in front of the hydraulic oil cooler 1.

w The cooling capacity is reduced. This allows the operating temperature to be
attained faster.
u Start the engine.
u In the variables editor, select the Check cooling system folder.
u During the adjustment, read the hydraulic oil temperature for the variable
HydrOilTemp.
Bring the machine up to operating temperature as follows:
When working on the hydraulic system, the hydraulic oil temperature must be
within the prescribed range (58±5 °C).
u Let the engine run at about 2500 rpm.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Activate the tilt-in function as far as it will go and hold the control lever in this
position.
u At the same time, lower the lift arms and hold the control lever in the float posi-
tion.
u Operate the travel hydraulics in 1st fixed gear.
u Bring the machine up to operating temperature until the hydraulic oil tempera-
ture is 58±5 °C.
u Remove the cardboard from the hydraulic oil cooler after completing the adjust-
ment.
L550-1562 030-131
030.6.3 Drive group

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
The inch/brake pedal can only be calibrated using the Sculi software. During cali-
bration, the MIN and MAX positions of the inch/brake pedal are stored in the
central control unit.
Make sure that the machine is in the maintenance position for testing and adjust-
ments.
u Switch on the ignition.
u In the variables editor, select the Pedal calibration folder.
u Set the AdjustInchpedal variable to 1.
u Press the inching-brake pedal all the way down and then release it.
w The MIN and MAX positions of the inch/brake pedal are stored. After 10
seconds, the value is automatically reset to 0.
w The service code 5024 may be displayed.
w Calibration is complete.
u Switch off the ignition.
u Check that the InchpedalPosition variable is 0% when the inch/brake pedal is
not pressed and 100% when it is pressed all the way down.
u Check whether there are active service codes in the display.
w There must not be any active service codes in the display.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
The engine speed cannot be mechanically adjusted; it is determined directly by the
engine control unit.
You can see the engine speed in the display.
u Start the engine.
u Check the upper and lower engine speeds.

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Lower idle speed rpm 800±10

Upper idle speed rpm 2560±10

The data required for the diagnosis of the damage to the diesel engine and for
handling warranty claims are referred to as service files.
The service file consists of the following information:
– Information and overview of the control unit in the form of a PDF-Files.
– Load profile of the diesel engine
030-132 L550-1562
After replacing an diesel engine component, the diesel engine service file must be
sent to the following e-mail address:
lbh.maschinenfeedback@liebherr.com
Only the serial number of the machine must be included in the subject line of the e-
mail.
Reading the information and overview of the control unit
Note
The information and the overview of the control unit must be read twice.
u Read the data before starting troubleshooting.
u Read the data after finishing the repair.

u Connect the Service Advisor diagnostics software with the diesel engine.
Fig. 142: “Diagnosis” function
u Select “Diagnosis” function.

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 143: “Control unit information and overview” page

1 “Tests” tab 2 “Control unit information and over-
view” function
u Select the “Control unit information and overview” function 2.
u Save the file as PDF file.
Creating the diesel engine load profile

The diesel engine load profile must be created after the repairs.
L550-1562 030-133

u Connect the Service Advisor diagnostics software with the diesel engine.
Fig. 144: “Diagnosis” function
u Select “Diagnosis” function.
Fig. 145: “Engine load profile information” page

1 “Tests” tab 2 “Engine load profile information”
function
u Select the “Engine load profile information” function 2.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 146: “Engine load profile information” page
u Select “Other” 1 as the application type and confirm with “OK”.

u Save the diesel engine load profile.
030-134 L550-1562
030.6.4 Cooling system

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q Machine is in the maintenance position for testing and adjustments.
Fig. 147: Fan gear motor proportional pressure relief valve

1 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor PK Cooling system high pressure test
connection
2 Proportional pressure relief valve
Testing the pressure relief and proportional valve and adjusting

the rated current
CAUTION
The hot components can cause injury.
u Maintain a safe distance from the engine and exhaust system.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Unplug the hydraulic oil temperature sensor 1.

u Connect a pressure gauge (250 bar) to the high pressure test connection PK on
the fan gear pump.
u Start the engine.
u Increase the engine speed to the upper idling speed.
u Check that the high pressure PK is correct.

High pressure PK bar 80±5
L550-1562 030-135

u Plug in the hydraulic oil temperature sensor 1.
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the high pressure test connection PK.
u In the variables editor in the group structure, select the Check cooling system
folder.
u Change the value of the FanInenn variable.
Note
To approach the required value, you can change the value of the FanInenn vari-
able gradually at upper idling speed.
u Click the variable and press the space bar (the line is coloured pink).
u Cursor up/down: Last digit of the value +/- 1
u Cursor left/right: Last digit of the value +/- 5
u Page up/down: Last digit of the value +/- 10
u Repeat the procedure and adjustment until the required value is attained.
If you do not achieve the required value by changing the FanInenn variable:
u Plug in the hydraulic oil temperature sensor 1.
u Check the mechanical settings of the pressure relief and proportional valve.
(For more information see: Mechanical settings of the pressure relief and
proportional valve, page 030-136)
Mechanical settings of the pressure relief and proportional valve

You only need to mechanically adjust the proportional pressure relief valve if the
required value is not achieved by changing the FanInenn variable.
u Start the engine.
u In the variables editor in the group structure, select the Check cooling system
folder.
u Set the PWM2_Fan variable to 0 mA.
w The proportional solenoid is not energised.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Note
The PWM2_Fan variable is automatically reset to its original value when the igni-
tion is switched OFF/ON.
u If necessary, reset the value to 0 mA when repeating the test.

u Check that the high pressure PK is correct.
030-136 L550-1562

High pressure PK bar 220±10

CAUTION
The hot components can cause injury.
u Maintain a safe distance from the engine and exhaust system.
u Adjust the adjusting screw of the pressure relief and proportional valve 2.
Note
To adjust the pressure relief and proportional valve:
u Turning the adjusting screw clockwise increases the high pressure.
u Turning the adjusting screw anticlockwise reduces the high pressure.
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the high pressure test connection PK.
030.6.5 Working hydraulics
030.6.5.1 Working hydraulics pump flow regulator (standby pressure)

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
The standby pressure only needs to be checked and adjusted if the working
hydraulics pump or material parts of the working hydraulics pump have been
replaced or the output of the working hydraulics is insufficient.
q The machine is in the maintenance position for testing and adjustment.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 030-137
Fig. 148: Working hydraulics pump flow regulator (standby pressure)
u Connect a pressure gauge (40 bar) to the high pressure test connection P on
the control valve block.
NOTICE
The high pressure of the working hydraulics pump can irreparably damage the
pressure gauge.
u Do not operate the working attachment.
u Start the engine.

u Allow the engine to run at low idling speed.
w The standby pressure can be checked at the high pressure test connec-
tion P.
u Check that the standby pressure P is correct.

Standby pressure P bar 32+2
If the value is not correct:

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Adjust the adjusting screw of the flow regulator 1.
Note
To adjust the flow regulator:
u Turning the adjusting screw clockwise increases the standby pressure.
u Turning the adjusting screw anticlockwise reduces the standby pressure.
u Check and repeat the adjustment until the value is correct.

When the value is correct:
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the high pressure test connection P.
030-138 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
The power regulator only needs to be checked and adjusted if the working
hydraulics pump, or material parts of the working hydraulics pump, has been
replaced or the output of the working hydraulics is insufficient.
The test is to check the pressure at which the working hydraulics pump starts regu-
lating.
Fig. 149: Working hydraulics pump, power regulator
u Connect a pressure gauge (600 bar) to the return piston servo pressure test
connection M1 on the working hydraulics pump.
u Start the engine.
u Raise the lift arms slightly and tilt the bucket all the way out.
u Operate the lifting function of the lift arms fully. Start the engine and let it run at
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
the lower idling speed.

u Check the high pressure P level at which the return pressure M1 starts
increasing (working hydraulics pump starts regulating).

High pressure P bar 180±10

u Adjust the adjusting screw of the power regulator 1.
L550-1562 030-139
Note
To adjust the power regulator:
u Turn the adjusting screw clockwise to increase the high pressure.
u Turn the adjusting screw anticlockwise to reduce the high pressure.

u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the return piston servo pressure test
connection M1.
030.6.5.3 Z kinematics control valve block secondary pressure relief

valves
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
To check the secondary pressure relief valves, the primary pressure relief
valve and the LS pressure cut-off valve must be set to a higher value. (For
more information see: Preparatory tasks, page 030-140)
Fig. 150: Z kinematics control valve block, standard versions / with 3rd functions
(optional) and 4th function (optional)
1 LS pressure cut-off valve 6 Secondary pressure relief valve
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
for 3rd function A3 (optional)

2 Primary pressure relief valve 7 Secondary pressure relief valve
for 3rd function B3 (optional)
3 Secondary pressure relief valve 8 Secondary pressure relief valve
for tilting out for 4th function A4 (optional)
for tilting in for 4th function B4 (optional)
5 Secondary pressure relief valve P Working hydraulics high pressure
for raising lift arms test connection
Preparatory tasks
030-140 L550-1562
u Tighten the adjusting screw on the primary pressure relief valve 2 by one turn.
w The opening pressure of the primary pressure relief valve is above the
opening pressure of the secondary pressure relief valves.
u Tighten the adjusting screw on the LS pressure cut-off valve 1 by one turn.
w The opening pressure of the LS pressure cut-off valve is above the opening
pressure of the secondary pressure relief valves.
Testing and adjusting

u Start the engine.
NOTICE
There is no secondary pressure relief valve for the lowering function.
Activating the lowering function can irreparably damage the working hydraulics
pump.
u Do not activate the lowering function as far as it will go.
u Activate the lifting, tilting out and tilting in functions, as well as the optional addi-
tional functions, as far as they will go in succession and then operate fully.
u While doing so, check whether the high pressure P is correct.

High pressure P during tilting out 3 bar 380±5
High pressure P during tilting in 4 bar 380±5
High pressure P during lifting 5 bar 380±5
High pressure P during 3rd function A3 6 bar 250±5
(optional)
High pressure P during 3rd function B3 7 bar 250±5
(optional)
High pressure P during 4th function A4 8 bar 250±5
(optional)
High pressure P during 4th function B4 9 bar 250±5
(optional)

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Turn the adjusting screw of the corresponding secondary pressure relief valve.
Note
To adjust the secondary pressure relief valves:
L550-1562 030-141
After completing testing and adjustment

When all the values are correct:
u Unscrew the adjusting screw on the primary pressure relief valve 2 by one turn.
u Unscrew the adjusting screw on the LS pressure cut-off valve 1 by one turn.
u Check and adjust the primary pressure relief valve. (For more information see:
Z kinematics control valve block primary pressure relief valve, page 030-142)
u Check and adjust the LS pressure cut-off valve. (For more information see: Z-
bar kinematics control block, LS-pressure cut-off, page 030-143)
030.6.5.4 Z kinematics control valve block primary pressure relief valve

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
To check the primary pressure relief valve, the LS pressure cut-off valve
must be set to a higher value. (For more information see: Preparatory tasks,
page 030-142)
Fig. 151: Z kinematics control valve block primary pressure relief valve
1 LS pressure cut-off valve P Working hydraulics high pressure
test connection
2 Primary pressure relief valve
Preparatory tasks
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
pressure of the primary pressure relief valve.

u Starting the engine
u Raise the lift arms as far as they will go.
u Operate the lifting function fully.
030-142 L550-1562


u Turn the adjusting screw of the primary pressure relief valve 2.
Note
To adjust the primary pressure relief valve:

u Check and adjust the LS pressure cut-off valve. (For more information see: Z-
bar kinematics control block, LS-pressure cut-off, page 030-143)

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 152: Z-bar kinematics control block, LS-pressure cut-off
u Start the engine.
u Check that the high pressure P is correct.
L550-1562 030-143


u Adjust the LS pressure cut-off 1 adjusting screw.
Note
To adjust the LS pressure cut-off:
030.6.5.6 Industrial lift arm control valve block secondary pressure relief
valves
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
To check the secondary pressure relief valves, the primary pressure relief
valve and the LS pressure cut-off valve must be set to a higher value. (For
more information see: Preparatory tasks, page 030-145)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 153: Industrial lift arms control valve block, standard versions / with 3rd func-
tion (optional) and 4th function (optional)
1 LS pressure cut-off valve 6 Secondary pressure relief valve
for 3rd function A3 (optional)
2 Primary pressure relief valve 7 Secondary pressure relief valve
for 3rd function B3 (optional)
See next page for continuation of the image legend
030-144 L550-1562

for tilting out for 4th function A4 (optional)
for tilting in for 4th function B4 (optional)
5 Secondary pressure relief valve P Working hydraulics high pressure
for raising lift arms test connection
Preparatory tasks
u Tighten the adjusting screw on the primary pressure relief valve 2 by one turn.
w The opening pressure of the primary pressure relief valve is above the
opening pressure of the secondary pressure relief valves.
pressure of the secondary pressure relief valves.

u Start the engine.
NOTICE
There is no secondary pressure relief valve for the lowering function.
Activating the lowering function can irreparably damage the working hydraulics
pump.
u Do not activate the lowering function as far as it will go.
u Activate the lifting, tilting out and tilting in functions, as well as the optional addi-
tional functions, as far as they will go in succession and then operate fully.

High pressure P during tilting out 3 bar 150±5
High pressure P during tilting in 4 bar 400±5
High pressure P during lifting 5 bar 400±5
High pressure P during 3rd function A3 6 bar 250
(optional)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
High pressure P during 3rd function B3 7 bar 250

(optional)
High pressure P during 4th function A4 8 bar 250
(optional)
High pressure P during 4th function B4 9 bar 250
(optional)

u Turn the adjusting screw of the corresponding secondary pressure relief valve.
L550-1562 030-145
Note
To adjust the secondary pressure relief valves:

When all the values are correct:
u Unscrew the adjusting screw on the primary pressure relief valve 2 by one turn.
u Check and adjust the primary pressure relief valve. (For more information see:
Industrial lift arm control block, primary pressure relief valve, page 030-146)
u Check and adjust the LS pressure cut-off valve. (For more information see:
Industrial lift arm control block, LS-pressure cut-off, page 030-147)
030.6.5.7 Industrial lift arm control block, primary pressure relief valve
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
To check the primary pressure relief valve, the LS pressure cut-off must be
set to a higher value. (For more information see: Preparation, page 030-146)
Fig. 154: Industrial lift arm control block, primary pressure relief valve
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
1 LS pressure cut-off P Working hydraulics high pressure

test connection
2 Primary pressure relief valve
Preparation
u Screw in the adjusting screw on the LS pressure cut-off 1 by one turn.
w The opening pressure of the LS pressure cut-off is above the opening pres-
sure of the primary pressure relief valve.
030-146 L550-1562

u Starting the engine


u Adjust the adjusting screw of the primary pressure relief valve 2.
Note
To adjust the primary pressure relief valve:

u Unscrew the adjusting screw on the LS pressure cut-off 1 by one turn.
u Check and adjust the LS pressure cut-off. (For more information see: Industrial
lift arm control block, LS-pressure cut-off, page 030-147)

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 155: Industrial lift arm control block, LS-pressure cut-off
L550-1562 030-147
u Start the engine.


u Adjust the LS pressure cut-off 1 adjusting screw.
Note

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
ments.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 156: Stabilisation module cut-off function
u Connect a pressure gauge (600 bar) to the hydro accumulator load pressure
test connection MX on the stabilisation module.
u Start the engine.
u Make sure that ride control is switched off.
u Fully actuate the lifting function at lower idling speed.
030-148 L550-1562
w The pressure shown on the pressure gauge MX increases until it reaches

the hydro accumulator load pressure and then drops again.
u Check that the highest value shown corresponds to the hydro accumulator
charge pressure.

Hydro accumulator charge pressure bar 120±10

u Check the stabilisation module for damage.
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the hydro accumulator load pressure test
connection MX.
030.6.5.10 Ride control hydro accumulator (optional), nitrogen filling

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q A testing and filling device for hydro accumulators with a nitrogen cylinder and
pressure reducer is available.
Preparations
The ride control must be depressurised hydraulically.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 157: Relieving the pressure of the ride control hydro accumulator
WARNING
Beware of injury from lift arms lowering.
u Make sure that the full weight of the lift arms rests on the ground.
u Connect the test line to the brake pressure test connection M4 on the front axle.
L550-1562 030-149
u Use the test line to connect the front axle brake pressure test connection M4 to
the hydro accumulator load pressure test connection MX on the stabilization
module.
u Wait 10 minutes.
w The hydraulic pressure in the hydro accumulators is relieved into the tank via
the compact brake valve.
u Disconnect the test line from test connection M4 and drain the remaining fluid
into the collecting pan.
Note
The hydro accumulators must not be under pressure during testing.
u Leave the test line connected to the test connection MX during testing.
Fig. 158: Nitrogen filling of ride control hydro accumulator

1 Hydro accumulator ride control 8 Pressure control valve
2 Hydro accumulator plug 9 Output valve of the pressure
reducer
3 Nitrogen cylinder 10 Testing and filling device
4 Cylinder valve 11 Hydro accumulator filling pressure
gauge
5 Pressure reducer 12 Handwheel
6 Cylinder pressure gauge 13 Drain valve
7 Output pressure gauge
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Carry out the procedure on all three hydro accumulators in succession.

u Unscrew the protective cap on the hydro accumulator 1.
Note
The hydro accumulators 1 do not have an integrated check valve.
u Only loosen the hydro accumulator plug 2 before attaching the testing and filling
device.
u Only screw on the hydro accumulator plug 2 with the handwheel of the testing
and filling device.
u Loosen the hydro accumulator plug 2 (spanner size 6 mm).
030-150 L550-1562
u Screw the testing and filling device 10 on to the hydro accumulator.

w The hydro accumulator plug 2 can be opened with the handwheel 12.
u Open the hydro accumulator plug 2 with the handwheel 12.
u Check that the hydro accumulator filling pressure 11 is correct.

Filling pressure at a hydro accumulator bar 23±2
temperature of 0 °C
If the filling pressure is too low:

u Open the cylinder valve 4 of the nitrogen cylinder 3.
u Adjust the pressure control valve 8 of the pressure reducer 5 until the required
value is reached on the output pressure gauge 7.
u Open the output valve of the pressure reducer 9.
u Wait 2 minutes.
u Close the output valve of the pressure reducer 9.
If the filling pressure is too high:
u Release nitrogen through the drain valve 13 of the hydro accumulator 1 until the
filling pressure is correct.

u Close the hydro accumulator plug 2 with the handwheel 12.
u Remove the testing and filling device 10.
u Tighten the hydro accumulator plug 2 to a tightening torque of 20 Nm.
u Check the tightness of the hydro accumulator plug 2 with a leak spray.
u Screw the protective cap on to the hydro accumulator 1.
u Disconnect the test line from the test connection MX.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030.6.5.11 Testing the Z kinematics control valve block for leakage

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Check that the leakage from the spools in the control valve block is in the tolerance
range.
Test for leaks when one of the following problems occurs:
– The lift arms come down too quickly when the bucket is loaded and the working
hydraulics are not actuated. Check the lift cylinder spool valve.
– The loaded bucket tilts out when the working hydraulics are not actuated: Check
the tilt cylinder spool valve.
– When the bucket is tilted in it starts to wobble when the machine is travelling:
Check the tilt cylinder spool valve.
L550-1562 030-151
Make sure the hydraulic oil and control valve block are at the correct temperature
for testing. (For more information see: Bringing the machine up to operating
temperature, page 030-131)
Note
The control valve must be fully warmed up to test temperature before testing.
To bring the control valve block to the test temperature:
u Bring the hydraulic oil to test temperature and then continue warming up the
machine for at least another 10 minutes.
Hydraulic oil Viscosity Test temperature

°C
Liebherr Hydraulic Basic 68 ISO VG 68 53
Liebherr Hydraulic Basic 100 ISO VG 100 62
Liebherr Hydraulic HVI ISO VG 46 44
Liebherr Hydraulic Plus ISO VG 46 44
Tab. 54: Test temperature for hydraulic oils

q The hydraulic oil is at test temperature.
q The control valve block is at test temperature.
q Material is available for loading the bucket.
Checking the lift cylinder control valve
Fig. 159: Control valve block
u Connect a pressure gauge (250 bar) to the load sensing test connection LS on
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

u Start the engine and load the bucket.
u At lower idling speed, slowly raise the lift arms until the pressure shown on the
pressure gauge LS is between 105 and 110 bar.
Note
If the pressure is not reached:
u Pressure too low: Load the bucket more.
u Pressure too high: Load the bucket less.
030-152 L550-1562
Fig. 160: Marking the position of the lift cylinder
u On the piston rod of a lift cylinder, mark the distance X = 100 mm to the piston
rod bearing.
u Wait 10 minutes.
u Measure the distance X between the piston rod bearing and the mark.

The distance X must be at least mm 65
If the distance X is less than the minimum:

u Check the secondary pressure relief valves for leaks (check visually, inter-
changing if necessary).
u Contact the technical customer service department.
If the distance X is more than the minimum:
u The leakage is within the tolerance range. Disconnect the pressure gauge from
the load sensing pressure test connection LS.
Checking the tilt cylinder control valve

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 161: Control valve block
u Connect a pressure gauge (250 bar) to the load sensing test connection LS on
u Start the engine and load the bucket.
u Move the lift arms into the transport position.
u Tilt the bucket out a little.
L550-1562 030-153
u At lower idling speed, slowly tilt in the bucket until the pressure shown on the
pressure gauge LS is between 105 bar and 110 bar.
Note
If the pressure is not reached:
u Pressure too low: Load the bucket more.
u Pressure too high: Load the bucket less.
Fig. 162: Marking the position of the tilt cylinder
u On the piston rod of the tilt cylinder, mark the distance X = 50 mm to the piston
rod bearing.
u Wait 10 minutes.
u Measure the distance X between the piston rod bearing and the mark.

The distance X must be at least mm 30
If the distance X is less than the minimum:

u Check the secondary pressure relief valves for leaks (check visually, inter-
changing if necessary).
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
If the distance X is more than the minimum:

u The leakage is within the tolerance range. Disconnect the pressure gauge from
the load sensing pressure test connection LS.
030.6.6 Hydraulic components

Damage to hydraulic lines is divided into three types of damage:
– Minor damage
– Medium damage
– Severe damage
030-154 L550-1562
The type of damage determines whether the hydraulic line is renewed or whether
the machine can be operated with the damaged hydraulic line.
The general safety instructions must be observed when working on the hydraulic
system.
Minor damage to the hydraulic lines
Wear or damage to the outer jacket of the hydraulic line
Wear or damage to the outer jacket of the hydraulic line is caused by friction or
contact with other components. As long as the steel fabric of the hydraulic line is
not damaged or not visible, this is classified as minor damage.
Fig. 163: Wear or damage to the outer jacket of the hydraulic line
u Document the damage and observe whether the condition deteriorates.

u Check the routing of the hydraulic line, correct if necessary.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
If the condition deteriorates:

u Replace the hydraulic lines.
Moist surfaces, no visible oil leak
Moist spots can be seen on the surface. An oil leak or oil drops are not visible. As
long as you do not observe an obvious oil leak, it is classified as minor damage.
L550-1562 030-155
Fig. 164: Moist surfaces, no visible oil leak

u Replace the hydraulic lines.
Medium damage to the hydraulic lines
Cracks or cuts up to the steel fabric or steel fabric exposed due to damage to
the outer jacket
The damage to the outer jacket (such as cracks, cuts or abrasions) through which
the steel fabric is exposed is classified as medium damage if the steel fabric is
undamaged. Damage to the steel fabric is classified as severe damage.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 165: Cracks or cuts up to the steel fabric or steel fabric exposed due to
damage to the outer jacket
030-156 L550-1562

u Replace hydraulic lines immediately.
If the condition does not deteriorate:
u Replace the hydraulic line within the next 250 operating hours.
Moist surfaces, slight oil leak visible
Moist spots can be seen on the surface. Slight oil leak or small oil drops are visible.
As long as you do not observe a severe oil leak, it is classified as medium damage.
Fig. 166: Moist surfaces, slight oil leak visible

u Replace hydraulic lines immediately.
If the condition does not deteriorate:
u Replace the hydraulic line within the next 250 operating hours.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Severe damage to the hydraulic lines
DANGER
Hydraulic oil discharged under high pressure!
Fatal injury.
u Do not operate the machine.
Visible oil leak

Oil leaks from the hydraulic line. Leaking oil is classified as severe damage.
L550-1562 030-157
Fig. 167: Visible oil leak
u Take the machine out of operation and secure it against restarting.

u Replace the damaged hydraulic line immediately.
Damaged or corroded steel fabric

Damaged or corroded the steel fabric is classified as severe damage.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 168: Damaged or corroded steel fabric

Cracks on the clamping sleeve or blisters on the outer jacket

Cracks on the clamping sleeve or blisters on the outer jacket are classified as
severe damage.
030-158 L550-1562
Fig. 169: Cracks on the clamping sleeve or blisters on the outer jacket

030.6.7 Travel hydraulics

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q Machine is in maintenance position for adjustment procedures.
q Service access is open.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 170: Travel pump replenishing pressure relief valve
u Connect a pressure gauge (40 bar) to the replenishing pressure test connec-
tion G on the travel pump.
u Start diesel engine.
u Check that the replenishing pressure G corresponds to the required value.
L550-1562 030-159

Replenishing pressure G bar 34±2

CAUTION
u Avoid contact with skin.
u Wear safety glasses and oil-proof protective gloves.
Note
Use a vacuum pump to prevent loss of oil.
u Connect the vacuum pump to the hydraulic tank, at the opening of the breather
filter.
u Unscrew the replenishing pressure relief valve 1.

If the replenishing pressure is too low:
u Insert adjusting shims 2.
If replenishing pressure is too low:
u Remove adjusting shims 2.
u Screw in replenishing pressure relief valve 1.
u Repeat check and adjustment until required value is reached.
u Turn off engine and take out ignition key.
u Disconnect pressure gauge from replenishing pressure test connection G.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
To check the high pressure relief valves, the pressure cut-off must be set to a
higher value. (For more information see: Preparatory tasks, page 030-161)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030-160 L550-1562
Fig. 171: Travel pump high pressure relief valves

1 Forward high pressure relief valve 3 Pressure cut-off
2 Reverse high pressure relief valve MH Travel pump high pressure test
connection
Preparatory tasks
u Connect a pressure gauge (600 bar) to the high pressure test connection MH
on the travel pump.
u Screw in the adjusting screw of the pressure cut-off 3 by one turn.
w The opening pressure of the pressure cut-off is above the opening pressure
of the high pressure relief valves.

u Start the engine.
u In the variables editor, select the Block curve calibration folder.
u Set the PumpBlockManual variable to 1.
w The machine is in the blocked condition.
Note
The PumpBlockManual variable is automatically reset to 0 when the ignition is
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
switched “OFF”/“ON”.
u If necessary, reset the variable to 1 when repeating the test.
WARNING
Beware of accidents caused by the machine pulling away unintentionally.
u Do not let people near the machine.
u Be ready to brake when increasing the engine speed.
L550-1562 030-161
NOTICE
A rapid increase in temperature can damage the travel pump.
u Stop the testing for a brief period.
u Select forward or reverse travel direction and increase the engine speed to the
maximum.
u Check that the high pressure MH is correct.

High pressure MH in forward travel direction 1 bar 450±10
High pressure MH in reverse travel direction 2 bar 450±10
If a required value is not reached:

Fig. 172: High pressure relief valve

1 Valve insert 4 Valve bearing
2 Plug 5 Lock screw
3 Adjusting screw
CAUTION
u Wear safety glasses and oil-proof protective gloves.
Note
Use a vacuum pump to prevent loss of oil.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Connect the vacuum pump to the hydraulic tank, at the opening of the breather
filter.
u Unscrew the relevant high pressure relief valve.

u Detach the drain plug 2 from the valve insert 1.
u Unscrew the lock screw 5.
u Clamp the valve bearing 4 in a vice with protective jaws.
u Adjust the spring preload by turning the adjusting screw 3 (a quarter turn corre-
sponds to about 20 bar).
u Tighten the lock screw 5.
030-162 L550-1562
u Screw in the high pressure relief valve.


u Unscrew the adjusting screw of the pressure cut-off by one turn.
u Check the pressure cut-off (For more information see: Travel pump pressure
cut-off, page 030-163)

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Fig. 173: Travel pump pressure cut-off
on the travel pump.
u Start the engine.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

w Machine is in the blocked condition.
Note
switched OFF/ON.
L550-1562 030-163
WARNING
Beware of accidents caused by machine pulling away unintentionally.
u Keep the area around the machine clear of people.
u Select forward travel direction and increase the engine speed to the maximum
engine speed.

High pressure MH bar 380±5

u Adjust the pressure cut-off 1 adjusting screw.
Note
To adjust the pressure cut-off:
u Repeat the check.
u Check that engine droop is correct.

Maximum engine droop rpm 50
Note
If the engine droop is too high, this indicates that there is a fault in the travel
hydraulics (e.g. a high degree of leakage in the closed circuit or a malfunction of
the pressure cut-off).
u Check the travel hydraulics for damage.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the high pressure test connection MH.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
030-164 L550-1562
Fig. 174: Travel pump block curve calibration
on the travel pump.
u Start the engine.
Note
switched OFF/ON.
u Set the AdjustPump variable to 1.

w The engine speed is limited to 930 rpm.
u Select forward travel direction and carefully press the accelerator pedal all the
way down.
w The engine speed reaches 930 rpm.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

High pressure at an engine speed of 930 rpm bar 100±10

u Change the value of the PumpI0930JD variable.
L550-1562 030-165
Note
In order to approach the required value, the value of the variable can be changed
gradually while pressing the accelerator pedal.
u Click the variable and press the space bar (the line is coloured pink).
u Cursor up/down: +/- 0.1 step
u Screen key up/down: +/- 1.0 step
u Cursor left/right: Increment +/- 5.0
u Set the AdjustPump variable to 2 and repeat the procedure (changing the
PumpI1300JD variable).

High pressure MH at an engine speed of bar 250±10
1300 rpm
u Set the AdjustPump variable to 3 and repeat the procedure (changing the
PumpI1600JD variable).

High pressure MH at an engine speed of bar 365±10
1600 rpm
If all the required values are reached:


Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q The service access is open. LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030-166 L550-1562
Fig. 175: Travel motor 1 start of regulation
on the travel pump.
u Connect a pressure gauge (600 bar) to the test connection M1 on travel motor
1.
u Start the engine.
Note
switched “OFF”/“ON”.
u Select automatic travel range A1-2 or A1-3.
WARNING
u Do not let people near the machine.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Select forward travel direction and increase the engine speed until the high
pressure gauge MH displays approximately 350 bar.
u Slowly reduce the engine speed until the servo pressure gauge M1 displays
50±10 bar.
u While doing so, check whether the high pressure MH is correct.

High pressure MH bar 290±10
L550-1562 030-167

u Adjust the adjusting screw 1 on travel motor 1.
Note
For setting the start of regulation:
u Turning the adjusting screw clockwise reduces the high pressure MH.
u Turning the adjusting screw anticlockwise increases the high pressure MH.

u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the servo pressure test connection M1.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
ments.
Fig. 176: Automatic calibration of travel motor 2
u Start the engine.

u In the variables editor, select the Variable displacement motor calibration
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
folder.
u Set the AdjustMot2 variable to 1.
w The automatic calibration is started. The engine speed and the current to the
proportional solenoid of the control piston are automatically regulated.
w Once automatic calibration is complete, the AdjustMot2 variable is reset to
0.
Note
If the automatic calibration could not be successfully completed, a service code
appears.
u Observe the display.
030-168 L550-1562
If a service code appears:

u Adjust the adjusting screw 1 on travel motor 2 in terms of the table.
Service code Cause Remedy

503A Maximum current too low (below Unscrew the adjusting screw
560 mA)
503B Maximum current too high (above Screw in the adjusting screw
680 mA)
503C Minimum current too high (above Screw in the adjusting screw
290 mA)
503D Minimum current too low (below Unscrew the adjusting screw
160 mA)
Tab. 55: Remedies and service codes
u Repeat the automatic calibration and adjustment until the automatic calibration
is successfully completed.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
If the engine output is poor, the engine speed falls below the set value.
q The prescribed maintenance tasks have been performed in accordance with the
maintenance schedule.
q The operating pressures of the travel hydraulics were checked in terms of the
adjustment checklist.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 177: Checking the engine power output

1 Travel pump MH Travel hydraulics high pressure
test connection
2 Working hydraulics pump
u Connect a pressure gauge (600 bar) to the test connection MH.
L550-1562 030-169
u In the variables editor, select the Check diesel engine folder.

u Set the InchOFF variable to 1.
w The inching function is deactivated.
WARNING
u Keep the area around the machine clear of people.
u Start the engine, select fixed gear 1 and forward travel direction.
u Hold the machine with the service brake and run it at full throttle.
u Slowly release the service brake and check whether the required engine speed
is reached at the set test pressure.

Test pressure bar 290±5
Engine speed limit value rpm 2250-100
If the engine speed falls below this limit value:

u Troubleshoot the engine (air filter, fuel filter etc.) or the travel hydraulics (check
the operating pressures).
Once the test has been completed:
u Reset the InchOFF variable to 0.
w The inching function is activated.
030.6.8 Steering system

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 178: Steering system LS pressure cut-off valve
If an emergency steering system is installed:

u Connect a pressure gauge (600 bar) to the steering system high pressure test
connection P1 on the control valve block.
If no emergency steering system is installed:
u Install the test connection X in the servostat supply line.
030-170 L550-1562
u Connect a pressure gauge (600 bar) to the test connection X on the servostat.
u Start the engine.
u Raise the lift arms slightly and turn the steering wheel of the machine in one
direction as far as it will go.
u Increase the engine speed and continue turning in. Keep the engine speed at
approximately 1200 rpm.
u Check that the high pressure P1 or X is correct.

High pressure P1 or X bar 210±5

u Adjust the LS pressure cut-off 1 adjusting screw on the servostat.
Note

If the value is correct:
If an emergency steering system is installed:
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the steering system high pressure test
connection P1.
If no emergency steering system is installed:
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the test connection X.
u Remove the test connection X from the servostat supply line.
030.6.9 Brake system

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

ments.
L550-1562 030-171
Fig. 179: Accumulator charge pressure switch shift pressure

1 Accumulator charge pressure M3 Accumulator charge pressure test
switch connection
2 Brake system accumulator pres-
sure symbol field
u Connect a pressure gauge (600 bar) to the accumulator charge pressure test
connection M3 on the compact brake valve.
u Slowly press the compact brake valve down several times until the brake
system accumulator pressure symbol field in the display lights up.
u Check that the shift pressure M3 is correct.

Switching pressure M3 bar 120±5

u Turn off the ignition and take out the key.
u Replace the accumulator charge pressure switch 1.
u Repeat the test.
If the value is correct:
u Turn off the ignition and take out the key.
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the accumulator charge pressure test
connection M3.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030.6.9.2 Compact brake valve, hydro accumulator charging function

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
ments.
030-172 L550-1562
Fig. 180: Compact brake valve, hydro accumulator charging function
u Start the engine.
u Slowly press the compact brake valve down as far as it will go several times
until the accumulator charge pressure M3 has dropped down to the cut-in pres-
sure.
w Once the cut-in pressure is reached, the accumulator charge pressure M3
increases again.
u Check that the cut-in pressure is correct.

Cut-in pressure bar 180±10
u Check whether the accumulator charge pressure M3 increases up to the cut-off

pressure.

Cut-off pressure bar 210±10
If the required values are not reached:

u Adjust the adjusting screw of the pressure balance pilot valve 1.
Note
To adjust the cut-in pressure and cut-out pressure:
u Turning the adjusting screw clockwise increases the cut-in pressure and cut-out
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
pressure.
u Turning the adjusting screw anticlockwise reduces the cut-in pressure and cut-
out pressure.
If the required values are reached:
connection M3.
L550-1562 030-173

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
ments.
Fig. 181: Service brake pressure

1 Stop bolt M5 Rear axle brake pressure test
connection
M4 Front axle brake pressure test
connection
u Connect a pressure gauge (600 bar) to the brake pressure test connection M4
on the front axle.
on the rear axle.
u Start the engine.
u Press the compact brake valve down as far as it will go.
u Check that the brake pressure on both pressure gauges is correct.

Front axle brake pressure M4 bar 95±5
Rear axle brake pressure M5 bar 95±5
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
If the required values are not reached:

u Adjust the stop screw 1.
u Repeat the procedure and adjustment until the required values are attained.
u Disconnect the pressure gauge from the brake pressure test connection M4.
030-174 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Make sure that the machine is in maintenance position for testing and adjustments.
Fig. 182: Service brake hydro accumulator capacity

1 Front axle hydro accumulator M4 Front axle brake pressure test
connection
2 Rear axle hydro accumulator M5 Rear axle brake pressure test
connection
M3 Accumulator charge pressure test
connection
on the front axle.
on the rear axle.
u Start the engine.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u After waiting for half a minute, turn off the engine.

w The front axle hydro accumulator 1 and the rear axle hydro accumulator 2
are charged.
u Slowly press the compact brake valve down several times until the accumulator
charge pressure M3 is 130 bar.
u Slowly press the compact brake valve down nine times and then keep it
pressed down.
u Check that the brake pressure shown by the pressure gauge on M4 and the
pressure gauge on M5 is above the required value.
L550-1562 030-175

Brake pressure at least bar 50
If the required value at the front axle brake pressure test connection M4 is not
reached:
u Replace the front axle hydro accumulator 1.
If the required value at the rear axle brake pressure test connection M5 is not
reached:
u Replace the rear axle hydro accumulator 2.
connection M3.
030.6.10 Electrical system

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
The service file is a folder where files relevant to the servicing of the machine are
kept.
After replacing an electrical or electronic component, a complete service file must
be sent to the following e-mail address:
lbh.maschinenfeedback@liebherr.com
Note
Liebherr will only accept service files if the following conditions are met:
u The file name may not be changed.
u The service file is only complete is the entire contents of the folder are avail-
able. Individual files are not acceptable.
Note
Folders cannot be added to e-mails as attachments.
u Send folders as a Zip-File.
Files in the Description

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
service file
service.err This file contains service codes and messages from the
service.ver This file can be opened using the Sculi diagnostic software.
The information corresponds to the “Info” function in Sculi.
service.varx This file can be opened using the Sculi diagnostic software.
This file contains machine variables and adjustment data.
Tab. 56: Files in the service file

030-176 L550-1562

u Start the “Service Card” function.
w The “UEC3ServiceCard” tab opens.
Fig. 184: Saving the service file

1 “UEC3ServiceCard” tab 3 “Edit file path” function
2 Memory location
u Select the memory location 2 for the service file with the “Edit file path” func-
tion 3.
Select “Save” to start downloading the service file. The service file is saved at the
selected memory location.
u Select the “Save” function.
w Start the download.
w The service file is created in the form of a folder at the memory location. The
name of the folder is the serial number of the machine.
w The download is completed when the following message appears:
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Disconnect Sculi diagnostic software.

u Switch off the ignition.
L550-1562 030-177
030.6.10.2 Repairing the Tuple Chain on the central control unit (UEC3)
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
The tuple chain is an ordered sequence of data in the central control unit. Errors in
this order can cause the central control unit to malfunction.
The tuple chain may only be repaired if the central control unit no longer functions
or software updates are no longer possible.
To repair the tuple chain, you must make a connection via Terminal Plugin. Then
change the authorisation level to Service.
Connecting to the central control unit via Terminal Plugin and

changing the authorisation level to “Service”
Fig. 186: Connecting to the central control unit via Terminal Plugin
u Start the Sculi diagnostic software and connect to the central control unit via
Terminal Plugin.
w The login window opens.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 187: Entering testsys
u Enter testsys and press “Enter” to confirm.

w A connection is made to the central control system.
030-178 L550-1562
Fig. 188: Service codes screen
You can navigate in the menu bar using the numerical keys.
If service codes are present on the machine, a screen showing them appears. Use
the BACK button to return to the main screen.
u Select the BACK button.
w The main screen appears.
Fig. 189: Main screen
u Highlight the PME1 Code 2 .

u Right-click to copy the PME1 Code.
u Open the CodeGen 1 function.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 030-179
Fig. 190: Code Generator

1 Terminal emulator 3 Access Code
2 System Code 4 Generate function
u Right-click to insert the PME1 code in the System Code line 2. (Spaces may be
inadvertently inserted when you do this. You must delete these before gener-
ating the access code.)
u Use the Generate 4 function to generate an access code 3.
u Right-click to copy the Access Code.
u Go back to the Terminal emulator 1.
Fig. 191: Inserting the access code
u Select the Change Level button.

w The screen for inserting the access code appears.
u Right-click to insert the access code.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Press “Enter” to confirm.

w The level is changed to “Service” .
w You are now authorised to perform additional tasks.
030-180 L550-1562
Repairing the Tuple Chain on the central control unit (UEC3)
Fig. 192: Make sure the level has been changed to “Service” .
u Select the NEXT CMD PAGE button.
u Select the NEXT CMD PAGE button again.
w The screen with the Tuples button appears.
Fig. 193: Screen with Tuples button
u Select the Tuples button.

w The Tuple list is displayed.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 030-181
Fig. 194: Tuple list

w The screen with the REPAIR CHAIN button appears.
Fig. 195: Screen with REPAIR CHAIN button
u Select the REPAIR CHAIN button.

w The Tuple Chain is repaired.
w A text in the navigation bar confirms that the tuple chain has been repaired.
After carrying out the repair, you must check that the Tuple Chain is functioning
correctly.
w The screen with the CHECK CHAIN button appears.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030-182 L550-1562
Fig. 196: The CHECK CHAIN button appears
u Select the CHECK CHAIN button.

w The following text should appear. Tuple chain is OK
If this test does not appear:
u Reset the central control unit (UEC3).

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Note
Resetting the central control unit deletes all the settings on the machine.
If you are unsure of what the status was when the machine was delivered, contact
the technical customer service department.
u Save the settings if possible.
The central control unit can be reset if the following conditions are met:
– If the Tuple Chain has been repaired but the central control unit still does not
work.
– If service code E3002 appears on display and the value of variable FlagIFM-
PressureSw is greater than 1.
To reset the central control unit, you must establish a connection via Terminal
Plugin. Then change the authorisation level to Service.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 030-183
Connecting to the central control unit via Terminal Plugin and

changing the authorisation level to “Service”
Fig. 197: Connecting to the central control unit via Terminal Plugin
u Start the Sculi diagnostic software and connect to the central control unit via
Terminal Plugin.
w The login window opens.
Fig. 198: Entering testsys
u Enter testsys and press “Enter” to confirm.

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
w A connection is made to the central control system.
030-184 L550-1562
Fig. 199: Service codes screen
If service codes are present on the machine, a screen showing them appears. Use
the BACK button to return to the main screen.
u Select the BACK button.
w The main screen appears.
Fig. 200: Main screen
u Highlight the PME1 Code 2.

u Right-click to copy the PME1 Code.
u Open CodeGen 1 function.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 030-185
Fig. 201: Code Generator

1 Terminal emulator 3 Access Code
2 System Code 4 Generate function
u Right-click to insert the PME1 code in the System Code line 2. (Spaces may be
inadvertently inserted when you do this. You must delete these before gener-
ating the access code.)
u Use Generate 4 function to generate an access code 3.
u Right-click to copy the Access Code.
u Go back to Terminal emulator 1.
u Select the Change Level button.
Fig. 202: Inserting the access code
u Right-click to insert the access code.

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
w The level is changed to “Service”.

w You are now authorised to perform additional tasks.
030-186 L550-1562
Resetting central control unit (UEC3)
Fig. 203: Make sure the level has been changed to “Service”.

u Select the NEXT CMD PAGE button again.
w The screen with the EXECUTE TEXT CMD button appears.
Fig. 204: Performing a reset
u Select the EXECUTE TEXT CMD button.

u Enter the following text: INIT_UEC3
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
w The central control unit is reset.

w Note: The reset is not confirmed with a message. Around 30 seconds after
pressing “Enter”, you can assume that a reset has been performed.
After a reset, the machine software must be reloaded and the machine data must
be configured again.
u Install the machine software.
u Configure the machine data.
u Carry out any tests and maintenance tasks for which values are stored in the
L550-1562 030-187
If a reset was performed because of service code E3002, variable FlagIFMPres-

sureSw must be checked.
u Check that the value of the FlagIFMPressureSw variable is 1.
030.6.11 Gearbox

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
q A testing and filling device for hydro accumulators with a nitrogen cylinder and
pressure reducer is available.
Fig. 205: Transmission hydro accumulator nitrogen filling

1 Transmission hydro accumulator 8 Pressure control valve
2 Hydro accumulator plug 9 Output valve of the pressure
reducer
3 Nitrogen cylinder 10 Testing and filling device
4 Cylinder valve 11 Hydro accumulator filling pressure
gauge
5 Pressure reducer 12 Handwheel
6 Cylinder pressure gauge 13 Drain valve
7 Output pressure gauge
u Unscrew the protective cap on the hydro accumulator 1.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Note
The hydro accumulator 1 does not have an integrated check valve.
u Only loosen the hydro accumulator plug 2 before attaching the testing and filling
device.
u Only screw on the hydro accumulator plug 2 with the handwheel of the testing
and filling device.
u Loosen the hydro accumulator plug 2 (spanner size 6 mm).

u Screw the testing and filling device 10 on to the hydro accumulator.
w The hydro accumulator plug 2 can be opened with the handwheel 12.
u Open the hydro accumulator plug 2 with the handwheel 12.
030-188 L550-1562
u Check that the hydro accumulator filling pressure 11 is correct.

If the filling pressure is too low:

u Open the cylinder valve 4 on the nitrogen cylinder 3.
u Adjust the pressure control valve 8 on the pressure reducer 5 until the output
pressure gauge 7 shows the required pressure.
u Open the output valve of the pressure reducer 9.
u Wait 2 minutes.
u Close the output valve of the pressure reducer 9.
If the filling pressure is too high:
u Release nitrogen through the drain valve 13 of the hydro accumulator 1 until the
filling pressure is correct.
u Close the hydro accumulator plug 2 with the handwheel 12.
u Remove the testing and filling device 10.
u Tighten the hydro accumulator plug 2 to a tightening torque of 20 Nm.
u Check the tightness of the hydro accumulator plug 2 with a leak spray.
u Screw the protective cap onto the hydro accumulator 1.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 030-189
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
030-190 L550-1562
040 Drive group
Contents
040.1 Engine 040-2
L550-1562/31334-; 040-2
040.1.2 Fuel system 040-4
L550-1562/31334-; 040-5
L550-1562/31334-; 040-7
L550-1562/31334-; 040-8
L550-1562/31334-; 040-9
L550-1562/31334-; 040-10
040.1.3 Air filter system 040-10
L550-1562/31334-; 040-10
L550-1562/31334-; 040-12
L550-1562/31334-; 040-13
040.1.4 Exhaust system 040-13
L550-1562/31334-; 040-14
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
040.2 Clutch
L550-1562/31334-; 040-15
L550-1562 040-1
Drive group Service manual
040.1 Engine

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1.1 Layout
Fig. 206: Engine – view from right

1 Flywheel 7 Auxiliary power take-off
2 Crankcase bleeding line 8 Fuel pre-filter
3 Turbocharger 9 Oil filter
4 Oil filler neck 10 Hand pump
5 Alternator 11 Fuel fine filter
6 Preglow system
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
040-2 L550-1562
Service manual Drive group
Fig. 207: Engine – view from left

1 Pulley 6 Turbocharger
2 Water pump 7 Starter
3 Tension roller 8 Engine control unit
4 Alternator pulley 9 Air conditioning compressor
5 Valve cover 10 Air conditioning compressor pulley
The engine is installed crosswise on the rear section and is elastically supported by
rubber elements. The flywheel end faces left.
2.1.1 Documentation
Note
The operating manual and workshop manual on the engine can be found in the
Liebherr service documentation.
u Documentation -> Engines -> John Deere -> Wheel loaders -> Tier 3 - Level III-
A -> CD6068
Note
When using the operating manual and the engine workshop manual, remember
that there are various versions of the engine.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Valid version: PowerTech 6.8l emission stage IIIA
The operating manual contains the following information:

– Motor operation
– Lubricants and fuels
– Maintenance
– Troubleshooting
– Idle position
– Technical data
– etc.
The workshop manual contains the following information:
– Repairing and adjusting the engine
L550-1562 040-3
– Function description
– Diagnosis
– Other aids
– Technical data
2.2 Basic function

The integrated diesel engine is a water-cooled, four-stroke in-line engine with
common rail direct injection, turbocharger and intercooler.
The engine converts the chemical energy of the fuel into mechanical energy. This
energy is supplied to the travel, working and steering hydraulics pumps.
A small part of the output power is taken on the unit side of the engine and used for
driving the following gear pumps:
– Fan gear pump
– Gear pump for the brake system accumulator pressure
– Gear pump for leak oil scavenging of the variable displacement motors
2.3 Type designation
John Deere Description

60 68 H F L 84 Engine type designation
60 Number of cylinders: 60 = 6 cylinders
68 Displacement: 68 = 6.8 litres
H With turbocharger and intercooling
F OEM (John Deere Power Systems)
L Liebherr
84 Level IIIA
Tab. 57: Description of the type designation
040.1.2 Fuel system
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
040-4 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1.1 Layout
Fig. 208: Fuel system

1 Fuel tank 7 Fuel level sensor
2 Filler strainer 8 Footplate
3 Tank filler cap 9 Drain valve
4 Distributor connection 10 Fuel pre-filter
5 Fuel forward flow 11 Fuel fine filter
6 Fuel return flow
The fuel tank is located behind the right-hand cab access.
2.1 Basic function

The fuel pre-delivery pump in the engine draws the fuel through the distributor
connection 4 and the fuel pre-filter (centrifugal filter) 10.
The fuel pre-delivery pump delivers the fuel through fine filters to the high-pressure
pump.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The excess fuel flows back through a return line into the fuel tank 1.
The fuel level sensor 7 measures the level in the fuel tank.
Fuel can be drained from the fuel tank with the drain valve 9.
L550-1562 040-5
2.2 Operation of the fuel system in the diesel engine
Fig. 209: Operation of the fuel system in the diesel engine

1 Fuel bleeder line 8 Flow rate regulator
2 Overflow nozzle 9 Fuel pre-delivery pump
3 High-pressure fuel pump 10 Fuel fine filter
4 Fuel pressure lines 11 Fuel inlet
5 Pressure limiter 12 Fuel pre-filter
6 Fuel distributor bar sensor 13 Electronic injection nozzle
7 High-pressure distributor bar
The fuel pre-delivery pump 9 draws fuel from the fuel tank via the fuel pre-filter 12
and pumps the fuel through the fuel fine filter 10 to the high-pressure fuel pump 3.
The high-pressure fuel pump increases the fuel pressure to the level necessary for
injection. The fuel is conducted through the fuel pressure lines 4 to the high-pres-
sure distributor bar 7 of the Common-Rail system. The flow rate regulators 8
ensure that the fuel is evenly supplied to the electronic injection nozzles 13.
The flow rate regulators adjust to maintain a constant pressure on the electronic
injection nozzles. The electronic injection nozzles inject a measured amount of fuel
into each of their respective cylinders. The fuel is ignited in the cylinders.
If the fuel pressure in the high-pressure distributor bar is too high, the pressure
limiter 5 opens and conducts the fuel back into the fuel tank via the bleeder line 1.
Excess fuel in the high-pressure fuel pump is discharged by the overflow nozzle 2
and is conducted by the bleeder line back into the fuel tank.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The engine control unit transmits an electric impulse signal to the electronic injec-
tion nozzles in the correct sequence. Thereby controlling the amount of fuel, injec-
tion time and injection rate of each injection nozzle.
When the fuel reaches the electronic injection nozzle, the nozzle valve opens due
to the high pressure. The fuel is injected into the relevant cylinder. Excess fuel is
conducted back into the fuel tank via the bleeder line.
Further information on the fuel system can be found in the workshop manual
of the Liebherr service documentation. (Documentation - diesel engine - John
Deere - wheel loader - Tier 3 Stage IIIA - CD6068 - workshop manuals)
040-6 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
(For more information see: 020.2.3 Fuel level sensor, page 020-13)
1.1 Layout
Fig. 210: Fuel level sensor with an equivalent circuit diagram

1 Supply voltage terminal 15 5 Head
2 Earth 6 Sealing edge
3 Analogue output 7 Sensor pipe
4 Switching output 8 Electrodes
The fuel level sensor B25 is installed vertically in the tank.
The switching output 4 is not used.
2 Function
NOTICE
Beware of damaging the fuel level sensor.
u Do not perform resistance measurements on the fuel level sensor.
Two electrodes 8 are installed in the sensor pipe 7 to measure the fuel level.
These electrodes measure the fuel level using a capacitive resistor.
The electronics in the head 5 of the fuel level sensor send a corresponding voltage
signal of 1 to 4 volts to the central control unit.
The lower the fuel level, the higher the voltage and therefore the fuel level
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
displayed on the fuel level indicator.
Voltage Fuel level in % (without Distance measured from the

reserve tank) sealing edge in mm
1 100 50
4 0 790
Tab. 58: Fuel level voltage signal
L550-1562 040-7

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 211: Fuel pre-filter

1 Fuel inlet 5 Bleeder screw
2 Snap ring 6 Water separator container
3 Filter cartridge 7 Drain valve
4 Fuel outlet
The fuel pre-filter is mounted on the engine.
2 Function
The fuel pre-filter protects the fuel system of the engine (fuel pre-delivery pump,
pump elements, injection valves, pistons and valves) from most dirt and water
ingress. The fuel pre-filter is installed between the Separ fuel pre-filter and the fuel
pre-delivery pump. The separated water must be regularly drained via the drain
valve 7 (see the maintenance and inspection schedule).
To ensure trouble-free operation, the water separator tank 6 must be cleaned if it
becomes dirty.
A water sensor is integrated in the drain valve. This sensor measures the water
content of the fuel which is drawn from the fuel tank.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
040-8 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 212: Separ fuel pre-filter

2 Cover 8 Collector tank
3 Screws 9 Inlet
4 Seal 10 Outlet
5 Spring packet 11 Bleeder screw
6 Fuel pre-filter insert
2 Function
The Separ fuel pre-filter protects the fuel system of the diesel engine (feed pump,
injection valves, pistons and vales) from most dirt and water ingress.
The Separ fuel pre-filter acts as both a water separator and a filter. It is installed in
the suction line of the fuel system between the fuel tank and the fuel fine filter.
The water sensor installed in the collector tank 8 monitors the level of condensate
in the Separ fuel pre-filter. If there is too much condensate, a service code appears
in the display.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 040-9

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 213: Fuel fine filter

1 Bleeder screw 3 Filter element
2 Snap ring 4 Drain valve
The fuel fine filter is mounted on the engine.
2 Function
The fuel fine filter protects the fuel system from contamination.
The diesel fuel reaches the fuel fine filter under pressure from the fuel pre-delivery
pump. The fuel enters at the fuel inlet, flows through the filter element 3 and is
forwarded to the fuel injection pump.
Water and impurities in the fuel settle to the bottom of the housing. Water and
impurities can be drained via the drain valve 4 on the fuel fine filter.
The low-pressure fuel system can be bled using the bleeder screw 1.
The fuel fine filter must be regularly replaced (see the maintenance and inspection
schedule).
040.1.3 Air filter system

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
(For more information see: 020.2.5 Air filter vacuum switch, page 020-13)
040-10 L550-1562
1 Layout
Fig. 214: Overview of the air filter unit

1 Separator 4 Vacuum switch B4
2 Untreated air intake hose 5 Clean air intake hose
3 Air filter 6 Engine
2 Function
For optimum combustion in the engine 6, it must be supplied with clean intake air.
The air flows through the separator 1 and the untreated air intake hose 2 to the air
filter 3.
The air filter cleans the air, which then passes through the clean air intake hose 5
to the cylinder block.
If the air filter is clogged or too contaminated, a vacuum is produced in the system.
The vacuum is monitored by the vacuum switch 4. If the vacuum is too great, the
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
engine electronics trigger a warning sound and a warning symbol on the display.
L550-1562 040-11

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 215: Layout of air filter

1 Safety element 4 Fixing clips
2 Main element 5 Dust discharge valve
3 Service cover 6 Filter housing
2 Function
The main element 2 and safety element 1 of the dry air filter are designed for
maximum engine protection and very long maintenance intervals.
The main element 2 and the safety element 1 must be regularly replaced (see the
maintenance and inspection schedule).
The safety element 1 acts as a back-up in case the main element 2 is damaged.
The safety element 1 must be replaced after the main element is replaced three
times, or as necessary.
The dust discharge valve 5 automatically empties the dust from the service
cover 3.
The tangential arrangement of the intake port sets the intake air into rotation,
where centrifugal force throws the larger dust particles are against the housing wall
and the flow of intake air deposits them in the service cap 3.
At idling speed, the dust particles that have accumulated in the service cover 3 are
ejected through the dust discharge valve 5 by the pulsation of the intake air.
The service cover 3 must be mounted with the dust discharge valve 5 facing down-
wards.
With the engine running (at lower idle speed), you should clearly feel the air
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
pulsating at the dust discharge valve 5.
040-12 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1.1 Layout
Fig. 216: Vacuum switch for air filter with symbol

1 Air filter 3 Symbol
2 Vacuum switch for air filter B4
Air filter vacuum switch 2 is fitted on air filter 1.
2.1 Function
Air filter vacuum switch 2 monitors pressure behind air filter 1 and is an N/O
contact. It triggers air filter contamination symbol in display when filters are dirty
(excessive vacuum detected).
When there is neutral pressure, vacuum switch is open and closes when vacuum
reaches 54 mbar.
040.1.4 Exhaust system

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 040-13

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 218: Layout of the exhaust system

1 Turbocharger 5 Silencer
2 Fastening clip 6 Exhaust line with flexible pipe
3 Tailpipe 7 Fastening clip
4 Fastening clip
2 Function
The exhaust gas comes from the turbocharger 1 and passes through the exhaust
line 6, the silencer 5 and the tailpipe 3 to the outside.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
To compensate for movements between the turbocharger 1 on the engine and the
silencer 65, the exhaust line 6 has a flexible section.
The exhaust line 6 must be fitted so that the flexible section 6 is flush in both direc-
tions and is roughly half-way extended.
The silencer absorbs the sound energy of the escaping exhaust gas. The noise
emitted is thereby reduced.
040-14 L550-1562
040.2 Clutch
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Fig. 219: Position of the clutch

1 Flywheel 5 Clutch flange
2 Gearwheel screw 6 Clutch flange cheese-head screws
3 Gearwheel 7 Clutch cheese-head screws
4 Clutch
2.1 Function
The clutch 4 acts as an elastic connection between the diesel engine and the vari-
able displacement pump. The elastic clutch compensates for diesel engine torque
peaks. This prolongs the service life of the variable displacement pump.
The clutch 4 is screwed onto the flywheel 1. The clutch and the gearwheel 3 are
geared to each other.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The clutch transfers the torque from the diesel engine to the gearwheel. The gear-
wheel drives the variable displacement pump. This means that there is no rigid
connection between the variable displacement pump and the diesel engine.
The clutch flange 5 protects the clutch from dirt and supports the variable displace-
ment pump.
L550-1562 040-15
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
040-16 L550-1562
050 Cooling system
Contents
L550-1562/31334-; 050-2
050.2 Cooling system hydraulics 050-4
L550-1562/31334-; 050-4
L550-1562/31334-; 050-6
L550-1562/31334-; 050-7
050.3 Cooling system electronics 050-11
L550-1562/31334-; 050-11
L550-1562/31334-; 050-12
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 050-1
Cooling system Service manual
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 220: Cooling system

1 Hydraulic tank 7 Fan
2 Hydraulic oil temperature valve B8 8 Temperature valve
3 Coolant temperature sensor T04 9 Hydraulic oil cooler
4 Charge air temperature sensor 10 Intercooler
T02
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
5 Fan gear pump 11 Water cooler

6 Fan gear motor 12 Air-conditioning condenser
(optional)
The cooling system is located on the rear section between the driver’s cab and
engine.
The cooling system consists of the hydraulic control system, the electrical control
system and the cooler unit.
The following components are part of the hydraulic control system: (For more infor-
mation see: 050.2.1 Overview of the hydraulics cooling system, page 050-4)
– Hydraulic tank
– Collector pipe
– Fan gear pump
050-2 L550-1562
Service manual Cooling system
– Fan gear motor with fan

The following components are part of the electrical control system:
– Coolant temperature sensor T04
– Hydraulic oil temperature sensor B8
– Charge air temperature sensor T02
The following components are part of the cooler unit :
– Water cooler
– Intercooler
– Hydraulic oil cooler
– Air-conditioning condenser (optional)
2 Function
The following media and components are cooled by the cooling system:
– Coolant of the engine
– Engine
– Charge air
– Hydraulic oil
– Air-conditioning condenser (optional)
The fan draws in ambient air behind the cab. The air is drawn through the cooler
unit.
The air is then blown over the engine and accordingly also cools the engine.
The air is blown back out through the grille in the engine compartment hood and
then underneath the vehicle.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 050-3
050.2 Cooling system hydraulics

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 221: Hydraulics cooling system

1 Hydraulic tank 6 Travel pump leak oil 11 Travel motor bearing flushing
2 Travel motor scavenging 7 Travel motor bearing flushing 12 Temperature valve
system return line
3 Travel motor scavenging gear 8 Discharge in travel motor 2 13 Steering system return flow
pump
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
4 Fan gear pump 9 80 µm in-line filter 14 Hydraulic oil cooler

5 Collector pipe 10 Fan gear motor PK Cooling system high pressure
test connection
Components of the hydraulics cooling system:
– Hydraulic tank
– Collector pipe
– Fan gear pump
– Fan gear motor with fan
050-4 L550-1562
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 222: Hydraulic diagram of the cooling system

1 Hydraulic tank 14 Transmission return flow 27 Proportional pressure relief
valve
2 Breather filter 15 Compact brake valve return 28 Restrictor
flow and pilot control unit
3 Return strainer 16 Working hydraulics pump leak 29 Primary piston
oil
4 Bypass valve 17 Travel pump leak oil 30 Secondary piston with propor-
tional solenoid Y13
5 Return suction filter 18 Control valve block return 31 Travel motor bearing flushing
flow
6 Pre-tension valve 19 Travel motor scavenging 32 Hydraulic oil cooler
system
7 Feeding valve 20 Engine 33 Temperature valve
8 Strainer 21 Fan gear pump 34 Steering system return flow
9 Working hydraulics pump 22 Brake system gear pump 35 Collector pipe
intake connection
10 Replenishing pump intake 23 Travel motor scavenging gear 36 Travel motor bearing flushing
connection pump return line
11 Drain valve 24 80 µm in-line filter 37 Discharge in travel motor 2
12 Hydraulic oil temperature 25 Fan gear motor 38 Travel pump leak oil
sensor B8
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
13 Emergency steering pump 26 Gear motor PK Cooling system high pressure

and brake system gear pump
intake connection
The fan gear pump 21 draws up oil from the hydraulic tank 1 and pumps it to the
fan gear motor 25.
The oil returning from the fan gear motor 40 flows for bearing flushing 31 of travel
motor 2 and from then on to travel motor 1. The excess return oil flows to the
collector pipe 35.
The return flow is collected in the collector pipe 35:
– Travel motor bearing flushing return line
– Travel pump leak oil
– Scavenged oil from the travel motor scavenging pump.
L550-1562 050-5
– Discharged oil from travel motor 2

The collected oil flows on to the hydraulic oil cooler 32 and from there to the filter
unit on the hydraulic tank 1.
The temperature valve 33 on the hydraulic oil cooler 32 is open when the hydraulic
oil is cold. This means most of the return oil flows past the hydraulic oil cooler 33
directly to the filter unit on the hydraulic tank 1. Because this oil is not cooled, the
hydraulic system reaches its operating temperature more quickly.
2.2 Cooling power (fan speed)

The cooling power depends on the amount of air that passes through the cooler
unit. The air flow is controlled using the fan speed.
The central control unit regulates the fan speed by energising the proportional
pressure relief valve Y13.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 223: Fan gear pump

1 Fan gear pump 3 Travel motor scavenging gear
pump
2 Brake system gear pump PK Cooling system high pressure test
connection
The fan gear pump 1, together with the brake system gear pump 2 and the travel
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
motor scavenging gear pump 3, is fitted to the auxiliary power-take off of the
engine.
2 Function
The fan gear pump drives the fan gear motor.
The flow rate per rotation cannot be adjusted. This means the flow rate is entirely
determined by the engine speed.
The fan gear pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank and pumps it to the fan
gear motor. The oil then flows from the fan gear motor to the leak oil connections
on the travel motors. The oil cools both travel motors.
050-6 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 224: Fan gear motor

1 Gear motor 2 Proportional pressure relief valve
Y13
The fan gear motor is rigidly connected to the fan blade.
Fig. 225: Sectional view of the proportional pressure relief valve

1 Adjusting screw 5 Secondary spring 9 Primary piston
2 Counter nut 6 Stay 10 Restrictor
3 Protective cap 7 Secondary piston
4 Proportional solenoid Y13 8 Primary spring
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 050-7
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 226: Hydraulic diagram of the fan gear motor

1 Fan gear motor 6 Secondary piston with proportional
solenoid Y13
2 Gear motor 7 Fan gear motor leak oil
3 Proportional pressure relief valve 8 Fan gear pump
4 Restrictor 9 Travel motor 1
5 Primary piston
The fan gear motor is driven by oil from the fan gear pump 8.
The proportional pressure relief valve 3 regulates the output speed.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
050-8 L550-1562
2.2 Output speed
Fig. 227: Proportional solenoid energised/de-energised

1 Proportional solenoid Y13 4 Secondary piston 7 Restrictor
2 Secondary spring 5 Primary spring A Pressure chamber
3 Stay 6 Primary piston
The proportional pressure relief valve regulates the output speed by directing oil
past the gear motor. The more oil that flows through the bypass, the lower the
output speed.
When it is not energised, the proportional pressure relief valve acts as a pilot-
controlled pressure relief valve.
The high pressure from the gear pump pushes against the primary piston 6. At the
same time, oil flows through the restrictor 7 to the pressure chamber A. The oil
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
pressure in the pressure chamber A and the primary spring 5 keep the primary
piston 6 closed.
If the high pressure exceeds the set value, it pushes the secondary piston 4
against the secondary spring 2. This lowers the pressure in the pressure
chamber A. The high pressure pushes the primary piston 6 against the primary
spring 5. The oil flows to the tank connection.
The central control unit energises the proportional solenoid 1 depending on the
hydraulic oil temperature. The magnet force pushes the anchor 5 against the
secondary spring 2. This causes oil to flow out of the pressure chamber A to the
tank connection. The high pressure pushes the primary piston 6 against the
primary spring 5 and oil flows to the tank connection.
L550-1562 050-9
The higher the current on the proportional solenoid 1, the further the proportional
pressure relief valve opens. This means that the higher the current on the propor-
tional solenoid, the lower the output speed.
2.3 Fail-safe function

If the proportional solenoid 1 fails, the maximum spring force acts on the secondary
piston 4. This means the maximum quantity of oil flows through the gear motor,
and the fan turns at maximum speed.
This prevents the cooling fluids from overheating if the proportional solenoid fails.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
050-10 L550-1562
050.3 Cooling system electronics

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
The electronic control unit of the cooling system consists of the following compo-
nents:
– Central controller
– Proportional solenoid Y13
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The central controller energises the proportional solenoid Y13 on the fan gear
motor to regulate the fan speed. The higher the current, the lower the fan speed.
The central controller calculates the current from the values measured by the
following sensors:
2.2 Temperature-dependent fan speed control
Current at proportional solenoid Y13 Target temperature Warning threshold for exces-
sive temperature
Coolant Hydrauli Charge Coolant Hydrauli Charge
c oil air c oil air
1200 mA up to value of the FanINenn vari- 95 °C 75 °C 50 °C 113 °C 88 °C 88 °C
able
Tab. 59: Temperature-dependent fan speed control

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Central controller constantly tries to bring temperatures to specified value. In this

regard, the central controller evaluates the temperatures of the hydraulic oil,
charge air and coolant, and calculates the ideal current for the proportional sole-
noid Y13.
If the temperatures are too low, the central controller energizes the proportional
solenoid Y13 with a higher current. This makes the fan rotate more slowly; the
temperatures rise.
If the temperatures are too high, the central controller energizes the proportional
solenoid Y13 with a lower current. This makes the fan rotate faster; the tempera-
tures decrease.
L550-1562 050-11

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 228: Hydraulic oil temperature sensor B8
The hydraulic oil temperature sensor B8 is screwed into the hydraulic tank next to
the suction port of the replenishing pump.
The sensor element consists of an encapsulated thin-film nickel resistor.
2 Function
Fig. 229: Wiring diagram and characteristic

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Temperature Resistance
-20 °C 895 Ω
0 °C 1000 Ω
20 °C 1110 Ω
40 °C 1230 Ω
60 °C 1355 Ω
80 °C 1485 Ω
100 °C 1620 Ω
050-12 L550-1562
Temperature Resistance
120 °C 1760 Ω
Tab. 60: Relationship of temperature to resistance
The central control unit measures the resistance of the temperature sensor and
calculates the temperature from it.
As the temperature increases, so does the sensor resistance (PTC characteristic).
The increase is approximately linear.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 050-13
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
050-14 L550-1562
060 Working hydraulics
Contents
060.1 Overview of z kinematics working hydraulics
L550-1562/31334-; 060-2
L550-1562/31334-; 060-7
L550-1562/31334-; 060-14
060.4 Pilot control 060-16
L550-1562/31334-; 060-16
L550-1562/31334-; 060-17
L550-1562/31334-; 060-22
L550-1562/31334-; 060-23
060.5 Ride control 060-24
L550-1562/31334-; 060-24
L550-1562/31334-; 060-25
L550-1562/31334-; 060-30
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 060-1
Working hydraulics Service manual
060.1 Overview of z kinematics working

hydraulics
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 230: Main components of the working hydraulics
060-2 L550-1562
Service manual Working hydraulics
1 Hydraulic tank 9 Stabilisation module 17 Left lift cylinder

(optional)
2 Travel pump 10 Ride control hydro accumu- 18 Right lift cylinder
lator (optional)
3 Working hydraulics pump 11 Control valve block 19 Tilt cylinder
4 Priority valve 12 Compact brake valve LS Working hydraulics load
(housing preheating) sensing pressure test
connection
5 Restrictor check valve 13 Check valve P Working hydraulics pump
high pressure test connection
6 Servostat supply 14 Working hydraulics lockout M1 Return piston servo pressure
solenoid valve Y14 test connection
7 Check valve 15 Pilot control hydro accumu- G Replenishing pressure test
lator connection
8 Servostat LS signal 16 Pilot control unit MX Ride control hydro accumu-
lator load pressure test
connection
The working hydraulics consist of the following components:
– Hydraulic tank (For more information see: 080.1.1 Overview of the hydraulic
tank, page 080-2)
– Working hydraulics pump (For more information see: 060.2 Working hydraulics
pump, page 060-7)
– Priority valve (For more information see: 090.2 Priority valve, page 090-6)
– Control valve block (For more information see: 060.3 Control valve block for Z-
bar kinematics, page 060-14)
– Pilot control (For more information see: 060.4.1 Overview of the pilot control
unit, page 060-16)
– Ride control (optional) (For more information see: 060.5.1 Ride control over-
view, page 060-24)
– Lift cylinder
– Tilt cylinder
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 060-3
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 231: Hydraulic diagram of the working hydraulics

060-4 L550-1562
1 Hydraulic tank 35 Priority valve 69 Secondary pressure relief

valve for tilting in
2 Breather filter 36 Valve spool 70 Lift cylinder pressure balance
3 Return strainer 37 Restrictor Ø 0.6 mm 71 Lift cylinder spool
4 Bypass valve 38 Restrictor Ø 0.8 mm 72 Restrictor check valve
5 Return suction filter 39 Restrictor Ø 0.8 mm 73 Restrictor check valve
6 Pre-tension valve 40 Check valve 74 Feeding valve for lowering
7 Feeding valve 41 Restrictor check valve 75 Dummy plug
8 Strainer 42 Servostat LS signal 76 Secondary pressure relief
valve for lifting
9 Drain valve 43 Servostat supply 77 Strainer
10 Hydraulic oil temperature 45 Solenoid valve coupling Y60 78 Flow regulating valve
sensor B8
11 Fan gear pump intake 46 Check valve 79 LS pressure cut-off
connection
12 Emergency steering pump 47 Pilot control hydro accumu- 80 Orifice Ø 1.5 mm
and brake system gear pump lator
intake connection
13 Fan gear motor leak oil 48 Working hydraulics lockout 81 Compact brake valve
solenoid valve Y14 (housing preheating)
14 Transmission return flow 49 Compact brake valve return 82 Steering cylinder pressure
flow relief valve return flow
15 Travel pump leak oil 50 Pilot control unit 83 Tilt cylinder
16 Hydraulic oil cooler return 51 Valve for lowering 84 Left lift cylinder
flow
17 Hydraulic oil cooler bypass 52 Float position retaining sole- 85 Right lift cylinder
return flow noid Y18
20 Working hydraulics pump 53 Valve for lifting 90 Stabilisation module
(optional)
21 Axial piston pump 54 Lift kick-out retaining solenoid 91 Ride control valve spool
Y17 (optional)
22 Return piston 55 Tilt-in valve 92 Hydro accumulator relief
valve
23 Restrictor 56 Bucket return-to-dig retaining 93 Safety valve
solenoid Y9 (optional)
24 Servo piston 57 Tilt-out valve 94 Ride control solenoid valve
Y20
25 Regulating lever 60 Z kinematics control valve 95 Restrictor check valve
block
26 Restrictor 61 Primary pressure relief valve 96 Ride control button (optional)
27 Power regulator 62 Pre-tension valve LS Working hydraulics load
sensing pressure
28 Dummy piston 63 Tilt cylinder pressure balance P Working hydraulics pump
high pressure
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
29 Flow regulator 64 Tilt cylinder spool M1 Return piston servo pressure

30 Travel pump 65 Restrictor check valve G Replenishing pressure
31 Replenishing pump 66 Restrictor check valve MX Hydro accumulator ride
control load pressure
32 Replenishing pressure relief 67 Replenishing valve for tilting
valve out
33 Engine 68 Secondary pressure relief
valve for tilting out
The working hydraulics is an open circuit. This means that the oil returns to the
hydraulic tank 1 from the consumer. In a closed circuit, by contrast, the oil flows
directly back to the pump.
The working hydraulics pump 20 draws up oil from the hydraulic tank 1 and pumps
it to the control valve block 60. The flow rate depends on the load.
L550-1562 060-5
The spools in the control valve block 60 are hydraulically moved by the pilot control
unit. The replenishing pump 31 diverts the oil required to do this. The servo pres-
sure is generated in the pilot control unit 50, depending on the deflection of the
control lever. The higher the servo pressure, the further the spools are moved.
The oil flows to the consumers via the opening created by the spools moving. At
the same time, the pressure balances generate a load sensing signal which makes
the working hydraulics pump 20 swing out.
2.2 Effect of the priority valve

The working hydraulics pump 20 provides oil for the working hydraulics and the
steering system 43. The oil supply to the steering system 43 priority.
If the working hydraulics and steering are actuated at the same time, the LS signal
from the servostat 42 moves the valve spool 36 in the priority valve 35 so that oil
flows to the steering system 43 while at the same time the load sensing pressure in
the working hydraulics increases. The higher load sensing pressure causes the
working hydraulics pump 20 to move to a greater angle and deliver more oil. At the
same time, the pressure balances in the control valve block are partially closed.
Less oil flows to the working hydraulics consumers. This means the oil is available
for the steering system.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
060-6 L550-1562
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 232: Working hydraulics pump

1 Flow regulator 4 Drive shaft
2 Power regulator 5 Qmin adjusting screw
3 Qmax adjusting screw M1 Return piston servo pressure test
connection
The working hydraulics pump is flange-mounted on the drive shaft of the travel
pump.
The working hydraulics pump consists of the following components:
– Swash plate variable displacement pump (axial piston pump)
– Servo piston
– Return piston
– Power regulator
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
– Flow regulator
L550-1562 060-7
Fig. 233: Sectional view of rotary group

1 Drive shaft 10 Restrictor 19 Piston
2 Roller bearing 11 Servo piston 20 Sliding bushing
3 Swivel plate 12 Roller bearing 21 Return plate
4 Adjusting pin 13 Restrictor 22 Glide shoe
5 Qmin adjusting screw 14 Return piston 23 Return ball
6 Compression spring 15 Control plate 24 Cup springs
7 Power regulator 16 Rotary group cylinder 25 Swivel plate bearing
8 Regulating lever 17 Adjusting pin 26 Guide wire
9 Piston with roller 18 Qmax adjusting screw
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
060-8 L550-1562
Fig. 234: Sectional view of the regulation unit

1 Return piston 3 Dummy piston 5 Power regulator
2 Flow regulator 4 Regulating lever
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 235: Hydraulic diagram of the working hydraulics pump

1 Working hydraulics pump 9 Dummy piston
2 Axial piston pump 10 Flow regulator
3 Return piston 11 Working hydraulics pump suction
port
L550-1562 060-9
4 Restrictor 12 High pressure to the priority valve

5 Servo piston 13 Load sensing signal
6 Regulating lever 14 Working hydraulics pump leak oil
7 Restrictor M1 Return piston servo pressure
8 Power regulator
The working hydraulics pump provides oil in an open circuit for the working
hydraulics and the steering system.
The engine drives the working hydraulics pump 1 via the drive shaft of the travel
pump.
The working hydraulics pump draws oil from the hydraulic tank 11 and pumps it to
the priority valve 12. The priority valve distributes the oil to the working hydraulics
and steering system.
The working hydraulics pump is a swash plate variable displacement pump. The
flow rate depends on the drive speed and on the angle. The power regulator and
the flow regulator control the swivel angle.
2.2 Variable displacement pump
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 236: Variable displacement pump

1 Drive shaft 7 Sliding bushing 13 Control plate
2 Guide wire 8 Piston 14 Adjusting pin
3 Swivel plate bearing 9 Adjusting pin 15 Return ball
4 Swivel plate 10 Rotary group cylinder 16 Cup springs
5 Glide shoe 11 Return piston
6 Return plate 12 Servo piston
The variable displacement pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank and pumps it
to the consumers (open circuit).
060-10 L550-1562
The flow rate depends on the following factors:

– Swivel plate angle
– Engine speed
2.2.1 Rotary group

The rotary group cylinder 10 is rigidly connected to the drive shaft 1. The rotary
group cylinder 10 contains nine pistons 8 which rotate along with it around the axis
of the drive shaft 1. The pistons 8 slide up and down in bushings 7. The glide
shoes 5and the return plate 15 guide the piston 8.
The swivel plate 4 and the control plate 13 do not move.
Oil is forced through a hole in the pistons 8 into the space between the glide
shoe 5 and swivel plate 4. This means the slide shoe 5 floats on a film of oil and
slides over the swivel plate 4 without mechanical contact.
The rotary group cylinder 10 also slides on a film of oil. This is produced by the
leakage between the control plate 13 and the rotary group cylinder 10.
2.2.2 Swivel plate

The swivel plate 4 lies on a roller bearing called the swivel plate bearing 3. The
servo piston 11 and the return piston 10 press against the swivel plate 4 and thus
control the angle.
The tilt of the swivel plate 4 means the pistons 8 perform a lengthways movement
to the drive shaft 1 with every revolution. This lengthways movement draws up and
pumps the oil. The greater the angle, the longer the stroke and the more oil is
pumped with each revolution.
2.3 Power regulator

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 237: Power regulator with pump output diagram

1 Flow rate at upper idling 7 Regulating lever 13 Servo piston
speed
2 Start of regulation of power 8 Power regulator valve piston 14 Ring face
regulator
3 Output curve (hyperbola) 9 Working hydraulics pump 15 Piston
high pressure
4 Start of hyperbolic control 10 Return piston 16 Pump housing
5 LS pressure cut-off (Z kine- 11 Compression spring max Wide angle / flow rate
matics)
6 Regulating spring 12 Roller min Narrow angle / flow rate
L550-1562 060-11
The necessary power for driving the working hydraulics pump is the product of flow
rate multiplied by the high pressure. Because the drive power is limited by the
engine, only a specific amount of oil can be pumped at any given pressure. This
results in a hyperbolic output curve 3 that cannot be exceeded. The power regu-
lator controls the displacement according to the high pressure precisely along this
output curve 3 in order to prevent too much power being taken from the engine.
The high pressure 9 of the working hydraulics pump acts via the ring face 14 of the
piston 15 on the regulating lever 7. The regulating lever 7 pushes against the regu-
lating spring 6 and thus modifies its spring force.
The position at which the piston 15 pushes against the regulating lever 7 depends
on the angle of the variable displacement pump. The wider the angle of the pump
(and therefore the greater the flow rate), the greater the leverage with which the
piston 15 presses against the regulating spring 7.
This leverage produces the relationship between the flow rate and the high pres-
sure:
– At a wide angle Qmax (higher flow rate), less high pressure is required for the
power regulator to intervene in pump regulation.
– At a narrow angle Qmin (lower flow rate), more high pressure is required for the
power regulator to intervene in pump regulation.
If the drive power exceeds the maximum permissible value, the regulating lever 7
pushes against the regulating spring 6. The regulating spring 11 pushes the valve
piston 8 and thus connects the high pressure 8 to the return spring 9. The working
hydraulics pump moves to a narrower angle and the drive power is reduced.
When the drive power decreases, so does the pressure on the regulating lever 7.
The regulating spring 6 pushes the valve piston 8 against the pressure spring 11
and thus connects the return piston 10 to the pump housing 16. This means the
variable displacement pump can swivel further out.
2.4 Flow regulator
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 238: Flow regulator: Consumers not requesting oil / consumers requesting oil
1 Regulating springs 4 Return piston 7 Working hydraulics pump
high pressure
2 Load sensing pressure for 5 Pump housing
working hydraulics and
steering system
3 Flow regulator valve piston 6 Power regulator
060-12 L550-1562
The flow regulator controls the angle of the variable displacement pump and there-
fore the flow rate according to the load sensing signal of the working consumers in
the working hydraulics and the steering system. This means the working hydraulics
pumps only delivers the quantity of oil that is required.
2.4.1 Consumers not requesting oil (standby mode)

If none of the consumers request any oil , the load sensing pressure 2 is so low
that the high pressure 7 pushes the valve piston 3 against the regulating springs 1.
This causes high pressure oil 7 to flow to the return spring 4. The variable displace-
ment pump swivels back almost to 0°.
If this causes the high pressure 7 to decrease so much that the regulating
springs 1 push the valve piston 3 back against the high pressure 7, the valve
piston 3 connects the return spring 4 to the power regulator 6. In turn, the power
regulator 6 connects the return piston 4 to the pump housing 5. The pressure in the
return piston 4 decreases so that the variable displacement pump swivels out
slightly. The pump thus delivers the leakage oil at stand-by pressure.
2.4.2 Consumers request oil

If one of the consumers requests oil, the load sensing pressure 2 increases. As a
result, the load sensing pressure 2 and the regulating springs 1 push the valve
piston 3 against the high pressure 7. The valve piston 3 connects the return
piston 4 to the power regulator 6. The power regulator 6 generates the pressure for
the return spring 4 and thus controls the flow rate.
If less oil is requested (the load sensing pressure 2 decreases) or the high pres-
sure 7 increased too much, the high pressure 7 moves the valve piston 3 back
against the load sensing pressure 2 and the regulating springs 1 until high pres-
sure oil 7 flows to the return piston 4, causing the variable displacement pump to
swivel back.
2.5 Pressure cut-off valve (restriction of pump pressure)

The pressure cut-off valve limits the pressure of the load sensing signal. This
means the pump pressure (high pressure) is also restricted. The pressure cut-off
valve is contained in the control valve block. (For more information see:
060.3 Control valve block for Z-bar kinematics, page 060-14)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 060-13
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 239: Control valve block for Z-bar kinematics

1 Secondary pressure relief valve 8 Replenishing valve for tilting out
for lifting
2 Secondary pressure relief valve 9 Dummy plug
for tilting in
3 Lift cylinder pressure balance 10 LS pressure cut-off
4 Tilt cylinder pressure balance 11 Feeding valve for lowering
5 Secondary pressure relief valve LS Working hydraulics load sensing
for tilting out pressure test connection
6 Primary pressure relief valve P Working hydraulics pump high
pressure test connection
7 Pre-tension valve
The control valve block is installed in the front section.
The control valve block has the following components and functions:
– Spools for lift cylinders and tilt cylinders with pressure balances
– Working hydraulics pressure protection (LS pressure cut-off, primary and secon-
dary pressure relief valves)
– Feeding function
– Float position function
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
060-14 L550-1562
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 240: Hydraulic diagram of control valve block for Z-bar kinematics
1 Z kinematics control valve block 19 Flow regulating valve
2 Primary pressure relief valve 20 LS pressure cut-off
3 Pre-tension valve 21 Hydraulic tank
4 Tilt cylinder pressure balance 22 Working hydraulics pump
5 Tilt cylinder spool valve 23 Pilot control unit connection 2
6 Restrictor check valve 24 Tilt cylinder ring side
7 Restrictor check valve 25 Tilt cylinder piston side
8 Replenishing valve for tilting out 26 Pilot control unit connection 1
9 Secondary pressure relief valve 27 Stabilisation module (connection
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
for tilting out for hydraulic cylinder ring side)

10 Secondary pressure relief valve 28 Working hydraulics LS connection
for tilting in
11 Lift cylinder pressure balance 29 Stabilisation module return flow
12 Lift cylinder spool valve 30 Compact brake valve (housing
preheating)
13 Restrictor check valve 31 Lift cylinder piston side
14 Restrictor check valve 32 Lift cylinder ring side
15 Feeding valve for lowering 33 Pilot control unit connection 3
16 Dummy plug 34 Pilot control unit connection 4
17 Secondary pressure relief valve LS Working hydraulics load sensing
for lifting pressure
18 Strainer P Working hydraulics pump high
pressure
L550-1562 060-15
060.4 Pilot control

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 241: Pilot control

1 Hydraulic tank 5 Pilot control hydro accumulator
2 Travel pump 6 Pilot control unit
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
3 Check valve G Replenishing pressure test

connection
4 Working hydraulics lockout sole-
noid valve Y14
The pilot control consists of the following components:
tank, page 080-2)
– Travel pump (For more information see: 070.2 Travel pump, page 070-7)
– Pilot control unit (For more information see: 060.4.2 Pilot control unit,
page 060-17)
– Working hydraulics lockout solenoid valve Y14 (For more information see:
060.4.3 Working hydraulics lockout solenoid valve, page 060-22)
– Pilot control hydro accumulator (For more information see: 060.4.4 Pilot control
hydro accumulator, page 060-23)
060-16 L550-1562
2 Function
The spools in the control valve block are moved with the pilot control in proportion
to the deflection of the control lever.
The replenishing pump in the travel pump extracts oil from the hydraulic tank and
pumps it to the pilot control unit via the working hydraulics lockout solenoid valve.
The pilot control unit generates the servo pressure from the replenishing pressure
that moves the spool in the control valve block. The servo pressure is thus propor-
tional to the deflection of the control lever. The pilot control unit also controls the
float position, lift kick-out (optional) and bucket return-to-dig functions.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 242: Pilot control unit

1 Control lever 4 Retaining magnet power supply
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2 Lift kick-out retaining magnet Y17 5 Float position retaining magnet

(optional) Y18
3 Bucket return-to-dig retaining
magnet Y9
The pilot control unit is installed in the driver’s cab.
The control lever 1 is attached to the pilot control unit.
L550-1562 060-17
Fig. 243: Sectional view of pilot control unit

1 Tilt out valve 9 Retaining plate
2 Return spring 10 Bucket return-to-dig retaining
magnet Y9
3 Regulating spring 11 Regulating spring cup
4 Regulating spring cup 12 Retaining magnet spring bushing
5 Tappet 13 Tilt in valve
6 Universal joint 14 Retaining magnet compression
spring
7 Ball journal 15 Regulating spring
8 Control lever 16 Return spring
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
060-18 L550-1562
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 244: Hydraulic diagram of pilot control unit

1 Pilot control unit 8 Tilt out valve
2 Lowering valve 9 Hydraulic tank
3 Float position retaining magnet 10 Oil from the replenishing pump
Y18
4 Lifting valve 11 Tilt cylinder spool a1 (tilt out)
5 Lift kick-out retaining magnet Y17 12 Tilt cylinder spool b1 (tilt in)
(optional)
6 Tilt in valve 13 Lift cylinder spool b2 (lift)
7 Bucket return-to-dig retaining 14 Lift cylinder spool a2 (lower)
magnet Y9
The pilot control unit generates the servo pressure that moves the spool in the
control valve block. It generates the servo pressure in proportion to the deflection
of the control lever.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 060-19
2.2 Generating servo pressure
Fig. 245: Pilot control unit not actuated / actuated

1 Tilt cylinder spool b1 (tilt in) 5 Return spring 9 Ball journal
2 Oil from the replenishing 6 Regulating spring 10 Control lever
pump
3 Tilt cylinder spool a1 (tilt out) 7 Regulating spring cup 11 Return spring
4 Tilt out valve 8 Tappet 12 Tilt in valve
When the control lever 9 is not moved, the return springs 5 and 10 hold the pilot
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
control unit in the zero position.

When the control lever is moved, the ball journal presses against the tappet 8. The
tappet pushes via the regulating spring 6 against the valve 4 and opens it.
This causes oil to flow from the replenishing pump 2 through the valve 4 to the pilot
control of the spool 3. The servo pressure generated by this moves the spool and
simultaneously pushes against the valve 4. If the servo pressure is high enough, it
moves the valve 4 towards the regulating spring 6 and closes it again. This means
that the servo pressure does not continue increasing.
The further the control lever is moved, the greater the force of the regulating
spring. This means that the further the control lever is moved, the more the servo
pressure increases.
The servo pressure is thus proportional to the deflection of the control lever.
060-20 L550-1562
2.3 Retaining magnets
Fig. 246: Retaining magnet not active / active

1 Control lever 4 Retaining magnet spring 7 Retaining magnet compres-
bushing sion spring
2 Retaining plate 5 Regulating spring cup 8 Bucket return-to-dig switch
3 Bucket return-to-dig retaining 6 Tilt in valve
magnet Y9
The retaining magnets are electromagnets that hold the control lever in the
maximum position.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The pilot control unit has retaining magnets for the following functions:
– Float position
– Lift kick-out (optional)
– Bucket return-to-dig
When the function is activated, the central control unit energises the corresponding
retaining magnet.
If the control lever 1 is only moved so far that the regulating spring cup 5 touches
the retaining magnet spring bushing 4, the retaining plate 2 does not yet touch the
retaining magnet 3.
Only when the spring force of the retaining magnet compression spring 7 is over-
come does the retaining plate 2 touch the retaining magnet 3. The retaining
L550-1562 060-21
magnet 3 holds the control lever in position. The valve 6 thus generates the
maximum servo pressure.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 248: Working hydraulics lockout solenoid valve

1 Working hydraulics lockout sole- 2 Valve block
noid Y14
The working hydraulics lockout solenoid valve is fitted in the frame of the rear
section.
2 Function
Fig. 249: Hydraulic diagram of working hydraulics lockout solenoid valve

1 Working hydraulics lockout sole- 3 Pilot control unit
noid valve Y14
2 Oil from the replenishing pump
When it is not energised, the working hydraulics lockout solenoid valve separates
the pilot control unit from the replenishing pressure. This means the working
attachment cannot be moved accidentally when the working hydraulics lockout is
activated or the engine is not running.
The working hydraulics lockout solenoid valve is energised in the following condi-
tions:
– You press the working hydraulics lockout button and disable the working
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
hydraulics lockout when the engine is running.

– You press and hold the working hydraulics lockout button with the engine not
running and the ignition on. This disables the working hydraulics lockout for as
long as the button is pressed. You can then tilt out the bucket and lower the lift
arms when the engine is not running. The oil required by the pilot control unit
comes from the pilot control hydro accumulator.
060-22 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 251: Pilot control hydro accumulator

1 Plunger 4 Membrane
2 Accumulator 5 Nitrogen chamber
3 Oil chamber 6 Plug
The pilot control hydro accumulator is attached to the pilot control solenoid valve.
The pilot control hydro accumulator is divided into two chambers by a membrane 4.
The chamber 5 is filled with nitrogen.
2 Function
The pilot control hydro accumulator enables the spools in the control valve block to
be actuated even when the engine is at a standstill. This means that the lift arms
can be lowered or the bucket tilted out when the engine is at a standstill.
When the engine is running, the oil chamber 3 is filled with oil by the replenishing
pump.
When the engine is at a standstill, the nitrogen filling 5 presses the membrane 4
against the oil.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 060-23
060.5 Ride control

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 252: Active ride control

1 Hydraulic tank 4 Control valve block MX Ride control hydro accumu-
lator load pressure test
connection
2 Stabilisation module 5 Left lift cylinder
3 Ride control hydro accumu- 6 Right lift cylinder
lator unit
The ride control system consists of the following components:
– Stabilisation module (For more information see: 060.5.2 Stabilisation module ,
page 060-25)
060-24 L550-1562
– Ride control hydro accumulator unit (For more information see: 060.5.3 Ride
control hydro accumulator, page 060-30)
2 Function
When driving on uneven ground, especially with loaded buckets, the machine is
subjected to bouncing and pitching vibrations. These vibrations are cushioned by
the ride control.
Ride control is only active when the following conditions are fulfilled:
– Ride control is switched on (with the ride control button).
– The travel speed is at least 9 km/h.
When the ride control is activated, the stabilisation module connects the ring side
of the lift cylinder to the hydraulic tank. This allows the lift arms to move up freely.
The stabilisation module also connects the piston side of the lift cylinder to the ride
control hydro accumulator. The ride control hydro accumulator cushions the vibra-
tions which occur when driving.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 253: Stabilisation module

1 Safety valve 4 Ride control solenoid valve Y20
2 Ride control valve spool MX Test connection for hydro accumu-
lator ride control load pressure
3 Hydro accumulator relief valve
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The stabilisation module is fitted in the front section behind the control valve block.
L550-1562 060-25
Fig. 254: Sectional view of the valve spool

1 Regulating spring 1 3 Ride control valve spool 5 Pin with hole
2 Regulating spring 2 4 Check valve 6 Safety valve
Fig. 255: Sectional view of the ride control solenoid valve

1 Regulating springs 3 Ride control solenoid valve
Y20
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2 Restrictor check valve MX Test connection for hydro

accumulator ride control load
pressure
060-26 L550-1562
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 256: Hydraulic diagram of the stabilisation module

1 Stabilisation module 7 Ride control hydro accumulator
2 Ride control valve spool 8 Hydraulic tank
3 Hydro accumulator relief valve 9 Lift cylinder piston side
4 Ride control solenoid valve Y20 10 Lift cylinder ring side
5 Restrictor check valve MX Ride control hydro accumulator
charge pressure
6 Safety valve
The stabilisation module fulfils the following tasks:
– Charges the ride control hydro accumulator and protects from high pressure
spikes and excess pressure
– Connects the ring side of the lift cylinder with the hydraulic tank (ride control is
activated)
– Connects the piston side of the lift cylinder with the ride control hydro accumu-
lator (ride control is activated)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 060-27
2.2 Charging and protecting the ride control hydro accumulator
Fig. 257: Stabilisation module with the ride control hydro accumulator charging / with excess pressure
1 Regulating spring 4 Ride control hydro accumu- 7 Pin with hole
lator
2 Ride control valve spool 5 Check valve 8 Safety valve
3 Lift cylinder piston side 6 Compression spring
The check valve 5 in the ride control valve spool 2 connects the piston side of the
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
lift cylinder 3 to the ride control hydro accumulator 4. This means the working
hydraulics charge the ride control hydro accumulator 4 with the operating pressure.
Charging the ride control hydro accumulator 4 is necessary so that the lift arm is
not lowered when ride control is activated.
When the cut-off pressure (maximum boost pressure) is reached, the pressure in
the ride control hydro accumulator 4 moves the ride control valve spool 2 to the
point that no more oil can flow. When the cut-off pressure is exceeded, oil drains
into the hydraulic tank through the hole 7 in the pin.
In addition, the safety valve 8 protects the ride control hydro accumulator 4 from
excess pressure and high pressure peaks.
060-28 L550-1562
2.3 Active ride control
Fig. 258: Ride control inactive / active

A Pressure chamber 3 Lift cylinder ring side 6 Ride control hydro accumu-
lator
1 Regulating spring 4 Ride control valve spool 7 Ride control solenoid valve
Y20
2 Hydraulic tank 5 Lift cylinder piston side 8 Ride control button
When ride control is active, the ride control solenoid valve 7 connects the ride
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
control hydro accumulator 6 to the pressure chamber A.

The pressure in the pressure chamber A moves the ride control valve spool 4
against the regulating spring 1. Thus, the ride control valve spool 4 connects the
ring side of the lift cylinder 3 to the hydraulic tank 4 and the piston side of the lift
cylinder 5 to the ride control hydro accumulator 6.
The lift arm can move up freely. At the same time, the gas in the ride control hydro
accumulator cushions against knocks.
L550-1562 060-29

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 259: Ride control hydro accumulator

1 Plunger 5 Nitrogen chamber
2 Accumulator 6 Plug
3 Oil chamber 7 Oil filling
4 Membrane
The ride control hydro accumulator is bolted to the stabilisation module.
The ride control hydro accumulator is divided into two chambers by a membrane 4.
The chamber 5 is filled with nitrogen.
2 Function
The piston side of the lift cylinder is connected to the oil chamber 3 via the stabili-
sation module. When the machine drives over uneven ground, the lift arm rocks up
and down. These rocking movements are cushioned by the nitrogen filling 5.
The oil filling 7 prevents the membrane 4 from knocking too hard against the accu-
mulator 2.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
060-30 L550-1562
070 Travel hydraulics
Contents
L550-1562/31334-; 070-2
070.2 Travel pump
L550-1562/31334-; 070-7
070.3 Travel motors 070-21
L550-1562/31334-; 070-21
L550-1562/31334-; 070-23
L550-1562/31334-; 070-30
L550-1562/31334-; 070-36
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 070-1
Travel hydraulics Service manual
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 260: Main components of the travel hydraulics
070-2 L550-1562
Service manual Travel hydraulics
1 Hydraulic tank 8 Travel motor scavenging gear G Replenishing pressure

pump
2 Travel pump 9 80 μm in-line filter MH Travel pump high pressure
3 Travel motor 1 10 Fan gear motor M1 Travel motor 1 servo pressure
4 Travel motor 2 11 Hydraulic oil cooler M2 Travel motor 2 servo pressure
5 Orifice Ø 4.2 mm 12 Temperature valve PK Cooling system high pressure
6 Collector pipe 13 Steering system return flow
7 Fan gear pump X1 Forward travel direction servo
pressure
The travel hydraulics consist of the following components:
tank, page 080-2)
– Travel pump (For more information see: 070.2 Travel pump, page 070-7)
– Travel motor 1 (For more information see: 070.3.2 Travel motor 1,
page 070-23)
– Travel motor 2 (For more information see: 070.3.3 Travel motor 2,
page 070-30)
– Travel motor scavenging gear pump (For more information see: 070.3.4 Travel
motor scavenging gear pump, page 070-36)
– Cooling system
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 070-3
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 261: Hydraulic diagram of travel hydraulics (forward travel direction)

1 Hydraulic tank 29 Axial piston pump 54 Servo piston
2 Breather filter 30 Swivel restrictor Ø 1.8 mm 55 Travel direction solenoid
valve Y26
3 Return strainer 31 Fine strainer 56 Control piston with travel
range 1st solenoid valve Y58
4 Bypass valve 32 Swivel restrictor Ø 1.8 mm 57 Restrictor check valve
070-4 L550-1562
5 Return suction filter 33 Fine strainer 58 Orifice Ø 4.2 mm

6 Pre-tension valve 34 Travel direction valve 59 Transmission
7 Feeding valve 34a Reverse travel direction sole- 60 Collector pipe
noid
8 Strainer 34b Forward travel direction sole- 61 Steering system return flow
noid
9 Working hydraulics pump 35 Control pressure proportional 62 Fan gear pump
intake connection valve Y59
10 Drain valve 36 Fine strainer 63 Brake system gear pump
11 Hydraulic oil temperature 37 Check valve 64 Travel motor scavenging
sensor B8 gear pump
12 Emergency steering pump 38 Pilot control, gear shifting 65 Fan gear motor
intake connection
13 Transmission return flow 39 Engine 66 Gear motor
14 Compact brake valve return 40 Travel motor 2 67 Pressure relief and propor-
flow and pilot control unit tional valve
15 Working hydraulics pump 41 Axial piston pump 68 Restrictor
leak oil
16 Control valve block return 42 Check valve 69 Primary piston
flow
17 2.5 bar bypass valve 43 Check valve 70 Secondary piston with
proportional solenoid Y13
20 Travel pump 44 Proportional valve and 71 80 µm in-line filter
control piston Y57
21 Replenishing pump 45 Servo piston 72 Hydraulic oil cooler
22 Towing bypass valve 46 Discharge valve 73 Temperature valve
23 Shuttle valve 47 Orifice X1 Forward travel direction
servo pressure
24 Pressure cut-off 48 Pressure relief valve G Replenishing pressure
25 Forward high pressure relief 50 Travel motor 1 MH Travel pump high pressure
valve
26 Reverse high pressure relief 51 Axial piston pump M1 Travel motor servo pressure
valve 1
27 Replenishing pressure relief 52 Check valve M2 Travel motor servo pressure
valve 2
28 Servo cylinder 53 Check valve PK Cooling system high pres-
sure
The travel hydraulics is a closed circuit. This means that after leaving the
consumers (travel motors), the oil flows directly back to the pump (travel pump).
The travel hydraulics function hydrostatically. The travel pump 20 converts the
rotary movement of the engine 39 into a piston stroke movement (axial piston
pump). The piston stroke pumps the oil. The travel motors also use a piston stroke
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
movement to convert the flow of oil into a rotary movement (axial piston motor).
There is no slip with this kind of drive.
Leakages in the rotary groups and the discharge 47 of travel motor 2 mean that oil
constantly flows out of the closed circuit. This oil is collected in the collector pipe 60
and then cooled in the hydraulic oil cooler 72.
The replenishing pump 21 replaces the missing oil. The replenishing pump 21
draws up oil from the hydraulic tank 1 and pumps into the closed circuit on the low
pressure side.
The oil returning from the fan gear motor 65 flows to the leak oil connection of the
two travel motors. This oil lubricates and cools the travel motors. The travel motor
scavenging gear pump 64 draws the hot oil out of the travel motors and pumps it to
the collector pipe 60.
L550-1562 070-5
2.2 Travel direction

The travel direction is determined by the flow direction of the oil in the closed
circuit. To change the direction of travel, the travel pump reverses its pumping
direction. This swaps over the high pressure and low pressure. The travel pump
moves to the zero position.
2.3 Regulation
2.3.1 Regulation of the travel pump

The travel pump is electrically and proportionally regulated. The angle is deter-
mined by the current to the control pressure proportional valve Y59. The control
pressure proportional valve Y59 is powered by the central control unit.
2.3.2 Regulation of travel motor 1

Travel motor 1 is controlled according to the high pressure. The high pressure in
the closed circuit determines the angle.
2.3.3 Regulation of travel motor 2

Travel motor 2 is electrically and proportionally regulated. The angle is determined
by the current to the control pressure proportional valve Y57. The proportional
valve Y57 is powered by the central control unit.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
070-6 L550-1562
070.2 Travel pump
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 262: Travel pump

1 Replenishing pump 8 Reverse travel direction solenoid
Y3
2 Towing bypass valve 9 Forward high pressure relief valve
3 Reverse high pressure relief valve X1 Forward travel direction servo
4 Pressure cut-off X2 Reverse travel direction servo
5 Forward travel direction solenoid G Replenishing pressure test
Y2 connection
6 Travel direction valve MH Travel hydraulics high pressure
test connection
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
7 Control pressure proportional

valve Y59
The travel pump is flange-mounted on the flywheel housing of the engine. The
working hydraulics pump is attached to the drive shaft of the travel pump.
The travel pump consists of the following components:
– Replenishing pump (internal gear pump)
– Replenishing pressure relief valve
– Travel direction valve
– Servo cylinder
– Swash plate variable displacement pump (axial piston pump)
– Control pressure proportional valve
– Pressure cut-off
– High pressure relief valve (with replenishing function)
L550-1562 070-7
Fig. 263: Sectional view of rotary group

1 Drive shaft 8 Control lens 15 Return plate
2 Servo cylinder 9 Eccentric adjusting screw 16 Cup springs
3 Control system housing 10 Rotary group cylinder 17 Return ball
4 Travel direction valve 11 Compression spring 18 Swivel plate
5 Working hydraulics pump 12 Sliding bushing 19 Swivel plate bearing
connection flange
6 Replenishing pump 13 Piston 20 Roller bearing
7 Bearing bushing 14 Glide shoe 21 Shaft seal ring
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
070-8 L550-1562
Fig. 264: Sectional view of the servo cylinder

1 Glyd Ring seal 5 Compression spring 9 Forward travel direction sole-
noid Y2
2 Servo cylinder 6 Swivel restrictor 10 Travel direction valve
3 Spring cup 7 Fine strainer 11 Zero position adjusting screw
4 Compression spring 8 Reverse travel direction sole-
noid Y3
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 070-9
Fig. 265: Sectional view of front side

1 Reverse high pressure relief valve 3 Replenishing pressure relief valve
2 Forward high pressure relief valve 4 Control lens
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 266: Sectional view of replenishing pump

1 Replenishing pump 4 Towing bypass valve
2 Pressure cut-off 5 Stop bolt for towing bypass valve
3 Shuttle valve
070-10 L550-1562
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 267: Hydraulic diagram of travel pump (forward travel direction)

1 Travel pump 15a Reverse travel direction solenoid
Y3
2 Replenishing pump (internal gear 15b Forward travel direction solenoid
pump) Y2
3 Towing bypass valve 16 Control pressure proportional
valve Y59
4 Shuttle valve 17 Fine strainer
5 Pressure cut-off 18 Check valve
6 Forward high pressure relief valve 19 Pilot control, gear shifting
7 Reverse high pressure relief valve 20 Low pressure from travel motor
8 Replenishing pressure relief valve 21 High pressure to travel motor
9 Variable displacement pump 22 Travel pump leak oil
(axial piston pump)
10 Servo cylinder 23 Travel pump leak oil bypass
11 Swivel restrictor Ø1.8 mm 24 Replenishing pump suction port
12 Fine strainer X1 Forward control pressure
13 Swivel restrictor Ø 1.8 mm MH High pressure
14 Fine strainer G Replenishing pressure
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
15 Travel direction valve

The travel pump is solely designed for operation in a closed circuit.
The travel pump consists of two pumps driven by the same drive shaft: The vari-
able displacement pump 9, which drives the travel motors in the closed circuit, and
the replenishing pump 2, which supplies the closed circuit with fresh oil from the
hydraulic tank.
The variable displacement pump delivers the oil directly to the travel motors. The
returning oil flows directly to the suction side of the variable displacement pump
(closed circuit).
The control pressure proportional valve 16 generates the control pressure. At idling
speed, the angle is 0°. The variable displacement pump does not deliver any oil.
L550-1562 070-11
The variable displacement pump does not deliver oil until the control pressure is
high enough to move it out to an angle.
2.2 Replenishing pump
Fig. 268: Replenishing pump

1 External gear 3 Drive shaft
2 Internal gear 4 Consumer
The replenishing pump draws oil from the return suction filter in the hydraulic tank.
The replenishing pump delivers the oil to the following consumers 4:
– Replenishing pressure relief valve
– Pressure cut-off and control pressure proportional valve
– High pressure relief valve (replenishing function)
– Pilot control (For more information see: 060.4.1 Overview of the pilot control
unit, page 060-16)
– Gear shifting (For more information see: 120.3.1 Overview of the hydraulic
control system, page 120-9)
Because the replenishing pump is an internal gear pump, the flow rate per revolu-
tion cannot be adjusted. The actual flow rate is determined by the engine speed
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
alone.
070-12 L550-1562
2.3 Replenishing pressure relief valve
Fig. 269: Replenishing pressure relief valve

1 Compression spring 3 Valve piston
2 Spring cup 4 Valve seat
The replenishing pressure relief valve performs the following functions:
– It protects the replenishing pump from excess pressure.
– It drains excess oil that is not needed for pump control or for replenishing into
the pump housing
The replenishing pressure pushes the valve piston 3 and the spring cup 2 against
the compression spring 1. The oil is drained into the pump housing T and back to
the hydraulic tank vie the leak oil connections. The returning oil cools the variable
displacement pump.
When the engine is running, oil always flows through the replenishing pressure
relief valve.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 070-13
2.4 Variable displacement pump
Fig. 270: Variable displacement pump

1 Servo cylinder 8 Glide shoe
2 Swivel plate 9 Piston
3 Swivel plate bearing 10 Sliding bushing
4 Drive shaft 11 Rotary group cylinder
5 Return ball 12 Compression spring
6 Cup spring 13 Eccentric adjusting screw
7 Return plate 14 Control lens
The variable displacement pump delivers oil to the travel motor. The returning oil
flows directly to the suction side of the variable displacement pump (closed circuit).
The flow rate depends on two factors:
– Engine speed
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2.4.1 Rotary group

The rotary group cylinder 11 is rigidly connected to the drive shaft 4. The rotary
group cylinder contains nine pistons 9, which rotate along with it. The pistons slide
up and down in the sliding bushings 10 and are guided by glide shoes 8 and the
return plate 7.
The swivel plate 2 and the control lens 14 do not move.
Oil is pumped through a hole in the pistons 9 into the space between the glide
shoe and swivel plate. This means the slide shoe floats on a film of oil and slides
over the swivel plate without mechanical contact.
The rotary group also slides on a film of oil. This is produced by the leakage
between the control lens and the rotary group cylinder.
070-14 L550-1562
2.4.2 Swivel plate

The swivel plate 2 lies on a roller bearing, the swivel plate bearing 3, and is
connected by a lever to the servo cylinder 1.
If the servo cylinder is moved, the this changes the lateral angle of the swivel plate
to the drive shaft 4. The angle can be between -20° and 0° and +20°.
The tilt of the swivel plate means the pistons 9 perform a lengthways movement
axially to the drive shaft with every revolution. This lengthways movement draws up
and pumps the oil. The greater the angle, the longer the stroke and the more oil is
pumped with each revolution.
If no travel direction is selected (neutral travel direction), the angle of the swivel
plate is 0°. The piston does not perform a stroke movement. No oil is pumped.
2.4.3 Control lens

The restoring force on the high pressure side can be adjusted using the control
lens 14. The control lens is turned with the eccentric adjusting screw 13. This
moves the recesses in the control lens and adjusts the size of the area which the
high pressure acts on.
2.5 Servo cylinder

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 271: Neutral/forward travel direction servo cylinder

1 Glyd Ring seal 6 Swivel restrictor 11 Swivel restrictor
2 Servo cylinder 7 Fine strainer 12 Zero position adjusting screw
3 Spring cup 8 Travel direction valve 13 Travel direction switch
4 Compression spring 9 Control pressure
5 Compression spring 10 Fine strainer
The servo cylinder moves the swivel plate and thus changes the flow rate of the
variable displacement pump.
L550-1562 070-15
If no travel direction is selected (neutral travel direction), both chambers of the

servo cylinder are relieved towards the pump housing T. The springs 4 and 5 hold
the servo cylinder 2 in the zero position (0° angle). The pump does not deliver any
oil.
If a travel direction is selected, one of the two chambers of the servo cylinder 2 has
control pressure 9 applied to it. The servo cylinder 2 is pushed against the
compression springs 4 and 5. The variable displacement pump is moved to a
greater angle. The angle depends on the amount of control pressure and on the
high pressure (restoring force).
The oil displaced from the depressurised side by the movement of the servo
cylinder 2 flows into the pump housing T. The swivel restrictors 6 and 11 reduce
the oil flow and restrict the movement.
2.6 Regulation of the variable displacement pump

The flow rate depends on two factors:
– Engine speed
In turn, the swivel plate angle depends on the following factors:
– Selected travel direction (travel direction valve)
– Current at the control pressure proportional valve
– Load (operating pressure)
2.6.1 Travel direction valve
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 272: Neutral/forward travel direction valve

1 Reverse travel direction solenoid 5 Forward travel direction solenoid
Y3 Y2
2 Return spring 6 Control pressure
3 Spring cup 7 Servo cylinder
4 Valve piston 8 Travel direction switch
The travel direction valve determines the swivel direction (+/-) and thus the direc-
tion of flow of the variable displacement pump, by the valve piston 4 directing
control oil to one side of the servo cylinder 7. The valve piston 4 is moved by the
two magnets for forward travel direction 5 and reverse travel direction 1.
070-16 L550-1562
If no travel direction is selected (neutral travel direction) the valve piston 4 is held in
the middle position by the return springs 2. In this case, no control oil pressure acts
on the servo cylinder 7.
2.6.2 Electrical/proportional regulation (EP regulation)
Fig. 273: Regulation with the control pressure proportional valve

1 Regulating spring 4 Control pressure proportional G Replenishing pressure
solenoid Y59
2 Control piston 5 Travel direction valve PSt Control pressure
3 Ring face 6 Servo cylinder T Pump housing
The angle of the variable displacement pump is regulated by the control pressure
proportional valve. To do so, the central control unit energises the control pressure
proportional solenoid 4 via output module 1.
The current supplied to the control pressure proportional valve 4 depends on the
following factors:
– Accelerator pedal position
– Inching function
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
– Excessive engine speed or road speed

– Excessive temperature of the hydraulic oil
– Load limiting function
– Speed restriction (Vmax function)
Without being energised, the regulating spring 1 and the control pressure, which is
applied to the ring area 3, move the control piston 2. The control piston is pushed
so that the control pressure PSt flows into the pump housing T. The variable
displacement pump swivels back to the zero position.
If the central control unit increases the current to the control pressure proportional
solenoid 4, the solenoid pushes the control piston 2 against the regulating spring.
The control pressure duct PSt is linked to the replenishing pressure duct G. Control
pressure PSt is thus generated from replenishing pressure G.
L550-1562 070-17
The more current the proportional solenoid receives, the further the valve piston is
pushed.
2.6.2.1 Accelerator pedal position

The central control unit registers that the accelerator pedal is being pressed
through the angle sensor R5 on the accelerator pedal.
If the accelerator pedal is pressed and the engine speed is above 900 rpm, the
central control unit increases the current to the control pressure proportional sole-
noid. The current is regulated according to the engine speed.
2.6.2.2 Inching function

The central control unit registers that the inching brake pedal is being pressed
through the angle sensor R1 on the inching brake pedal.
When the inching brake pedal is pressed, the central control unit reduces the
current to the control pressure proportional solenoid. The travel pump pivots in.
The machine is thereby hydrostatically braked.
2.6.2.3 Excessive engine speed or road speed

If the maximum speed permitted for the travel range is exceeded, the central
control unit reduces the current to the control pressure proportional solenoid
progressively down to 200 mA.
2.6.2.4 Excessive temperature of the hydraulic oil

If the temperature of the hydraulic oil exceeds 90 °C, the central control unit
reduces the current to the control pressure proportional solenoid gradually down to
40% of the maximum current (at a hydraulic oil temperature of 95 °C). The travel
pump pivots in. The power consumed is thereby reduced. The decreased power
output reduces the temperature.
The control pressure proportional solenoid is energised normally again when the
temperature is back in the normal range.
2.6.2.5 Travel pump load limiting function

If the travel pump has been moved to the maximum swivel angle and the central
control unit registers a major drop in engine speed under load, the travel pump
load limiting function is activated.
The central control unit reduces the current to the control pressure proportional
solenoid. The travel pump pivots in. The power consumed is thereby reduced. The
load on the engine is decreased.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2.6.3 Regulation by operating pressure

The high pressure acts on the pistons in the rotary group cylinder. The pistons rest
on the swivel plate and push it towards a smaller angle.
070-18 L550-1562
2.7 Shuttle valve and towing bypass valve
Fig. 274: Shuttle valve in forward travel direction / shuttle valve in reverse travel
direction / towing bypass valve open
1 High pressure to pressure cut-off 4 Towing bypass valve
2 Valve seat 5 Stop bolt
3 Valve piston
The shuttle valve always connects the pressure cut-off 1 to the high pressure side
of the closed circuit.
Depending on the travel direction, the valve piston 3 is moved so that the high
pressure side is connected to the pressure cut-off while the low pressure side is
blocked.
When the machine is towed, the travel motor is driven via the transmission. This
delivers oil from the travel motor to the travel pump. Oil can circulate through the
open towing bypass valve without driving the travel pump and therefore the engine.
To do this, the bypass valve 4 must be unscrewed to the stop bolt 5. This bypasses
the shuttle valve and connects the high and low pressure sides to each other.
2.8 Pressure cut-off
Fig. 275: Pressure cut-off not active / active

1 Valve piston 4 Spring cup 7 Oil from the replenishing
pump
2 Connecting duct 5 Regulating spring 8 High pressure from shuttle
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
valve
3 To the control pressure 6 Adjusting screw
proportional valve Y59
The pressure cut-off limits the operating pressure in the closed circuit.
The shuttle valve always connects the pressure cut-off to the high pressure side of
the travel pump. If the high pressure 8 reaches the maximum permitted level, the
high pressure pushes the valve piston 1 against the regulating spring 5. This
disconnects the link between the replenishing pump 7 and the control pressure
proportional valve 3. If the pressure continues increasing, the high pressure
continues pushing the valve piston 1 until the control pressure proportional valve 3
is connected to the pump housing T via the connecting duct 2. The control pres-
sure falls and the variable displacement pump moves back until the high pressure
has fallen back to the maximum permissible level.
L550-1562 070-19
2.9 High pressure relief valve
Fig. 276: High pressure relief valve closed / open (excess pressure)
1 Plug 5 Replenishing compression spring
2 Lock screw 6 Valve seat
3 Valve bearing 7 Valve piston
4 Pressure relief compression spring
The high pressure relief valves protect the closed circuit from excess pressure.
The high pressure relief valves always react faster than the pressure cut-off. They
therefore primarily relieve pressure peaks such as those that arise when driving
into a pile of material too quickly.
The valve piston 7 is pushed against the pressure relief compression spring 4. Oil
flows from the high pressure side through the replenishing pressure duct G to the
low pressure side.
2.10 Replenishing function
Fig. 277: High pressure relief valve closed / open (replenishing)

1 Plug 5 Replenishing compression spring
2 Lock screw 6 Valve seat
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
3 Valve bearing 7 Valve piston

4 Pressure relief compression spring
The replenishing function of the high pressure relief valve replaces lacking oil in the
closed circuit with replenishing oil. The oil is supplied on the low pressure side.
Oil is lost from the closed circuit for various reasons:
– Leakage in the variable displacement pump
– Leakages in the travel motors
– Discharge in travel motor 2 (cooling)
When replenishing, the valve plate 6 is pushed against the replenishing compres-
sion spring 5. Oil flows from the replenishing pressure duct G to the low pressure
side of the closed circuit.
070-20 L550-1562
070.3 Travel motors

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1.1 Layout
Fig. 278: Travel motors

1 Collector pipe 5 Travel motor 1
2 Travel motor scavenging gear 6 Travel motor 2
pump
3 Travel pump low pressure 7 Orifice Ø 4.2 mm
4 Travel pump high pressure 8 Fan gear motor return flow
The travel motors are flange-mounted on the transmission.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The travel pump drives the travel motors in a closed circuit. This means that the oil
that drives the travel motors flows back directly to the travel pump.
To change the direction of travel, the travel pump reverses its pumping direction.
This swaps over the high pressure and low pressure. The travel pump moves to
the zero position.
L550-1562 070-21
2.2 Regulation
Travel motor 1 is regulated by the high pressure in the closed circuit (HA control).
(For more information see: High pressure-dependent regulation (HA regulation),
page 070-27)
Travel motor 2 is electrically and proportionally regulated (EP control). (For more
information see: Electrical/proportional regulation (EP regulation), page 070-34)
2.3 Bearing flushing (lubrication and cooling)
Fig. 279: Bearing flushing
The bearing flushing system lubricates and cools the roller bearings of the travel
motors.
The oil returning from the fan gear motor 4 flows to the connection U on travel
motor 2 and from there to the connection U on travel motor 1. The orifice 3 splits
the oil between the two travel motors. Excess oil flows on to the collector pipe 1
and from there to the hydraulic oil cooler.
The travel motor scavenging gear pump 2 draws up oil from the bearing flushing
and leak oil from the rotary groups via the connections T2 from the two travel
motors and also pumps it to the collector pipe 1.
In addition, oil is constantly discharged from the closed circuit from travel motor 2
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
via the connection Sa and pumped to the collector pipe 1. The replenishing pump
replaces this oil with cooled oil from the hydraulic tank. The replenishing pump
supplies fresh oil via the high pressure relief valves to the low pressure side.
070-22 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 280: Travel motor 1

1 Output shaft 4 Travel direction solenoid valve
Y26
2 Travel range 1 solenoid valve Y58 5 Qmin adjusting screw
3 Adjusting screw for start of regula- M1 Travel motor 1 servo pressure test
tion connection
Travel motor 1 is flange-mounted on the transmission. The speed and torque are
transmitted from there to the axles.
Travel motor 1 consists of the following components:
– Positioning piston
– Swash plate variable displacement motor (axial piston motor)
– Control piston
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
– Travel range 1 function
L550-1562 070-23
Fig. 281: Sectional view of travel motor 1 (forward travel direction)

1 Output shaft 8 Travel direction solenoid 15 Control pin
valve Y26
2 Shaft seal ring 9 Travel range 1 solenoid Y58 16 Positioning piston
3 Roller bearing 10 Control piston 17 Qmax adjusting screw
4 Roller bearing 11 Adjusting screw for start of 18 Control lens
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
regulation
5 Return plate 12 Regulating spring 19 Compression spring
6 Rotary group piston 13 Spring bushing 20 Central pin
7 Rotary group cylinder 14 Return spring
070-24 L550-1562
Fig. 282: Sectional view of Positioning piston

1 Travel range 1 solenoid Y58 7 Return spring
2 Travel direction solenoid valve 8 Spring bushing
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Y26
3 Check valve 9 Regulating spring
4 Control pin 10 Check valve
5 Positioning piston 11 Control piston
6 Swivel restrictor M1 Travel motor 1 servo pressure test
connection
L550-1562 070-25
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 283: Hydraulic diagram of travel motor 1 (forward travel direction)

1 Travel motor 1 8 Swivel restrictor
2 Inclined axis variable displace- 9 Fan gear motor return flow
ment motor (axial piston motor) (bearing flushing)
3 Check valve 10 Low pressure to travel pump
4 Check valve 11 Leak oil to travel motor scav-
enging gear pump
5 Positioning piston 12 High pressure from travel pump
6 Travel direction solenoid valve M1 Travel motor 1 servo pressure
Y26
7 Control piston with travel range 1
solenoid Y58
The travel motors are driven by the travel pump in the closed circuit. This means
that the oil that drives the travel motors flows back directly to the travel pump.
To change the travel direction, the high pressure side 12 and low pressure side 10
are swapped. This causes the travel motors to change their direction of rotation.
2.1.1 Output speed and output torque

The output speed depends on two factors:
– High pressure
– Oil quantity supplied
At a small angle, the variable displacement motor 2 has a low displacement. The
output speed is high, because only a little oil is required for each revolution. At the
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
same time, the output torque is low, due to the shallow angle of the pistons to the
output shaft.
At a large angle, the variable displacement motor has a high displacement. The
output speed is low, because a lot of oil is required for each revolution. At the same
time, the output torque is high, due to the large angle of the pistons to the output
shaft.
070-26 L550-1562
2.2 High pressure-dependent regulation (HA regulation)
Fig. 284: Control unit - minimum angle / regulating to a larger angle

1 Travel direction solenoid 4 Adjusting screw for start of 7 Control lens for variable
valve Y26 regulation displacement motor
2 Control piston 5 Regulating spring 8 Small angle Qmin
3 Ring face 6 Positioning piston 9 Large angle Qmax
The angle of the variable displacement motor in travel motor 1 is determined by the
high pressure in the closed circuit. As the travel resistance increases, so does the
high pressure.
The travel direction solenoid valve 1 connects the control piston 2 to the high pres-
sure. The high pressure influences the ring area 3. If the high pressure exceeds
the set value for the start of regulation, the high pressure pushes the control
piston 2 against the regulating spring 5.
The control piston 2 connects the high pressure to the servo pressure. This
increases the servo pressure. The higher servo pressure moves the variable
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
displacement motor to a larger angle 9. The output torque increases, the output
speed decreases.
The rising output torque lowers the high pressure again until the regulating spring 5
pushes the control piston 2 against the high pressure, separating the high pressure
from the servo pressure.
If the high pressure decreases further, the regulating spring 5 pushes the control
piston 2 until the servo pressure flows away into the motor housing. The high pres-
sure pushes the variable displacement motor to a smaller angle 8.
L550-1562 070-27
2.3 Swivel restrictor
Fig. 285: Swivel restrictor - moving to a smaller / greater angle

1 Valve seat 3 Valve piston
2 Flat section 4 Notch
The swivel restrictor prevents the variable displacement motor from moving to a
larger angle too quickly.
When moving to a larger angle, the oil flows through the notch 4 to the Positioning
piston.
When moving to a smaller angle, the oil flows almost unhindered out of the posi-
tioning piston via the flat section 2 on the valve piston 3.
2.4 Travel direction

The travel direction solenoid valve always connects the control piston to the high
pressure side of the corresponding travel direction.
In reverse travel direction, the travel direction solenoid is energised. The solenoid
pushes the valve piston against the return spring.
When driving downhill, the travel motor is driven by the wheels (engine braking
mode). The travel motor then acts like a pump. High pressure and low pressure are
swapped. Without the travel direction solenoid valve, the high pressure thus
produced would drive the travel pump and hence the diesel engine.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
070-28 L550-1562
2.5 Travel range 1
Fig. 286: Travel range 1 solenoid non-energised / energised

1 Travel range 1 solenoid Y58 3 Regulating spring
2 Control piston 4 Travel range down button
If travel range 1 is activated, both travel motors remain at the maximum angle. This
means the maximum output torque is available.
On travel motor 1 the travel range 1 solenoid 1 is energised. The solenoid pushes
the control piston 2 against the regulating spring 3 thereby connecting the high
pressure to the servo pressure. The high pressure pushes the variable displace-
ment motor to the maximum angle.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 070-29

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 287: Travel motor 2

1 Output shaft 4 Adjusting screw for start of regula-
tion
2 Qmin adjusting screw 5 Qmax adjusting screw
3 Proportional valve Y57 M2 Travel motor 2 servo pressure test
connection
Travel motor 2 is flange-mounted on the transmission. The speed and torque are
transmitted from there to the axles.
Travel motor 1 consists of the following components:
– Servo piston
– Swash plate variable displacement motor (axial piston motor)
– Proportional valve and control piston
– Discharge function
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
070-30 L550-1562
Fig. 288: Sectional view of travel motor 2 (forward travel direction)

1 Output shaft 10 Orifice 19 Spring cup
2 Shaft seal ring 11 Discharge valve 20 Control piston
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
3 Roller bearing 12 Servo piston 21 Proportional solenoid Y57

4 Roller bearing 13 Control pin 22 Regulation adjusting screw
5 Return plate 14 1st regulating spring 23 Qmax adjusting screw
6 Rotary group piston 15 Return spring 24 Control lens
7 Rotary group 16 Spring cup 25 Compression spring
8 Qmin adjusting screw 17 Spring bushing 26 Central pin
9 Pressure relief valve 18 2nd regulating spring
L550-1562 070-31
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 289: Sectional view of servo piston

1 Discharge valve 9 Spring cup
2 Orifice 10 Control piston
3 Pressure relief valve 11 Proportional solenoid Y57
4 Servo piston 12 2nd regulating spring
5 Control pin 13 Spring bushing
6 1st regulating spring 14 Check valve
7 Return spring 15 Spring cup
8 Check valve M2 Travel motor 2 servo pressure test
connection
070-32 L550-1562
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 290: Hydraulic diagram of travel motor 2 (forward travel direction)

1 Travel motor 2 9 Pressure relief valve
2 Swash plate variable displacement 10 Orifice Ø 1.0 mm
motor (axial piston motor)
3 Check valve 11 Fan gear motor return flow
(bearing flushing)
4 Check valve 12 Low pressure to travel pump
5 Proportional valve and control 13 Discharged oil to collector pipe
piston Y57
6 Servo piston 14 Leak oil to the travel motor scav-
enging gear pump
7 Discharge valve 15 High pressure from travel pump
8 Orifice M2 Travel motor 2 servo pressure
The travel motors are driven by the travel pump in the closed circuit. This means
that the oil that drives the travel motors flows back directly to the travel pump.
To change the travel direction, the high pressure 15 and low pressure 12 are
swapped. The travel motors thereby change the direction of rotation.
2.1.1 Output speed and output torque

– High pressure
– Oil quantity supplied
At a small angle, the variable displacement motor 2 has a low displacement. The
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
output speed is high, because only a little oil is required for each revolution. At the
same time, the output torque is low, due to the shallow angle of the pistons to the
output shaft.
At a large angle, the variable displacement motor has a high displacement. The
output speed is low, because a lot of oil is required for each revolution. At the same
time, the output torque is high, due to the large angle of the pistons to the output
shaft.
L550-1562 070-33
2.2 Electrical/proportional regulation (EP regulation)
Fig. 291: Control unit - minimum angle / regulating to a larger angle

1 Proportional solenoid Y57 5 1st regulating spring 9 Control piston
2 Regulation adjusting screw 6 Return spring 10 Large angle Qmax
3 Control lens 7 2nd regulating spring 11 Small angle Qmin
4 Piston 8 Spring cup
The angle of the variable displacement motor in travel motor 2 is determined elec-
trically and proportionally.
When the proportional solenoid 1 is not energised, the high pressure keeps the
variable displacement motor at the minimum angle.
When the proportional solenoid 1 is energised, it pushes the control piston 9
against the 2nd regulating spring 7.
The control piston 9 connects the high pressure to the servo pressure. This
increases the servo pressure. The higher servo pressure moves the variable
displacement motor to a larger swivel angle 10. The output torque increases, the
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
output speed decreases.

During regulation, the servo piston pre-tensions the 1st control string 5 according
to the swivel plate angle. The 1st regulating spring 5 acts via the spring cup 8 on
the control piston 9. If the spring force is sufficient, the 1st regulating spring 5
pushes the control piston 9 against the force of the solenoid.
The control piston 9 thus separates the high pressure from the servo pressure
again. The angle is maintained.
If the current to the proportional solenoid 1 is increased, the variable displacement
motor moves further out.
If the current to the proportional solenoid 1 is reduced, the 1st regulating spring 5
pushes the control piston 9 until the control piston 9 connects the servo pressure to
the motor housing. The servo pressure flows away into the motor housing. The
070-34 L550-1562
variable displacement motor moves to the smaller angle until the spring force and
solenoid force are in equilibrium again.
2.2.1 Supply of current

The proportional solenoid Y57 is energised by the central control unit.
The central control unit calculates the current needed. When doing so, the
following parameters are considered:
– Gear
– Accelerator pedal position, travel speed
– Controlling the maximum load
– Overspeed
Gear
In 1st gear, the proportional solenoid Y57 is always supplied with the maximum
current. This keeps the variable displacement motor at the maximum angle.
In 2nd gear, the proportional solenoid Y57 is supplied with varying current levels.
In 3rd gear, travel motor 2 is decoupled. The proportional solenoid Y57 is not ener-
gised. The variable displacement motor is at the minimum angle.
Accelerator pedal position, travel speed
In 2nd gear, the proportional solenoid Y57 is supplied with current according to the
travel speed.
The faster the machine travels, the less current is supplied to the proportional sole-
noid Y57.
Controlling the maximum load
If too much power is taken from the engine, the engine speed is suppressed.
The central control unit increases the current to the proportional solenoid Y57. This
moves the variable displacement motor to a larger angle. The output torque rises.
The power taken drops.
Overspeed
If, when travelling downhill, the engine speed is too high, the central control unit
reduces the current to the proportional solenoid Y57. This moves the variable
displacement motor to a smaller angle. The hydrostatic braking effect falls.
2.3 Discharging (cooling)

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 292: Discharge valve - machine stationary / machine moving forward

1 Cap 5 Regulating spring
2 Return spring 6 Pressure relief valve piston
3 Discharge valve piston 7 Orifice
4 Spring cup 8 Travel direction switch
L550-1562 070-35
Oil is constantly drained via the discharge valve and pressure relief valve from the
closed circuit. The discharged oil flows to the collector pipe.
The replenishing pump replaces the discharged oil via the high pressure relief
valves in the travel pump. The replenishing pump draws up cooled oil from the
hydraulic tank. This protects the travel hydraulics from overheating.
The discharge valve is connected to the high pressure and low pressure sides of
the travel motor. When the machine is moving, the high pressure pushes the
discharge valve piston 3 against the return spring 2. The discharge valve thereby
connects the low pressure side to the pressure relief valve 6.
The orifice 7 of the pressure relief valve 6 determines the amount of oil that is
discharged. When the machine is moving, the low pressure pushes the pressure
relief valve 6 against the regulating spring 5. The oil flows through the orifice 7 and
the pressure relief valve 6 the collector pipe.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 293: Travel motor scavenging gear pump

pump
2 Brake system gear pump
The travel motor scavenging gear pump 3, together with the fan gear pump 1 and
the brake system gear pump 2, is fitted to the auxiliary power-take off of the
engine.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2 Function
The bearing flushing of the travel motors and the leakage in the rotary groups
cause hot hydraulic oil to collect in the housings of the travel motors. The travel
motor scavenging gear pump draws this oil out of the two travel motors and pumps
it to the hydraulic oil cooler.
070-36 L550-1562
080 Hydraulic components
Contents
080.1 Hydraulic tank 080-2
L550-1562/31334-; 080-2
080.1.2 Filter unit
L550-1562/31334-; 080-4
L550-1562/31334-; 080-6
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 080-1
Hydraulic components Service manual
080.1 Hydraulic tank

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 294: Hydraulic tank

1 Oil sight glass 7 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
B8
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2 Steel tank 8 Drain valve

3 Working hydraulics pump intake 9 Breather filter
connection
4 Replenishing pump intake connec- 10 Cover of return strainer
tion
5 Fan gear pump intake connection 11 Filter cover
6 Emergency steering pump and 12 Connection for replenishing pump
brake system gear pump intake intake connection
connection
The hydraulic tank is fitted behind the driver’s cab.
The hydraulic tank consists of the following components:
– Steel tank
– Filter unit (For more information see: 080.1.2 Filter unit, page 080-4)
080-2 L550-1562
Service manual Hydraulic components
– Breather filter (For more information see: 080.1.3 Breather filter, page 080-6)
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 295: Hydraulic diagram of the hydraulic tank

1 Hydraulic tank 12 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
B8
2 Breather filter 13 Fan gear pump intake connection
3 Return strainer 14 Emergency steering pump and
brake system gear pump intake
connection
4 Bypass valve 15 Fan gear motor leak oil
5 Return suction filter 16 Transmission return flow
6 Pre-tension valve 17 Compact brake valve return flow
and pilot control unit
7 Feeding valve 18 Working hydraulics pump leak oil
8 Strainer 19 Travel pump leak oil
9 Working hydraulics pump intake 20 Hydraulic oil cooler return flow
connection
10 Replenishing pump intake connec- 21 Hydraulic oil cooler bypass return
tion flow
11 Drain valve 22 Control valve block return flow
The hydraulic oil is stored in the hydraulic tank.
The hydraulic oil is cleaned in the integrated filter unit.
The breather filter compensates pressure fluctuations and maintains a slight
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
preload pressure in the hydraulic tank.

The hydraulic tank supplies the following systems with oil:
– Cooling system (fan drive)
– Working hydraulics (For more information see: 060.1 Overview of z kinematics
working hydraulics, page 060-2)
– Travel hydraulics (For more information see: 070.1 Travel hydraulics overview,
page 070-2)
– Steering system (For more information see: 090.1 Steering system overview,
page 090-2)
– Brake system (For more information see: 100.1 Overview of the brake system,
page 100-2)
– Gear shifting (For more information see: 120.3.1 Overview of the hydraulic
control system, page 120-9)
L550-1562 080-3
080.1.2 Filter unit

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 296: Filter unit

1 Filter casing with return suction 6 Bypass valve
filter
2 Pre-tension valve 7 Breather filter
3 Connection for replenishing pump 8 Cover of return strainer
intake connection
4 Replenishing valve with strainer 9 Filter cover
5 Return strainer
The filter unit is contained in the hydraulic tank.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The filter unit is sealed with an O-ring to the steel container.

The following components are integrated in the filter unit:
– Return suction filter
– Return strainer
– Pre-tension valve
– Feeding valve
– Bypass valve
080-4 L550-1562
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 297: Filter unit

1 Return suction filter 9 Transmission return flow
2 Pre-tension valve 10 Compact brake valve return flow
and pilot control unit
3 Connection for replenishing pump 11 Working hydraulics pump leak oil
intake connection
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
4 Replenishing valve with strainer 12 Travel pump leak oil

5 Return strainer 13 Hydraulic oil cooler return flow
6 Bypass valve 14 Hydraulic oil cooler bypass return
flow
7 Breather filter 15 Control valve block return flow
8 Fan gear motor leak oil
The oil flows from the hydraulic components back to the filter unit. The oil is
collected and filtered in the filter unit and directed into the steel tank.
The replenishing pump draws the oil straight from the return suction filter 1 via the
connection 3.
L550-1562 080-5

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 298: Breather filter

1 Filter housing 6 O-ring
2 Inlet valve 7 Fine filter
3 Compression spring 8 O-ring
4 Outlet valve 9 Inner housing
5 Compression spring
The breather filter consists of an oil-resistant, corrosion-proof plastic housing 1
and 9, in which a fine filter 7 folded in a star shape is inserted. The breather filter
contains a spring-loaded inlet valve 2 and a spring-loaded outlet valve 4.
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 299: Diagram of the breather filter

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
1 Breather filter 3 Outlet valve

2 Fine filter 4 Inlet valve
The fluctuating oil level in the steel tank causes pressure fluctuations. These pres-
sure fluctuations are compensated for by ambient air flowing in via the breather
filter 1 or air flowing out of the steel tank.
The air is drawn in through the fine filter 2 to avoid contamination of the oil in the
steel tank.
The outlet valve 3 and the inlet valve 4 are spring-loaded. They only open at a
certain pressure difference. This prevents a constant exchange of air. The oil is not
contaminated as quickly and does not deteriorate due to moisture in the air drawn
in.
080-6 L550-1562
2.2 Pressure equalisation
Fig. 300: Breather filter under excess pressure and with insufficient pressure
1 Fine filter 3 Inlet valve
2 Outlet valve 4 Opening
2.2.1 Excess pressure in the steel tank

Excess pressure in the steel tank can be caused by increased oil temperature or
by the hydraulic cylinders retracting.
At a certain excess pressure, the outlet valve 2 opens. Air can then escape via the
fine filter 1 and the opening 4 to the outside.
2.2.2 Insufficient pressure in the steel tank

Insufficient pressure in the steel tank can be caused by decreasing oil temperature
or by the hydraulic cylinders extending.
Once the pressure falls below a certain level, the inlet valve 3 opens. Air can then
flow into the steel tank via the opening 4 and the fine filter 1.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 080-7
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
080-8 L550-1562
090 Steering system
Contents
L550-1562/31334-; 090-2
L550-1562/31334-; 090-6
090.3 Servostat
L550-1562/31334-; 090-10
090.4 Steering cylinder 090-14
L550-1562/31334-; 090-14
L550-1562/31334-; 090-15
L550-1562/31334-; 090-16
090.5 Emergency steering 090-17
L550-1562/31334-; 090-17
L550-1562/31334-; 090-18
090.5.3 Emergency steering electronics 090-19
L550-1562/31334-; 090-20
L550-1562/31334-; 090-21
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562/31334-; 090-22
090.5.4 Valve block
L550-1562/31334-; 090-23
L550-1562 090-1
Steering system Service manual
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 301: Main steering system components (steering to the left)
090-2 L550-1562
Service manual Steering system
1 Hydraulic tank 10 Left steering cylinder 19 Emergency steering pump

(optional)
2 Travel pump 11 Left steering cylinder pres- 20 Brake system gear pump
sure relief valve suction port
3 Control valve block 12 Left steering damper hydro 21 Collector pipe
accumulator
4 Priority valve 13 Right steering damper hydro 22 Temperature valve
accumulator
5 Restrictor check valve 14 Right steering cylinder 23 Hydraulic oil cooler
6 LS signal to control valve 15 Right steering cylinder pres- P1 Steering system high pres-
block (pressure balances) sure relief valve sure test connection
7 Check valve 16 Control valve block M1 Return piston servo pressure
test connection
8 Emergency steering pressure 17 Servostat
switch B3 (optional)
9 Valve block (optional) 18 Emergency steering check
pressure switch B3a
(optional)
The steering system consists of the following components:
tank, page 080-2)
– Working hydraulics pump (For more information see: 060.2 Working hydraulics
pump, page 060-7)
– Priority valve (For more information see: 090.2 Priority valve, page 090-6)
– Servostat (For more information see: 090.3 Servostat, page 090-10)
– Steering cylinder (For more information see: 090.4.1 Steering cylinder overview,
page 090-14)
– Emergency steering (For more information see: 090.5.1 Emergency steering
overview, page 090-17)
– Hydraulic oil cooler
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 090-3
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 302: Hydraulic diagram of the steering system (steer to the left)
1 Hydraulic tank 26 Restrictor 52 Check valve
090-4 L550-1562
2 Breather filter 27 Power regulator 53 Emergency steering pressure

switch B3 (optional)
3 Return strainer 28 Dummy piston 55 Servostat
4 Bypass valve 29 Flow regulator 56 LS pressure cut-off valve
5 Return suction filter 30 Travel pump 57 Valve spool
6 Pre-tension valve 31 Engine 58 Metering pump
7 Replenishing valve 32 Control valve block supply 59 Secondary pressure relief
valve for steering to the right
8 Strainer 33 LS signal to control valve 60 Secondary pressure relief
block (pressure balances) valve for steering to the left
9 Replenishing pump suction 35 Priority valve 61 Right replenishing valve
port
10 Drain valve 36 Valve spool 62 Left replenishing valve
11 Hydraulic oil temperature 37 Restrictor Ø 0.6 mm 63 Left steering cylinder pres-
sensor B8 sure relief valve
12 Fan gear pump suction port 38 Restrictor Ø0.8 mm 64 Left steering cylinder
13 Fan gear motor leak oil 39 Restrictor Ø 0.8 mm 65 Left steering damper hydro
accumulator
14 Transmission return flow 40 Check valve 66 Right steering damper hydro
accumulator
15 Compact brake valve return 41 Restrictor check valve 67 Right steering cylinder
16 Travel pump leak oil 42 Brake system gear pump 68 Right steering cylinder pres-
suction port sure relief valve
17 Control valve block return 45 Emergency steering pump 69 Control valve block
flow (optional)
20 Working hydraulics pump 46 Electric motor M8 70 Collector pipe
21 Axial piston pump 47 Gear pump 71 Hydraulic oil cooler
22 Return piston 48 Pressure relief valve 72 Temperature valve
23 Restrictor 49 Emergency steering check P1 Steering system high pres-
pressure switch B3a sure
(optional)
24 Servo piston 50 Valve block (optional) M1 Return piston servo pressure
25 Regulating lever 51 Check valve
The working hydraulics pump 20 supplies oil to the steering system via the priority
valve 35.
When steering, the servostat 55 generates a load sensing signal. This load sensing
system is used to control the priority valve 35 and the working hydraulics pump 20.
The priority valve 35 diverts oil from the working hydraulics to the steering system
while increasing the load sensing pressure in the control valve block 33. The load
sensing pressure 33 acts on the pressure balances in the control valve block and
partially closes them. This means the working hydraulics 32 use less oil. More oil is
available for the steering system.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
If the oil supply fails due to the working hydraulics 20, the central control unit acti-
vates the emergency steering function. The electrically powered emergency
steering pump 45 delivers oil to the servostat 55 to allow continued steering move-
ments.
L550-1562 090-5
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 303: Priority valve
The priority valve is mounted on the left in the frame of the rear section.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
090-6 L550-1562
Fig. 304: Sectional view of priority valve (steering system actuated)

1 Adjustment shim 5 Control restrictor Ø 0.8 mm
2 Regulating spring 6 Valve piston
3 Limit stop 7 Damping restrictor Ø 0.8 mm
4 Damping restrictor Ø 0.6 mm
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 305: Hydraulic diagram of priority valve (steering system actuated)

1 Priority valve 6 LS signal to working hydraulics
pump and control valve block
2 Valve spool 7 Servostat oil supply
3 Restrictor Ø 0.6 mm 8 LS signal from servostat
4 Restrictor Ø 0.8 mm 9 Working hydraulics pump
5 Restrictor Ø 0.8 mm
The working hydraulics pump supplies both the working hydraulics and the steering
system with oil. If the steering system is actuated, the priority valve diverts oil from
the working hydraulics. At the same time, the priority valve increases the load
L550-1562 090-7
sensing pressure on the pressure balances in the control valve block. This causes
the pressure balances to close, even if the working hydraulics are actuated at the
same time. This ensures that there is always enough oil available for the steering
system.
2.2 Operating principle
Fig. 306: Working hydraulics actuated / steering system actuated

1 Regulating spring B Spring chamber CF Servostat oil supply
2 Valve piston P Oil from the working LS LS signal from servostat
hydraulics pump
A Pressure chamber EF LS signal to working
hydraulics pump and control
valve block
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2.2.1 Steering system not actuated

If the steering system is not operated, the connection LS is connected via the
servostat to the hydraulic tank.
Oil flows through the connection P, the control edge and the hole in the valve
piston 2 from the working hydraulics pump to the pressure chamber A. This oil
pushes the valve piston 2 against the control springs 1 until the control edge 3
closes. This stops oil flowing from the connection P to the pressure chamber A.
The oil from the pressure chamber A flows via the spring chamber B and the
connection LS to the hydraulic tank. The pressure in the pressure chamber A
decreases until the control spring 1 moves the valve piston 2 again so that the
control edge 3 opens.
090-8 L550-1562
This results in a standby pressure at the connection CF. This standby pressure
acts on the servostat.
2.2.2 Steering system actuated

Oil flows through the connection CF to the servostat. The load sensing signal of the
servostat is present at the connection LS.
The standby pressure CF acts on the connection. If the steering system is actu-
ated, oil flows from the connection CF to the servostat. The servostat generates
the load sensing pressure from the standby pressure. The load-sensing pres-
sure LS and the control spring 1 move the valve piston 2 against the pressure in
the pressure chamber A.
This allows oil to from the working hydraulics pump P to the servostat.
At the same time, oil flows through the connection EF to the load sensing connec-
tion of the working hydraulics pump and to the load sensing connection of the
control valve block. The oil pressure acts on the pressure balances in the control
valve block. This partially closes the pressure balances. Less oil can flow to the
working hydraulics consumers. This makes as much oil available to the steering
system as is required for steering.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 090-9
090.3 Servostat
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 307: Servostat

for steering to the left for steering to the right
2 Valve spool with teeth
The servostat is mounted on the cab floor with rubber elements.
The steering column meshes with the teeth 2.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
090-10 L550-1562
Fig. 308: Sectional view of servostat

1 Metering pump 6 Secondary pressure relief valve
for steering to the right
2 Valve spool (outer spool) 7 Steering column connection
3 Actuator ring 8 Leaf springs
4 Valve spool (inner spool) 9 Secondary pressure relief valve
for steering to the left
5 Needle bearing
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 309: Sectional view of secondary pressure relief valve

1 Plug 3 Valve piston
2 Compression spring 4 Valve seat
L550-1562 090-11
Fig. 310: Sectional view of feeding valve

1 Check valve 3 Hex bolt
2 Pin
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 311: Hydraulic plan of servostat

1 Servostat 8 Left replenishing valve
2 LS pressure cut-off 9 Return line to hydraulic tank
3 Valve spool 10 Oil supply via priority valve
4 Metering pump 11 Load sensing signal to priority
valve
5 Secondary pressure relief valve 12 Steering cylinder
for steering to the right
090-12 L550-1562
6 Secondary pressure relief valve 13 Steering cylinder

for steering to the left
7 Right replenishing valve
The servostat is supplied with oil by the working hydraulics pump via the priority
valve 10.
The servostat directs the oil from the working hydraulics pump to the steering cylin-
ders. While doing this, the servostat regulates the amount of oil depending on the
steering speed.
The servostat also generates a load sensing signal 10 which regulates the priority
valve and the working hydraulics pump.
2.2 Flow booster
Fig. 312: Flow booster

Q Pump capacity in % I Flow rate via metering pump
U Turns of steering wheel per minute II Flow rate via valve spool
The valve spool consists of a inner spool and an outer spool. Both spools are kept
in position by leaf springs.
At less than ten turns of the steering wheel per minute, the inner spool and the
outer spool turn together and deliver the oil to the metering pump. The metering
pump delivers the oil to the steering cylinders.
At more than ten turns of the steering wheel per minute, the valve spools shift
against each other due to the greater force. This causes the valve spools to make
an additional opening through which the oil flows directly to the steering cylinders.
Up to 60% more oil flows to the steering cylinders from fast steering manoeuvres.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 090-13
090.4 Steering cylinder

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 313: Steering cylinder for steering to the left

1 Left steering cylinder 6 Servostat connection L
2 Left steering cylinder pressure 7 Right steering cylinder
relief valve
3 Left steering damper hydro accu- 8 Right steering cylinder pressure
mulator relief valve
4 Servostat connection R 9 Control valve block
5 Right steering damper hydro accu-
mulator
2 Function
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
090-14 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 314: Steering cylinder pressure relief valve
The steering cylinder pressure relief valve is connected to the piston side of the
steering cylinder.
2 Function
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 315: Steering cylinder retracting

1 Damper notch 3 Piston side
2 Steering cylinder pressure relief 4 Rod side
valve
The steering cylinder pressure relief valve 2 protects the steering cylinder from
excess pressure when it retracts.
The stroke limit damper is installed on the piston side 3 of the steering cylinder.
When the piston moves to the end position, the damper notch 1 restricts the return
oil flow and this reduces the piston speed.
L550-1562 090-15
With very fast steering movements, not enough oil flows out through the damper
notch 1. This means the pressure on the piston side 3 greatly increases. If the
pressure increases too much, the steering cylinder pressure relief valve 2 opens
and directs oil through the control valve block to the hydraulic tank.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 316: Ride control hydro accumulator

1 Plunger 5 Nitrogen chamber
2 Accumulator 6 Plug
3 Oil chamber 7 Oil filling
4 Membrane
The steering damper hydraulic accumulators are attached on the piston side of the
steering cylinder.
The steering damper hydraulic accumulators are each divided into two chambers
by a membrane 4. The chamber 5 is filled with nitrogen.
2 Function
When sudden steering movements and quick changes in the steering direction are
made, the steering damper hydraulic accumulators cushion the pressure peaks.
The oil filling 7 prevents the membrane 4 from knocking too hard against the accu-
mulator 2 when high pressure peaks occur.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
090-16 L550-1562
090.5 Emergency steering

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 317: Emergency steering is active

1 Hydraulic tank 6 Emergency steering pressure
switch B3
2 Emergency steering pump 7 Valve block
3 Emergency steering check pres- 8 Servostat
sure switch B3a
4 Brake system gear pump intake P1 Steering system high pressure test
connection connection
5 Working hydraulics pump
The emergency steering system consists of the following components:
tank, page 080-2)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
– Emergency steering pump (For more information see: 090.5.2 Emergency

steering pump, page 090-18)
– Valve block (For more information see: 090.5.4 Valve block, page 090-23)
– Electronic control unit
2 Function
The emergency steering supplies the servostat with oil for a brief time if the
working hydraulics pump fails. As the emergency steering pump works electrically
with power from the vehicle battery, the emergency steering is still able to work
even when the engine is not running.
When the emergency steering is activated, the emergency steering pump draws oil
from the hydraulic tank and pumps it to the valve block. The oil then flows from the
valve block to the servostat.
L550-1562 090-17

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 318: Emergency steering pump

1 Electric motor M8 2 Gear pump with pressure relief
valve
The emergency steering pump is installed on the right side of the vehicle on the
frame of the rear section.
The emergency steering pump consists of an electric motor 1 and a gear pump 2
with integrated pressure relief valve.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 319: Exploded view of the gear pump with pressure relief valve
1 Connector piece 9 Pump cover
2 O-ring 10 Pressure relief valve
3 Flange 11 Valve piston
4 Seals 12 Compression spring
5 Bearing bushings 13 Adjustment shim
6 Drive gear 14 Guide pin
7 Gearwheel 15 Plug
8 Pump housing
090-18 L550-1562
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 320: Hydraulic diagram of the emergency steering pump

1 Emergency steering pump 4 Pressure relief valve
2 Electric motor M8 5 Emergency steering pump intake
connection
3 Gear pump 6 Valve block
The emergency steering pump 1 supplies the steering system with oil if the working
hydraulics pump fails. When the emergency steering is activated, the emergency
steering pump draws oil from the hydraulic tank 5 and pumps it to the valve
block 6.
The pressure relief valve 4 protects the gear pump 3 from excess pressure and the
electric motor 2 from high current consumption.
When the steering system is not actuated and the emergency steering pump is
active, the gear pump 3 supplies the oil via the pressure relief valve 4 in the circuit.
2.2 Pump capacity and current consumption

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 321: Characteristic

Q Pump capacity at Δp I Current consumption at Δp
Δp = output pressure - input pressure (tank pressure)
090.5.3 Emergency steering electronics
L550-1562 090-19

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 322: Emergency steering electronic control unit

1 Display A13 5 Emergency steering check pres-
sure switch B3a
2 Emergency steering button S10 6 Emergency steering pump relay
K011
3 Control unit (UEC3) A6 7 Electric motor M8
4 Emergency steering pressure
switch B3
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

If the pressure in the steering system falls below 16±2 bar, the emergency steering
pressure switch 4 opens. This causes the central control unit 3 to detect a failure in
the steering system oil supply.
The central control unit 3 then activates the emergency steering relay 6 for 40
seconds. In addition, the central control unit generates a warning tone and the
emergency steering symbol field on the display 1 lights up.
After this, the central control unit 3 energises the emergency steering relay 6 as
long as the emergency steering button 2 is pressed, up to a maximum of 10
seconds.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2.2 Testing the pressure switches

Once the ignition is switched on, the central control unit 3 tests the emergency
steering pressure switch 4 and the emergency steering check pressure switch 5 for
a short circuit. The central control unit 3 transmits a voltage signal to the pressure
switches.
If a pressure switch or wiring is defective, a positive signal is sent back to the
central control unit 3. The central control unit 3 triggers the emergency steering
symbol field or the emergency steering pressure check symbol field depending on
the defective pressure switch.
090-20 L550-1562
2.3 Testing the emergency steering pump

After starting the engine, the central control unit 3 activates the emergency steering
pump for 3 seconds. Within these 3 seconds, the emergency steering pressure
check switch 5 must be subject to a pressure of 16±2 bar.
During the test, the emergency steering check symbol field lights up.
Once the pressure is reached, the emergency steering check symbol field goes
out. The emergency steering system is ready for operation.
If the pressure is not reached, the emergency steering check symbol field stays lit
until the ignition is switched off. The emergency steering system is not fully func-
tional. The machine must not be put into operation.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 325: Emergency steering pressure switch

1 Restrictor 4 Thin-film sensor (DMS)
2 Pressure chamber 5 Electronics
3 Metal surface 6 3-pin plug
The emergency steering pressure switch B3 is mounted on the valve block.
The emergency steering pressure switch is N/O (normally open).
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Oil flows into the pressure chamber 2 via the restrictor 1. Pressure peaks are
absorbed by the restrictor 1.
The thin-film sensor 4 changes its resistance according to the curvature of the
metal surface 3. When a specific resistance is reached, the electronics 5 close the
electrical contact.
L550-1562 090-21
2.2 Monitoring the steering system
Fig. 326: Equivalent diagram of emergency steering pressure switch
The emergency steering pressure switch monitors the pressure of the steering
system.
If the pressure in the steering system falls below a set value, the electronics open
the contact. The emergency steering system is activated. The emergency steering
symbol field lights up in the display.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 328: Emergency steering check pressure switch

The emergency steering check pressure switch B3a is mounted on the emergency
steering pump.
The emergency steering check pressure switch is N/O (normally open).
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

Oil flows into the pressure chamber 2 via therestrictor 1. Pressure peaks are
electrical contact.
090-22 L550-1562
2.2 Monitoring the emergency steering pump
Fig. 329: Equivalent diagram of emergency steering check pressure switch
The emergency steering check pressure switch monitors the pressure of the
steering pump.
After starting the engine, the emergency steering system performs an automatic
check. Here the emergency steering pump is activated. If the emergency steering
pump creates enough pressure, the electronics in the emergency steering check
pressure switch close the electric contact. The central control unit registers that the
emergency steering pump is working.
During the automatic check, the emergency steering check symbol field lights up in
the display.
090.5.4 Valve block

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 331: Valve block

1 Emergency steering pressure 4 Check valve
switch B3
2 Check valve P1 Steering system high pressure test
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
connection
3 Valve block
The valve block is fitted in the frame of the rear section.
L550-1562 090-23
2 Function
Fig. 332: Oil supply: Normal operation / from emergency steering pump
1 Oil supply 5 Check valve
2 Check valve 6 Oil from the emergency steering
pump
3 Emergency steering pressure P1 Steering system high pressure test
switch B3 connection
4 To the servostat
If the oil supply fails (for example when the engine is not running), the central
control unit activates the emergency steering system. The oil flows from the emer-
gency steering pump 6 to the servostat 4.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
090-24 L550-1562
100 Brake system
Contents
L550-1562/31334-; 100-2
100.2 Service brake and parking brake 100-5
L550-1562/31334-; 100-5
L550-1562/31334-; 100-6
100.3 Service brake 100-13
L550-1562/31334-; 100-13
L550-1562/31334-; 100-16
L550-1562/31334-; 100-17
L550-1562/31334-; 100-18
100.4 Parking brake 100-19
L550-1562/31334-; 100-19
100.4.2 Disc brake
L550-1562/31334-; 100-22
L550-1562/31334-; 100-23
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 100-1
Brake system Service manual
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 333: Main components of the brake system

1 Hydraulic tank 7 Compact brake valve 13 Front axle service brake
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
hydro accumulator
2 Emergency steering pump 8 Brake light pressure switch 14 Rear axle service brake hydro
intake connection B12 accumulator
3 Rear axle with wet disc brake 9 Accumulator charge pressure M3 Accumulator charge pressure
switch B19 test connection
4 Disc brake 10 Pilot control unit return flow M4 Front axle brake pressure test
connection
5 Brake system gear pump 11 Control valve block (housing M5 Rear axle brake pressure test
preheating) connection
6 Front axle with wet disc brake 12 Parking brake hydro accumu- M6 Parking brake pressure test
lator connection
The brake system consists of the service brake and the parking brake.
100-2 L550-1562
Service manual Brake system
The following components are part of the service brake and the parking brake (For
more information see: 100.2 Service brake and parking brake, page 100-5) :
– Hydraulic tank
– Brake system gear pump
– Compact brake valve
The following components are also part of the service brake (For more information
see: 100.3.1 Overview of the service brake, page 100-13) :
– Service brake hydro accumulator
– Brake light pressure switch
– Accumulator charge pressure switch
– Wet disc brakes (axles)
The following components are also part of the parking brake (For more information
see: 100.4.1 Overview of the parking brake, page 100-19) :
– Disc brake
– Parking brake hydro accumulator
2 Function
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 334: Hydraulic diagram of the brake system

1 Hydraulic tank 19 Hydraulic oil cooler bypass 41 Pressure regulator piston for
return flow 2nd brake circuit
2 Breather filter 20 Control valve block return 42 Restrictor
flow
3 Return strainer 21 Emergency steering pump 43 Brake light pressure switch
intake connection B12
L550-1562 100-3
4 Bypass valve 22 Engine 44 Rear axle service brake hydro

accumulator
5 Return suction filter 23 Fan gear pump 45 Control valve block (housing
preheating)
6 Pre-tension valve 24 Brake system gear pump 46 Accumulator charge pressure
switch B19
7 Feeding valve 25 Travel motor scavenging gear 47 Parking brake hydro accumu-
pump lator
8 Strainer 30 Compact brake valve 48 Front axle service brake
hydro accumulator
9 Working hydraulics pump 31 Restrictor 49 Pilot control unit return flow
intake connection
10 Replenishing pump intake 32 Accumulator charge valve 50 Front axle with wet disc brake
connection
11 Drain valve 33 Check valve 51 Transmission
12 Hydraulic oil temperature 34 Pressure balance pilot valve 52 Disc brake
sensor B8
13 Fan gear pump intake 35 Inverted shuttle valve 53 Rear axle with wet disc brake
connection
14 Fan gear motor leak oil 36 Check valve M3 Accumulator charge pressure
15 Transmission return flow 37 Parking brake solenoid valve M4 Front axle brake pressure
Y10
16 Working hydraulics pump leak 38 Inching angle sensor R1 M5 Rear axle brake pressure
oil
17 Travel pump leak oil 39 Pressure regulator piston for M6 Parking brake pressure
1st brake circuit
18 Hydraulic oil cooler return 40 Restrictor
flow
The brake system gear pump 24 draws up oil from the hydraulic tank 1 and pumps
it to the compact brake valve 30. The hydro accumulators of the brake system are
charged via the compact brake valve 30.
When the hydro accumulators are charged, the oil flows through the control valve
block 45 back to the hydraulic tank.
The oil from the hydro accumulators is used for braking (engaging the service
brake or releasing the parking brake).
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
100-4 L550-1562
100.2 Service brake and parking brake

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 335: Travel motor scavenging gear pump

pump
2 Brake system gear pump
The brake system gear pump 2, together with the fan gear pump 1 and the travel
motor scavenging gear pump 3, is fitted to the auxiliary power-take off of the
engine.
2 Function
The brake system gear pump draws up oil from the hydraulic tank and pumps it to
the compact brake valve. The brake system gear pump charges the hydro accumu-
lators for the service brake and parking brake via the compact brake valve. Once
thy hydro accumulators are fully charged, the pumped oil flows into the control
valve block to preheat the housing and from then on to the hydraulic tank.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 100-5

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 336: Compact brake valve

1 Pedal 6 Brake light pressure switch B12
2 Base plate 7 Stop bolt
3 Accumulator charge pressure 8 Inching angle sensor R1
switch B19
4 Parking brake solenoid valve Y10 M3 Accumulator charge pressure test
connection
5 Pressure balance pilot valve
The base plate 2 is bolted to the floor of the driver’s cab.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
100-6 L550-1562
Fig. 337: Sectional view of the compact brake valve

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
1 Pedal 10 Pressure balance pilot valve

adjusting screw
2 Zero position stop bolt 11 Inverted shuttle valve
3 Inlet restrictor 12 Pressure regulator piston read-
justing spring
4 Inlet check valve 13 Pressure regulator piston for 2nd
brake circuit
5 Parking brake check valve 14 Pressure regulator piston read-
justing spring
6 Parking brake solenoid valve Y10 15 Pressure regulator piston for 1st
brake circuit
7 To the accumulator charge valve 16 Stop bolt
L550-1562 100-7
8 Pressure balance pilot valve 17 Pressure regulator spring

9 Pilot valve regulating spring 18 Inching compression spring
Fig. 338: Sectional view of the accumulator charge valve

1 Inlet restrictor 3 To the pressure balance pilot valve
2 Accumulator charge valve
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 339: Hydraulic diagram of the compact brake valve

1 Compact brake valve 14 Compact brake valve return flow
2 Inlet restrictor 15 Brake system high pressure gear
pump
3 Accumulator charge valve 16 Control valve block (housing
preheating)
4 Inlet check valve 17 Accumulator charge pressure
switch B19
5 Pressure balance pilot valve 18 Service brake hydro accumulator
(front axle)
6 Inverted shuttle valve 19 Parking brake hydro accumulator
7 Parking brake check valve 20 Parking brake
100-8 L550-1562
8 Parking brake solenoid valve Y10 21 Front axle wet disc brake
9 Inching angle sensor R1 22 Rear axle wet disc brake
10 Pressure regulator piston for 1st 23 Brake light pressure switch B12
brake circuit
11 Restrictor 24 Service brake hydro accumulator
(rear axle)
12 Pressure regulator piston for 2nd M3 Accumulator charge pressure
brake circuit
13 Restrictor
The following functions are controlled via the compact brake valve:
– Charging the hydro accumulators
– Inching function
– Service brake
– Parking brake
– Brake light
– Brake system accumulator pressure symbol field
2.2 Inverted shuttle valve

The service brake hydraulic accumulators are connected to the pressure balance
pilot valve via the inverted shuttle valve. The hydraulic accumulator with the lower
pressure is always connected to the pressure balance pilot valve by the inverted
shuttle valve.
2.3 Charging the hydro accumulators

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 340: Hydro accumulator charged / charging

1 Pilot valve regulating spring 5 Inlet restrictor 9 Compression spring of accu-
mulator charge valve
2 Pressure balance pilot valve 6 Inlet check valve 10 Valve piston of pilot valve
3 Piston 7 To the parking brake
4 To the service brake 8 Valve piston of accumulator
charge valve
L550-1562 100-9
The pressure in the hydraulic accumulators of the braking system is reduced every
time the brakes are applied (engaging the service brake or releasing the parking
brake). If the pressure drops to the cut-in pressure, the hydraulic accumulators are
charged up to the cut-out pressure again.
The cut-in pressure and the cut-out pressure depend on the pre-loaded force of the
pilot valve regulating spring 1.
The hydraulic accumulators of the brake system are charged by the brake system
gear pump.
When the hydraulic accumulators are completely charged, the accumulator charge
valve directs the oil from the brake system gear pump P to the control valve block
to preheat the housing N.
2.3.1 Charged hydro accumulators

When the hydraulic accumulators are charged up to the cut-out pressure, the
system pressure pushes the valve piston of the pilot valve 10 against the regulating
spring of the pilot valve 1.
The valve piston of the pilot valve separates the accumulator charge valve from the
system pressure and links it to the tank connection. The oil from the brake system
gear pump can therefore push the valve piston of the accumulator charge valve 8
against the compression spring of the accumulator charge valve 9. The connec-
tion N is open. The oil from the brake system gear pump P flows to the control
valve block.
2.3.2 Charging the hydro accumulators

The brake system pressure is applied to the valve piston of the pilot valve 10 via
the piston 3. If the system pressure drops to the cut-in pressure, the regulating
spring of the pilot valve 1 pushes the valve piston of the pilot valve 10 against the
system pressure.
The valve piston of the pilot valve 10 links the accumulator charge valve to the
system pressure. This results in the valve piston of the accumulator charge valve 8
being closed by the system pressure and the compression spring of the accumu-
lator charge valve 9.
The oil from the brake system gear pump P flows into the hydro accumulators via
the inverted shuttle valve or via the parking brake check valve.
2.4 Inching function

The inching angle sensor R1 is connected to the pedal. The first two thirds of the
pedal displacement only operate the inching function.
The inching angle sensor is a two-channel sensor. It issues two mixed current
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
signals between 4 mA and 20 mA.

During inching, the central control unit reduces the current to the control pressure
proportional solenoid. This results in the travel pump pivoting back in. The machine
is hydrostatically braked.
100-10 L550-1562
2.5 Service brake
Fig. 341: Service brake not applied / applied

1 Pedal 5 Connecting duct 9 Pressure regulator spring
2 Inverted shuttle valve 6 Pressure regulator piston 10 Inching compression spring
readjusting spring
3 Pressure regulator piston 7 Pressure regulator piston for
readjusting spring 1st brake circuit
4 Pressure regulator piston for 8 Connecting duct
2nd brake circuit
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The first of two thirds of the pedal displacement only operate the inching function.
The pressure regulator spring is only activated in the last third of the pedal
displacement.
The pressure regulator spring 9 pushes the pressure regulator piston for the 1st
brake circuit 7 and the pressure regulator piston for the 2nd brake circuit 4 against
the return springs 6 and 3. Oil flows from the hydro accumulators S1 and S2 to the
brake circuits BR2 and BR1 via the recesses in the pressure regulator pistons.
At the same time, oil flows through the connecting ducts 8 and 5 to the readjusting
springs. When the oil pressure in the brake circuits is sufficient, the oil pressure
and the readjusting springs push the pressure regulator pistons against the pres-
sure regulator spring again. The connection to the hydro accumulators is inter-
rupted again. A steady brake pressure is thereby maintained in the brake circuits,
as long as the pedal position remains unchanged.
L550-1562 100-11
If the pedal is pushed down further, the oil pressure also increases in the brake
circuits because increased oil pressure is required to push the pressure regulator
pistons against the pressure regulator spring again.
2.6 Parking brake

When the parking brake solenoid valve Y10 is energised, oil flows from the parking
brake hydro accumulator to the disc brake. The parking brake disengages.
2.7 Brake light

The brake light is switched on by the brake light pressure switch B12 in the 2nd
brake circuit. (For more information see: 100.3.3 Brake light pressure switch ,
page 100-17)
2.7.1 Brake system accumulator pressure symbol field

The brake system accumulator pressure symbol field is activated by the accumu-
lator charge pressure switch B19. (For more information see: 100.3.4 Accumulator
charge pressure switch, page 100-18)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
100-12 L550-1562
100.3 Service brake

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 342: Main components of the service brake

1 Hydraulic tank 6 Compact brake valve 11 Front axle service brake
hydro accumulator
2 Emergency steering pump 7 Brake light pressure switch 12 Rear axle service brake hydro
intake connection B12 accumulator
3 Rear axle with wet disc brake 8 Accumulator charge pressure M3 Accumulator charge pressure
switch B19 test connection
4 Brake system gear pump 9 Pilot control unit return flow M4 Front axle brake pressure test
connection
5 Front axle with wet disc brake 10 Control valve block (housing M5 Rear axle brake pressure test
preheating) connection
The brake system consists of the service brake and the parking brake.
L550-1562 100-13
The following components are part of the service brake:

tank, page 080-2)
– Brake system gear pump (For more information see: 100.2.1 Brake system gear
pump, page 100-5)
– Compact brake valve (For more information see: 100.2.2 Compact brake valve,
page 100-6)
– Service brake hydro accumulator (For more information see: 100.3.2 Service
brake hydro accumulator, page 100-16)
– Brake light pressure switch (For more information see: 100.3.3 Brake light pres-
sure switch , page 100-17)
– Accumulator charge pressure switch (For more information see: 100.3.4 Accu-
mulator charge pressure switch, page 100-18)
– Wet disc brakes (axles)
2 Function
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

flow
accumulator
100-14 L550-1562
preheating)
switch B19
pump lator
hydro accumulator
intake connection
connection
12 Hydraulic oil temperature 34 Pressure balance pilot valve 52 Parking brake
sensor B8
connection
Y10
oil
1st brake circuit
flow
it to the compact brake valve 30.
When the service brake hydro accumulators for the front axle 48 and rear axle 44
are fully charged, the oil flows via the accumulator charge valve 32 to the control
valve block 45 and thus back to the hydraulic tank 1.
If the pressure in the service brake hydraulic accumulators is too low, the pressure
balance pilot valve 34 closes the accumulator charge valve 32. The service brake
hydraulic accumulators are charged by the brake system gear pump 24.
At first, only the inching function 38 is activated when braking. When this occurs,
the travel pump pivots back in and the machine is braked hydrostatically.
Only when pedal is pressed further down does oil flow from the service brake
hydro accumulators via the two separate brake circuits BR1 and BR2 to the wet
disc brakes in the axles.
Because only oil from the service brake hydro accumulators is used for braking,
the service brake functions independently from the oil supply (including when the
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
engine is switched off), as long as there is enough pressure in the hydro accumula-
tors
L550-1562 100-15

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 344: Service brake hydro accumulator

The service brake hydraulic accumulators are fitted under the driver’s cab.
The service brake hydraulic accumulators are each divided into two chambers by a
membrane 4. The chamber 5 is filled with nitrogen.
2 Function
Due to the service brake hydro accumulators, the machine can be braked by
engaging the service brake even when the engine is not running.
The front axle is braked with the oil from one of the hydraulic accumulators; the
rear axle is braked with the oil from the other hydraulic accumulator.
The oil chamber 3 is filled with oil while the engine is running via the compact
brake valve.
When the engine is not running, the nitrogen filling 5 presses the membrane 4
against the oil. The pressure is sufficient to apply the brakes fully at least nine
times.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
100-16 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 345: Brake light pressure switch, no contact and making contact
1 Connection contacts 5 Contact plate
2 Adjusting screw 6 Pin
3 Compression spring 7 Membrane
4 Switching contacts
The brake light pressure switch B12 is fitted to the compact brake valve and
connected to the 2nd brake circuit.
The brake light pressure switch is N/O (normally open). The closing pressure can
be set with the adjusting screw 2.
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

When the service brake is engaged, pressure is applied to the membrane 7. When
there is sufficient pressure, the membrane 7 pushes the pin 6 against the compres-
sion spring 3, until the contact plate 5 touches the two switching contacts 4. This
causes the two connection contacts 1 to make contact and close the circuit.
2.2 Switching on the brake light

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 346: Equivalent diagram of brake light pressure switch
The brake light pressure switch closes at a brake pressure of 5±0.5 bar. This causes
the brake light to light up when braking.
L550-1562 100-17

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 347: Accumulator charge pressure switch

The accumulator charge pressure switch B19 is fitted to the compact brake valve.
The accumulator charge pressure switch is N/O (normally open).
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

electrical contact.
2.2 Accumulator charge pressure monitoring

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 348: Equivalent diagram of accumulator charge pressure switch
The accumulator charge pressure switch monitors the pressure in the service
brake hydro accumulators.
If the service brake is engaged when the engine is not running, the pressure in the
service brake hydraulic accumulators is reduced without these being recharged by
the brake system gear pump.
If the brake pressure falls below a set value, the electronics open the contact. The
brake system accumulator pressure symbol field appears in the display. If the
engine is running, a warning buzzer sounds in addition.
100-18 L550-1562
100.4 Parking brake

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 350: Main components of the parking brake

1 Hydraulic tank 4 Disc brake 7 Parking brake hydro accumu-
lator
2 Emergency steering pump 5 Compact brake valve M6 Parking brake pressure test
intake connection connection
3 Brake system gear pump 6 Pilot control unit return flow
The following components are part of the parking brake:
tank, page 080-2)
– Brake system gear pump (For more information see: 100.2.1 Brake system gear
pump, page 100-5)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
– Compact brake valve (For more information see: 100.2.2 Compact brake valve,
page 100-6)
– Disc brake (For more information see: 100.4.2 Disc brake, page 100-22)
– Parking brake hydro accumulator (For more information see: 100.4.3 Parking
brake hydro accumulator, page 100-23)
L550-1562 100-19
2 Function

flow
accumulator
preheating)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

switch B19
pump lator
hydro accumulator
intake connection
connection
12 Hydraulic oil temperature 34 Pressure balance pilot valve 52 Disc brake
sensor B8
100-20 L550-1562
connection
Y10
oil
1st brake circuit
flow
it to the compact brake valve 30.
When the parking brake hydro accumulator 47 is fully charged, oil flows through
the accumulator charge valve 32 to the control valve block 45 and back to the
hydraulic tank 1.
If the pressure in the parking brake hydro accumulator 47 is too low, the pressure
balance pilot valve 34 closes the accumulator charge valve 32. The parking brake
hydro accumulator 47 is charged by the brake system gear pump 24.
When the parking brake is engaged, the parking brake solenoid valve 37 is not
energised. The pressure chamber of the disc brake 52 is relieved towards the
hydraulic tank 1. The cup springs in the disc brake 52 generate the braking force
(negative brake).
The parking brake therefore functions even when engine is not running.
When the parking brake is engaged, the parking brake symbol field lights up in the
display.
When the parking brake is released, the parking brake solenoid valve 37 is ener-
gised. Oil flows from the parking brake hydro accumulator 47 to the disc brake 52.
The oil pressure pushes the brake piston against the cup springs.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 100-21
100.4.2 Disc brake

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 353: Disc brake open

1 Cap 12 Solenoid
2 Sealing ring 13 Castle nut
3 Snap ring 14 Guide pin
4 Thrust ring 15 Brake shoe
5 Cup springs 16 Solenoid
6 Grooved ring packing 17 Dust protection ring
7 Brake piston 18 Pressure chamber
8 Brake caliper 19 Bleeder valve
9 Grooved ring packing 20 Thrust pin
10 Brake disc 21 Adjusting screw
11 Brake shoe 22 Counter nut
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The parking brake is a spring accumulator sliding caliper brake.

The parking brake is attached to the output shaft of the transmission. The parking
brake works on both axles via the drive shafts.
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The braking force is generated by the brake disc being clamped between the brake
shoes. The friction between brake shoes and brake disc generates the braking
force.
100-22 L550-1562
2.1.1 Disc brake closed (bled)

The brake caliper 8 is mounted on the guide pin 14 so that it floats.
The braking force is generated by the cup springs 5. The disc brake therefore
brakes without any additional external force, i.e. even when the engine is not
running.
When the disc brake is closed, the pressure chamber 18 is relieved. The cup
springs 5 press the brake piston 7 with the brake shoe 15 against the brake
disc 10. The brake caliper 8 therefore slides on to the guide pin 14, until the brake
disc 10 is clamped between the brake shoes 11 and 15.
2.1.2 Disc brake open (ventilated)

When the disc brake is open, oil flows from the compact brake valve into the pres-
sure chamber 18. The oil pressure pushes the brake piston 7 against the cup
springs 5. The disc brake is open.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 354: Parking brake hydro accumulator

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The parking brake hydro accumulator is bolted to the compact brake valve.
The parking brake hydraulic accumulator is divided into two chambers by a
membrane 4. The chamber 5 is filled with nitrogen.
2 Function
The parking brake hydraulic accumulator can open the disc brake even when the
engine is not running (the ignition must be switched on).
The oil chamber 3 is filled with oil while the engine is running via the compact
brake valve.
When the engine is not running, the nitrogen filling 5 presses the membrane 4
against the oil. The pressure is sufficient to open the disc brake.
L550-1562 100-23
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
100-24 L550-1562
110 Electrical system
Contents
L550-1562/31334-; 110-2
110.2 Lighting
L550-1562/31334-; 110-6
L550-1562/31334-; 110-8
110.4 Electronic control unit 110-10
L550-1562/31334-; 110-10
L550-1562/31334-; 110-12
110.5 Electrical components of the driver’s cab 110-17
L550-1562/31334-; 110-17
110.6 Electrical components in the rear section 110-21
L550-1562/31334-; 110-21
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 110-1
Electrical system Service manual
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

The operating voltage of the machine is 24 V. The batteries (2 x 12 V) are
connected in series.
The two batteries are installed in the right ballast weight.
The following illustrations and tables contain components of the electrical system
(except for the engine and cab interior).
1 Layout
Fig. 355: Machine view from left
BMK Function BMK Function

A4 Fuse and relay board M9 Rear washer pump
A6 Central control unit (UEC3) M13 Condenser fan 1
A700 Engine control unit Y2 Forward travel direction solenoid valve
B4 Air filter vacuum switch Y3 Reverse travel direction solenoid valve
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
B8 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor Y11 Additional equipment 1 solenoid valve

B15 Bucket return-to-dig inductive switch Y12 Additional equipment 2 solenoid valve
B17 Lift kick-out inductive sensor Y14 Pilot control solenoid valve
B27 Air conditioning pressure switch Y15 PWM angle travel pump
M4 Front washer pump Y20 Ride control
Tab. 61: Components
110-2 L550-1562
Service manual Electrical system
Fig. 356: Machine view from right

S15 Battery main switch
B1 Transmission (power take-off) speed sensor Y13 Fan reversal solenoid valve
B2 Variable displacement motor 2 speed sensor Y22 Air conditioning compressor coupling
B25 Fuel pipe sensor Y26 Travel direction solenoid valve
B100 Coupling pressure relief valve Y53 Quick-change device opening solenoid valve
F01 Main fuse Y53a Quick-change device closing solenoid valve
F07a Hazard warning system fuse Y57 Hydraulic motor 2 solenoid valve
G2a Battery Y58 Hydraulic motor 1 solenoid valve
G2b Battery Y60 Coupling opening solenoid valve
Tab. 62: Components

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 357: Earthing points
L550-1562 110-3
BMK Installation location BMK Installation location

MP 1 Front left of rear section under the cab MP 6 Middle of cab rear
wall
MP 4 Rear right of rear section behind the battery MP 6f Fuse and relay board
main switch
MP 5 Left of rear section, under the engine
(starter)
Tab. 63: Earthing points
2.1 Other electrical components
Fig. 358: Overview of the other electrical components

B12 Brake light pressure switch R5 Accelerator pedal angle sensor
B19 Accumulator charge pressure Y9 Retaining solenoid for bucket
switch return-to-dig
B32 Float position pressure switch Y10 Parking brake solenoid valve
K5a Front windscreen wiper motor Y17 Retaining solenoid for lift kick-out
interval relay
M2 Front windscreen wiper motor Y18 Float position retaining solenoid
M3 Rear windscreen wiper motor Y21 Float position / ride control sole-
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
noid valve
R1 Inching-brake pedal angle
sensor
Tab. 64: Other electrical components
The float position/ride control solenoid valve Y21 is located on the control valve
block.
The accelerator pedal with the accelerator pedal angle sensor R5 is located in the
driver’s cab.
The brake light pressure switch B12 and the brake accumulator pressure
switch B19 are located under the driver’s cab on the compact brake valve.
110-4 L550-1562
The windscreen wiper motors M2 and M3 are installed in the driver’s cab.
The float position pressure switch B32 and the retaining solenoids for the float
position Y18, bucket return-to-dig Y9 and lift kick-out Y17 are located on the pilot
control unit.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 110-5
110.2 Lighting
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 359: Overview of lighting

E1a Left rear light E17 Rear hatch right working head-
light
E1b Left reversing light H15 Front left direction indicator
E3 Left driving headlight H16 Front right direction indicator
E4 Right driving headlight H17 Rear left direction indicator
E5a Right rear light H18 Rear left direction indicator
E5b Right reversing light H20 Left brake light
E6 Left tail light H21 Right brake light
E7 Right tail light H50 Front left marker light / parking
light
E10 Front left working headlight H51 Front right marker light / parking
light
E11 Front right working headlight H54 Left low beam
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
E12 Rear left cab roof working head- H55 Right low beam
light
E13 Rear right cab roof working head- H56 Left high beam
light
E16 Rear hatch left working headlight H57 Right high beam
Tab. 65: Component designations
2.1 Basic function

The machine lights are operated using switches on the cab ceiling, the steering-
column switch S3 and the fuse and relay board.
110-6 L550-1562
The brake lights are controlled by the brake light pressure switch B12.
The reversing lights are operated via an output of the central control unit.
The tail lights and marker lights are controlled via terminal 58.
Functions on the steering-column switch S3

H56 Left high beam H15 Front left direction indicator
H57 Right high beam H16 Front right direction indicator
H54 Left low beam H17 Rear left direction indicator
H55 Right low beam H18 Rear left direction indicator
Tab. 66: Functions on the steering-column switch S3
Functions on switches on the cab ceiling

BMK Function Switch
E10 Front left working headlight P7
E11 Front right working headlight P7
E12 Rear left cab roof working headlight S8
E13 Rear right cab roof working headlight S8
Hazard warning system S4
Tab. 67: Functions on switches on the cab ceiling
Functions on the reversing headlight output on the central control unit

E1b Left reversing light E5b Right reversing light
Tab. 68: Functions on the reversing headlight output on the central control unit
Functions on terminal 58
E6 Left tail light H50 Front left marker light / parking light
E7 Right tail light H51 Front right marker light / parking light
Tab. 69: Functions on terminal 58

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Functions on the brake light pressure switch B12

H20 Left brake light H21 Right brake light
Tab. 70: Functions on the brake light pressure switch B12
L550-1562 110-7
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;

The circuit diagrams for the electrical system show the functional sequences for the
entire machine, including optional attachments. Options in the circuit diagrams are
shown in green. All components and connectors are correctly labelled and shown
with the appropriate symbol so that they can be clearly identified. The key contains
an additional list of the components with their designations.
The wiring diagrams can also be called up in the spare parts programme LIDOS
under electrical system assemblies. These can be opened in an e3v format via the
info button next to assembly circuit diagram.
The circuit diagrams are divided up as follows:
– Overview chart
– Contents
– Key
– BMK list
– Circuit diagrams
– Component overviews
The circuit diagrams contain links that can be activated with a mouse click.
1.1.1 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Designation
SH Service hours
EP Electroproportional
WH Wiring harness
LED LED
LFD Liebherr ride control system
SV Solenoid valve
PWM Pulse width modulation (proportional output)
PSV Proportional solenoid valve
BMK Equipment code
Tab. 71: Abbreviations

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
1.1.2 Designation of components with “-”

The designations of the components and connectors are always shown with “-”,
e.g.:
Description Component designation

-A10 Display
Tab. 72: Example of component designation
1.1.3 Location code with “+”

Location codes are always shown with “+”. The location code shows where the
component is situated in the machine.
110-8 L550-1562
For example:
Description Location code

+V1 Front section
Tab. 73: Example of location code

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 110-9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
001
OVERVIEW PLAN L556/1410; L556/1494; L550/1562 2PLUS1
DRAWING INDEX:
L550-L556_Schwellenland_Vorserie
A A
A11 KEY BOARD A13 DISPLAY UNIT X61 DIAGNOSTIC PLUG

1410 00090 01 00
93017886
B B
SWITCH
SUPPLY
DRAWING NUMBER:
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
A21 HEAT AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
HEAT - AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

SENSORS
C C
SWITCH
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
We reserve all rights in this document and in the informa-
A4 FUSE AND RELAY BOARD

tion contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure
ANGLE SENSOR
PRESSURE SENSOR
to third parties without express authority is strictly
© LIEBHERR FACTORY BISCHOFSHOFEN
ELECTRICAL CONSUMERS
LIGHTING
WINDSCREEN WIPER A6 CENTRAL CONTROL
D BEACONLIGHT D
OPTION
forbidden.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen-
stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung,
Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltes
sind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten.
ENGINE
E SUPPLY
E
SUPPLY BATTERY ; GENERATOR A700D MOTOR CONTROL JD
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR OVERVIEW PLAN SIDE: 1 FROM 63

TYPE: LIDOS UNIT SERIES NUMBER: xxxxx FACTORY BISCHOFSHOFEN E PLAN CREATED DATE: 08.06.2015 10:37
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
001 TABLE OF CONTENTS SHEET TABLE OF CONTENTS SHEET

2IN1 STEERING E PLAN /53 EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP ; PRESSURE SWITCH EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP E PLAN /34
DRAWING INDEX:
A A
DISPLAY UNIT ; DIAGNOSTIC PLUG E PLAN /21 RADIO ; VOLTAGE CONVERTER ; DRIVER'S SEAT E PLAN /24
WORKING PROJECTOR REAR E PLAN /19 NOT USED RELAY E PLAN /36
WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT E PLAN /18 REVERSING OBSTACLE DETECTOR E PLAN /52
BATTERY ; MASTER SWITCH ; IGNITION SWITCH E PLAN /13 BACK-UP ALARM ACOUSTIC E PLAN /47
1410 00090 01 00
CONTROL LEVER ; ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT ; TANK PIPE SENSOR E PLAN /20 BACK-UP ALARM OPTICAL E PLAN /46
LIGHTING ; INDICATOR ; HAZARD WARNING LIGHT E PLAN /16 BEACONLIGHT ; REAR WINDOW HEATER E PLAN /26
93017886
B REFUELLING PUMP DIFFERENTIAL LOCK E PLAN /48 SWITCH ASSIGNMENT E PLAN /45 B
BMK-INDEX E PLAN /4 BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG FLOAT POSITION E PLAN /29
BMK-INDEX E PLAN /5 WINDSCREEN WIPER FRONT /17
BMK-INDEX E PLAN /6 QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE E PLAN /30
DRAWING NUMBER:
BMK-INDEX E PLAN /7 FLOAT POSITION E PLAN /51

PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
BMK-INDEX E PLAN /8 DUST FILTER EXCESS PRESSURE SYSTEM E PLAN /35

BMK-INDEX E PLAN /9 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ENGINE E PLAN /56
C C

FUEL PREHEATING E PLAN /55 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ENGINE E PLAN /60

PRESSURE LIMITATION CLUTCH E PLAN /54 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ENGINE E PLAN /61
PRESSURE SWITCH ; TEMPERATURE SENSOR ENGINE E PLAN /25 BUZZER ; SUPPLY UEC3 E PLAN /23
ELECTRONIC IMMOBILISER E PLAN /49 TEMPERATURE AND SPEED SENSORS E PLAN /32
TRAVELLING DIRECTION AND LIGHTING E PLAN /15 OVERVIEW PLAN E PLAN /1
D D
SPEED-PEDAL E PLAN /28 SUPPLY ENGINE CONTROL UNIT E PLAN /27
GENERATOR CHARGE CONTROL E PLAN /14 CENTRAL LUBRICATION SYSTEM E PLAN /37
forbidden.
MAIN KEYPAD E PLAN /38 CENTRAL CONTROL UEC3 X3 E PLAN /39

HEAT - AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM E PLAN /43 CENTRAL CONTROL UEC3 X4 E PLAN /40
REAR AND HORN E PLAN /17 AUXILIARY HEATER E PLAN /44
HORN OPERATION AND BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG E PLAN /50

INCH PEDAL E PLAN /22
E E
CLUTCH ; HYDRAULIC MOTOR ; TRAVEL PUMP E PLAN /33
COUNTRY-SPECIFIC TYPE/EXECUTION E PLAN /42
KEY E PLAN /3
FAN REVERSAL ; RIDE CONTROL E PLAN /31
ENGINE ECU J01 - ENGINE SIDE E PLAN /62
ENGINE ECU J03 - ENGINE SIDE E PLAN /63
ENGINE CONTROL UNIT E PLAN /41
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR TABLE OF CONTENTS SIDE: 2 FROM 63

TYPE: LIDOS UNIT SERIES NUMBER: xxxxx FACTORY BISCHOFSHOFEN CREATED DATE: 08.06.2015 10:37
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
001
TYPE / COUNTING NUMBER, SYSTEM, LOCATION CODE

DRAWING INDEX:
A A
CIRCUITS TWISTED
- TYPE / COUNTING NUMBER

1410 00090 01 00
=K =K SYSTEM (CAB)
-M1 ENGINE START OPERATING SUPPLY CODE +K6 +K6 LOCATION CODE (CAB FLOOR)
52
93017886
B -X1.S1 -X1.S PLUG NAME AND PIN CONTACT B

-X1.B1 -X1.B PLUG NAME AND SOCKET CONTACT
52
+K6
= SYSTEM =K 52 PIN AM PLUG
=B BALLAST
DRAWING NUMBER:
CABLE GREEN- OPTION

PROJECT NAME:
=F TRAVEL DRIVE
IDENT NUMBER:
=H HIND CARRIAGE /7.E4 CROSS REFERENCE UP SHEET 7;E4
=K CAB OPEN LINE END

C =M ENGINE C
last MODIFICATION
=V FRONT SECTION
+LOCATION CODE
+B BALLAST +K CAB
+B1 BALLAST LEFT +K1 CAB FITTINGS
D +B2 BALLAST RIGHT +K2 CAB REAR PANEL D
+K3 CAB ROOF
+F TRAVEL DRIVE +K4 CAB FITTINGS SIDE COVER RIGHT REAR
forbidden.
+F1 FRONT AXLE +K5 CAB FITTINGS SIDE COVER LEFT REAR
+F2 REAR AXLE +K6 CAB FLOOR
+F3 TRANSMISSION
+M ENGINE
+H HIND CARRIAGE
+H1 HIND CARRIAGE REAR HATCH +V FRONT SECTION
E E
+H2 HIND CARRIAGE UNTER CAB RIGHT
+V1 FRONT SECTION
+H3 HIND CARRIAGE UNTER CAB LEFT
+V2 LIFT ARM
+H4 HIND CARRIAGE RIGHT
+V3 TILT CYLINDER
+H5 HIND CARRIAGE LEFT
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR KEY SIDE: 3 FROM 63

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
001 BMK SYSTEM PLACE FUNCTION SHEET BMK SYSTEM PLACE FUNCTION SHEET
-A3 * =K RADIO /24.D6 -B8 =H HYDRAULIC OIL CONTROL /32.D2
DRAWING INDEX:
+K3 +H4
A A
-A3X1 =K +K3 PLUG RADIO /24.D6 -B8X =H +H4 PLUG HYDRAULIC OIL CONTROL /32.D2
-A3X2 =K +K3 PLUG RADIO /24.E6 -B10 =H +H2 HORN /17.E4
-A6.A =K +K2 UEC3 X3 /39.B1 -B10X1 =H +H2 PLUG HORN /17.E4
-A6.A.X3 =K +K2 PLUG UEC3 X3 /20.B5 -B10X2 =H +H2 PLUG HORN /17.F4
1410 00090 01 00
-A6.B =K +K2 UEC3 X4 /40.B1 -B11l * =K +K3 LOUDSPEAKER LEFT /24.F7

-A6.B.X4/20 * =K +K2 PLUG CENTRAL CONTROL /50.B3 -B11lX1 =K +K3 PLUG LOUDSPEAKER LEFT /24.F7
93017886
B -A6.BX4 =K +K2 PLUG UEC3 X4 /20.B7 -B11lX2 =K +K3 PLUG LOUDSPEAKER LEFT /24.E7 B
-A6.BX4/20a =K +K2 PLUG CENTRAL CONTROL /50.B2 -B11r * =K +K3 LOUDSPEAKER RIGHT /24.E6
-A8.ST2 * =M +M PLUG AUXILIARY HEATER /44.D5 -B11rX1 =K +K3 PLUG LOUDSPEAKER RIGHT /24.E6
-A9 * =K +K2 IMMOBILISER /49.B3 -B11rX2 =K +K3 PLUG LOUDSPEAKER RIGHT /24.F6
DRAWING NUMBER:
-A9.X * =K +K2 PLUG IMMOBILISER /49.C3 -B12 =V +V1 PRESSURE SWITCH STOP LIGHT /16.E2
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
-A11 =K +K4 CONTROL STAGE /38.A1 -B12X =V +V1 PLUG PRESSURE SWITCH /16.F2
-A11X1 =K +K4 PLUG CONTROL STAGE /38.D7 -B13 =H +H COOLING WATER LEVEL /28.C6
-A13 =K +K1 DISPLAY UNIT /21.D1 -B13.X =H +H PLUG COOLING WATER LEVEL /28.C6
C C
-A13X1 =K +K1 PLUG DISPLAY UNIT /21.D2 -B15 =V +V2 INDUCTIVE SENSOR BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG /29.D6
-A13X2 =K +K1 PLUG DISPLAY UNIT /21.C3 -B15X =V +V2 PLUG INDUCTIVE SENSOR /29.D6
-A21 =K +K HEAT AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM /43.A5 -B16 =H +H5 BACK-UP ALARM /16.E6
-A202 * =K +K PRESELECTOR CLOCK AUXILIARY HEATER /44.C2 -B16.X1.B * =H +H5 PLUG ADAPTOR /47.F4
-A203 * =M +M AUXILIARY HEATER /44.D4 -B16.X1.S * =H +H5 PLUG ADAPTOR /47.A4
-A700 =M +M ENGINE ECU ( APPLIANCES SIDE ) /41.A1 -B16X =H +H5 PLUG BACK-UP ALARM /16.E6
-A700.J01 =M +M PLUG ENGINE ECU ( ENGINE SIDE ) /59.B6 -B17 * =V +V1 INDUCTIVE SENSOR LIFT KICK-OUT /29.D5
D D
-A700.J03 =M +M PLUG ENGINE ECU ( ENGINE SIDE ) /58.A2 -B17.X * =V +V1 PLUG INDUCTIVE SENSOR /29.E5
-A700_b =M ENGINE ECU - ENGINE SIDE X2 /62.B1 -B17X.B * =V PLUG ADAPTOR /29.E5
forbidden.
+M +V1
-A700_c =M +M ENGINE ECU - ENGINE SIDE X3 /63.B1 -B17X.S =V +V1 PLUG ADAPTOR /29.D5
-A700X1 =M +M PLUG ENGINE ECU ( APPLIANCES SIDE ) /27.B6 -B19 =H +H PRESSURE SWITCH SERVICE BRAKE /25.D6
-B1 =H +H4 SPEED SENSOR OUTPUT /32.D4 -B19.X =H +H PLUG PRESSURE SWITCH /25.D6
-B1X =H +H4 PLUG SPEED SENSOR /32.D4 -B25 =H +H2 TANK PIPE SENSOR /20.E6
-B2 =H +H4 SPEED SENSOR HYDRAULIC MOTOR 2 /32.D5 -B25X =H +H2 PLUG TANK PIPE SENSOR /20.F6
E E
-B2X =H +H4 PLUG SPEED SENSOR /32.E5 -B27 =H +H PRESSURE SWITCH AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM /43.B4
-B3 =H +H4 PRESSURE SWITCH EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP MAIN CIRCUIT
/34.E4 -B27X =H +H PLUG PRESSURE SWITCH /43.B4
-B3.X =H +H4 PLUG PRESSURE SWITCH /34.D4 -B32 * =K +K4 PRESSURE SWITCH FLOAT POSITION /51.B5
-B3a =H +H4 PRESSURE SWITCH EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP CHECK /34.E5 -B32.X * =K +K4 PLUG PRESSURE SWITCH FLOAT POSITION /51.B5
-B3a.X =H +H4 PLUG PRESSURE SWITCH /34.D5 -B43 * =H +H3 INDUCTIVE SENSOR CYCLE /37.B6
-B4 =H +H3 PRESSURE SWITCH AIR FILTER CONTAMINATION /32.D6 -B43.X =H +H3 PLUG INDUCTIVE SENSOR /37.C6
-B4.X =H +H3 PLUG PRESSURE SWITCH /32.E6 -B44 * =H +H3 INDUCTIVE SENSOR LEVEL /37.B7
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR BMK-INDEX SIDE: 4 FROM 63

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-B44.X =H PLUG INDUCTIVE SENSOR /37.B7 -E10b * =K XENON WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT LEFT /18.E2
DRAWING INDEX:
+H3 +K3
A A
-B100 * =H +H PRESSURE LIMITATION CLUTCH /54.E5 -E10b.X * =K +K3 PLUG XENON WORKING PROJECTOR LEFT /18.E2
-B100.X * =H +H PLUG PRESSURE SENSOR /54.D5 -E10b.X1 * =K +K3 PLUG ADAPTOR /18.E3
-C01 =M +M PLUG INJECTION VALVES /59.C1 -E10X =K +K3 PLUG WORKING PROJECTOR LEFT /18.E3
-C01. =M +M PLUG INJECTION VALVES /59.C1 -E11 =K +K3 WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT RIGHT /18.E5
1410 00090 01 00
-C02.B =M +M PLUG ENGINE /61.E7 -E11a =K +K3 WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT RIGHT /18.E6
-C02.S =M +M PLUG ENGINE /61.E7 -E11aX =K +K3 PLUG WORKING PROJECTOR RIGHT /18.E6
93017886
B -D01 =M +M WATER SEPARATOR /57.C7 -E11b * =K +K3 XENON WORKING PROJECTOR REAR RIGHT /18.E4 B
-D01.X =M +M PLUG WATER SEPARATOR /57.C7 -E11b.X * =K +K3 PLUG XENON WORKING PROJECTOR /18.E4
-E1.b =B +B2 REVERSING LAMP RIGHT /16.E5 -E11b.X1 * =K +K3 PLUG ADAPTOR /18.E5
-E1.b.X =B +B2 PLUG REVERSING LAMP RIGHT /16.E5 -E11X =K +K3 PLUG WORKING PROJECTOR RIGHT /18.E5
DRAWING NUMBER:
-E1a =B +B2 TAIL LIGHT RIGHT /16.E4 -E12 =K +K3 WORKING PROJECTOR REAR LEFT /19.E3
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
-E1a.X =B +B2 PLUG TAIL LIGHT RIGHT /16.F4 -E12.X =K +K3 PLUG WORKING PROJECTOR /19.E3
-E2 =K +K3 INDOOR LIGHTING /24.D2 -E12a =K +K3 WORKING PROJECTOR REAR LEFT /19.E3
-E2X1 =K +K3 PLUG INDOOR LIGHTING /24.D2 -E12a.X =K +K3 PLUG WORKING PROJECTOR /19.E3
C C
-E2X2 =K +K3 PLUG INDOOR LIGHTING /24.E2 -E13 =K +K3 WORKING PROJECTOR REAR RIGHT /19.E5
-E2X3 =K +K3 PLUG INDOOR LIGHTING /24.E2 -E13.X =K +K3 PLUG WORKING PROJECTOR /19.E5
-E3 =V +V1 DRIVING HEADLIGHT LEFT /16.E8 -E13a =K +K3 WORKING PROJECTOR REAR RIGHT /19.E5
-E3.Xa * =V +V1 PLUG DRIVING HEADLIGHT OPTION /42.D5 -E13a.X =K +K3 PLUG WORKING PROJECTOR /19.E5
-E3.Xb * =V +V1 PLUG DRIVING HEADLIGHT OPTION /42.B5 -E14a =H +H1 LICENCE PLATE LIGHT RIGHT /15.D6
-E3X =V +V1 PLUG DRIVING HEADLIGHT LEFT /16.E8 -E14b =H +H1 LICENCE PLATE LIGHT LEFT /15.D6
-E4 =V +V1 DRIVING HEADLIGHT RIGHT /16.E7 -E16 =H +H1 WORKING PROJECTOR REAR LEFT /19.E8
D D
-E4.Xa * =V +V1 PLUG DRIVING HEADLIGHT OPTION /42.D4 -E16.X =H +H1 PLUG WORKING PROJECTOR REAR LEFT /19.E8
-E4.Xb * =V PLUG DRIVING HEADLIGHT OPTION /42.B4 -E17 =H WORKING PROJECTOR REAR RIGHT /19.E8
forbidden.
+V1 +H1
-E4X =V +V1 PLUG DRIVING HEADLIGHT RIGHT /16.F7 -E17.X =H +H1 PLUG WORKING PROJECTOR REAR RIGHT /19.E8
-E5a =B +B1 TAIL LIGHT LEFT /16.E3 -F1 =K +K2 FUSE QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /30.C5
-E5a.X =B +B1 PLUG TAIL LIGHT LEFT /16.F3 -F2 =K +K2 HIGH BEAM LEFT /16.C7
-E5b =B +B1 REVERSING LAMP LEFT /16.E3 -F3 =K +K2 HIGH BEAM RIGHT /16.C7
-E5b.X =B +B1 PLUG REVERSING LAMP LEFT /16.E3 -F4 =K +K2 DRIVING LIGHT RIGHT /16.C7
E E
-E6 =B +B1 REAR LIGHT LEFT /16.E3 -F5 =K +K2 DRIVING LIGHT LEFT /16.C8
-E7 =B +B2 REAR LIGHT RIGHT /16.E5 -F6 =K +K2 PROFILE LIGHT LEFT ; PARKING LIGHT RIGHT ; CONTEUR LIGHT LEFT /16.C6
-E8 =K +K3 CONTEUR LIGHT LEFT /18.E1 -F7 =K +K2 PROFILE LIGHT RIGHT ; PARKING LIGHT LEFT ; CONTEUR LIGHT RIGHT /16.C7
-E9 =K +K3 CONTEUR LIGHT RIGHT /18.E8 -F8 =K +K2 FUSE DRIVER'S SEAT ; SIMULATION RADIO /24.C2
-E10 =K +K3 WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT LEFT /18.E3 -F8a =K +K2 INDOOR LIGHTING ; ELECTRICAL SOCKET /24.C2
-E10a =K +K3 WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT LEFT /18.E4 -F9 =K +K2 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT ; FAN REVERSAL /20.C5
-E10aX =K +K3 PLUG WORKING PROJECTOR LEFT /18.E4 -F01 =B +B2 SUPPLY RELAY BOARD KL.30 /13.E5
F F

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-F01.X =B CONNECTION F01 /13.E5 -F38 =K FUSE GENERATOR /14.C2
DRAWING INDEX:
+B2 +K2
A A
-F02 =B +B2 FUSE PREHEAT /13.E5 -F39 =K +K2 FUSE WEIGHING DEVICE /36.C3
-F03 =B +B2 FUSE EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP /13.E6 -F40 =K +K2 FUSE WORKING PROJECTOR REAR HATCH /19.C8
-F03.X =B +B2 CONNECTION F03 /13.E6 -F41 =K +K2 FUSE RESERVE /36.C4
-F04 =B +B2 FUSE RESERVE /13.E6 -F43 =K +K2 FUSE ENGINE CONTROL UNIT KL.15 /25.B4
1410 00090 01 00
-F07a =B +B2 HAZARD WARNING SYSTEM /13.C8 -F44 =K +K2 FUSE STOP LIGHT /25.B5
-F07b =K +K2 HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS KL.15 /16.C3 -F45 =K +K2 FUSE GENERATOR /14.C3
93017886
B -F10 =K +K2 DISPLAY UNIT /21.C3 -F46 =K +K2 FUSE FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /46.A4 B
-F11 =K +K2 INCH PEDAL /22.B2 -F71 =K +K2 FUSE INSTRUMENT LIGHTING CONTROL STAGE KL.15 /26.B7
-F12 =K +K2 SUPPLY UEC3 /20.C7 -F73 =K +K2 FUSE CENTRAL LUBRICATION SYSTEM /37.B4
-F13 =K +K2 FUSE SELECTION EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP /34.B8 -F74 =K +K2 FUSE REAR WINDOW HEATER /35.C7
DRAWING NUMBER:
-F14 =K +K2 FUSE HEAT AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM /43.C3 -F75 =K +K2 12V RADIO /24.C4
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
-F15 =K +K2 CONTROL LEVER ; TANK PIPE SENSOR ; COOLING WATER LEVEL
/20.C7 -F76 =K +K2 12V RADIO AND ELECTRICAL SOCKET /24.C4
-F16 =K +K2 FUSE STARTER SOLENOID /13.C4 -F200 * =K +K PLUG AUXILIARY HEATER /44.B6
-F17 =K +K2 FUSE ENGINE STOP /13.C5 -F201 * =K +K FUSE AUXILIARY HEATER /44.B5
C C
-F18 =K +K2 WIPER AND WASHING PUMP REAR /17.B7 -F202 * =K +K PLUG AUXILIARY HEATER /44.B7
-F19 =K +K2 FUSE RESERVE /23.C1 -F203 * =K +K2 FUSE REVERSING OBSTACLE DETECTOR /52.B3
-F19a =K +K2 FUSE RESERVE /36.C2 -F204 * =K +K2 FUSE REFUELLING PUMP /48.B3
-F20 =K +K2 WIPER AND WASHING PUMP FRONT ; HORN /17.B8 -F211 * =K +K2 FUSE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK /48.B5
-F21 =K +K2 PROFILE LIGHT / DRIVING LIGHT /23.C2 -F315 * =K +K2 FUSE FLOAT POSITION /51.A4
-F22 =K +K2 FUSE UEC3 VDC3 /23.C2 -F317 * =K +K2 FUSE 2IN1 STEERING /53.A4
-F23 =K +K2 FUSE UEC3 VDC2 /23.C3 -F321 * =K +K2 FUEL PREHEATING /55.B4
D D
-F24 =K +K2 FUSE UEC3 VDC4 /25.B4 -F700 =M +M FUSE PREHEAT /61.E6
-F25 =K FUSE BEACONLIGHT /26.B4 -G1 =M GENERATOR /14.E4
forbidden.
+K2 +M
-F26 =K +K2 DIAGNOSTIC PLUG ; UEC3 VDC1 /21.C4 -G1.X1 =M +M PLUG GENERATOR /14.E4
-F27 =K +K2 FUSE PROFILE LIGHT PARKING LIGHT /16.C8 -G1.X2 =M +M PLUG GENERATOR B+ /14.F4
-F28 =K +K2 FUSE RESERVE /36.C2 -G1.X3 =M +M PLUG GENERATOR B- /14.F4
-F29 =K +K2 IGNITION STARTER SWITCH BYPASS /13.C4 -G2a =B +B BATTERY 1 /13.F7
-F30 =K +K2 FUSE VOLTAGE CONVERTER /24.B8 -G2b =B +B BATTERY 2 /13.E7
E E
-F31a =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT LEFT /18.C2 -H0 =M +M GLOW PIN 0 = CYLINDER 1 /61.C2
-F31b =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT RIGHT /18.C5 -H1 =M +M GLOW PIN 1 = CYLINDER 5 /61.C3
-F33a =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR REAR LEFT /19.C2 -H2 =M +M GLOW PIN 2 = CYLINDER 3 /61.C3
-F33b =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR REAR RIGHT /19.C4 -H3 =M +M GLOW PIN 3 = CYLINDER 6 /61.C4
-F35 =K +K2 FUSE DUST FILTER EXCESS PRESSURE SYSTEM /35.C2 -H4 =M +M GLOW PIN 4 = CYLINDER 2 /61.C5
-F36 =K +K2 FUSE RESERVE /36.C3 -H5 =M +M GLOW PIN 5 = CYLINDER 4 /61.C5
-F37 =K +K2 FUSE ECU VBAT POWER /27.C3 -H15 =V +V1 BLINKER FRONT LEFT /16.E8
F F

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-H16 =V BLINKER FRONT RIGHT /16.E7 -K15 =K LIFT KICK-OUT /29.C2
DRAWING INDEX:
+V1 +K2
A A
-H17 =B +B1 BLINKER REAR LEFT /16.E4 -K18 =K +K2 BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG /29.C3
-H18 =B +B2 BLINKER REAR RIGHT /16.E4 -K25 =K +K2 HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS USA /16.C4
-H20 =B +B1 STOP LIGHT LEFT /16.E3 -K26 =K +K2 HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS USA /16.C5
-H21 =B +B2 STOP LIGHT RIGHT /16.E4 -K31a =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT LEFT /18.C4
1410 00090 01 00
-H22 * =K +K3 BEACONLIGHT /26.E4 -K31b =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT RIGHT /18.C6
-H22.X1 =K +K3 PLUG BEACONLIGHT /26.E4 -K33a =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR REAR LEFT /19.C3
93017886
B -H22.X2 =K +K3 PLUG BEACONLIGHT /26.E4 -K33b =K +K2 WORKING PROJECTOR REAR RIGHT /19.C5 B
-H40 =K +K4 BUZZER /23.E8 -K011 =H +H4 RELAY EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP /34.E2
-H40X1 =K +K4 PLUG BUZZER /23.E8 -K209 =K +K2 DUST FILTER EXCESS PRESSURE SYSTEM /35.C3
-H40X2 =K +K4 PLUG BUZZER /23.E8 -K214 * =K +K RELAY AUXILIARY HEATER /44.E2
DRAWING NUMBER:
-H41 =K +K4 ALARM UNIT QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /30.E7 -K215 * =K +K RELAY AUXILIARY HEATER /44.E3
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
-H42 * =K +K1 SIGNAL TRANSMITTER DIFFERENTIAL LOCK /48.B6 -K228 =K +K2 BACK-UP ALARM OPTICAL /26.B5
-H42.X * =K +K1 PLUG SIGNAL TRANSMITTER DIFFERENTIAL LOCK /48.C6 -K229 =K +K2 BACK-UP ALARM OPTICAL /36.C5
-H50 =V +V1 PROFILE LIGHT FRONT LEFT /16.E8 -K230 =K +K2 AUTOMATIC RUN-OUT /36.C5
C C
-H51 =V +V1 PROFILE LIGHT RIGHT /16.E7 -K231 * =K +K2 RELAY QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /30.E4
-H54 =V +V1 LOW BEAM LEFT /16.E8 -K232 * =K +K2 RELAY QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /30.E3
-H55 =V +V1 LOW BEAM RIGHT /16.E7 -K243 =K +K2 RELAY WORKING PROJECTOR REAR HATCH /19.C7
-H56 =V +V1 HIGH BEAM LEFT /16.E8 -K245 =K +K2 CENTRAL LUBRICATION SYSTEM /37.B3
-H57 * =H +H1 FLASHING WARNING LIGHT 1 /46.A2 -K246 =K +K2 RELAY HEAT AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM /43.C3
-H57 =V +V1 HIGH BEAM RIGHT /16.E7 -K270 =K +K2 IMMOBILISER /36.C6
-H57.X * =H +H1 PLUG FLASHING WARNING LIGHT 1 /46.B2 -K271 =K +K2 RELAY HEAT AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM /43.C2
D D
-H58 * =H +H1 FLASHING WARNING LIGHT 2 /46.C2 -K315 * =K +K2 RELAY FLOAT POSITION /51.B4
-H58.X * =H PLUG FLASHING WARNING LIGHT 2 /46.C2 -K700 =M RELAY PREHEAT /61.D6
forbidden.
+H1 +M
-H59 * =H +H1 FLASHING WARNING LIGHT 3 /46.D2 -M1 =M +M ENGINE START /13.E4
-H59.X * =H +H1 PLUG FLASHING WARNING LIGHT 3 /46.E2 -M1_50 =K +K CONNECTION RELAY BOARD /13.D5
-H301 * =K +K4 SYMBOL 2IN1 STEERING /53.C3 -M2 =K +K1 WINDSCREEN WIPER FRONT /17.E5
-K1 =K +K2 FLASHER UNIT /16.C5 -M2.X =K +K1 PLUG WINDSCREEN WIPER FRONT /17.F6
-K5 =K +K2 SIMULATION D+ /14.C6 -M3 =K +K3 WINDSCREEN WIPER REAR /17.E2
E E
-K5a =K +K4 WIPER RELAY /17.C5 -M3X =K +K3 PLUG WIPER REAR /17.F2
-K5aX =K +K4 PLUG WIPER RELAY /17.B5 -M4 =H +H WASHING PUMP FRONT /17.E7
-K01 =K +K2 IGNITION STARTER SWITCH BYPASS /13.C3 -M4.X =H +H PLUG PUMP /17.F7
-K02 =K +K2 STARTER SOLENOID /13.C6 -M6 * =H +H3 PUMP CENTRAL LUBRICATION SYSTEM /37.E2
-K03 =K +K2 ENGINE STOP /13.C7 -M6X =H +H3 PLUG PUMP /37.E2
-K10 =K +K2 MIRROR HEATING ; REAR WINDOW HEATER /35.C6 -M7 =K +K DRIVER'S SEAT /24.D3
-K12 =K +K2 SIMULATION KL.15 /24.C3 -M7X =K +K PLUG DRIVER'S SEAT /24.D3
F F

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-M8 =H EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP /34.E3 -OLE1 * =H CONNECTION BACK-UP ALARM /52.E5
DRAWING INDEX:
+H4 +H
A A
-M9 =H +H WASHING PUMP REAR /17.E3 -OLE2 * =H +H CONNECTION BACK-UP ALARM /52.E5
-M9.X =H +H PLUG PUMP /17.F3 -OLE3 * =H +H CONNECTION BACK-UP ALARM /52.E5
-M10 * =H +H REFUELLING PUMP /48.E3 -OLE4 * =K +K2 CONNECTION OPTION /29.B4
-M200 * =K +K4 DUST FILTER EXCESS PRESSURE SYSTEM /35.E3 -OLE300 * =K +K4 LINE END /15.B6
1410 00090 01 00
-MP1_a =H +H2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /14.F4 -OLE301 * =K +K4 LINE END /15.B5
-MP1_b =H +H2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /30.F6 -OLE302 * =K +K4 LINE END /15.B6
93017886
B -MP1_c =H +H2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /33.F7 -OLE304 * =K +K4 LINE END /15.B6 B
-MP1_d =H +H2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /31.F7 -P1 =K +K1 WORKING HOUR METER /14.E7
-MP1_e =H +H2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /19.F8 -P1X1 =K +K1 PLUG WORKING HOUR METER /14.E7
-MP1_f =H +H MASS GROUPING BLOCK /13.E3 -P1X2 =K +K1 PLUG WORKING HOUR METER /14.F7
DRAWING NUMBER:
-MP4_b =H +H5 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /13.F8 -P01 =M +M PRESSURE SENSOR INTAKE AIR /57.C4
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
-MP4_e =H +H2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /13.F2 -P01.X =M +M PLUG PRESSURE SENSOR /57.C4
-MP5_a =H +H4 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /34.F3 -P03 =M +M PRESSURE SENSOR FUEL /57.C2
-MP5_b =H +H4 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /13.F2 -P03.X =M +M PLUG PRESSURE SENSOR /57.C2
C C
-MP6_a =K +K4 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /24.F1 -P04 =M +M PRESSURE SENSOR ENGINE OIL /57.C3
-MP6_b =K +K4 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /23.F5 -P04.X =M +M PLUG PRESSURE SENSOR /57.C3
-MP6_c =K +K4 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /29.F2 -P05 =M +M PRESSURE SENSOR COMMON RAIL /58.C2
-MP6_d =K +K4 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /38.F1 -P05.X =M +M PLUG PRESSURE SENSOR /58.C2
-MP6_e =K +K4 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /13.E2 -R1 =K +K6 INCH PEDAL /22.C5
-MP6_f =K +K4 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /13.F3 -R1.X =K +K6 PLUG INCH PEDAL /22.D5
-MP6_g =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /13.F3 -R5 =K +K6 SPEED-PEDAL /28.D4
D D
-MP6_i * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /30.F3 -R5.X =K +K6 PLUG SPEED-PEDAL /28.D3
-MP6_l * =K MASS GROUPING BLOCK /46.D5 -R6a * =K MIRROR HEATING LEFT /35.E5
forbidden.
+K2 +K3
-MP6_n * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /51.F4 -R6a.X * =K +K3 PLUG MIRROR HEATING /35.E5
-MP6_o * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /35.F5 -R6b * =K +K3 MIRROR HEATING RIGHT /35.E6
-MP6_p * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /52.F3 -R6b.X * =K +K3 PLUG MIRROR HEATING /35.E6
-MP6_r * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /53.F6 -R9a =K +K2 EXCITATION 100 OHM /14.C4
-MP6j * =H +H MASS GROUPING BLOCK /54.B6 -R9b =K +K2 EXCITATION 220 OHM /14.C5
E E
-MP7_a =K +K3 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /24.F2 -R11 =K +K2 REAR WINDOW HEATER /26.E1
-MP7_b =K +K3 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /19.F5 -R11X1 =K +K2 PLUG REAR WINDOW HEATER /26.E1
-MP7_e * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /49.D6 -R11X2 =K +K2 PLUG REAR WINDOW HEATER /26.E1
-MP7_k * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /50.F6 -R13 * =M +M FUEL PREHEATING /55.E4
-MP7_m * =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK /48.F6 -R13.X * =M +M PLUG FUEL PREHEATING /55.E4
-MP10 =M +M MASS GROUPING BLOCK /13.F4 -R700 =M +M MATCHING RESISTOR CAN /21.B2
-MP10_a =M +M MASS GROUPING BLOCK /13.E2 -R700X =M +M SPLICE /21.B2
F F

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-S1 =K IGNITION SWITCH /13.A3 -S13X1 =K PLUG SWITCH /17.D2
DRAWING INDEX:
+K4 +K4
A A
-S1.X1 =K +K4 PLUG IGNITION SWITCH /13.A4 -S13X2 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /17.C2
-S1.X1b * =K +K4 CONNECTION IGNITION SWITCH /13.A4 -S14 =K +K4 SWITCH BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG /29.B6
-S1.X1c * =K +K4 CONNECTION IGNITION SWITCH /13.A5 -S14a =K +K4 SYMBOL /29.B5
-S1.X2 =K +K4 PLUG IGNITION SWITCH /13.B3 -S14X1 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /29.B6
1410 00090 01 00
-S1.X3 =K +K4 PLUG IGNITION SWITCH /13.B4 -S14X2 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /29.B6
-S2 =K +K4 CONTROL LEVER /20.E1 -S15 =H +H4 BATTERY MAIN SWITCH /13.E8
93017886
B -S2X =K +K4 PLUG CONTROL LEVER /20.E1 -S18 =K +K4 SWITCH FLOAT POSITION /29.B7 B
-S3 =K +K1 STEERING COLUMN SWITCH /16.C1 -S18a =K +K4 SYMBOL /29.B6
-S3X1 =K +K1 SWITCH STEERING COLUMN SWITCH /16.C2 -S18X1 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /29.B7
-S3X2 =K +K1 PLUG STEERING COLUMN SWITCH /16.C2 -S18X2 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /29.B7
DRAWING NUMBER:
-S4 =K +K4 HAZARD LIGHT SWITCH /16.A3 -S22 =K +K4 SWITCH LIFT KICK-OUT /29.B5
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
-S4b =K +K4 SYMBOL /16.B4 -S22a =K +K4 SYMBOL /29.B5

-S4X1 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /16.B3 -S22X1 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /29.B5
-S4X2 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /16.B3 -S22X2 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /29.B5
C C
-S6 =K +K4 SWITCH DRIVING LIGHT /16.A7 -S23 * =K +K2 SWITCH QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /30.B3
-S6a =K +K4 SYMBOL DRIVING LIGHT /16.B7 -S23.X1 * =K +K2 PLUG SWITCH /30.B3
-S6X1 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /16.A7 -S23.X2 =K +K2 PLUG SWITCH /30.B3
-S6X2 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /16.A8 -S23a * =K +K1 SYMBOL /30.B3

-S7 =K +K4 SWITCH WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT /18.A5 -S43 * =K +K4 SWITCH BACK-UP ALARM /47.C4
-S7a =K +K4 SYMBOL /18.B6 -S43.X1 * =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH BACK-UP ALARM /47.C4
-S7X1 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /18.A5 -S43.X2 * =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH BACK-UP ALARM /47.D5
D D
-S7X2 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /18.A6 -S45 =K +K4 SWITCH OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT /20.C4
-S8 =K SWITCH WORKING PROJECTOR REAR /19.A5 -S45a =K SYMBOL /20.D3
forbidden.
+K4 +K4
-S8a =K +K4 SYMBOL /19.B5 -S45X1 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /20.C4
-S8X1 =K +K4 SWITCH PLUG /19.A5 -S45X2 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /20.C4
-S8X2 =K +K4 SWITCH PLUG /19.A5 -S46 =K +K4 SWITCH REAR WINDOW HEATER /26.D3
-S9 * =K +K4 SWITCH BEACONLIGHT /26.D4 -S46a =K +K4 SYMBOL /26.D2

-S9a =K +K4 SYMBOL /26.D3 -S46X1 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /26.D3
E E
-S9X1 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /26.D4 -S46X2 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /26.D3
-S9X2 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /26.D4 -S55 * =F +F1 CONTROL 100% LOCKOUT /48.D5
-S10 =K +K2 SWITCH EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP /34.D7 -S55.X1 * =F +F1 PLUG SWITCH /48.C5
-S10.X1 =K +K2 PLUG SWITCH EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP /34.D7 -S55.X2 * =F +F1 PLUG SWITCH /48.D5
-S10.X2 =K +K2 PLUG SWITCH EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP /34.D7 -S203 * =K +K4 SWITCH FAN REVERSAL /31.D2
-S10a =K +K2 SYMBOL EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP /34.E7 -S203.X1 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /31.D2
-S13 =K +K4 SWITCH WINDSCREEN WIPER REAR /17.C2 -S203.X2 =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /31.D3
F F

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-S203a * =K SYMBOL /31.C2 -X3 =M SPLICE /60.B7
DRAWING INDEX:
+K4 +M
A A
-S204 * =H +H2 SWITCH REFUELLING PUMP /48.C3 -X4 * =K +K CONNECTION KL.30 /44.A7
-S300 * =K +K3 SWITCH WORKING PROJECTOR REAR OPTIONAL /19.B2 -X4 =K +K2 JUMPER EXCITATION 0 OHM /14.C4
-S300.B * =K +K3 SWITCH BEACONLIGHT OPTIONAL /26.D6 -X4 =M +M SPLICE /59.B1
-S300_a * =K +K3 SYMBOL WORKING PROJECTOR REAR OPTIONAL /19.B1 -X4a =K +K SPLICE /43.C8
1410 00090 01 00
-S300_c * =K +K3 SWITCH FLASHING WARNING LIGHT OPTIONAL /46.B7 -X4b =K +K SPLICE /43.C8
-S300b * =K +K3 SYMBOL BEACONLIGHT OPTIONAL /26.D8 -X5 =K +K2 JUMPER EXCITATION 100 OHM /14.C4
93017886
B -S300c * =K +K3 SYMBOL FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /46.A8 -X6 =K +K2 JUMPER EXCITATION 220 OHM /14.C5 B
-S317 * =K +K4 SWITCH 2IN1 STEERING /53.B4 -X8 * =K +K4 CONNECTOR /20.E5
-S317.X1 * =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /53.C4 -X9 * =K +K PLUG PRESELECTOR CLOCK /44.C2
-S317.X2 * =K +K4 PLUG SWITCH /53.C4 -X9 * =K +K4 CONNECTOR /20.E4
DRAWING NUMBER:
-T1 =K +K2 VOLTAGE CONVERTER /24.C6 -X9a * =K +K CONNECTION PRESELECTOR CLOCK /44.B3
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
-T1X =K +K2 PLUG VOLTAGE CONVERTER /24.B6 -X01 =B +B2 CONNECTION BATTERY /13.E6
-T02 =M +M TEMPERATURE INTAKE AIR /60.D2 -X01 =M +M SPEED SENSOR CRANKSHAFT /58.C4
-T02.X =M +M PLUG TEMPERATURE SENSOR /60.D2 -X01.X =M +M PLUG SPEED SENSOR /58.C4
C C
-T04 =M +M TEMPERATURE COOLING WATER /57.C5 -X02 =M +M SPEED SENSOR CAM SHAFT /58.C6
-T04.X =M +M PLUG TEMPERATURE SENSOR /57.C5 -X02.X =M +M PLUG SPEED SENSOR /58.C6
-T05 =M +M TEMPERATURE FUEL /57.C6 -X16.B =H +H PLUG REAR HATCH /19.E7

-T05.X =M +M PLUG TEMPERATURE SENSOR /57.C6 -X16.S =H +H PLUG REAR HATCH /19.E7
-V1 =K +K4 BLOCKING DIODE /16.A8 -X33 =K +K4 SOLENOID VALVE PILOT CONTROL /29.E2
-V2 =K +K4 BLOCKING DIODE /16.A8 -X33X =K +K4 PLUG PILOT CONTROL /29.F2
-V3 =M +M DIODE GENERATOR /14.E3 -X40 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /13.B3
D D
-V200 * =K +K2 DIODE QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /30.D4 -X40.a * =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /26.C4
-V201 * =K DIODE QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /30.D4 -X40b * =K CONNECTION RELAY BOARD /13.B2
forbidden.
+K2 +K2
-V202 * =K +K2 DIODE QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE /30.D4 -X41 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /17.C7
-X1 =K +K2 JUMPER HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS EU /16.C3 -X41_2 * =K +K2 CONNECTION RELAY BOARD /17.C8
-X1.B =K +K6 PLUG CAB FLOOR /14.E5 -X42 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /16.B6
-X1.S =K +K6 PLUG CAB FLOOR /13.B6 -X42a * =K +K CONNECTION RELAY BOARD /21.E5
-X1a * =K +K2 CONNECTION KL.30 /13.D2 -X43 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /16.D6
E E
-X2 * =K +K CONNECTION KL.30 /44.A6 -X43_8a * =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /47.B5
-X2 =K +K2 JUMPER HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS EU /16.C4 -X43a * =K +K SPLICE /43.E3
-X2 =M +M SPLICE /60.B6 -X43b * =K +K SPLICE /43.E3
-X2.B =K +K6 PLUG CAB FLOOR /33.C4 -X44 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /16.B7
-X2.S =K +K6 PLUG CAB FLOOR /33.C4 -X46 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /18.B5
-X3 =K +K2 JUMPER HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS USA /16.C6 -X47 =K +K2 SPLICE /35.B6
-X3 * =K +K CONNECTION KL.30 /44.A5 -X48 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /37.D3
F F

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-X49 =K PLUG RELAY BOARD /16.B5 -X91 =K SPLICE /20.D7
DRAWING INDEX:
+K2 +K2
A A
-X49/6 * =K +K2 LINE END /51.A5 -X92 =K +K2 SPLICE /20.D5
-X50 =K +K SPLICE /18.E3 -X93 * =K +K4 CONNECTOR /13.B2
-X50 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /16.B3 -X93 =M +M SPLICE /28.B2
-X51 =K +K SPLICE /18.E3 -X94 =M +M SPLICE /28.B3
1410 00090 01 00
-X51 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /14.D5 -X95 =M +M SPLICE /28.B4

-X52 =K +K SPLICE /18.F3 -X96 =M +M SPLICE /28.E4
93017886
B -X53 =K +K SPLICE /18.F4 -X97 =H +H SPLICE /37.A6 B

-X54 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /30.D5 -X97 =M +M SPLICE /28.E3
-X54 =K +K SPLICE /18.E5 -X98 =M +M SPLICE /28.B6
-X55 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /16.B3 -X99 =M +M SPLICE /32.C6
DRAWING NUMBER:
-X55 =K +K SPLICE /18.E6 -X101.B =K +K PLUG SWITCH AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM /43.C5
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
-X55a * =K +K CONNECTION AUXILIARY HEATER /24.D2 -X101.S =K +K PLUG SWITCH AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM /43.C5
-X56 =K +K SPLICE /18.F5 -X201 * =K +K6 SPLICE /17.E4
-X57 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /14.B6 -X202 =M +M SPLICE /21.B1
C C
-X57 =K +K SPLICE /18.F6 -X203 =M +M SPLICE /21.B3
-X58 =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /24.B2 -X203.B * =K +K PLUG REVERSING OBSTACLE DETECTOR /52.D3
-X60 =K +K4 DIAGNOSTIC PLUG /21.C7 -X203.S * =K +K PLUG REVERSING OBSTACLE DETECTOR /52.D3
-X70 =K +K3 12V ELECTRICAL SOCKET /24.D7 -X212 * =K +K2 SPLICE /50.C6
-X70.X1 =K +K3 PLUG 12V ELECTRICAL SOCKET /24.D7 -X213 =K +K2 CONNECTION KL15 /13.C2
-X70.X2 =K +K3 PLUG 12V ELECTRICAL SOCKET /24.D7 -X306 * =K +K2 PLUG RELAY BOARD /46.C4
-X71 =K +K4 CIGARETTE LIGHTER /24.E1 -X306.B * =H +H PLUG FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /46.D4
D D
-X71X =K +K4 PLUG CIGARETTE LIGHTER /24.E1 -X306.S * =H +H PLUG FLASHING WARNING LIGHT /46.D4
-X81 =K SPLICE /21.B4 -X306_A * =H SPLICE /46.C3
forbidden.
+K2 +H5
-X82 =K +K4 SPLICE /30.B6 -X306_B * =H +H5 SPLICE /46.D4
-X83 =K +K2 SPLICE /17.D6 -X306_C * =H +H5 SPLICE /46.D3
-X84 =K +K2 SPLICE /21.B4 -X307 * =K +K SPLICE /47.D5
-X86 =K +K2 SPLICE /16.E6 -X311a.B * =K +K3 PLUG ADAPTOR /19.A3

-X87 =H +H SPLICE /16.D3 -X311a.S * =K +K3 PLUG ADAPTOR /19.A3
E E
-X87 =K +K2 SPLICE /15.C4 -X311b.B * =K +K4 PLUG SELECTOR /26.D6
-X87 =M +M SPLICE /25.C2 -X311b.S * =K +K3 PLUG ADAPTOR /26.D6
-X88 =H +H SPLICE /16.E3 -X311c.B * =K +K3 PLUG OPTION /46.C6
-X88 =M +M SPLICE /28.B5 -X311c.S1 * =K +K3 PLUG ADAPTOR /46.A7
-X89 =M +M SPLICE /27.B2 -X311c.S2 * =K +K3 SHORT-CIRCUIT PLUG /46.D7
-X90 =M +M SPLICE /27.B4 -X314.KL.30 * =K +K2 CONNECTION KL.30 /52.A3
-X91 * =K +K4 CONNECTOR /13.A5 -X321_Kl.15 * =K +K2 CONNECTION KL.15 /55.A4
F F

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-X321_MP * =K MASS GROUPING BLOCK /55.A5 -Y21 =V SOLENOID VALVE FLOAT POSITION /51.D4
DRAWING INDEX:
+K2 +V
A A
-X321a * =V +V ELECTRICAL SOCKET LEFT /42.C6 -Y21.X =V +V PLUG SOLENOID VALVE FLOAT POSITION /51.D4
-X321b * =V +V ELECTRICAL SOCKET RIGHT /42.C3 -Y22 * =M +M AIR CONDITIONING COUPLING /43.E2
-X.Kl_15_a * =K +K2 CONNECTION KL15 RELAY BOARD /51.A3 -Y22.X =M +M PLUG AIR CONDITIONING COUPLING /43.E2
-X_Kl.15_W317 * =K +K2 CONNECTION KL.15 /53.A3 -Y26 =H +H4 TRAVEL DIRECTION DETECTION /15.E5
1410 00090 01 00
-X_Kl.30 =K +K2 KL.30 RELAY BOARD /13.D3 -Y26X =H +H4 PLUG SOLENOID VALVE /15.F5
-X_MP =K +K2 MASS GROUPING BLOCK RELAY BOARD /13.D3 -Y50 * =H +H SOLENOID VALVE FAN REVERSAL /31.D3
93017886
B -XMSP200 * =M +M MASS GROUPING BLOCK /44.B5 -Y50.X =H +H PLUG SOLENOID VALVE /31.D3 B
-XMSP201 * =K +K MASS GROUPING BLOCK /44.F1 -Y53 =V +V1 QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE UNLOCKING /30.E5
-Y0 =M +M INJECTION VALVE 0 = CYLINDER 1 /59.E1 -Y53a =V +V1 QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE ACTIVE /30.E6
-Y1 =M +M INJECTION VALVE 1 = CYLINDER 5 /59.E2 -Y53a.X =V +V1 PLUG SOLENOID VALVE /30.F6
DRAWING NUMBER:
-Y2 =H +H TRAVELLING DIRECTION FORWARD /15.E3 -Y53X =V +V1 PLUG SOLENOID VALVE /30.E5
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
-Y2 =M +M INJECTION VALVE 2 = CYLINDER 3 /59.E3 -Y57 =H +H SOLENOID VALVE HYDRAULIC MOTOR 2 /33.D4
-Y2X =H +H PLUG SOLENOID VALVE /15.F3 -Y57X =H +H PLUG SOLENOID VALVE /33.D4
-Y3 =H +H TRAVELLING DIRECTION BACKWARDS /15.E4 -Y58 =H +H SOLENOID VALVE HYDRAULIC MOTOR 1 /33.D5
C C
-Y3 =M +M INJECTION VALVE 3 = CYLINDER 6 /59.E4 -Y58X =H +H PLUG SOLENOID VALVE /33.D5
-Y3X =H +H PLUG SOLENOID VALVE /15.F4 -Y59 =H +H SOLENOID VALVE TRAVEL PUMP /33.D6
-Y4 =M +M INJECTION VALVE 4 = CYLINDER 2 /59.E5 -Y59.X =H +H PLUG SOLENOID VALVE TRAVEL PUMP /33.D6
-Y5 =M +M INJECTION VALVE 5 = CYLINDER 4 /59.E6 -Y60 =H +H5 SOLENOID VALVE CLUTCH UP /33.D3
-Y9 =K +K4 BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG /29.E3 -Y60.X =H +H5 PLUG SOLENOID VALVE CLUTCH UP /33.D3
-Y01 =M +M SOLENOID VALVE INJECTION PUMP /60.D5 -Y215 * =V +V1 VALVE OPTION BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG /50.D6
-Y01.X =M +M PLUG VALVE /60.D5 -Y215.X * =V +V1 PLUG VALVE OPTION BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG /50.D6
D D
-Y10 =H +H SOLENOID VALVE PARKING BRAKE /31.D6 -Y216 * =V +V1 VALVE OPTION BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG /50.D7
-Y10X =H PLUG SOLENOID VALVE /31.D6 -Y216.X * =V PLUG VALVE OPTION BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG /50.D7
forbidden.
+H +V1
-Y11 =V +V1 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT 1 /20.E7 -Y317 * =H +H1 VALVE 2IN1 STEERING /53.D4
-Y11X =V +V1 PLUG SOLENOID VALVE /20.E7 -Y317.X * =H +H1 PLUG VALVE 2IN1 STEERING /53.D4
-Y12 =V +V1 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT 2 /20.E8 -Y717 * =V +V1 VALVE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK /48.D7
-Y12X =V +V1 PLUG SOLENOID VALVE /20.E8 -Y717.X * =V +V1 PLUG VALVE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK /48.E7
-Y13 =H +H SOLENOID VALVE FAN REVERSAL /33.D7
E E
-Y13.X =H +H PLUG VALVE /33.D7
-Y14 =H +H3 WORKING HYDRAULICS LOCKOUT /29.E4
-Y14.X =H +H3 PLUG SOLENOID VALVE /29.E4
-Y17 =K +K4 LIFT KICK-OUT /29.E4
-Y18 =K +K4 FLOAT POSITION /29.E4
-Y20 =V +V1 SOLENOID VALVE RIDE CONTROL /31.D7
-Y20X =V +V1 PLUG SOLENOID VALVE /31.D7
F F

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
001
/49.B6
#56344
WH 2.5Q =K WH 2.5Q
/49.D6
/49.D6
/48.A5
/24.A1
=K =K +K4 =K
DRAWING INDEX:
A +K4 +K4 -S1.X1b +K4 CABLE INTERRUPT !!! A
1
10
-S1.X1 -S1.X1 -S1.X1
8
10 5 6 8 9
#56355
#56354
WH,WH 2.5Q,2.5Q
=K 58 15 15 50a 50a
8
+K4 P 0 12
-S1.X1c
-X91
1
-S1 =K
+K6
1
-X1.S
1410 00090 01 00
30 30
#56352
#56352
1 1 2
WH 2.5Q -S1.X2
-S1.X3
1
+K4
-X93
=K
+K4
93017886
CABLE INTERRUPT !!! +K4

B =K =K =K =K =K =K B
=K
=K +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
/49.D5
/49.D5
11
12
10
+K2 -X40 -X42 -X40 -X40 -X40
9
9
-X40b
=Kl. 15
X40.11
X40.12
X40.10
KL. 15
X40.9
X42.9
+A4
/16.E1
-X213
DRAWING NUMBER:
-M8
1
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
DISTRIBUTION BEDPLATE
E E
Kl.30
KL. 15 =K =K
/53.A1 +K2 +K2
-F16 -F17 A
C A C
30 86 =K E
Kl.15
20A 30 86 30 86
=K -V1 +K2
=K =K
+K2 -F29 -V4 -V5

-K01 +K2 +K2

A
/20.D6
25A -K02 -K03
87 85
87 85 87 85 =B 1
DISTRIBUTION BEDPLATE +B2

DISTRIBUTION BEDPLATE GND -F07a
Kl. 30 +A4 -M10
/48.A3 =M6 151
1 -X1a +A4 GND GND =Y5_1 2
/52.A3 +A4
-MP
1
-V2 =M1_50A -V7
10A
-V6
-X_MP 1 +A4
X54.2
1 MP
RD 6Q
D MP MP D
=K
forbidden.
RD,RD 70Q,25Q WH 6Q
=B BK 70Q
+B2
RD 25Q
-X01
-MP10_a -MP6_e -MP1_f
1 1 1 30
=M - =H
=B =B =B =B =B +
+M +H4
#93733
E +B 1 E
-M1 M +B2 +B2 +B2 +B2 -S15
50 -F01 -F02 -F03 -F04 -G2b
0 -G2a
200A
100A
100A
0 +B
31
BK 70Q
BK 16Q
BK 16Q
+ =B
/14.F5
- 2
BK 70Q
-F01.X -F03.X
1
BK 70Q
+B2 +B2
=M =B =B
=K +M
+K2 -MP10 1
1 1 1 1
-MP5_b -MP4_e -MP6_g -MP6_f /34.B2 BK 70Q 2
F RD 16Q -MP4_b F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR BATTERY ; MASTER SWITCH ; IGNITION SWITCH SIDE: 13 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DRAWING INDEX: 001

A CAN: A
/40.C5 GENERATOR D+
-A6.B KL 61 CHARGE CONTROL
+K2 DE21_KL61
=K A6.B.DE21
X4 34
-A6.BX4
34
+K2
1410 00090 01 00
=K
/43.A2
93017886
B =K =K B
+K2 +K2
-X57 -X57
6
/20.D6
F15 - Kl. 15 =100 OHM =220 OHM
X51.4
X57.5
X57.6
DRAWING NUMBER:
-V80
1 1
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
Kl.15
Kl. 15 =K =K
+K2 +K2
Kl. 30 -R9a -R9b -V81
2 2
C C
E E =K E =K E =K E 86 30
=K =K =K
+K2 +K2 +K2
+K2
+K2 +K2 -X4 -X5 -X6

-F38 -F45 -K5

A A A A A
3A NOT NOT
3A 85 87 87a
V8
EQUIPPED EQUIPPED 3A
-V82
=3A JUMPER
=3A JUMPER
=3A JUMPER
X42.11
X51.2
X41.6
D GND GND D
LED GREEN
forbidden.
-X41 -X42 -X51

11
6
2
+K2 +K2 +K2
RD 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
=K =K -X1.B =K
68
=M
+M
=K =M -G1.X1
=K =K =K
4
2
=M
+K6 +K6 +M 1 2 3 4 5 +K6 +K1

1
69
26
+M
2
-X1.S -X2.S -V3 -X1.S -P1X1
1
-G1 DFM S 15 L W
-X1.B -X2.B -X1.B 1
69
26
2
E +K6 +K6 2 +K6 =K E

=K =K 3 =K +K1
-P1
h
WH 1.5Q
B+ B- 2
-G1.X3
1
1
-G1.X2
-P1X2
1
BK 1.5Q
+K1
1 -MP1_a =K
=K
+K4
/61.F6
-MP6_d 8
/13.E3
F #93733 F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR GENERATOR CHARGE CONTROL SIDE: 14 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
Für dieses Dokument und den darin dargestellten Gegen- We reserve all rights in this document and in the informa-
PROJECT NAME: L550-L556_Schwellenland_Vorserie
stand behalten wir uns alle Rechte vor. Vervielfältigung, tion contained therein. Reproduction, use or disclosure
TYPE:
Bekanntgabe an Dritte oder Verwertung seines Inhaltes to third parties without express authority is strictly IDENT NUMBER: 93017886
sind ohne unsere ausdrückliche Zustimmung verboten. forbidden.
© LIEBHERR FACTORY BISCHOFSHOFEN © LIEBHERR FACTORY BISCHOFSHOFEN DRAWING NUMBER: 1410 00090 01 00 DRAWING INDEX: 001
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES
1
1
LIDOS UNIT
2
2
SERIES NUMBER:
xxxxx
3
3
-Y2
+H
=H
-Y2X
=H
+H
-MP1_c
+H2
=H
=K
-Y2X
-A6.BX4
+K2
+H
=H
BK 1.5Q 3 3
4
2 1 16
16 X4
=K
=K
A6.B.DA10
+K6
+K6
CAN:
FORWARD (3A)
-X1.B
-X1.S
DA10_FNRforward
=K
+K2
-A6.B
TRAVELLING DIRECTION /40.C2
FACTORY BISCHOFSHOFEN
4
4
LIEBHERR
-Y3
+H
=H 1
2
-Y3X
=H
+H
-MP1_c
+H2
=H
=K
-Y3X
-A6.BX4
+K2
+H
=H
=K
-X87
+K2
BK 1.5Q 4 4
5
2 1 30
30 X4
=K
=K
A6.B.DA14
+K6
+K6
CAN:
-X1.B
-X1.S
BACKWARDS (6A)
DA14_FNRbackward
=H
-Y26
+H4
=K
+K2
-A6.B
TRAVELLING DIRECTION /40.C5
2
-Y26X
+H4
=H
-MP1_d
+H2
=H
-Y26X
+H4
=H
5
5
15 15
8
1.5Q BK 2 1
=K
=K
+K6
+K6
-X2.B
-X2.S
-OLE301
#56319
/19.A4
0
-E14a
=H
+H1
-OLE302
-MP1_b =K+K2-X51:10
+H2
=H
/26.A2
6 6 5 5
/16.E3
1
7
2
-OLE300
=H
+H
+H
=H
=H
+H
+H
=H
#56158
E PLAN
=K+K3-X311c.B:2 /46.A4
-X16.B
-X16.S
-X16.S
-X16.B
6
6
0
-E14b
=H
+H1
-OLE304
=K+K-X203.B:3 /52.A2
1
TRAVELLING DIRECTION AND LIGHTING
7
7
SIDE:
CREATED DATE:
15
8
8
FROM
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
001
1.5Q WH
2
+K4
-V1
=K
=K =K
+K4 +K4 2
DRAWING INDEX:
A -S6X1 -S6X2 -V2 A
9
1
=K 1 2 9 +K4
CAN: CAN: =K
+K4 /40.B2 INPUT /40.C2 INPUT =K 1
+K4 2 1 0
-S4X1 -A6.B -A6.B
2
8
5
DISPLAY INDICATOR DISPLAY HIGH BEAM -S6
8 2 5 7 +K2 +K2
=K =K DE07_Flasher DE08_HighBeam
+K4 0-1 +K4 =K A6.B.DE07 =K A6.B.DE08
-S4 -S4b X4 1 X4 11 3 6 8 10
=K
-A6.BX4 -A6.BX4 -S6X1 -S6X2
/31.C3
1
11
10
0 +K4
1410 00090 01 00
+K2 +K2 +K4 +K4

-S6a =K
-S4X1 6 4 3 1 10-S4X2 =K =K 0 =K
+K4 +K4 -MP6_a
1
6
10
=K =K BK 1.5Q /31.E3
=K
3
93017886
B +K4 Kl.15
B
/23.E2
-X57
-X57
-X42
-X49
-X49
-X55
-X50
-X57
-X44
-X50
-X44
-X44
-X57
X49.11 11
12
4
4
7
X57.2 2
X49.9 9
2
1
X49.12
X57.4
X57.7
X50.12
X55.4
X50.7
-S3X1
-S3X2
X57.3
X42.4
X44.2
DRAWING NUMBER:
X44.1
X44.3
4
3
PROJECT NAME:
-V89
3
5
IDENT NUMBER:
Kl.30
3 2 5 4 5 2 3 E E E E E E E
E =EU E 30 86 =EU E 30 86 =K
49 C =USA E =K =K =K =K =K =K =K
=K -X1 -X2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
+K2 =K =K +K2 -X3 +K2
L R 49a 56b 56a 30 56 -F7
+K2 +K2 -K1 -F6 -F2 -F3 -F4 -F5 -F27
-F07b A A A A A A
10A
A
A 5A 5A 7,5A 7,5A 7,5A 7,5A
V15
A -K25 -K26
V14
A A
C 10A 10A 87a 87 85 10A 87a 87 85 31
C
F07b-KL. 15 49a
GND
X44.12 F7-R7
F6/R6
F3-R3
LOW BEAM / DRIVING LIGHT

LOW BEAM / DRIVING LIGHT
=K
F2-R2
GND GND
+K1
X44.10
X44.11
X44.9
-V83
X42.3
-S3
X44.8
X44.7
X43.3
X43.6
GND GND GND

-V87 -V88 GND GND GND
0 hb/lb-F/A
=K -V84
R LH
0
+K6 X50.8 X50.10 X50.11 X50.9 X57.1
5
L
-X1.S
-X50
-X50
-X1.B
5
-X44
-X44
-X44
-X44
-X44
-X42
-X50
-X57
-X43
11
-X44
-X43
11
-X50
3
8
10
10
12
+K6
=K
D D
6
9
forbidden.
-X1.S =H -X1.S -X1.S -X1.S CAN:
11
12
14
13
16
15
17
18
-X1.B +H -X1.B -X1.B -X1.B /40.C5 OUTLET (5A) -X1.S -X1.S
6
9
-X87 -A6.B REVERSING LAMP -X1.B -X1.B
11
12
14
13
16
15
17
18
+K2 DA17_Backlights
=K A6.B.DA17
-X88 X4 40
=B =B =B =B -A6.BX4
40
=V =V
/47.A6
/47.F6
+B1 +B1 +B2 +B2 +K2 =K +V1 +V1
-X86 +K6
12
=V -E5b.X -E5a.X -E1a.X -E1.b.X =K
3
3
1
1
2
-X2.S -E4X -E3X

+V1 =B =B
4
1 1 1 1
5
E 3 2 2 3 E
12
-B12X =B +B1 +B2 =B 5 4 3 2 2 3 4 5
1
=V =V
#58
#60
-B16X
=V 1 +B1 -E5a -E1a +B2
1
RD 1.5Q
=K =K 1 +V1 +V1
+V1
-X1.S
-E5b -E1.b
-X1.S
=H -E4 -E3
-B12
27
10
/18.D1
-E6 -H20 -H17 -H18 -H21 -E7
/18.D8
P 0 2 2 0 +H5 H16 H51 H57 H55
Kl.30
H54 H56 H50 H15

-E5b.X 4 4 -E1.b.X -B16
2
-X1.B
27
10
-X1.B
2 +B1 -E5a.X -E1a.X +B2 -E4X 1 -E3X 1
4
-B16X
-B12X =B +B1 +B2 =B +V1 +V1
1
2
=K =K 2
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
/13.C8
/25.D5
/15.C6
+V1 =B =B =V =V
2
BK 1.5Q
=V
4 5 2 3 -MP1_c 6 4 5
-MP1_b -MP1_a
F -MP1_a -MP1_a F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR LIGHTING ; INDICATOR ; HAZARD WARNING LIGHT SIDE: 16 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DRAWING INDEX: 001

A A
KL. 15 KL. 15
1410 00090 01 00
=K E =K E
+K2 +K2
93017886
B -F18 -F20 B
10A A 15A A
=K
+K4
-K5aX *
4
3
2
5
/26.A2
/18.A6
DRAWING NUMBER:
3 2 5 4
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
I 86 15 S
=K
+K1
G
-S3
X41.12
-S3X2
=K
X41.1
X41.2
0
+K1 +K4 GND GND
=K -K5a 31b 31
H
C 01 1 6 1 C
1
0
=K HOOTER
-K5aX
1
6
+K4 =K
BK 1.5Q
+K4 -X41 -X41 -X41
1
+K4
12
53c
-S13X1
2
9
-S13X2 =K +K2 +K2 +K2

2 6 7 9 01 6 =K =K =K =K
6
=K 2 1 0 wash +K4 =K
-X41_2
53b
+K4 -MP6_a 10 +K2
-S13 7 -X83
7
0
3 5 10 1
1
53
-S13X2 0J 1
Kl.15
-S13X1
3
10
+K4
J
+K4 7
7
=K =K
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
=K
D =K +K6 D
/35.B3
/54.B5
15
67
+K6 6 -X2.S
31b
68
-X2.S 4 -S3X1 -X2.B

4
67
forbidden.
-X2.B +K1 +K6

68
=K
/26.A1
/18.B6
+K6 =K =K
=K +K6
19
WH 1.5Q -X1.S WH 1.5Q

=K -X1.B =K =K =K
19
+K3 =H +K6 +K1 +K1 +K1 =H

-M3X -M3X -M3X +H -M2.X -M2.X -M2.X +H
3
4
1
3
1
4
=K
-X201
1 3 4 -M9.X =H 4 3 1 -M4.X
1
1
1 +H2 1
-B10X1
WH 1.5Q
sw-bl
ws-bl
ws-bl
sw-bl
E 53a 53 31b + 31b 53 53a + E
bl
bl
=K =H 1 =K =H
M =H M
+K3 +H +K1 +H
+H2
M -M3 -M9
-B10 -M2 M -M4
0 - - 0
31 2 31
sw
sw
2 2
-M9.X -B10X2 -M4.X
1
2
2
-M3X 2 +H +H2 2 +H
+K3
BK 1.5Q
=H =H -M2.X =H
2
1.5Q BK 2
=K
/50.C3
=H =H =K =H
=K +H2 +K4 +H2
+K4 +H2
F -MP6_a 7 -MP1_c 9 -MP1_a 6 -MP6_a 8 -MP1_c 10 F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR WINDSCREEN WIPER FRONT , REAR AND HORN SIDE: 17 FROM 63
KL.115 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
001
=K =K WH 1.5Q
DRAWING INDEX:
/17.C2
A +K4 +K4 WH 1.5Q A
/19.A6
-S7X1 -S7X2
9
1
1 9
=K =K
+K4
1 0 +K4
-S7 -S7a
0
1410 00090 01 00
5 10
10
-S7X1 -S7X2 BK 1.5Q
+K4 +K4 /19.B6
93017886
BK 1.5Q
B =K =K /17.D2 B
=K =K
11
+K2 +K2
2
-X46 -X46
X46.11
X46.2
DRAWING NUMBER:
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
Kl.30
Kl.30
Kl.15
Kl.15
=AS + DB FRONT E1 E2
C E1 E2 =AS + DB FRONT C
30 86 30 86
E
=K E
=K =K Kl. 30 KL. 15
Kl. 30 KL. 15 =K
+K2 +K2 +K2

+K2
-F31a -K31a -F31b

E1 A E2 E1 A E2
E1 A E2
A E1 A E2 -K31b
V16
10A A 87a 87 85 10A 87a 87 85
V17
/16.E8
/16.E7
A
GND GND
#60
#58
X46.10
X46.5
X46.6
X46.9
D GND
GND D
forbidden.
-X46 -X46 -X46 -X46

5
10
+K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
=K =K =K =K =K =K
+K3 +K3
1
1
=K -E10b.X1 =K =K =K -E11b.X1 =K =K
+K3 +K3 +K3 +K3 +K3 +K3
-E10b.X -E10X -E10aX -E11b.X -E11X -E11aX

3
3
1
1
1 3 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1
=K =K =K =K =K =K =K =K
+K3 +K3 +K3 +K3 +K3 +K3 +K3 +K3
E E
-E8 -E10b -E10 -E10a -E11b -E11 -E11a -E9
0 2 0 2 2 0 2 0 0 2 2 0 2 0 0 2
-E10b.X -E10X -E10aX -E11b.X -E11aX
2
2
2
2
-E11X
+K3 +K3 +K3 +K3 +K3
+K3
-W157.WL021 SW
=K -E10b.X1 =K =K =K -E11b.X1 =K
=K
2
+K3 +K3
=K =K
=K =K =K =K =K =K
+K3 +K3 +K3 +K3 +K3 +K3
-MP7_a 3 -MP7_a 4 -MP7_a 5 -MP7_a 6 -MP7_a 7 -MP7_a 2
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR WORKING PROJECTOR FRONT SIDE: 18 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
001 -X311a.S -X311a.B

3 WH 1.5Q
DRAWING INDEX:
/18.A6
A WH 1.5Q A
=K /20.D4
1 =K
+K3
9
1
+K4
9
1
-S300.X1 1 5 9 -S300.X2 -S8X1 1 9
=K =K =K
+K3 2 1 0 #56319 1 0 +K4
/15.A5 +K4
-S300 2
-S300_a -S8 -S8a
0 0
5
1410 00090 01 00
3 10 -S8X1 5 10-S8X2
-S300.X1 -S300.X2
+K4 +K4
5
4
10
10
+K3 =K
=K =K BK 1.5Q
/20.D4
93017886
6 BK 1.5Q
B /18.B6 B
=K =K
+K2 +K2
12
10
12
-X50 -X50
2
1
X46.12
X47.10
X47.12
X46.1
X50.5
X50.2
DRAWING NUMBER:
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
Kl. 30
Kl.30
Kl.15
Kl.30
V33c
Kl.15
RD 1.5Q
=AS + DB REAR
E1 E2 E
C E1 E2 =AS + DB REAR C
30 86
E
30 86 30 86 =K
=K E =K Kl. 30 KL. 15
=K =K +K2
+K2
Kl. 30 KL. 15 =K
+K2
+K2 +K2 +K2 -F40

-F33a A
-F33b -K33b -K243 10A
E1 A E2 E1 A E2
-K33a E1 A E2
A E1 A E2
10A
A 87a 87 85 V20
V21
10A 87a 87 85 87a 87 85
V46
A
GND GND GND

-V38 -V39
MP MP
X50.1
X50.3
X41.9
GND
X46.3
X46.4
D D
X46.7
X46.8
GND GND
forbidden.
-X46 -X46 -X46 -X46 -X50 -X41

3
9
+K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
=K =K =K =K =K
=K =K
+K6 +K6
51
52
=K =K =K =K -X2.S -X2.S
+K3 +K3 +K3 +K3 -E16.X -E17.X
1
-X2.B -X2.B
51
52
-E12.X -E12a.X -E13.X -E13a.X
1 1
1
1
E +K6 +K6 E
1 1 1 1 =K =K =H =H
=K =K =K =K +H1 +H1
+K3 +K3 +K3 +K3 -E16 -E17
-E12 -E12a -E13 -E13a -X16.B -X16.B 2 2
3
1
0 0
0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 -X16.S -X16.S -E16.X -E17.X
2
1
3
-E12.X -E12a.X -E13.X -E13a.X
2
4
2
+K3 +K3 +K3 +K3 -X16.S -X16.S
=K =K =K =K -X16.B -X16.B
4
=K =K
=K =K =H =H
+K3 +K3
+K3 +K3 +H2 +H2
-MP7_a 8 -MP7_a 9
F -MP7_a 10 -MP7_b 1 -MP1_e 1 -MP1_e 2 F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR WORKING PROJECTOR REAR SIDE: 19 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DRAWING INDEX: 001

A CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: A

INPUT /39.C2 INPUT /39.C5 INPUT /39.D2 INPUT /39.C5 INPUT /40.D2 INPUT /39.C5 INPUT /39.C5 OUTLET (3A) /40.C2 OUTLET (3A) /40.C2
BACKWARDS NO -A6.A BACKWARDS NC -A6.A FORWARD NC -A6.A FORWARD NO -A6.A
PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH OPTION-A6.B
1 SIGNAL CLAMP 15 -A6.A TANK PIPE SENSOR -A6.A OPTION 2 -A6.B OPTION 3 -A6.B
DE05_FNRbackNO +K2 DE03_FNRbackNC +K2 DE02_FNRforwNC +K2 DE04_FNRforwNO +K2 DE12_Option1 +K2 DE00_KL15 +K2 E2_Fuel +K2 DA08_Option2 +K2 DA09_Option3 +K2
A6.A.DE05 =K A6.A.DE03 =K A6.A.DE02 =K A6.A.DE04 =K A6.B.DE12 =K A6.A.DE00 =K A6.A.E2 =K A6.B.DA08 =K A6.B.DA09 =K
10 X3 29 X3 19 X3 39 X3 22 X4 38 X3 28 X3 8 X4 10 X4
-A6.A.X3 -A6.A.X3 -A6.A.X3 -A6.A.X3 -A6.BX4 -A6.A.X3 -A6.A.X3 -A6.BX4 -A6.BX4
10
29
19
39
22
38
28
10
+K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
1410 00090 01 00
=K =K =K =K =K =K =K =K =K
93017886
B B
CAN: CAN:
INPUT /40.C5 INPUT /40.B2
PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH OPTION -A6.B
2 PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH OPTION -A6.B
3 KL. 15
DE13_Option2 +K2 DE14_Option3 +K2
=K =K
DRAWING NUMBER:
A6.B.DE13 A6.B.DE14
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
-A6.BX4 32 X4 -A6.BX4 3 X4
+K2 +K2
32
3
=K =K =K E =K E E
+K2 +K2 =K
-F9 -F15 +K2
A A -F12 A
C 10A 10A 10A C
=K
+K4
-S45X1 -S45X2
9
1
1 9
=K
Kl.15
Kl.15
1 0
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
WH 1Q
+K4
WH 1Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
1.5Q
X43.2
X43.4
X43.7
X43.8
1Q
-S45
WH
WH
WH
WH
GND GND GND
/14.C6
/13.C7
X58.4
-V22
5 10
*
-S45X1 -S45X2 MP =K =K =K
5
10
=K
+K4 +K6 +K6 +K6
21
22
23
D +K4 -X58 D
-X1.S -X1.S -X1.S
WH,WH 1Q,1Q
=K -X43 -X43 -X43 * -X43 +K2
4
-S45a
+K2 +K2 -X1.B -X1.B -X1.B
21
=K
22
23
0 /47.B5
WH 1.5Q
=K =K -X91 +K6 +K6 +K6
forbidden.
WH 1Q CAN: Kl.15 =K =K =K
20
-X1.S /34.B5
-X92 SUPPLY /39.C5 Kl.15
/28.A6
EARTH TANK PIPE SENSOR -A6.A -X1.B
/19.B6
/30.C3
/30.A3
/19.A6
Kl.15 Kl.15
20
/31.C2 /32.A7
1Q WH +K2 Kl.15
/34.B6
1Q WH BK 1Q A6.A.E6_GND =K Kl.15
/25.B6
37 X3 =H
=K +H2
-A6.A.X3
37
+K4 -B25X =V =V
3
1
+K2 1 3
11
10
12
-S2X +V1 +V1

4
9
1
=K
-Y11X -Y12X
1
E 4 2 5 3 1 6 8 7 9 10 11 12 CABLE INTERRUPT !!! =H gn vi
=V =V E
=K 1 1 +H2 1 1
V N R +V1 +V1
+K4 =K -B25 -Y11 -Y12
-X9
+K4
+K4
-X8
=K
=K
-S2 +K6 Q
0 0
37
-X1.S 2 2
SW4 SW5 SW3 sw ge
-X1.B -Y11X -Y12X
37
2
+K6 2 4 +V1 +V1
#56346
#56349
=K -B25X =V =V
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
+H2
BK 1.5Q
=H
=K =H =H
+K4 +H2 +H2
/49.D5
/49.D5
F -MP6_d 7 -MP1_a 7 -MP1_a 8 F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR CONTROL LEVER ; ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT ; TANK PIPE SENSOR SIDE: 20 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DRAWING INDEX: 001

A CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: A

CAN BUS /41.B2 CAN BUS /41.B2 CAN BUS /39.D2 CAN BUS /39.C5 PIN = EARTH /39.B2 DIAGNOSTIC PLUG /39.C2 DIAGNOSTIC PLUG /39.C2 DIAGNOSTIC PLUG /39.B2
LOW -A700 HIGH -A700 HIGH2 -A6.A LOW2 -A6.A BOOTSTRAP -A6.A RS-232 UEC3 -A6.A RS-232 UEC3 -A6.A RS-232 UEC3 -A6.A
+M +M +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
A700.5 =M A700.Can =M A6.A =K A6.A.CAN2L =K A6.A.BSL_C2 =K A6.A =K A6.A.RxD =K A6.A.TxD =K
B1 X1 A1 X1 22 X3 32 X3 2 X3 12 X3 11 X3 1 X3
-A700X1 =M -A700X1 -A6.A.X3 -A6.A.X3 -A6.A.X3 -A6.A.X3 -A6.A.X3 -A6.A.X3
B1
A1
11
1
22
32
12
BU 1Q
+M
BU 0.5Q
RD 0.5Q
+M +M +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
1410 00090 01 00
-R700 1
RD
BU
=M =M =K =K =K =K =K =K
-X202 -X203
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
-W157.WL017 +K
-W157.WL017 +K
=K 2 =K
93017886
RD 1Q
B +K6 +K6 B
-X2.B
11
10
-X2.B
-X2.S -W157.WL008 +K RD
-X2.S -X84
11
10
+K6
+K6
=K -W157.WL009 +K RD -W157.WL008 +K BU
=K -X81
-W157.WL009 +K BU
DRAWING NUMBER:
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
KL. 15 Kl. 30
3
2 4 A
2-3
WH 1.5Q
1
BK 2Q
20 30 A
1-3
E =K
10
E
40
C 90
100
110
A
1-2 MP =K =K C
+K2 +K4
=K mph check
/49.B6
+K2
50
40
120
2
0
km/h
-A13X2 -MP6_c 6
1
-F10
+K1 -F26
1 +K1 A =K
A
-A13 1/2 3A 15A
1/
4 3/
4
T =K +K4
G
C
H
D
A
B
E
F
I
-X60
1/1
#56342
STOP rpm
time
hours
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-A13X1 -A13X1 -A13X1 -A13X1

1
*9
+K1 +K1 +K1 +K1
=K =K =K =K
X42.1
X42.2
GND GND
X43.5
D D
forbidden.
DOUBLE LIMIT STOP
WH 1.5Q
-X43 -X42
1
5
2
+K2 +K2
=K =K
-X42a
1
RD
BU
+K
=K
WH 2Q
-W157.WL007 +K
-W157.WL007 +K
E E
BK 0.5Q
WH 0.5Q
BK 1.5Q
=K
+K2
CAN_HIGH
30
CAN_LOW
-A6.A.X3
30 X3
A6.A.+27VDC_1 =K
VBAT1 +K2
=K =K VOLTAGE 1 UEC3 -A6.A
+K4 +K4
/38.B7
/38.B8
SUPPLY /39.C5
-MP6_b 7 -MP6_b 8 CAN:
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR DISPLAY UNIT ; DIAGNOSTIC PLUG SIDE: 21 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
1
1
LIDOS UNIT
2
2
=K
KL. 15
+K2
-F11
3A
2 X58.2
SERIES NUMBER:
A
E
=K
+K2
-X58
GND
xxxxx
3
3
4
4
LIEBHERR
=K
-A6.A
/39.D2
+K2
CAN:
18
X3 18
A6.A.E1
=K
=K
+K6
-R1
+K2
E1_Inchsensor2
=K
+K4
CURRENT INPUT
=K
=K
-R1.X
1
-R1.X
+K6
+K6
BK 0.5Q
-A6.A.X3
INCH ANGLE SENSOR 2
2
-
9
2 1
-MP6_c
4
5
5
4
signal
3
signal
=K
-A6.A
/39.C2
+K2
3
=K
+K4
6
=K
-R1.X
+K6
BK 0.5Q
5
+
5 6
-MP6_c
CAN:
8
X3 8
A6.A.E0
=K
+K2
E0_Inchsensor1
CURRENT INPUT
E PLAN
-A6.A.X3
INCH ANGLE SENSOR 1
INCH PEDAL
6
6
7
7
SIDE:
CREATED DATE:
22
8
8
FROM
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DRAWING INDEX: 001

A CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: A

SUPPLY /40.C5 SUPPLY /40.C2 SUPPLY /40.C5 SUPPLY /39.D5 INPUT /39.C5 OUTLET (2A) /40.B5
VOLTAGE 2 UEC3 -A6.B VOLTAGE 3 UEC3 -A6.B EARTH UEC3 -A6.B EARTH UEC3 -A6.A RESERVE -A6.A BUZZER -A6.B
VBAT2 +K2 VBAT3 +K2 +K2 +K2 AD3_Reserve +K2 DA00_Buzzer +K2
A6.B.+27VDC_2 =K A6.B.+27VDC_3 =K A6.B.SGND =K A6.A.SGND =K A6.A.DAE3 =K A6.B.DA00 =K
35 X4 6 X4 31 X4 40 X3 33 X3 28 X4
-A6.BX4 -A6.BX4 -A6.BX4 -A6.A.X3 -A6.A.X3 -A6.BX4
31
35
40
33
28
+K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
1410 00090 01 00
=K =K =K =K =K =K
93017886
B B
BK 2.5Q
BK 2.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
KL. 15 KL. 15
WH 2Q
WH 2Q
DRAWING NUMBER:
PROJECT NAME:
E E E E
IDENT NUMBER:
=K =K =K =K
+K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
-F19 A
-F21 A -F22 A
-F23 A
10A 15A 15A 15A =K
+K6
28
C C
-X1.S
X41.5
X44.2
X40.5
X43.9
GND GND GND GND

-V24
-X44 -X40 -X43

4
+K2 +K2 +K2

D D
=K =K =K
WH 2Q
forbidden.
Kl.15
=K
/16.B8
+K4
E E
-H40X1
1
=K +
+K4 3
-H40
-
0
-H40X2
1
+K4
=K
BK 1.5Q
=K =K =K
+K4 +K4 +K4
F -MP6_b 3 -MP6_b 4 -MP6_b 5 F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR BUZZER ; SUPPLY UEC3 SIDE: 23 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/44.A1
/13.A2
DRAWING INDEX: 001
A A
WH 2.5Q RD 2.5Q
BK 2.5Q
=K =K =K =K
+K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
-X58 -X51 -X58 -X58
7
1
1
1410 00090 01 00
X58.5
X58.7
X58.1
X51.1
=K
93017886
B +K2 B
-T1X
1
4 1 Kl.30
+ -
=K 24V
+K2
-T1 E
E E 12V
DRAWING NUMBER:
=K
E
=K
E 30 86 =K =K 0 + - + - =K
PROJECT NAME:
=K
IDENT NUMBER:
+K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 3 2 6 5 +K2

+K2 -F75 -F76 -T1X -F30
5
-F8a -F8 -K12 A A +K2 A
V3
A A 10A 10A 15A
10A 15A 87a 87 85 =K
C C
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
GND
X55.8
X55.5
X55.6
X55.7
X51.3
BK 1.5Q
GND GND
X58.3
X58.8
X42.12
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
-X70.X2
-X51 -X58 -X58 =K -X42
8
12
=K+K-X9:1 -X55 -X55 +K3
+K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
D +K2 +K2 =K -X70.X1 D
1
=K =K =K =K
=K =K +K3 1 2
=K
-A3X1 + -
4
7
8
+K3
forbidden.
=K =K 7 4 8 -X70
+K3 +K =K IGN + -
-E2X1 -M7X +K3
1
1 1 -A3 R A D I O
=K + LS re - + LS li -
=K +K3 =K -A3X2
3 4 5 6
+K3
+K4 -E2 +K
6
-X71X -M7 M =K
2
1
WH 1Q WH 1Q
1 2 2 3 WH 1Q WH 1Q
BK 1.5Q
+ -
-X71 -E2X2 -E2X3

1
E =K =K E
+K3 +K3 2
-M7X +K3 +K3
2
=K =K -B11rX1 -B11lX2
1
+K
=K 1 + 2
-
BK 1.5Q
=K 0
+K3
BK 2.5Q
-B11l
-B11r +K3
0 =K
2 + -
=K =K =K 1 =K
-B11rX2 -B11lX1
1
1
+K4 +K3 +K4 +K4
F -MP6_a 1 -MP7_a 1 -MP6_a 2 +K3 +K3 -MP6_b 9 F
=K =K
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR RADIO ; VOLTAGE CONVERTER ; DRIVER'S SEAT SIDE: 24 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
001
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
DRAWING INDEX:
A ENGINE /41.B2 SUPPLY /40.C5 PRESSURE SWITCH /39.C2 INPUT /39.C2 A

INFO KL.15 -A700 VOLTAGE 4 UEC3 -A6.B SERVICE BRAKE -A6.A RESERVE -A6.A
+M VBAT4 +K2 KL. 15 KL. 15 AD4_SysBreakPS +K2 E5_Reserve +K2
/20.E7
A700.6 =M A6.B.+27VDC_4 =K A6.A.DAE4 =K A6.A.E5 =K
B2 X1 36 X4 4 X3 7 X3
-A700X1 -A6.BX4 -A6.A.X3 -A6.A.X3
B2
36
7
E E E
Kl.15
+M +K2 =K +K2 +K2
=K =K
=M =K +K2 =K =K
+K2 +K2
1410 00090 01 00
-F24 A -F43 A -F44 A

93017886
B B
WH 0.75Q
15A 10A 10A
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
X43.11
X43.12
DRAWING NUMBER:
X42.7
GND GND GND
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
=M
+M
-X87
-X43 -X43 -X42
11
12
7
+K2 +K2 +K2
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
C =K =K =K C
=K =K =K =K =K
+K6 +K6 +K6 +K6 +K6
31
30
70
29
32
-X1.S -X2.S -X1.S -X1.S -X1.S

-X1.B -X2.B -X1.B -X1.B
31
30
70
29
+K6 +K6 +K6 +K6
WH 2Q =K =K =K =K
WH 1.5Q
D D
=H
+H
WH 1.5Q
forbidden.
-B19.X
C
/16.E1
WH 1.5Q C
sw
=H
s
+H
P
-B19 U
- +
bl bn
B A
-B19.X
A
E +H E
=H
BK 1.5Q
=H
+H2
-MP1_c 7
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR PRESSURE SWITCH ; TEMPERATURE SENSOR ENGINE SIDE: 25 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
001
CAN:
/17.D2
/17.C2
/35.B8
/35.B6
/15.A6
=K SUPPLY /38.B2
+K2 VOLTAGE -A11
10
-X51 -X51 +K4
9
DRAWING INDEX:
A A11.Kl15 =K A
1 X1
X51.10
X51.9
-A11X1
1
Kl. 30 KL. 15 +K4
=K
E E
=K 30 86 =K
1410 00090 01 00
+K2 =K +K2
-F25 +K2 -F71 A
A
-K228 10A
93017886
B 87a 87 85 B
V45
10A
GND
-V40 -V41
MP MP
DRAWING NUMBER:
X41.3
X41.4
PROJECT NAME:
X40.3
X40.6
X51.11
IDENT NUMBER:
X51.12
GND GND
-X51 -X41 -X41
12
WH 1.5Q 3
4
C -X40.a -X40 -X40 +K2 +K2 +K2 C
+K2 +K2 =K =K =K
=K =K
-X311b.B -X311b.S
=K =K 3 =K
=K
+K4 +K4 +K3
+K4 =K
-S46a -S9a
-S46X1
1
-S46X2
-S9X1 +K3 -S300b
9
1
9
1
1
0 -S300.X2 9 0
1 9 1 9 5 1 -S300.X1
=K =K
D +K4
1 0 +K4
1 0 0 1 2 =K D
1 2 -S300.B +K3
-S46 -S9
-S300
7026343 5
forbidden.
5 10 5 10 10 3
-S300.X2 -S300.X1
-S9X1
5
10
-S46X1 -S46X2 4
5
10
10
3
+K3
+K4 +K4 =K
=K =K 6
=K =K
+K2
+K3
1
-R11X1 -H22.X1
1
=K 1 1
=K
E +K2 E
+K3
-R11 -H22 M
2
-R11X2 2
1
+K2 -H22.X2
1
=K +K3
BK 2.5Q
=K
BK 1.5Q
=K
+K4
6 2 7
F -MP6_d -MP7_b -MP6_c F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR BEACONLIGHT ; REAR WINDOW HEATER SIDE: 26 FROM 63
1 2 Kl.30 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DRAWING INDEX: 001

A CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: A

/41.C5 SUPPLY /41.D5 SUPPLY /41.D5 SUPPLY /41.D5 SUPPLY /41.D5 SUPPLY /41.D5 SUPPLY /41.D5 SUPPLY
-A700 PLUS KL.30 -A700 PLUS KL.30 -A700 PLUS KL.30 -A700 PLUS KL.30 -A700 EARTH -A700 EARTH -A700 EARTH
+M +M +M +M +M +M +M
=M A700.41 =M A700.44 =M A700.45 =M A700.48 =M A700.42 =M A700.43 =M A700.46
X1 L1 X1 L4 X1 M1 X1 M4 X1 L2 X1 L3 X1 M2
-A700X1 -A700X1 -A700X1 -A700X1 -A700X1 -A700X1 -A700X1
L1
M1
L4
M4
L2
L3
M2
+M +M +M +M +M +M +M
1410 00090 01 00
=M =M =M =M =M =M =M
93017886
B B
-X89
Kl. 30
-X90
DRAWING NUMBER:
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
E
=K
+K2
-F37 A
20A
C C
=K =K =K =K
=K +K6 +K6 +K6 +K6

24
25
34
35
36
+K6 -X1.B -X1.B -X1.B -X1.B
-X1.B -X1.S -X1.S -X1.S -X1.S

24
25
34
35
36
-X1.S +K6 +K6 +K6 +K6
+K6 =K =K =K =K
X40.7
X40.8
=K GND
7
D -X40 -X40 D
+K2 +K2
=K =K
forbidden.
BU 2.5Q
BU 2.5Q
BU 2.5Q
E E
=K =K =K
+K4 +K4 +K4
-MP6_d 3 -MP6_d 4 -MP6_d 5
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR SUPPLY ENGINE CONTROL UNIT SIDE: 27 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
001
/20.D7
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
SELECTION /41.B2 SPEED-PEDAL /41.B2 SPEED-PEDAL /41.D2 SELECTION /41.B5
DRAWING INDEX:
A PLUS 1 -A700 ANALOG 1 -A700 ANALOG 2 -A700 PLUS 2 -A700 A
Kl.15
+M +M +M +M
A700.3 =M A700.4 =M A700.23 =M A700.26 =M
-A700X1 A3 X1 -A700X1 X1
A4 -A700X1F3 X1 -A700X1 G2 X1
F3
+M +M +M +M
A3
A4
G2
=M 0.75Q =M =M 0.75Q =M 0.75Q
0.75Q
-X93 -X94 -X95 -X88
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
BU 1Q
RD 1Q
1410 00090 01 00
=K =K =K =K =K
+K6 +K6 +K6 +K6 +K6
59
41
40
38
39
-X1.B -X1.B -X1.B -X1.B -X1.S
93017886
-X1.S -X1.S -X1.S -X1.S
41
B B
38
39
40
+K6 +K6 +K6 +K6
=K =K =K =K
DRAWING NUMBER:
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
C C
=K
+K6
-R5.X
C
D
A
F
D F A C
+ signal signal +
=K 0-5V 0-5V
+K6 A A
-R5 ° °
- 0°-360° 0°-360° -
E B
-R5.X -R5.X
E
B
D +K6 +K6 D
=K =K
forbidden.
=K =K
+K6 +K6
44
45
-X1.S -X1.S
-X1.B -X1.B
44
45
-X96
E E
-X97
WH 0.75Q
WH 0.75Q
=M =M
+M +M
G3
C3
-A700X1 -A700X1
X1 C3 X1 G3
=M A700.11 =M A700.27
+M +M
-A700 EARTH 1 -A700 EARTH 2
/41.C2 SELECTION /41.B5 SELECTION
CAN: CAN:
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR SPEED-PEDAL SIDE: 28 FROM 63

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
/30.A5
001
CAN:
OUTLET (5A) /40.C5
-A6.B
WORKING HYDRAULICS LOCKOUT
DA15_AHS +K2
DRAWING INDEX:
/30.A3
A A6.B.DA15 =K A
39 X4
/31.C3
-A6.BX4
39
NOT APPLICABLE
+K2 =K =K
=K
=K +K4 +K4
+K4
-S22a -S14a -S18a
-OLE4
0 0
+K2
=K 0 =K =K
=K
1410 00090 01 00
+K4 +K4 +K4

-S18X2
=K -S22X1 -S22X2 -S14X1 -S14X2 -S18X1
9
1
1
+K2 1 9 1 9 1 9
=K =K =K
10
-X49 -X49 -X49 -X49 -X49 -X49
4
8
5
1
93017886
1 0 1 0 1 0
B +K4 +K4 +K4 B
#56328
-S22 -S14 -S18
X49.10
X49.1
X49.8
X49.3
X49.4
X49.5
5 10 5 10 5 10
-S22X1
/50.B7
-S22X2 -S14X1 -S14X2 -S18X1
10
10
10
+K4 -S18X2
=K +K4 +K4
DRAWING NUMBER:
=K =K
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
BK 1.5Q BK 1.5Q
/31.E3
30 86 30 86 /30.C3
=K =K
C +K2 +K2 C
-K15 -K18
87a 87 85 87a 87 85
V56
V55
=K =K =K
+K6 +K6 +K6

51
46
50
53
GND GND -X1.S -X1.S -X1.S
-X1.B -X1.B -X1.B
51
50
46
53
+K6 +K6 +K6

=K =K =K
X49.2
X49.7
X49.6
-V26 -V27 -V28
MP MP MP
1
-B17X.S
D -X49 -X49 D
-X49 -B17X.B
1
2
+K2 +K2 +K2 =V

=K =K =K +V2
1
forbidden.
-B17.X -B15X
1 1
=V + =V +
+V1 +V2
-B17 -B15
=K
+K6
33
-X1.S Ö 2 - Ö 2 -
3 3
-B17.X -B15X
-X1.B
3
33
+V2
=K =H +K6
=V
BK 1Q
+K4 +H3 =K
3
E -B17X.B E
2
3
1
-X33X -Y14.X
1
=H -B17X.S
=K 1 2 3
2
3
+H3 1 +V1
+K4 -Y14
Y9 =V
-X33 Y17 Y18
0
0 2
4 5 6 -Y14.X
-X33X
2
BK 1.5Q
4
+K4
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
=K WH 1Q 9 2
=K =K =H -MP1_a -MP1_b
=K +K4 +K4 +H2
+K4 2 5 3 -MP1_d 4
F -MP6_c -MP6_c -MP6_c F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG FLOAT POSITION SIDE: 29 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
1
1
LIDOS UNIT
2
2
SERIES NUMBER:
0
=K
-S23
+K2
=K
-S23a
+K1
0
=K
-K232
+K2
1 0 2
WH 1.5Q
xxxxx
87a
=K
+K2
-S23.X1
=K
+K2
-S23.X1
1
WH 1.5Q 1
87
30
3
3
3
3
7
=K
-MP6_i
+K2
85
86
BK 1.5Q BK 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
/20.D4 /20.D4
1
BK 1.5Q 9 10 WH 1.5Q
10
/29.C7 /29.A7
9 -S23.X2
-S23.X2
0
=K
-V202
+K2
=K
+K2
-K231
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
1
87a
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
=K
+K2
-V201
87
30
1
=K
=K
-V200
-MP6_i
+K2
+K2
4
4
LIEBHERR
85
86
BK 1.5Q
1
2
2
=K
5A
+K2
-F1
=K
-X44
+K2
6 X44.6 X44.5
A
E
5
=K
+K2
-X44
0
=V
-Y53
+V1
GND
5
5
-Y53X
F1-R1
-V90
=K
-Y53X
-X54
-X1.S
+K2
2
BK 1.5Q 1 49 4 X54.4 X54.1
2 1 49 1
=K
=K
+K6
+K2
-X54
-X1.B
/29.A3
=H
3 -MP1_b
+H2
0
=V
-Y53a
+V1
=V
-Y53a.X
+V1
=K
-Y53a.X
+K6
-X2.S
2
1
BK 1.5Q 42
E PLAN
2 1 42
+V1 =K
6
6
=V +K6
-X2.B
=K
+K4
-X82
48
1 -MP1_b
+H2
=H
=K
/40.D2
+K2
-A6.B
QUICK-CHANGE DEVICE
=K
+K6
-X1.S
=K
-A6.BX4
+K2
CAN:
=K
+K4
-H41
INPUT
X4 21
21
=K
-MP6_c
+K4
A6.B.DE09
DE09_Buzzer
BK 1.5Q
BUZZER SIGNAL
4
2
7
7
SIDE:
CREATED DATE:
30
8
8
FROM
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
001
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:
DRAWING INDEX:
A INPUT /40.D2 DIGTAL OUTPUT /40.C5 OUTLET (3A) /40.C2 OUTLET (3A) /40.C2 A
-A6.B
PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH FAN REVERSAL FAN REVERSAL -A6.B PARKING BRAKE -A6.B RIDE CONTROL -A6.B
DE16_FanReverse +K2 DA06_FanReverse +K2 DA12_FNRparkbreak +K2 DA13_LFD +K2
A6.B.DE16 =K A6.B.DA06 =K A6.B.DA12 =K A6.B.DA13 =K
23 X4 37 X4 7 X4 9 X4
-A6.BX4 -A6.BX4 -A6.BX4 -A6.BX4
23
37
9
+K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
=K =K =K =K
1410 00090 01 00
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
93017886
WH 1.5Q
B B
=K =K =K
+K6 +K6 +K6
43
56
57
-X1.S -X1.S -X1.S
DRAWING NUMBER:
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
-X1.B -X1.B -X1.B
43
56
57
+K6 +K6 +K6
=K =K =K
/20.D5
/29.A7
/16.A8
C C
WH 1.5Q
Kl.15
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
=K
+K4
-S203a
0
=K =K
+K4 =H =H =V
+K4
-S203.X2 +H +H +V1
-S203.X1
5
-Y50.X -Y10.X -Y20X

1
1
=K 5 9 =H =V
=H 1 +H 1 +V1 1
D +K4 0 1 -Y10 -Y20 D
+H
-S203
-Y50 0 0
2 2
forbidden.
2 -Y10.X -Y20X
2
1 10
-Y50.X +H +V1
2
-S203.X1 -S203.X2
1
10
+H =H =V
+K4 +K4
=H
=K =K
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
BK 1.5Q
E E
/29.C7
/16.B8
=H =H =H
+H2 +H2 +H2
-MP1_c 2 -MP1_c 3 -MP1_d 1
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR FAN REVERSAL ; RIDE CONTROL SIDE: 31 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DRAWING INDEX: 001

A CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: A

INPUT /39.B5 EARTH /39.C5 INPUT /39.C2 SPEED /39.C2 SWITCH ON /41.C2
/20.D7
HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE-A6.A HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE-A6.A SPEED OUTPUT -A6.A ENGINE 2 -A6.A AIR FILTER CONTAMINATION -A700
E4_HydrOilTemp +K2 +K2 UDE0_MachineSpeed +K2 UDE1_Mot2 +K2 +M
A6.A.E4 =K A6.A.E4_GND =K A6.A.UDE0 =K A6.A.UDE1 =K A700.17 =M
Kl.15
26 X3 36 X3 5 X3 15 X3 E1 X1
-A6.A.X3 -A6.A.X3 -A6.A.X3 -A6.A.X3 -A700X1
E1
26
36
15
+K2 +K2 +K2 9 -MP6_d +K2 10 -MP6_c +M
1410 00090 01 00
=K =K =K +K4 =K +K4 =M
=K =K
93017886
B B
=K
=K =K =K =K =K =K +K6
+K6 +K6 +K6 +K6 +K6 +K6 -X1.S
DRAWING NUMBER:
61
62
64
63
66
65
60
PROJECT NAME:
-X1.S -X1.S -X1.S -X1.S -X1.S -X1.S

IDENT NUMBER:
-X1.B -X1.B -X1.B -X1.B -X1.B -X1.B -X1.B

61
62
64
63
66
65
60
+K6 +K6 +K6 +K6 +K6 +K6 +K6
=K =K =K =K =K =K =K
C C
=M
+M
-X99
D D
=H =H
forbidden.
+H4 =H =H +H3
-B4.X
1
-B8X +H4 +H4
1
=H 1
1 =H -B1X =H -B2X
1
1
=H +H3
+H4 +H4 1 +H4 1
-B4 P
-B8 °C -B1 -B2
0 0 2
2
2 2
-B4.X
2
-B8X -B1X -B2X
2
2
+H4 +H4 +H4 +H3
E =H =H =H =H E
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR TEMPERATURE AND SPEED SENSORS SIDE: 32 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DRAWING INDEX: 001

A CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: A

OUTLET 3A /40.D2 MODULATION /40.C5 PWM (0-3A) /40.C2 OUTLET (2A) /40.C5 PWM (0-3A) /40.C2 PWM (0-3A) /40.B5
RESERVE -A6.B CLUTCH -A6.B ENGINE 2 EP -A6.B ENGINE 1 Q MAX -A6.B TRAVEL PUMP EP -A6.B VENTILATOR -A6.B
DA11_Reserve +K2 DA16_Modulation +K2 PWM1_Mot2 +K2 DA02_HydraulicEngine +K2 PWM0_Pump +K2 PWM2_Fan +K2
A6.B.DA11 =K A6.B.DA16 =K A6.B.PA1 =K A6.B.DA02 =K A6.B.PA0 =K A6.B.PA2 =K
18 X4 38 X4 15 X4 29 X4 5 X4 25 X4
-A6.BX4 -A6.BX4 -A6.BX4 -A6.BX4 -A6.BX4 -A6.BX4
18
38
15
29
25
+K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 +K2
1410 00090 01 00
=K =K =K =K =K =K
93017886
B B
=K =K =K =K =K =K
DRAWING NUMBER:
PROJECT NAME:
+K6 +K6 +K6 +K6 +K6 +K6

IDENT NUMBER:
69
70
4
2
3
1
-X1.S -X1.S -X2.S -X2.S -X2.S -X2.S
-X1.B -X2.B -X2.B -X2.B -X2.B
1
70
4
+K6 +K6 +K6 +K6 +K6
=K =K =K =K =K
C C
=H =H =H =H =H
D +H5 +H +H +H +H D
-Y60.X -Y57X -Y58X -Y59.X -Y13.X
1
1
=H =H =H =H =H
+H5 1 +H 1 +H 1 +H 1 +H 1
forbidden.
-Y60 -Y57 -Y58 -Y59 -Y13

0 0 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 2
-Y60.X -Y57X -Y58X -Y59.X -Y13.X
2
2
+H5 +H +H +H +H
=H =H =H =H =H
E E
=H =H =H =H =H
+H2 +H2 +H2 +H2 +H2
-MP1_b 6 -MP1_b 8 -MP1_b 10 -MP1_b 9 -MP1_c 1
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR CLUTCH ; HYDRAULIC MOTOR ; TRAVEL PUMP SIDE: 33 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DRAWING INDEX: 001

A A
CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: KL. 15 KL. 15
OUTLET (2A) /40.D2 PRESSURE SWITCH /39.B2 PRESSURE SWITCH /39.C2 PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH /40.C2
EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP-A6.B MAIN CIRCUIT NLP -A6.A CHECK NLP -A6.A EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP-A6.B
/20.D7
/20.E7
/13.F6
1410 00090 01 00
DA01_NLP +K2 AD0_1_NLPmainPS +K2 AD1_1_NLPcheckPS +K2 DE15_Notlenkpumpe +K2

A6.B.DA01 =K A6.A.DAE0 =K A6.A.DAE1 =K A6.B.DE15 =K E
=K
17 X4 3 X3 13 X3 13 X4
+K2
Kl.15
Kl.15
93017886
-A6.BX4 -A6.A.X3 -A6.A.X3 -A6.BX4

17
13
13
B -F13 B
+K2 +K2 +K2 +K2 10A
A
=K =K =K =K
=K =K =K =K =K
+K6 +K6 +K6 +K6
DRAWING NUMBER:
+K6
16
5
7
PROJECT NAME:
-X2.S -X2.S -X2.S -X2.S

IDENT NUMBER:
-X2.S
-X2.B -X2.B -X2.B -X2.B -X2.B
5
16
+K6 +K6 +K6 +K6 +K6 GND
X58.6
=K =K =K =K =K
C C
-X58
6
+K2
=K
-S10.X2
=K
+K2
D -S10.X1 D
9
=K 5 9
+K2
forbidden.
0 1
=H =H -S10
+H4 +H4
-B3.X -B3a.X
C
C
rt 1 10
C C =K
50 30.2 =H sw sw
-S10.X1
1
=H =H
10
+ s s +K2
+H4 =H +H4 +H4 +K2
-S10.X2
-S10a
M P P
-K011 +H4 =K
-B3 U -B3a U 0
-M8 - + - +
0 - bl bn bl bn
E 31 30.1 B A B A E
-B3.X -B3a.X
B
B
A
A
sw
+H4 +H4
=H =H
=H =H =H =H =K
+H2 +H4 +H2 +H2 +K4
-MP1_d 3 1 -MP5_a -MP1_d 9 -MP1_d 10 10 -MP6_d
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP ; PRESSURE SWITCH EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP SIDE: 34 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
1
1
LIDOS UNIT
2
2
SERIES NUMBER:
Kl. 30
=K
-F35
+K2
10A
10 X42.10
A
E
=K
+K2
-X42
GND
xxxxx
=K
+K2
=K
+K4
-M200
-K209
3
3
=K
+K2
-X51
5 X51.5 X51.7
M
1
7
87a 87
30
=K
+K2
-X51
=K
+K2
-X51
X51.6 Kl.15
/17.D7
6
85
86
GND
V54
4
4
LIEBHERR
5
5
=K
-R6a
+K3
-R6a.X
=K
+K3
=K
-R6a.X
+K3
=K
-MP6_o
+K2
2
1
1
2 1
=K
-R6b
+K3
=K
-R6b.X
+K3
-R6b.X
=K
+K3
E PLAN
=K
-MP6_o
+K2
X47.1
1
=K
6
6
+K2
-K10
2
1
2 1
=K
+K2
-X47
2 X47.2
87a 87
30
=K
+K2
-X47
=K
-X47
+K2
X47.4
/26.A2
4
DUST FILTER EXCESS PRESSURE SYSTEM
85
86
GND
V57
7
7
=K
-F74
+K2
15A
A
E
GND
KL. 15
SIDE:
/26.A1
CREATED DATE:
35
8
8
FROM
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
1
1
Kl. 30
=K
-F19a
+K2
15A
X40.4
A
E
LIDOS UNIT
GND
X42.5
2
2
=K
-F28
+K2
10A
X42.6
SERIES NUMBER:
A
E
GND
X40.1
=K
-F36
+K2
xxxxx
A
E
X40.2
3
3
GND
5A
=K
-F39
+K2
X41.7
A
E
X41.8
GND
4
4
LIEBHERR
=K
+K2
-F41
10A
X41.11
A
E
Kl. 30
GND
=K
-K229
+K2
49
49a
X55.3 X55.2
X55.1
5
5
31
31
49a
=K
-K230
+K2
49
X47.7 X47.11
X47.9
X47.3
X47.5
15
E PLAN
6
6
87
87a
30
NOT USED RELAY

31
=K
0
-K270
+K2
CAN LOW X54.5

X54.10 CAN LOW 120Ohm
1
Antenne1 High Side

X54.8
2
X54.11 +Ub CAN HIGH

X54.9
3
GND
Antenne 2
4
7
7
n.c.
X54.7
5
GND
X54.3
X54.12
SIDE:
4
7
1
X54.6
2
CREATED DATE:
5
36
6
9
3
8
8
FROM
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
001
=H
+H
DRAWING INDEX: -X97
A A
=K =K CAN: CAN: CAN:
+K2 +K2 OUTLET (2A) /40.B5 CENTRAL LUBRICATION SYSTEM/39.C2 CENTRAL LUBRICATION SYSTEM/39.D2
-X48 -X48 CENTRAL LUBRICATION SYSTEM-A6.B -A6.A -A6.A
6
CYCLE SIGNAL LEVEL
DA03_OPT_CentralLuric +K2 AE5_CLUTacts +K2 AE6_CLULevel +K2
A6.B.DA03 =K A6.A.DAE5 =K A6.A.DAE6 =K
27 X4 14 X3 24 X3
X48.9
X48.6
-A6.BX4 -A6.A.X3 -A6.A.X3
27
14
24
1410 00090 01 00
+K2 +K2 +K2

KL. 15 =K =K =K
93017886
B =H B
=H
+H3 +H3
30 86
-B43.X
A
-B44.X
A
=K =K E A A
+K2 +K2 =K =K =K
-K245 -F73 +K6 +K6 +K6
=H
17
18
1 =H 1
20
V49
87a 87 85 A -X2.B -X2.S + -X2.S
DRAWING NUMBER:
10A +H3 2
+H3 + 2
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
-X2.S -X2.B -B43 -X2.B
17
18
-B44
20
GND +K6 +K6 +K6
=K =K 0 =K 0
-V34 -V35
S - S -
4 3 4 3
C MP MP C
C B
X41.10
C B
-B43.X
B
-B44.X
X48.7
X48.5
B
GND
+H3 +H3
=H =H
-X48
5
-X41
10
+K2 +K2
=K =K
D =K D
+K6
19
-X2.S
forbidden.
-X2.B
19
+K6
=K
1 4
=H
M
+H3
-M6
E E
0
2 3
-M6X
2
+H3
=H
=H =H =H
+H2 +H2 +H2
-MP1_d 7 -MP1_d 5 -MP1_d 6
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR CENTRAL LUBRICATION SYSTEM SIDE: 37 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DRAWING INDEX: 001

A A
CAN: CAN:
/21.F1
/21.F2
=K CAN BUS /39.D2 CAN BUS /39.C5
+K4 HIGH1 -A6.A LOW1 -A6.A
-A11 +K2 +K2
=K =K
CAN_HIGH
CAN_LOW
A6.A.CAN1H A6.A.CAN1L
Phys. Addr. TYP BLATT BESCHREIBUNG STECKER PIN
1410 00090 01 00
21 X3 31 X3
-A6.A.X3 -A6.A.X3
21
31
A11.Kl15 /26.A8 VOLTAGE SUPPLY X1 1 +K2 +K2
93017886
A11.GND /38.D2 EARTH SUPPLY X1 2 =K =K

B B
A11.CAN_High /38.D8 HIGH CAN BUS X1 3
A11.CAN_Low /38.D7 LOW CAN BUS X1 4
A11.Kl15 VOLTAGE SUPPLY X1 5

A11.GND EARTH SUPPLY X1 6
DRAWING NUMBER:
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
A11.CAN_High /38.C8 HIGH CAN BUS X1 7 =K =K

+K4 +K4
A11.CAN_Low /38.C7 LOW CAN BUS X1 8
-A11X1 -A11X1
7
A11.CAN_RES. MATCHING RESISTOR CAN BUS X1 9 X1 8 X1 7
C =K A11.CAN_Low =K A11.CAN_High C
A11.Res. NOT USED X1 10
+K4 +K4
A11.Res. NOT USED X1 11 LOW HIGH
-A11 -A11
A11.Res. NOT USED X1 12 /38.C2 CAN BUS /38.C2 CAN BUS

CAN: CAN:
CAN: CAN:
CAN BUS /38.B2 CAN BUS /38.B2
LOW -A11 HIGH -A11
+K4 +K4
A11.CAN_Low =K A11.CAN_High =K
4 X1 3 X1
D D
-A11X1 -A11X1
3
+K4 +K4
=K =K
forbidden.
CAN:
SUPPLY /38.B2
EARTH -A11
+K4
=K
A11.GND
2 X1
-A11X1
2
E +K4 E
=K
BK 1.5Q
=K
+K4
-MP6_d 1
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR MAIN KEYPAD SIDE: 38 FROM 63

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DRAWING INDEX: 001

A A
1410 00090 01 00
=K -A6.A Modul Nr.:

+K2 Modulname: 8920505_A
93017886
B B
Phys. Adr. Blatt EA Beschreibung Stecker Pin Phys. Adr. Blatt EA Beschreibung Stecker Pin
A6.A.TxD /21.A8 RS-232 UEC3 DIAGNOSTIC PLUG 1 A6.A.VCC_EXT SUPPLY SENSORS OUTLET 200mA 5V 25
A6.A.BSL_C2 /21.A6 BOOTSTRAP PIN = EARTH 2 A6.A.E4 /32.A2 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE INPUT 26
A6.A.DAE0 /34.B4 MAIN CIRCUIT NLP PRESSURE SWITCH 3 A6.A.E6 RESERVE INPUT 27
A6.A.DAE4 /25.A6 SERVICE BRAKE PRESSURE SWITCH 4 A6.A.E2 /20.A7 TANK PIPE SENSOR INPUT 28
DRAWING NUMBER:
A6.A.UDE0 /32.A4 SPEED OUTPUT INPUT 5 A6.A.DE03 /20.A2 BACKWARDS NC INPUT 29

PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
A6.A.E3 RESERVE INPUT 6 A6.A.+27VDC_1 /21.F5 VOLTAGE 1 UEC3 SUPPLY 30

A6.A.E5 /25.A7 RESERVE INPUT 7 A6.A.CAN1L /38.A7 LOW1 CAN BUS 31
A6.A.E0 /22.A5 INCH ANGLE SENSOR 1 CURRENT INPUT 8 A6.A.CAN2L /21.A5 LOW2 CAN BUS 32
A6.A.DE06 /50.A6 INDUCTIVE SWITCH OPTION 9 A6.A.DAE3 /23.A7 RESERVE INPUT 33

C C
A6.A.DE05 /20.A1 BACKWARDS NO INPUT 10 A6.A.DAE7 /43.A2 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR ACTIVE 34
A6.A.RxD /21.A7 RS-232 UEC3 DIAGNOSTIC PLUG 11 A6.A.SGND SUPPLY SENSORS EARTH 35
A6.A /21.A7 RS-232 UEC3 DIAGNOSTIC PLUG 12 A6.A.E4_GND /32.A3 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE EARTH 36
A6.A.DAE1 /34.B6 CHECK NLP PRESSURE SWITCH 13 A6.A.E6_GND /20.D6 EARTH TANK PIPE SENSOR SUPPLY 37
A6.A.DAE5 /37.A6 CYCLE SIGNAL CENTRAL LUBRICATION SYSTEM 14 A6.A.DE00 /20.A6 SIGNAL CLAMP 15 INPUT 38
A6.A.UDE1 /32.A5 ENGINE 2 SPEED 15 A6.A.DE04 /20.A4 FORWARD NO INPUT 39

A6.A.E3_GND EARTH RESERVE SUPPLY 16 A6.A.SGND /23.A6 EARTH UEC3 SUPPLY 40
A6.A.E5_GND EARTH RESERVE SUPPLY 17

A6.A.E1 /22.A4 INCH ANGLE SENSOR 2 CURRENT INPUT 18
A6.A.DE02 /20.A3 FORWARD NC INPUT 19
A6.A.DE01 RESERVE INPUT 20
D A6.A.CAN1H /38.A6 HIGH1 CAN BUS 21 D
A6.A /21.A4 HIGH2 CAN BUS 22
A6.A.DAE2 /54.A5 CLUTCH PRESSURE LIMITATION 23
forbidden.
A6.A.DAE6 /37.A7 LEVEL CENTRAL LUBRICATION SYSTEM 24

E E
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR CENTRAL CONTROL UEC3 X3 SIDE: 39 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DRAWING INDEX: 001

A A
=K -A6.B Modul Nr.:

1410 00090 01 00
+K2 Modulname: 8920505_B

93017886
B Phys. Adr. Blatt EA Beschreibung Stecker Pin Phys. Adr. Blatt EA Beschreibung Stecker Pin B
A6.B.DE07 /16.A5 DISPLAY INDICATOR INPUT 1 A6.B.PA2 /33.A7 VENTILATOR PWM (0-3A) 25
A6.B.DE10 WORKING BASKET MODUS 1 2 A6.B.DA05 RESERVE OUTLET (3A) 26
A6.B.DE14 /20.B4 PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH OPTION 3 INPUT 3 A6.B.DA03 /37.A5 CENTRAL LUBRICATION SYSTEM OUTLET (2A) 27
A6.B.DE18 WORKING BASKET NOT OFF 2 4 A6.B.DA00 /23.A8 BUZZER OUTLET (2A) 28
A6.B.PA0 /33.A6 TRAVEL PUMP EP PWM (0-3A) 5 A6.B.DA02 /33.A5 ENGINE 1 Q MAX OUTLET (2A) 29
DRAWING NUMBER:
A6.B.+27VDC_3 /23.A5 VOLTAGE 3 UEC3 SUPPLY 6 A6.B.DA14 /15.A5 BACKWARDS (6A) TRAVELLING DIRECTION 30
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
A6.B.DA12 /31.A6 PARKING BRAKE OUTLET (3A) 7 A6.B.SGND /23.A6 EARTH UEC3 SUPPLY 31
A6.B.DA08 /20.A8 OPTION 2 OUTLET (3A) 8 A6.B.DE13 /20.B3 PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH OPTION 2 INPUT 32
A6.B.DA13 /31.A7 RIDE CONTROL OUTLET (3A) 9 A6.B.DE17 WORKING BASKET NOT OFF 1 33
A6.B.DA09 /20.A8 OPTION 3 OUTLET (3A) 10 A6.B.DE21 /14.A6 KL 61 CHARGE CONTROL GENERATOR D+ 34
C C
A6.B.DE08 /16.A6 DISPLAY HIGH BEAM INPUT 11 A6.B.+27VDC_2 /23.A4 VOLTAGE 2 UEC3 SUPPLY 35
A6.B.DE11 WORKING BASKET MODUS 2 12 A6.B.+27VDC_4 /25.A3 VOLTAGE 4 UEC3 SUPPLY 36
A6.B.DE15 /34.B7 EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH 13 A6.B.DA06 /31.A4 FAN REVERSAL DIGTAL OUTPUT 37
A6.B.DE19 JOYSTICK STEERING ACTIVE 14 A6.B.DA16 /33.A3 CLUTCH MODULATION 38

A6.B.PA1 /33.A4 ENGINE 2 EP PWM (0-3A) 15 A6.B.DA15 /29.A2 WORKING HYDRAULICS LOCKOUT OUTLET (5A) 39
A6.B.DA10 /15.A4 FORWARD (3A) TRAVELLING DIRECTION 16 A6.B.DA17 /16.D5 REVERSING LAMP OUTLET (5A) 40
A6.B.DA01 /34.B2 EMERGENCY STEERING PUMP OUTLET (2A) 17

A6.B.DA11 /33.A2 RESERVE OUTLET 3A 18
A6.B.DA04 RESERVE OUTLET (2A) 19
A6.B.DA07 /50.A3 OPTION 1 OUTLET (3A) 20
A6.B.DE09 /30.A6 BUZZER SIGNAL INPUT 21
D A6.B.DE12 /20.A5 PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH OPTION 1 INPUT 22 D
A6.B.DE16 /31.A2 PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH FAN REVERSAL INPUT 23
A6.B.DE20 RESERVE INPUT 24
forbidden.
E E
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR CENTRAL CONTROL UEC3 X4 SIDE: 40 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DRAWING INDEX: 001

A A
=M -A700 Modul Nr.:

+M Modulname: JD-ECU_STUFE 3
1410 00090 01 00
Phys. Adr. Blatt EA Beschreibung Stecker Pin F2 F3 EA G1 G2 G3

93017886
B A700.Can /21.A3 HIGH CAN BUS 0 A1 A700.25 Frequency 3 Frequency 3 0 G1 B

A700.2 5 FREE 0 A2 A700.26 /28.A5 PLUS 2 SELECTION 0 G2
A700.3 /28.A2 PLUS 1 SELECTION 0 A3 A700.27 /28.F4 EARTH 2 SELECTION 0 G3
A700.4 /28.A3 ANALOG 1 SPEED-PEDAL 0 A4 A700.28 15 PU750 ANALOG 0 G4
A700.5 /21.A2 LOW CAN BUS 0 B1 A700.29 FREQUENCY 2 0 H1
A700.6 /25.A2 INFO KL.15 ENGINE 0 B2 A700.30 FREQUENCY - 0 H2
A700.7 Switsch in 9 PD FREE 0 B3 A700.31 LOW CAN BUS 2 0 H3
DRAWING NUMBER:
A700.8 PU750 ANALOG 6 0 B4 A700.32 8 PD ANALOG 0 H4

PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
0 J1
A700.9 SINK DRIVER 3 0 C1 A700.33 3 PU SWITCH ON
0 J2
A700.10 SINK DRIVER 1 0 C2 A700.34 6 PD SWITCH ON
0 J3
A700.11 /28.F3 EARTH 1 SELECTION 0 C3 A700.35 HIGH CAN BUS 2
0 J4
A700.12 2 PD ANALOG 0 C4 A700.36 5 PWM DRIVER 5
C 0 K1 C
A700.13 SINK PWM FREQUENCY OUT 0 D1 A700.37 8 PU SWITCH ON
0 K2
A700.14 SINK DRIVER 2 0 D2 A700.38 SCREEN CAN BUS
0 K3
A700.15 12 PU750 ANALOG 0 D3 A700.39 FREE

0 K4
A700.16 5PD SWITCH ON 0 D4 A700.40 PWM DRIVER 4
0 L1
A700.17 /32.A7 AIR FILTER CONTAMINATION SWITCH ON 0 E1 A700.41 /27.A1 PLUS KL.30 SUPPLY
0 E2 0 L2
A700.18 FREE A700.42 /27.A5 EARTH SUPPLY
0 E3 0 L3
A700.19 7 PU SWITCH ON A700.43 /27.A6 EARTH SUPPLY
0 E4 0 L4
A700.20 10 PD SWITCH ON A700.44 /27.A2 PLUS KL.30 SUPPLY
0 F1 0 M1
A700.21 COOLING WATER LEVEL SWITCH ON A700.45 /27.A4 PLUS KL.30 SUPPLY
0 F2 0 M2
A700.22 PD SWITCH ON A700.46 /27.A7 EARTH SUPPLY
0 F3 0 M3
A700.23 /28.A4 ANALOG 2 SPEED-PEDAL A700.47 PWM DRIVER 7
D 0 F4 0 M4 D
A700.24 4 PD ANALOG A700.48 /27.A5 PLUS KL.30 SUPPLY
forbidden.
E E
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR ENGINE CONTROL UNIT SIDE: 41 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
1
1
LIDOS UNIT
2
2
SERIES NUMBER:
31
xxxxx
58
54
3
3
+V
=V
-X321b
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
BK,BK 1.5Q,1.5Q
=V
-E4
+V1
=V
H16
5 11 11
5
5 5
=V
=V
H51
4 12 12
4
4
LIEBHERR
5 4
4 4
=V
=V
-MP1_a
+H2
=H
H57
=V
-E4X
+V1
WH 1.5Q 3 14 14
=V
3
BK 1.5Q BK 1.5Q 1 3 3
=V
=V
4
1 1 WH 1.5Q 2 13 13
=V
H55
+V1
2
2
2
+K6
+K6
=V
-E4.Xa
-X1.B
-X1.S
+V1
-E4X
=V
+V1
+V1
-E4.Xb
-E4.Xb
-E4.Xa
+V1
=V
-E3
+V1
+V1
+K6
+K6
=H
-MP1_a
-X1.B
-X1.S
+H2
-E3.Xb
=V
-E3X
=V
2
-E3.Xa
+V1
+V1
=V
+V1
-E3X
H54
WH 1.5Q 2 16 16
=V
1
BK 1.5Q BK 1.5Q 1 2 2
=V
=V
1 1
5
5
WH 1.5Q 3 15 15
=V
+V1
3 3
=V
=V
-E3.Xa
4
H56 H50
17 17
-E3.Xb
4
+V1
4 4
=V
=V
H15
5 18 18
5 5
=V
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
E PLAN
+V
=V
-X321a
6
6
BK,BK 1.5Q,1.5Q
WH,WH 1.5Q,1.5Q
54
58
COUNTRY-SPECIFIC TYPE/EXECUTION
31
7
7
SIDE:
CREATED DATE:
42
8
8
FROM
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
1
1
=K
-A6.A.X3
+K2
34
34 X3
ACTIVE
A6.A.DAE7
CAN:
-Y22
+M
=M
-V42
AE7_CC01_Klimastr
X55.11
=K
+K2
MP
-K271
LIDOS UNIT
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR
=M
+M
=K
+K2
=K
-X55
+K2
X55.12 X55.10
-A6.A
/39.C5
9 9 12
-Y22.X
10
87a 87
30
1
=K
=K
=K
MP
+K6
+K6
+K2
-X55
-X2.B
-X2.S
2
2
-V43
X55.9
85
86
SERIES NUMBER:
=K
GND
-X55
+K2
V44
/14.B5
X48.10 9
-V36
=K
+K2
-K246
MP
=K
-X48
+K2
11 X48.11 X48.12
12
87a 87
30
=K
MP
+K2
-X48
xxxxx
=K
-X48
+K2
-V37
X48.8
1 8
85
86
/44.F2
GND
V48
3
3
=K
+K
-X43a
CABLE
1
/44.E2
INTERRUPT
-V23
=K
+K
20A
=K
-F14
+K2
-X43b
MP
1 X43.1
A
E
=K
+K2
-X43
KL. 15
GND
-B27
+H
=H
4
4
LIEBHERR
P
L
=K
=K
-B27X
-B27X
+K6
+K6
-X2.S
-X2.B
=H
+H
+H
=H
WH 2.5Q 34 34
N
3
36 36 4 3
2.5Q WH
=K
=K
+K6
+K6
H
-X2.B
-X2.S
18bar
1
2
-MP6_d
5
5
3
4
-X101.B
1
2
2 3
4
-A21
Kl.15
Kl.31
14 - nc.
CLUTCH
13 - nc.
4
12 - nc.
NTC
E PLAN
11 - nc.
1
4
Stufe4
6
6
10
Stufe3
9
Stufe2
HEAT - AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
8 - NTC
Stufe1 1
S4
0-1-2-3-4
7 - NTC
2 6 - NTC
AC
5 - NTC
7
7
Kl.15 1
S1 4 - CLUTCH
AC
3 - AC
2 - nc.
1 - Kl.31
3
SIDE:
AC A1
5 - Kl.31
CREATED DATE:
Kl.31
43
4 - Stufe4
Kl.15 1
X2
8
8
3 - Stufe3
M
CABLE INTERRUPT
2 - Stufe2
FROM
1 -X4a
/44.F3 /44.E3
-X4b 1
1 - Stufe1
63
08.06.2015 10:37
M1
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
WH 1Q
1
1
+K
=K
-A202
+K
=K
-XMSP201
+K
=K
-X9
BK 1Q WH,WH 1Q,1Q
H3
/24.A1
1
1
85
86
P2
-MP6_s
+M
=M
=K
+K
-X9
BK 1Q
LIDOS UNIT
2
12
12
87
30
10
/43.F3
7
23:59
=K
+K
87a
-X9
H1
WH 2.5Q BK 1Q
2
2
/43.F3
3
4
+K
=K
SERIES NUMBER:
+K
=K
-X9
-K214
WH 1Q
11
11
8
2
+K
=K
8
2
-XMSP201
BK 1Q -X9
+K
2
85
86
=K
xxxxx
87
30
/43.B8
3
3
87a
/43.C8
WH 1Q
+K
=K
0
-K215
WH 1Q
=K
+K
+K
=K
-X318.B
-X318.S
WH 1Q
4 4
=K
+K
+K
=K
-X318.B
-X318.S
WH 1Q
3 3
4
4
LIEBHERR
RD 1Q
=M =M
+M +M
4
3
0
-A8.ST2
-A8.ST2
+K
=K
-F201
4
3
5A
RD 6Q
1
1
-A203
+M
=M
-X3
+K
11
=K
+K
+K
=K
-A8.ST2
+M
=M
-X318.B
-X318.S
1
BK 2.5Q =K
9
9 2 2
=M
+M
5
5
ge ge
10
-MP6_s
=K
+K
+K
=K
1
-A8.ST2
+M
=M
-X318.B
-X318.S
E
br rt
X2
12
12 1 1
2
12
CONNECTION KL.30
br br
8
2
X4
M2 sw sw
M
5
1
=K
+K
+K
=K
-X318.B
-X318.S
bl
0
bl
6
+K
=K
-F200
5 5
E PLAN
20A
X1 RD 2.5Q RD 6Q
6
6
M1
br ws/bl 1
1
X10
WH 1Q
M
7
2
-A8.ST2
+M
=M
-X2
AUXILIARY HEATER
1
Vi vi 1 +K
2
1
=K
2
B3
X6
Vi vi/bl
2
11
gr gr
3
6
1
CONNECTION KL.30
X6
B1
gr or
10
2
7
7
gn or
9
-A8.ST2
+M
=M
1
0
WH 1Q 8
+K
=K
-F202
X5 7
B2
=K
+K
20A
gn gn RD 2.5Q RD 6Q
4
2
1
1
-X318.B
-X4
-A8.ST2
+M
=M
X1
WH 1Q 7 +K
SIDE:
5
5 =K
X13
=K
+K
Y1
bl
1
-X318.B
CREATED DATE:
-A8.ST2
+M
=M
br WH 1Q 6
44
2
2
=K
+K
8
8
-X318.B
X5
CONNECTION KL.30
FROM
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
001
Schalterleiste TOP:
DRAWING INDEX:
S9 S18 S14 S22 S45 S203

A A
SYMBOL: SYMBOL: SYMBOL: SYMBOL: SYMBOL: SYMBOL:

6000848 6000861 6000849 6905269 6002120 6905923
1410 00090 01 00
SWITCH: SWITCH: SWITCH: SWITCH: SWITCH: SWITCH:

6905702 6905702 6905702 6905702 6905702 7027880
93017886
B B
SERIES
S4 S6 S7 S8 S13 S46 OPTION

DRAWING NUMBER:
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:

C C
6000846 10801495 6000844 6000843 6000847 6905083,
SWITCH: SWITCH: SWITCH: SWITCH: SWITCH: SWITCH:

6004446 6905702 6905702 6905865 6905702
6905861
D D
Schalterleiste BOTTOM:
forbidden.
S23 S43 S58 S300 S10 H42 S301
R A

6905320 6905201 7362940 11102098 6905264 606760908 /
E E
10018876
SWITCH: SWITCH: SWITCH: SWITCH: SWITCH: SIGNAL -
11100186 6905928 6905702 6905702 7027880 SENSOR :
6002138
SWITCH:
6905702
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR SWITCH ASSIGNMENT SIDE: 45 FROM 63

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
0
0
0
-H59
-H58
-H57
=H
=H
=H
1
1
+H1
+H1
+H1
LIDOS UNIT
-H59.X
-H58.X
-H57.X
=H
=H
=H
+H1
+H1
+H1
2
2
1
1
1
ws
ws
ws
1 1 1
br
br
br
SERIES NUMBER:
2
2
2
2 2 2
3
3
3
gn
gn
gn
3 3 3
ge
ge
ge
xxxxx
-X306_A
+H5
=H
3
3
-X306_C
-X306_B
#56158
/15.A6
4
4
LIEBHERR
=K
=K
+K6
+K6
-X2.S
-X2.B
-X306.B
-X306.S
=H
+H
+H
=H
44 44 1 1
=K
-F46
+K2
3A
1 X42.8
A
E
KL. 15
=K
+K2
-X306
=K
=K
+K6
+K6
-X2.S
-X2.B
-X306.B
-X306.S
=H
+H
+H
=H
GND
43 43 2 2
=K
-MP6_l
+K2
5
5
1
6
4
5
2
3
1
-X311c.B
E PLAN
6
6
BACK-UP ALARM OPTICAL

6
4
5
2
3
7
7
6
4
5
2
3
1
-X311c.S1
-X311c.S2
SIDE:
-S300_c
0
=K
-S300c
+K3
-S300.X2
10
-S300.X2 9
10 9
CREATED DATE:
46
3 5
3
5
8
8
1
=K
+K3
=K
-S300.X1
FROM
+K3
0 1 2
7
1 -S300.X1
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
1
1
LIDOS UNIT
2
2
SERIES NUMBER:
xxxxx
3
3
=K
-S43
+K4
4
4
LIEBHERR
0 1
=K
+H5
+K4
-B16.X1.B
=H
-S43.X1
WH 1.5Q 32 32 WH 1.5Q
=K
=K
=K
+K4
+K6
+K6
-X2.S
-X2.B
1 7 WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q 1
=K
=K
+K6
+K6
5
5 30 30
-X2.B
-X2.S
=H
+H5
=K
=K
+K4
+K4
-S43.X2
-S43.X1 -S43.X2
WH 1.5Q
-B16.X1.S
10 9
10
#56157
=K+K4-S43.X2:9 /20.D7
-X43_8a
5
5
+K2
=K
=K
=K
+H5
+K6
+K6
-B16.X1.B
-X2.S
-X2.B
=H
+K
=K
BK 1.5Q -X307
BK 1.5Q 33 33 BK 1.5Q BK 1.5Q BK 1.5Q 2

2 31 31
=K
=K
=H
+K6
+K6
+H5
-X2.B
-X2.S
-B16.X1.S
E PLAN
/16.E6
/16.E6
6
6
BACK-UP ALARM ACOUSTIC
7
7
SIDE:
CREATED DATE:
47
8
8
FROM
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
1
1
LIDOS UNIT
2
2
-M10
+H
=H
SERIES NUMBER:
-S204
+H2
=H
0
20A
=K
-F204
+K2
WH 2.5Q RD 2.5Q RD 6Q
M
/13.D2
1
1
2
2
xxxxx
3
3
4
4
LIEBHERR
-S55
+F1
0
=K
+K2
7,5A
-F211
5
5
=F
=F
-S55.X2
+F1
=F -S55.X1
+F1
WH 1.5Q WH 6Q
/13.A1
1
1
2
2
1 1
WH 1.5Q
E PLAN
6
6
=K
-H42
+K1
=K
-MP7_m
+K2
=K
=K
-H42.X
-H42.X
+K1
+K1
BK 1.5Q
1
1
10 9
REFUELLING PUMP DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
0
=V
-Y717
+V1
7
7
=K
-MP7_m
+K2
=V
-Y717.X
-Y717.X
=V
+V1
+V1
2
1
BK 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
/50.C2
2
2 1
SIDE:
CREATED DATE:
48
8
8
FROM
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
1
1
LIDOS UNIT
2
2
SERIES NUMBER:
=K
-A9
+K2
Relais 4
Relais 3
Relais 2
Relais 1
GND
Kl.15
Kl.30
xxxxx
1
9
7
6
5
3
8
2
4
11
13
14
12
10
3
3
3
1
8
4
10
11
13
14
-A9.X
+K2
=K
4
4
LIEBHERR
RD 2Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 1.5Q
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
BK 2.5Q
WH 2.5Q
5
5
/20.F4
#56346
/20.F5
#56349
/13.B5
#56352
/13.B5
#56352
/13.A2
#56354 #56342
/21.C5
/13.A2
#56355 #56344
E PLAN
/13.A2
6
6
ELECTRONIC IMMOBILISER
=K
-MP7_e
+K2
1
7
7
SIDE:
CREATED DATE:
49
8
8
FROM
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
1
1
LIDOS UNIT
1
2
2
/48.A7
=K
+K2
SERIES NUMBER:
-A6.BX4/20a
=K
-A6.BX4
+K2
/17.F4
20
20 X4
xxxxx
OPTION 1
A6.B.DA07
OUTLET (3A)
CAN:
DA07_Option1
3
3
=K
+K2
-A6.B
/40.D2
1
=K
+K2
-A6.B.X4/20
4
4
LIEBHERR
WH 1.5Q
5
5
0
=V
-Y215
+V1
=K
-MP7_k
+K2
=V
-Y215.X
-Y215.X
=V
=K
+V1
+V1
-X212
+K2
2
1
BK 1.5Q WH 1.5Q 9
E PLAN
1
2 1
9 X3
OPTION
=K
6
6
A6.A.DE06
+K2
CAN:
DE06_BucketReturn
INDUCTIVE SWITCH
-A6.A.X3
=K
+K2
-A6.A
/39.C2
WH 1Q
0
=V
-Y216
+V1
HORN OPERATION AND BUCKET RETURN-TO-DIG

=K
-MP7_k
+K2
=V
-Y216.X
-Y216.X
=V
+V1
+V1
2
1
BK 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
2
2 1
7
7
#56328
/29.B4
SIDE:
CREATED DATE:
50
8
8
FROM
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
1
1
LIDOS UNIT
2
2
SERIES NUMBER:
xxxxx
3
3
0
1
+V
=V
-Y21
=K
=K
-K315
-X.Kl_15_a
+K2
+K2
0
=K
-F315
+K2
=K
-MP6_n
+K2
87a
=K
=K
=V
+V
-Y21.X
-Y21.X
+V
=V
=K
=K
+K6
+K6
+K6
+K6
-X2.S
-X2.B
-X2.B
-X2.S
2
BK 1.5Q BK 1.5Q 1 WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q WH 6Q
1
1
54 54 2 1 53 53
87
30
4
4
LIEBHERR
2
85
86
BK 1.5Q
=K
+K2
-MP6_n
5
5
=K
+K4
-B32
P
=K
-B32.X
-B32.X
=K
+K4
+K4
WH 1.5Q WH 1.5Q
2 1 =K+K4-B32.X:1
=K
+K2
-X49/6
E PLAN
6
6
FLOAT POSITION
7
7
SIDE:
CREATED DATE:
51
8
8
FROM
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
1
1
LIDOS UNIT
2
2
SERIES NUMBER:
3 3 WH 1Q
/15.A6
=K
+K
+K
=K
BU
-X203.S
-X203.B
10009008 0
xxxxx
=K
-F203
+K2
=K
-MP6_p
+K2
2 2 1 1 RD 1Q RD 6Q
/13.D2
1
1
3
3
=K
+K
+K
=K
=K
+K
+K
=K
RD
-X203.B
-X203.S
-X203.S
-X203.B
-X314.KL.30
5A
+K2
=K
YE
4
4
LIEBHERR
=K+K-X203.S:2
=K+K-X203.S:3
=K+K-X203.S:1
5
5
RED
BLUE
YELLOW
E PLAN
6
6
REVERSING OBSTACLE DETECTOR
7
7
SIDE:
CREATED DATE:
52
8
8
FROM
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
1
1
/13.C2
LIDOS UNIT
2
2
SERIES NUMBER:
1
=K
xxxxx
-X_Kl.15_W317
+K2
3
3
0
=K
+K4
-H301
A
WH 6Q
=K
-S317
+K4
-Y317
=H
+H1
0 1
0
4
4
LIEBHERR
=K
-F317
+K2
-Y317.X
-Y317.X
=K
=K
+K4
+K4
=H
=H
+H1
+H1
-S317.X1
-S317.X1
59 59
1
1
1
2
2
2 1 1 5
=K
=K
+K6
+K6
10 9
-X2.B
-X2.S
9
10
=K
=K
10A
+K4
+K4
-S317.X2
-S317.X2
5
5
60 60
=K
=K
+K6
+K6
-X2.B
-X2.S
-MP6_r
=K
+K2
E PLAN
1 -MP6_r
=K
+K2
6
6
2IN1 STEERING
2
7
7
SIDE:
CREATED DATE:
53
8
8
FROM
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
1
1
LIDOS UNIT
2
2
SERIES NUMBER:
xxxxx
3
3
4
4
LIEBHERR
+H
=H
-B100.X
=H
+H
-
bl
-B100 U
B
B P
-B100.X
+H
=H
WH 1.5Q 22 22 WH 1.5Q 23
sw
bn
s
A
C
+
A C
23 X3
CLUTCH
=K
A6.A.DAE2
+K2
CAN:
WH 1.5Q 21 21 WH 1.5Q
AD2_1_Reserve
/17.D8
-A6.A.X3
PRESSURE LIMITATION
BK 1.5Q 23 23 BK 1.5Q
=K
=K
=K
+K2
+K6
+K6
-A6.A
5
5
/39.D2
-X2.B
-X2.S
-MP6j
+H
=H
E PLAN
6
6
PRESSURE LIMITATION CLUTCH
7
7
SIDE:
CREATED DATE:
54
8
8
FROM
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
1
1
LIDOS UNIT
2
2
SERIES NUMBER:
xxxxx
3
3
4
4
LIEBHERR
0
15A
=K
+K2
-F321
-R13
+M
=M
-R13.X
+M
=M
WH 2.5Q WH 6Q
1
1 1
T
BK 2.5Q
2 -X321_Kl.15
+K2
=K
1
-X321_MP
5
5
+K2
=K
E PLAN
6
6
FUEL PREHEATING
7
7
SIDE:
CREATED DATE:
55
8
8
FROM
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
1
1
LIDOS UNIT
2
2
SERIES NUMBER:
xxxxx
3
3
4
4
LIEBHERR
5
5
E PLAN
6
6
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ENGINE

6,8l Power Tech
7
7
SIDE:
CREATED DATE:
56
8
8
FROM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - ENGINE
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
001
/57.E3 CAN: /57.E3 CAN: /57.E3 CAN: /57.E3 CAN: /57.E3 CAN: /57.E3 CAN:
DRAWING INDEX:
A /63.C1 PRESSURE SENSOR /63.C1 PRESSURE SENSOR /63.C1 PRESSURE SENSOR /63.D1 COOLING WATER /63.C1 FUEL /63.C1 SENSOR A
-A700_c FUEL -A700_c OIL -A700_c INTAKE AIR -A700_c TEMPERATURE -A700_c TEMPERATURE -A700_c WATER SEPARATOR
+M A +M A +M A +M A +M A +M A
=M A700_c.10 =M A700_c.11 =M A700_c.12 =M A700_c.15 =M A700_c.5 =M A700_c.14
J03 C2 J03 C3 J03 C4 J03 D3 J03 B1 J03 D2
-A700.J03 -A700.J03 -A700.J03 -A700.J03 -A700.J03 -A700.J03
B1
C2
C3
C4
D3
D2
+M +M +M +M +M +M
=M =M =M =M =M =M
1410 00090 01 00
93017886
B B
5469 WHT
5468 GRY
5428 GRY
5467 PUR
5461 BRN
5453 ORG
DRAWING NUMBER:
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
=M =M =M =M =M =M
+M +M +M +M +M +M
-P03.X -P04.X -P01.X -T04.X -T05.X -D01.X
A
C C
3 3 3 =M A =M 1 =M A
=M s =M s =M s +M +M +M
+M +M +M
IP IP IP °C °C
-P03 -P04 -P01 -T04 -T05 -D01 200k

- + - + - +
1 2 1 2 1 2 B 2 B
-P03.X -P04.X -P01.X -T04.X -T05.X -D01.X
B
+M +M +M +M +M +M
=M =M =M =M =M =M
5416 LT BLU
5416 LT BLU
5416 LT BLU
5414 YEL
5414 YEL
5414 YEL
5414 YEL
5414 YEL
5414 YEL
D D
forbidden.
5416 LT BLU
5414 YEL
E E
=M =M
+M +M
H3
H4
-A700.J03 -A700.J03
J03 H3 J03 H4
=M A700_c.31 =M A700_c.32
+M A +M A
-A700_c SELECTION 2- -A700_c SELECTION 2+
/63.C5 /63.C5
/57.E3 CAN: CAN:
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ENGINE SIDE: 57 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
001 CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN:

/57.E3 /57.E3 /57.E3 /57.E3 /57.E3
/63.C1 PRESSURE SENSOR /63.D1 SPEED SENSOR /63.D1 SPEED SENSOR /63.B5 SPEED SENSOR /63.C5 SPEED SENSOR
DRAWING INDEX:
A -A700_c COMMON RAIL -A700_c CRANKSHAFT - -A700_c CRANKSHAFT + -A700_c CAM SHAFT - -A700_c CAM SHAFT + A
+M A +M A +M A +M A +M A
=M A700_c.9 =M A700_c.23 =M A700_c.24 =M A700_c.27 =M A700_c.28
J03 C1 J03 F3 J03 F4 J03 G3 J03 G4
-A700.J03 -A700.J03 -A700.J03 -A700.J03 -A700.J03
C1
F3
F4
G3
G4
+M +M +M +M +M
=M =M =M =M =M
1410 00090 01 00
5445 DK GRN
93017886
B B
5443 ORG
5448 GRY
5447 PUR
5475 DK GRN
DRAWING NUMBER:
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
C C
=M
+M =M =M
-P05.X +M +M
1 =M-X01.X =M-X02.X
A
=M
s +M A +M A
+M P
-P05 I -X01 -X02
- + 0 0
2 3 B B
-P05.X -X01.X -X02.X
B
B
+M +M +M
=M =M =M
D D
forbidden.
5946 LT BLU
5427 PUR
E E
=M =M
+M +M
G1
G2
-A700.J03 -A700.J03
J03 G2 J03 G1
=M A700_c.26 =M A700_c.25
+M A +M A
-A700_c SELECTION 1- -A700_c SELECTION 1+
/63.B5 /63.B5
/57.E3 CAN: /57.E3 CAN:
F F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DRAWING INDEX: 001

A CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: A

/62.D1 VALVE 0- /62.D1 VALVE 1- /62.D1 VALVE 2- /62.C1 VALVE 3- /62.C1 VALVE 4- /62.C1 VALVE 5- /62.C5 VALVE 1,3,5 + /62.B5 VALVE 0,4,2 +
-A700_b INJECTION NOZZLE -A700_b INJECTION NOZZLE -A700_b INJECTION NOZZLE -A700_b INJECTION NOZZLE -A700_b INJECTION NOZZLE -A700_b INJECTION NOZZLE -A700_b INJECTION NOZZLE -A700_b INJECTION NOZZLE
+M A +M A +M A +M A +M A +M A +M A +M A
=M A700_b.17 =M A700_b.21 =M A700_b.13 =M A700_b.9 =M A700_b.5 =M A700_b.Can =M A700_b.26 =M A700_b.25
J01 E1 J01 F1 J01 D1 J01 C1 J01 B1 J01 A1 J01 G2 J01 G1
E1 -A700.J01 -A700.J01 -A700.J01 -A700.J01 -A700.J01 -A700.J01 -A700.J01 -A700.J01
F1
D1
C1
B1
A1
G1
G2
+M +M +M +M +M +M +M +M
1410 00090 01 00
=M =M =M =M =M =M =M =M
-X4
93017886
B B
5495 DK GRN
5430 BK
5496 LT BLU
5493 ORG
5499 WHT
5498 GRY
5497 PUR
5491 BRN
5494 YEL
=M =M =M =M =M =M =M =M
+M +M +M +M +M +M +M +M
DRAWING NUMBER:
11
12
10
4
3
9
1
PROJECT NAME:
-C01 -C01 -C01 -C01 -C01 -C01 -C01 -C01

/60.B7
IDENT NUMBER:
-C01. -C01. -C01. -C01. -C01. -C01. -C01. -C01.

1
11
12
10
4
+M +M +M +M +M +M +M +M
=M =M =M =M =M =M =M =M
C C
D D
forbidden.
E E
-Y0 -Y1 -Y2 -Y3 -Y4 -Y5
+M +M +M +M +M +M
=M =M =M =M =M =M
F F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DRAWING INDEX: 001

A /57.E3 CAN: /57.E3 CAN: CAN: CAN: CAN: A

/63.D1 TEMPERATURE /63.C1 MEASURED VALUE /62.C5 INJECTION PUMP + /62.C5 INJECTION PUMP - /62.D1
-A700_c INTAKE AIR -A700_c DELTA TEMPERATURE -A700_b SOLENOID VALVE -A700_b SOLENOID VALVE -A700_b SCREEN
+M A +M A +M A +M A +M A
=M A700_c.21 =M A700_c.6 =M A700_b.29 =M A700_b.30 =M A700_b.15
J03 F1 J03 B2 J01 H1 J01 H2 J01 D3
-A700.J03 -A700.J03 -A700.J01 -A700.J01 -A700.J01
F1
H1
B2
H2
5410 BK D3
+M +M +M +M +M
1410 00090 01 00
=M =M =M =M =M
-X2
-X3
93017886
B B
5420 BK
5430 BK
DRAWING NUMBER:
PROJECT NAME:
5419 WHT
IDENT NUMBER:
5468 GRY
5474 YEL
5424 YEL
/59.B1
C C
=M =M
+M +M
-T02.X -Y01.X
A
1
D =M D
=M A +M 1
+M -Y01
-T02 °C 0
forbidden.
2
B -Y01.X
2
-T02.X +M
B
+M =M
=M
5474 YEL
5474 YEL
E E
F F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
F
E
A
D
TYPE:
1
1
LIDOS UNIT
-H0
=M
+M
2
2
SERIES NUMBER:
=M
+M
-H1
xxxxx
3
3
=M
+M
-H2
-H3
=M
+M
4
4
LIEBHERR
-H4
=M
+M
5
5
-H5
=M
+M
E PLAN
6
6
-A700_b
=M
+M
/62.C1
0
-K700
=M
+M
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ENGINE

-F700
50A +M
=M
C05
=M
+M
CAN:
-A700.J01
A
/14.F5
1
A4
J01 A4
5499 WHT
A700_b.4
GLOW PIN
DIAGNOSIS
C03
C04
5050 BLK
-MP1_e
+H2
=H
BK 2Q B B
-A700_b
=M
+M
3
/62.E1
=M
+M
+M
=M
7
7
-C02.S
-C02.B
=M
+M
CAN:
-A700.J01
A
J01 F4
5429 WHT F4
A700_b.24
CONTROL
GLOW PIN
SIDE:
CREATED DATE:
61
8
8
FROM
63
08.06.2015 10:37
F
E
A
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DRAWING INDEX: 001

A A
1410 00090 01 00
93017886
B =M -A700_b Modul Nr.: B

+M Modulname: JD-ECU_STUFE 3_MOTOR
A700_b.Can /59.A6 INJECTION NOZZLE VALVE 5- 0 A1 A700_b.25 /59.A8 INJECTION NOZZLE VALVE 0,4,2 + 0 G1
DRAWING NUMBER:
A700_b.2 5 0 A2 A700_b.26 /59.A7 INJECTION NOZZLE VALVE 1,3,5 + 0 G2

PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
A700_b.3 CONTROL 2+ 0 A3 A700_b.27 EXHAUST RETURN SERVOMOTOR + 0 G3

A700_b.4 /61.A6 GLOW PIN DIAGNOSIS 0 A4 A700_b.28 EXHAUST RETURN SERVOMOTOR - 0 G4
A700_b.5 /59.A5 INJECTION NOZZLE VALVE 4- 0 B1 A700_b.29 /60.A5 SOLENOID VALVE INJECTION PUMP + 0 H1
A700_b.6 CONTROL 2- 0 B2 A700_b.30 /60.A6 SOLENOID VALVE INJECTION PUMP - 0 H2
A700_b.7 TURBO - SPEED SENSOR 0 B3 A700_b.31 TURBO ADJUSTMENT 0 H3
C TURBO C
A700_b.8 TURBO + SPEED SENSOR 1 0 B4 A700_b.32 ADJUSTMENT 0 H4
A700_b.9 /59.A4 INJECTION NOZZLE VALVE 3- 0 C1

A700_b.10 0 C2
A700_b.11 0 C3
A700_b.12 0 C4
A700_b.13 /59.A3 INJECTION NOZZLE VALVE 2- 0 D1
A700_b.14 0 D2
A700_b.15 /60.A7 SCREEN 0 D3
A700_b.16 0 D4
A700_b.17 /59.A1 0 E1
INJECTION NOZZLE VALVE 0-
D A700_b.18 0 E2 D
A700_b.19 0 E3
A700_b.20 0 E4
/59.A2
forbidden.
A700_b.21 INJECTION NOZZLE VALVE 1- 0 F1

A700_b.22 0 F2
A700_b.23 0 F3
A700_b.24 /61.A7 GLOW PIN CONTROL 0 F4
E E
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR ENGINE ECU J01 - ENGINE SIDE SIDE: 62 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DRAWING INDEX: 001

A A
1410 00090 01 00
=M -A700_c Modul Nr.:

+M Modulname: JD-ECU_STUFE 3_MOTOR_X3
93017886
B B
A700_c.Can 0 A1 A700_c.25 /58.F2 SELECTION 1+ 0 G1

A700_c.2 5 SELECTION 5+ 0 A2 A700_c.26 /58.F1 SELECTION 1- 0 G2
A700_c.3 SELECTION 5- 0 A3 A700_c.27 /58.A5 CAM SHAFT - SPEED SENSOR 0 G3
DRAWING NUMBER:
A700_c.4 EXHAUST RETURN SERVOMOTOR 0 A4 A700_c.28 /58.A6 CAM SHAFT + SPEED SENSOR 0 G4
PROJECT NAME:
IDENT NUMBER:
A700_c.5 /57.A5 TEMPERATURE FUEL 0 B1 A700_c.29 0 H1

A700_c.6 /60.A3 DELTA TEMPERATURE MEASURED VALUE 0 B2 A700_c.30 0 H2
A700_c.7 0 B3 A700_c.31 /57.F2 SELECTION 2- 0 H3
A700_c.8 0 B4 A700_c.32 /57.F3 SELECTION 2+ 0 H4
C C
A700_c.9 /58.A1 COMMON RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR 0 C1
A700_c.10 /57.A2 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR 0 C2
A700_c.11 /57.A3 OIL PRESSURE SENSOR 0 C3

A700_c.12 /57.A4 INTAKE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR 0 C4

A700_c.13 TEMPERATURE COMPRESSOR 0 D1

A700_c.14 /57.A6 WATER SEPARATOR SENSOR 0 D2

A700_c.15 /57.A5 TEMPERATURE COOLING WATER 0 D3
A700_c.16 EXHAUST MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR 0 D4
A700_c.17 0 E1
A700_c.18 EXHAUST RETURN TEMPERATURE 0 E2
A700_c.19 TEMPERATURE OIL 0 E3
D A700_c.20 COMPRESSOR ADJUSTMENT 0 E4 D
A700_c.21 /60.A2 0 F1
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
A700_c.22 INTERCOOLER OUT TEMPERATURE 0 F2
/58.A3
forbidden.
A700_c.23 CRANKSHAFT - SPEED SENSOR 0 F3

A700_c.24 /58.A4 CRANKSHAFT + SPEED SENSOR 0 F4
E E
F F
EQUIPMENT / MACHINES EQUIPMENT / MACHINES LIEBHERR ENGINE ECU J03 - ENGINE SIDE SIDE: 63 FROM 63
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Circuit diagrams
copyright by
110.4 Electronic control unit

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 361: Overview of the electronic control system
BMK Component CAN line

A6 Central control unit (UEC3)
A11 Control unit 1
A13 Display 1
A700 Engine control unit 2
X60 Diagnostic plug 2
Tab. 74: Components
The central control unit (UEC3) A6 is mounted behind the rear wall cover.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The engine control unit A700 is mounted on the engine.

The diagnostic plug X60 is fitted on the rear wall of the driver’s cab.
The display A13 is mounted inside the driver’s cab, within the field of vision.
The control unit A11 is mounted on the control panel.
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The central control unit (UEC3) A6 electronically controls the machine.
The central control unit is connected via the CAN lines with the CAN users. All the
CAN users on a CAN line are connected in series.
110-10 L550-1562
At then end of each CAN line there is a 120 Ω resistor. This resistor is normally
integrated in the CAN users and can be activated by bridging an electric connec-
tion (jumper).
The sensors and actuators are directly connected to the central control unit via the
plug connections X3 and X4.
The terminating resistor for CAN line 1 is installed in the display.
The terminating resistor for CAN line 2 (R700) is installed in the wiring harness
near the engine.
The two terminating resistors at the control unit end of CAN lines 1 and 2 are
installed in the central control unit (UEC3).
2.2 Diagnostic plug
Fig. 362: Diagnostic plug
Pin assignment of diagnostic plug X60

Pin Description
A Earth
B Power supply (terminal 30, fuse F26)
C Connected to CAN high of CAN line 2
D Connected to CAN low of CAN line 2
E Spare
F Earth (bootstrap)
G RS-232 (UEC3)
H RS-232 RxD (UEC3)
J RS-232 TxD (UEC3)
Tab. 75: Pin assignment of diagnostic plug X60

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The diagnostic plug X60 is connected to the central control unit A6. Data can be
evaluated with the Sculi diagnostic software via this connection.
The diagnostic plug X60 is connected to CAN line 2. The data from the diesel
engine can be evaluated with the Service Advisor diagnostic software via this
connection.
The diagnostic plug is not an active CAN user.
L550-1562 110-11

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
(For more information see: 020.9.1 Central control unit (UEC3), page 020-26)
1 Layout
Fig. 363: Central control unit (UEC3)

1 Plug X3 3 Ventilation and bleeder valve
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2 Housing 4 Plug X4
The central control unit (UEC3) is fitted below the covering on the rear wall of the
cab, behind the driver’s seat.
The central control unit is equipped with the plug connections X3 and X4 for
communicating with the various components.
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The central control unit (UEC3) controls and monitors all the electronic components
that are connected to it.
110-12 L550-1562
All the input and output data is processed in cycles according to the following
schedule:
– Collecting all input data from the electronic components
– Putting the input data into the application software
– Calculating the output data
– Sending the output data to the connected electronic components. Commands
that are received are converted into actions.
The connectors X3 and X4 serve as the connecting elements between the machine
and the central control unit.
The power supply comes from VDC_1 and terminal 30. The power supply is active
as soon as the battery main switch is turned on.
2.2 Plug X3
Fig. 364: Plug X3
Pin Physical address Function Pin Physical address Function

1 A6.A.TxD Diagnostic plug (RS-232) 21 A6.A.CAN1H CAN BUS 1 (High)
2 A6.A.BSL_C2 Earth (bootstrap) 22 A6.A.CAN2H CAN BUS 2 (High)
3 A6.A.DAE0 Analogue digital input (10 bits) 23 A6.A.DAE2 Analogue digital input (10 bits)
5 A6.A.UDE0 Frequency input 25 A6.A.VCC_EXT Voltage output (5 VDC /
200 mA)
6 A6.A.E3 Resistance input 26 A6.A.E4 Resistance input
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
7 A6.A.E5 Resistance input 27 A6.A.E6 Resistance input

8 A6.A.E0 Analogue input (0 10 V) 28 A6.A.E2 Analogue input (0 10 V)
9 A6.A.DE06 Digital input 29 A6.A.DE03 Digital input
10 A6.A.DE05 Digital input 30 A6.A.VDC_1 Power supply terminal 30
11 A6.A.RxD Diagnostic plug (RS-232) 31 A6.A.CAN1L CAN BUS 1 (Low)
12 A6.A Diagnostic plug (RS-232) 32 A6.A.CAN2L CAN BUS 2 (Low)
L550-1562 110-13

15 A6.A.UDE1 Frequency input 35 A6.A.SGND Voltage output ground
16 A6.A.E3_GND Resistance input (ground) 36 A6.A.E4_GND Resistance input (ground)
17 A6.A.E5_GND Resistance input (ground) 37 A6.A.E6_GND Resistance input (ground)
18 A6.A.E1 Analogue input (0 10 V) 38 A6.A.DE00 Terminal 15 voltage signal
19 A6.A.DE02 Digital input 39 A6.A.DE04 Digital input
20 A6.A.DE01 Digital input 40 A6.A.SGND Weight
Tab. 76: Plug X3
2.3 Plug X4
Fig. 365: Plug X4

1 A6.B.DE07 Digital input 21 A6.B.DE09 Digital input
5 A6.B.PA0 PWM output 25 A6.B.PA2 PWM output
6 A6.B.VDC_3 Power supply 3 26 A6.B.DA05 Digital output (3A)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
7 A6.B.DA12 Digital output (3A) 27 A6.B.DA03 Digital output (2A)

11 A6.B.DE08 Digital input 31 A6.B.SGND Weight
15 A6.B.PA1 PWM output 35 A6.B.VDC_2 Power supply 2
110-14 L550-1562

16 A6.B.DA10 Digital output (3A) 36 A6.B.VDC_4 Power supply 4
Tab. 77: Plug X4
2.4 Power supply of outputs
Power supply of outputs

Power supply Output Physical address Pin
Power supply 1 (A6.A.VDC_1) Digital output (2A) A6.B.DA00 X4.28
Digital output (2A) A6.B.DA01 X4.17
PWM output A6.B.PA2 X4.25
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en

Tab. 78: Power supply of outputs
L550-1562 110-15
2.5 Power supply of inputs
Power supply of inputs

Power supply Input Physical address Pin
Voltage output 5 VDC / 200 mA Resistance input A6.A.E3 X3.6
(A6.A.VCC_EXT)
Resistance input A6.A.E4 X3.26
Frequency input A6.A.UDE0 X3.5
Frequency input A6.A.UDE1 X3.15
Tab. 79: Power supply of inputs
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
110-16 L550-1562
110.5 Electrical components of the driver’s cab

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
Fig. 366: Fuse and relay board
Fuse Amps Component Fuse Amps Component

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
S1 Fuse test switch F24 15 A Power supply for UEC3 (VBAT4)

F1 5A Quick coupler F25 10 A Flashing beacon
Left high beam Power supply for central control unit
F2 7.5 A F26 15 A
(VBAT1), diagnostic plug
F3 7.5 A Right high beam F27 10 A Marker light, parking light
F4 7.5 A Right low beam F28 10 A Spare
F5 7.5 A Left low beam F29 25 A Ignition switch release
F6 5A Left marker lights F30 15 A Voltage transformer
F7 5A Right marker lights F31a 10 A Front left working headlight
L550-1562 110-17
Fuse Amps Component Fuse Amps Component

F07B 10 A Hazard warning function, terminal 15 F31b 10 A Front right working headlight
F8 15 A Driver’s seat F33a 10 A Rear left working headlight
F8A 10 A 24 volt socket, interior lighting F33b 10 A Rear right working headlight
F9 10 A Fan reversal F35 10 A Overpressure unit dust filter
F10 3A Display F36 Spare
F11 3A Inch/brake pedal F37 20 A Engine electronics terminal 30
Power supply for central control unit Alternator
F12 10 A F38 3A
(UEC3)
F13 10 A Emergency steering pump activation F39 5A Weighing device (optional)
F14 20 A Heating and air conditioning unit F40 10 A Rear hatch working headlight
Control lever, fuel pipe sensor, cooling Spare
F15 10 A F41 10 A
water level sensor
F16 20 A Starter F43 10 A Engine electronics terminal 15
F17 Spare, engine stop F44 10 A Brake light
Rear windscreen wiper motor, rear washer Alternator terminal 15
F18 10 A F45 3A
pump
F19 10 A Spare F46 3A Flashing warning light
F19A 15 A Spare F71 10 A Dashboard lights, control unit
Front wiper motor, front washer pump,
F20 15 A F73 10 A Central lubrication system
horn
F21 15 A Marker lights and low beam F74 15 A Rear window heater
F22 15 A Power supply for UEC3 (VBAT3) F75 10 A Radio
F23 15 A Power supply for UEC3 (VBAT2) F76 10 A Radio, socket
Tab. 80: Fuses
Relays Component Relays Component

K01 Ignition switch release (terminal 15 relay) K31b Front right working headlight
K1 Indicator sensor K33a Rear left working headlight
K02 Starter K33b Rear right working headlight
K03 Engine stop K209 Overpressure unit dust filter (optional)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
K5 Simulation D+ K228 Flashing reversing alarm (optional)

K5a Wiper relay K229 Flashing reversing alarm (optional)
K10 Mirror heater, rear window heater K230 Spare
K12 Simulation terminal 15, radio K243 Rear hatch working headlight
K15 Lift kick-out K245 Central lubrication system
K18 Bucket return-to-dig K246 Heating and air conditioning unit
K25 US hazard warning system K270 Immobiliser
K26 US hazard warning system K271 Heating and air conditioning unit
110-18 L550-1562
Relays Component Relays Component

K31a Front left working headlight
Tab. 81: Relays
Jumpers Amps Ω Function

X1 10 A EU hazard warning system
X2 10 A EU hazard warning system
X3 US hazard warning system
X4 0Ω Jumper (not assigned)
X5 100 Ω Spare jumper
X6 3A 220 Ω Jumpers
Tab. 82: Jumpers
Resistance Ω Function
R9a 100 Ω Spare exciter
R9b 220 Ω Exciter
Tab. 83: Resistors
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The relay and fuse board carries and connects the electrical components.
The electrical and electronic components are powered via the relay and fuse
board.
2.2 Working headlight safety functions

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 367: Working headlight safety functions
Fuse Function Fuse Function

F31A Front left working headlight F33A Rear left cab roof working headlight
F31B Front right working headlight F33B Rear right cab roof working headlight
Tab. 84: Working headlight safety functions
L550-1562 110-19
The function of the working headlights can be selected by connecting the fuses
F31A, F31B, F33A and F33B:
– When the fuses are connected to terminal 30, the working headlights already
function when the battery main switch is switched on.
– When the fuses are connected to terminal 15, the working headlights do not
function until the ignition is switched on.
A mixed function is also possible, for example with the front working headlights on
terminal 15 and the rear working headlights on terminal 30.
2.3 Fuse test

The fuses on the relay and fuse board are divided into three categories.
– Fuses for the power supply from terminal 30.
– Fuses for the power supply from terminal 15.
– Fuses for protecting various functions (e.g. low beam, profile light, parking light).
Note
The fuse test only works if a function of the fuse to be tested is active.
u Take this into account when testing the fuses.
Each fuse has an LED and can be tested by pressing the button S1.
If an LED does not light up, the fuse is defective.
The testing of the fuses depends on the status of the electrical system.
You can only test the fuses in the active circuit:
– When the battery main switch is on (terminal 30), only the LEDs of the terminal
30 power supply fuses light up when you press the button S1.
– When the ignition is on (terminal 15), the LEDs of the fuses for power supply
from terminal 30 and terminal 15 light up when you press the button S1.
– The LEDs of the fuses to protect the various functions only light up when the
corresponding function is activated.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
110-20 L550-1562
110.6 Electrical components in the rear section

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
The electrical system voltage is 24 V.
Fig. 368: Battery installation

F01 Main fuse (terminal 30) G2b Battery
F03 Emergency steering pump fuse M1 Starter
F07a Hazard warning system fuse Mp1_d Earthing point
G1 Alternator S15 Battery main switch
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
G2a Battery
Tab. 85: Component designations
The batteries G2a and G2b are installed in the right ballast weight.
2.1 Function
The battery main switch S15 connects the battery earth with the vehicle earth.
The following components are powered directly by the battery:
– Main fuse F01 (100 A)
– Emergency steering pump fuse F03 (200 A)
– Hazard warning system fuse F07a (10 A)
– Alternator G1
L550-1562 110-21
– Starter M1
2.2 Battery
Fig. 369: Battery and fuse holder

1 Battery 4 Electrical line
2 Fuse holder 5 Insulating nut
3 Fuse insert 6 Protective cap
The battery 1 consists of six cells, each with 2 volts. Two batteries are installed in
the machine. These are connected in series and can produce an operating voltage
of 24 volts.
The batteries are connected to the electrical lines through the fuse holder 2. The
electric lines are attached to the fuse holder with insulating nuts 5 (tightening
torque 12 Nm).
Charge levels
Acid density at Charge Battery Voltage per Remarks
27 °C level voltage cell
1.28 – 1.26 100% over 12.60 over 2.10 Battery OK
1.25 – 1.24 75% 12.54 – 12.40 2.10 – 2.07
1.24 – 1.18 50% 12.40 – 12.18 2.07 – 2.03 Charge battery
1.18 > 25% 12.18 > 2.03 > Battery not OK
Tab. 86: State of charge table
If the machine is not started for 4 weeks, there is a risk of sulphate formation and
storage deterioration on the battery. During longer standstill periods, the charge
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
level must be regularly checked and the battery must be re-charged if necessary.
If the charge level falls below 50%, there is a risk of permanent damage to the
battery.
110-22 L550-1562
120 Gearbox
Contents
L550-1562/31334-; 120-2
L550-1562/31334-; 120-3
120.3 Transmission hydraulics 120-9
L550-1562/31334-; 120-9
120.4 Transmission electronics 120-13
L550-1562/31334-; 120-13
L550-1562/31334-; 120-14
L550-1562/31334-; 120-15
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 120-1
Gearbox Service manual
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 370: Transmission

1 Connection flange for travel motor 7 Brake disc
2
2 Connection flange for travel motor 8 Sight glass
1
3 Mechanical transmission 9 Lubricating line
4 Output speed sensor B1 10 Venting screw
5 Bracket for disc brake 11 Speed sensor for travel motor 2
B2
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
6 Disc brake
The mechanical transmission 3 is mounted on the rear section and connected to
the front axle and rear axle via the drive shafts.
2 Function
The transmission performs the following functions:
– Combining the power of the two travel motors
– Changing gear without losing tractive force
– Adjusting the speed and output torque in 3 travel ranges
– Distributing the torque between the front and rear axles
120-2 L550-1562
Service manual Gearbox
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 371: Sectional view of the transmission (view from below)
L550-1562 120-3
1 Connection flange for travel 11 Roller bearing 21 Ball bearing

motor 1
2 Drive shaft flange for rear 12 Pressure chamber 22 Shaft seal ring
axle drive shaft
3 Shaft seal ring 13 Clutch 23 Drive shaft flange for front
axle drive shaft
4 Ball bearing 14 Gearwheel with coupling 24 Output shaft
cage
5 Lubricating line 15 Intermediate gearwheel 25 Bracket for disc brake
6 Roller bearing 16 Ball bearing 26 Output gear
7 Cup springs 17 Roller bearing 27 Output speed sensor B1
8 Connection flange for travel 18 Intermediate shaft F Forward travel direction
motor 2
9 Clutch cup springs 19 Lubricating line
10 Clutch piston 20 Brake disc
The output shaft 24 is connected to the front axle and rear axle via the drive shafts.
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 372: Diagram of the transmission

1 Transmission 8 Gearwheel with coupling cage
2 Travel motor 1 drive shaft 9 Travel motor 2 drive shaft
3 Travel motor 1 drive gear 10 Travel motor 2 drive gear
4 Output gear 11 Clutch
5 Output shaft 12 Clutch piston
6 Intermediate gearwheel 13 Travel motor 1
7 Intermediate shaft 14 Travel motor 2
The output shaft 5 transfers the drive torque and drive speed of the travel motors to
the front and rear axles.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Travel motor 1 drives the output shaft directly.

Travel motor 2 drives the output shaft via the clutch 11. Travel motor 2 can there-
fore be disengaged from the travel drive.
The clutch is closed with spring power and opened hydraulically with oil from the
replenishing pump.
120-4 L550-1562
2.2 Clutch
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 373: Sectional view of closed / open clutch

1 Outer discs 8 Pressure piston
2 Inner discs 9 Coupling hub
3 Roller bearing 10 Pressure piston return spring
L550-1562 120-5
4 Clutch cup springs 11 Pressure plate

5 Clutch piston 12 Gearwheel with coupling cage
6 Pressure chamber 13 Ball bearing
7 Separator plate 14 Intermediate shaft
The clutch is opened hydraulically. (For more information see: 120.3.1 Overview of
the hydraulic control system, page 120-9)
When the clutch is opened, the replenishing pump fills the pressure chamber 6 with
oil. The oil pressure pushes the clutch piston 5 against the cup springs 4. The
return springs 10 thereby move the pressure piston 8 and the roller bearing 3 on
the intermediate shaft 14.
Pressure is taken off the disc package. The gearwheel with the coupling cage 12
can be turned independently of the intermediate shaft 14. Travel motor 2 is disen-
gaged.
When the clutch is closed, the oil is drained out of the pressure chamber 6. The
cup springs 4 push the clutch piston 5, together with the roller bearing 3 and pres-
sure piston 8, against the disc package.
The outer discs 1 and inner discs 2 are arranged alternately in the disc package.
The outer discs 1 are connected in the coupling cage 12 by links with recesses.
The inner discs 2 have an interlocking connection with the coupling hub 9.
The clutch piston 5 clamps the disc package between the pressure piston 8 and
pressure plate 11. The gear wheel 12 and intermediate shaft 14 are connected by
the friction between the discs. Travel motor 2 drives the intermediate shaft 14.
2.3 Gears
Three gears are available. The gear is selected by the central control unit and
engaged. (For more information see: 120.4.1 Overview of the electronic control
system, page 120-13)
1st gear
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 374: 1st gear
Component Position Condition

Clutch 3 Closed
Clutch solenoid valve Y60 4 Energised
Travel motor 1 1 At the maximum angle
Travel motor 2 2 At the maximum angle
Tab. 87: 1st gear
120-6 L550-1562
When 1st gear is engaged, both travel motors are swivelled to the maximum angle.
This allows both travel motors to provide the highest possible output torque.
Maximum tractive force is available.
In 1st gear, the travel speed is entirely dependent on the flow of the travel pump.
2nd gear
Fig. 375: 2nd gear

Clutch 3 Closed
Clutch solenoid valve Y60 4 Energised
Travel motor 1 1 Regulates according to high pressure
Travel motor 2 2 Regulates electrically and proportionally
Tab. 88: 2nd gear
When 2nd gear is engaged, the angle of travel motor 1 is regulated hydraulically
and the angle of travel motor 2 is regulated electrically and proportionally.
This enables higher travel speeds to be reached.
3rd gear
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 376: 3rd gear

Clutch 3 Open
Clutch solenoid valve Y60 4 De-energised
Travel motor 1 1 Regulates according to high pressure
L550-1562 120-7

Travel motor 2 2 At the minimum angle
Tab. 89: 3rd gear
When 3rd gear is engaged, the clutch is open. Travel motor 2 is disengaged and
kept at the minimum angle. Travel motor 1 drives the machine on its own. The
angle of travel motor 1 is regulated hydraulically.
Because travel motor 2 does not consume any oil, considerably more oil is avail-
able to travel motor 1. This allows the maximum speed to be reached.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
120-8 L550-1562
120.3 Transmission hydraulics

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 377: Main components of the transmission

1 Filter unit 5 Clutch solenoid valve Y60 9 Modulation orifice Ø 0.6 mm
2 Travel pump 6 Clutch pressure switch B100 10 Transmission hydro accumu-
lator
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
3 Pilot control 7 Flushing orifice Ø 0.8 mm G Replenishing pressure test

connection
4 Transmission 8 Modulation orifice Ø 0.8 mm K Clutch shift pressure test
connection
L550-1562 120-9
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 378: Hydraulic diagram of the transmission with the clutch closed in 1st and 2nd gear
1 Hydraulic tank 15 Compact brake valve return 33 Flushing orifice Ø 0.8 mm
2 Breather filter 16 Working hydraulics pump leak 34 Modulation orifice Ø 0.8 mm
oil
3 Return strainer 17 Travel pump leak oil 35 Check valve
4 Bypass valve 18 Hydraulic oil cooler return 36 Modulation orifice Ø 0.6 mm
flow
5 Return suction filter 19 Hydraulic oil cooler bypass 37 Hydro accumulator transmis-
return flow sion
6 Pre-tension valve 20 Control valve block return 40 Transmission
flow
7 Feeding valve 25 Travel pump 41 Coupling piston
8 Strainer 26 Replenishing pump 42 Coupling
9 Working hydraulics pump 27 Replenishing pressure relief 43 Output shaft
intake connection valve
10 Drain valve 28 Engine 44 Travel motor 1
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
11 Hydraulic oil temperature 29 Check valve 45 Travel motor 2

sensor B8
12 Fan gear pump intake 30 Pilot control G Replenishing pressure
connection
13 Emergency steering pump 31 Solenoid valve coupling Y60 K Shift pressure of coupling
intake connection
14 Fan gear motor leak oil 32 Coupling pressure switch
B100
The replenishing pump 26 delivers oil to the clutch solenoid valve 31. The oil from
the replenishing pump opens the clutch 42.
In 3rd gear, the clutch 42 is opened. The clutch solenoid valve 32 is not energised.
The oil from the replenishing pump 26 is restricted by the flushing orifice 33 and
120-10 L550-1562
accumulates. The pressure of the accumulated oil opens the clutch 42 against the
force of the cup springs.
2.2 Pilot flow (preheating the clutch)

In 3rd gear, the clutch is opened. This causes the oil from the flushing orifice to
accumulate.
Oil constantly flows from the flushing orifice to the hydraulic tank. The oil warms up
the clutch piston. This improves the gear change.
2.3 Gear change - Opening the clutch
Fig. 379: 3rd gear - clutch open

1 Hydraulic tank 8 Clutch solenoid valve Y60
2 Transmission hydro accumulator 9 Clutch pressure switch B100
3 Modulation orifice Ø 0.6 mm 10 Travel motor 1
4 Check valve 11 Travel motor 2
5 Modulation orifice Ø 0.8 mm 12 Clutch piston
6 Flushing orifice Ø 0.8 mm 13 Clutch
7 Replenishing pump
When changing up from 2nd to 3rd gear, the clutch 13 is opened. To do this, the
central control unit switches off the current to the clutch solenoid valve 8. The
clutch solenoid valve 8 connects the replenishing pump 7 to the clutch piston 12.
The oil flows through the clutch piston 12 and is restricted by the flushing orifice 6
so that it accumulates. The accumulated replenishing pressure pushes the clutch
piston 12 against the cup springs and thereby opens the clutch 13.
Travel motor 2 11 is disconnected from the drive train.
2.4 Gear change - Closing the clutch

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 380: 1st and 2nd gear - clutch closed

1 Hydraulic tank 8 Clutch solenoid valve Y60
L550-1562 120-11
2 Transmission hydro accumulator 9 Clutch pressure switch B100

3 Modulation orifice Ø 0.6 mm 10 Travel motor 1
4 Check valve 11 Travel motor 2
5 Modulation orifice Ø 0.8 mm 12 Clutch piston
6 Flushing orifice Ø 0.8 mm 13 Clutch
7 Replenishing pump
When changing down from 3rd to 2nd gear, the clutch 13 is closed. To do this, the
central control unit energises the clutch solenoid valve 8. The clutch solenoid
valve 8 separates the replenishing pump 7 from the clutch piston 12 and connects
the clutch piston 12 with the hydraulic tank 1.
This causes the cup springs in the clutch to push the oil out of the clutch piston 12
and close the clutch 13.
To ensure gears are changed smoothly, the clutch is closed in two steps:
1. Rapid draining
2. Modulation
After the shifting the clutch solenoid valve 8, rapid draining occurs. As the preload
pressure in the transmission hydro accumulator 2 is only 11±1 bar, the oil initially
flows into the transmission hydro accumulator 2. Accordingly, a large amount of oil
flows out of the clutch in a short time. Just a short time is needed to overcome the
idle path of the clutch piston 12.
When the transmission hydro accumulator 2 has been filled, the modulation phase
starts. The oil must flow through the modulation orifice 5 and the modulation
orifice 3 and therefore flows more slowly. The clutch therefore closes more slowly.
The clutch is engaged smoothly.
During the modulation phase, the pressure in the clutch piston 12 sinks below the
preload pressure in the transmission hydro accumulator 2. The pressure in the
transmission hydro accumulator 2 thereby closes the check valve 4. The oil from
the clutch can continue draining into the hydraulic tank via the modulation orifice 5.
The pressure in the transmission hydro accumulator 2 is relieved into the hydraulic
tank 1 via the modulation orifice 3.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
120-12 L550-1562
120.4 Transmission electronics

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 381: Transmission - electronic control

1 Accelerator pedal angle sensor R5 6 Central control unit (UEC3) A6
2 Travel direction switch S2 7 Clutch solenoid valve Y60
3 Display A13 8 Coupling pressure switch B100
4 Control unit A11 9 Speed sensor for travel motor 2
B2
5 Engine control unit (ECU) A700 10 Output speed sensor B1
2 Function
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2.1 Basic function

The transmission is controlled by the central control unit. (For more information
see: 110.4.2 Central control unit (UEC3), page 110-12)
2.2 Gear selection

Three gears are available. (For more information see: Gears, page 120-6)
The gear is selected by the central control unit and engaged.
The central control unit uses the following parameters to calculate the most suit-
able gear:
– Travel range selected
– Travel speed
L550-1562 120-13
– Current to the control pressure proportional valve Y59 on the travel pump
– Current to the proportional valve Y57 on travel motor 2
– Speed from the output speed sensor B1 and from the travel motor 2 speed
sensor B2
2.3 Travel ranges

You can use the control unit to select three travel ranges. The selected travel range
is indicated on the display. When you switch on the ignition, travel range A 1-3 is
always activated.
The central control unit selects the gear according to the travel range.
Display Travel range Control

Automatic travel range 1st The central control unit automatically selects
to 3rd gear between 1st, 2nd and 3rd gear.
Automatic travel range 1st The central control unit automatically selects
to 2nd gear between 1st and 2nd gear.
Fixed gear 1 The central control unit holds the machine in

1st gear.
Tab. 90: Travel ranges

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1.1 Assembly
Fig. 382: Equivalent diagram of the speed sensors
The output speed sensor B1 and travel motor 2 speed sensor B2 are Hall sensors.
2 Function
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
If the teeth of the gear wheel move past the speed sensor, this generates an alter-
nating voltage signal. The frequency of this alternating voltage signal is propor-
tional to the speed. The signal is sent to the central control unit.
2.2 Output speed sensor

The output speed sensor B1 measures the speed of the output gear wheel.
2.3 Travel motor 2 speed sensor

The travel motor 2 speed sensor B2 measures the speed of the travel motor 2
output gear wheel. This enables the central control unit to monitor whether travel
motor 2 has been disengaged.
120-14 L550-1562

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 383: Coupling pressure switch

The coupling pressure switch B100 is mounted on the valve block.
The coupling pressure switch is N/C (normally closed).
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The curvature of the metal surface 3 causes the resistance of the thin-film sensor 4
to change. Above a certain resistance, the electronics 5 close the electrical
contact.
2.2 Monitoring the coupling

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 384: Equivalent diagram of coupling pressure switch
The coupling pressure switch monitors whether the coupling in the transmission is
open or closed.
L550-1562 120-15
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
120-16 L550-1562
130 Axles and drive shafts
Contents
130.1 Axles 130-2
130.1.1 Front axle
L550-1562/31334-; 130-2
130.1.2 Rear axle
L550-1562/31334-; 130-7
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 130-1
Axles and drive shafts Service manual
130.1 Axles
130.1.1 Front axle

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 385: Main components of the front axle

1 Wheel hub 3 Main housing
2 Axle casing 4 Input flange
The front axle consists of the main housing 3 with the input flange 4, the axle
casing 2 and the wheel hubs 1.
The main housing 4 contains the self-locking differential that is driven via the
cardan shaft flange. The wheel hubs 1 contains a planetary gear and the service
brake. The service brake is a wet disc brake.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
130-2 L550-1562
Service manual Axles and drive shafts
Fig. 386: Layout of the differential

1 Half shaft 8 Axle tapered gear
2 Axle shaft housing 9 Compensation axle
3 Housing cover 10 Axle input shaft (bevel gear)
4 Differential housing 11 Shaft seal ring
5 Crown wheel 12 Dust protection ring
6 Thrust rings 13 Input flange
7 Compensation tapered gear
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 130-3
Fig. 387: Wheel hub layout

1 Locking screws 10 Brake piston
2 Cover 11 Brake discs
3 Cover with O-ring 12 Ring gear
4 Tapered roller bearing 13 Planetary gear
5 Hub 14 Planetary carrier
6 Return spring 15 Sun gear shaft
7 Axial face seal 16 Axle beam housing
8 Brake housing 17 Half shaft
9 Brake piston seal
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The axle performs the following functions:
– Transferring torque and active forces to the wheels
– Increasing the driving torque
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
– Service brake
The drive torque from the transmission is transmitted via the cardan shaft to the
axle input shaft and into the differential.
The axle input shaft transfers the torque to the crown wheel on the differential
housing with a certain transmission ratio. The half shafts transmit the torque on to
the planetary gears in the wheel hubs. The planetary gear reduces the ratio once
more before the torque is transmitted to the wheel hub and therefore the wheels.
The axle is bolted to the wheel loader on the axle beams. All forces are directed
through this connection.
130-4 L550-1562
2.2 Wheel speed balance

When turning a corner, the left and right wheels cover different distances. This
means the speed of the wheel on the outside of the curve is different to that of the
wheel on the inside. The speed of each wheel depends on its rolling condition.
Fig. 388: Sectional view of the differential

1 Axle input shaft (bevel gear) 6 Thrust rings
2 Crown wheel 7 Compensation axle
3 Differential housing 8 Compensation tapered gear
4 Half shaft 9 Differential discs
5 Axle tapered gear
The axle input shaft 1 drives the crown wheel 2. This is rigidly connected to the
differential housing 3. Along with the differential housing 3, two compensation
axles 7 and four compensation tapered gears 8 rotate around the half shafts 4. The
axle tapered gears 5 are driven by the compensation tapered gears 8.
As long as both wheels are turning at the same speed, the compensation tapered
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
gear 8 do not move.

If one wheel turns faster than the other, this is compensated by the compensation
tapered gears 8 rotating around the compensation axles 7. This allows the half
shaft 4 on the inside of the bend to turn more slowly and the half shaft 4 on the
outside to turn more quickly, while the drive speed remains the same. The speed
on the inside of the bend is the same amount lower as the speed on the outside is
higher.
This means that the same torque is transferred on both half shafts 4, but at
different rotary speeds.
L550-1562 130-5
2.3 Self-locking function

For the self-locking function, the differential discs 9 have a non-twisting connection
alternately with the differential housing 3 and the axle tapered gears 5. The pres-
sure rings 6 and the compensation axles 7 have a non-twisting connection to the
differential housing 3 but can move axially.
If the torque on one of the half shafts 4 increases, the compensation tapered
gears 8 are pushed to the side with the lower torque by the inclination of the teeth.
The compensation axles 7 move towards the side with the lower torque and push
the pressure ring 6 against the differential discs 9. The greater the difference in
torque between left and right, the greater the force that is exerted.
The wheel with the lower torque is thus braked by a certain percentage (locking
value). The side with the higher torque can be supported on the locked side.
2.4 Service brake
Fig. 389: Sectional view of the wheel hub

1 Hub 6 Brake discs
2 Brake housing 7 End plate
3 Brake piston 8 Ring gear
4 Brake piston seal 9 Planetary carrier
5 Return spring
The service brake is a wet disc brake housed in the wheel hub. When braking,
pressurised oil is applied to the brake piston 3. This pushes the brake discs 6
against the end plate 7. The brake discs 6 have a non-twisting connection alter-
nately with the brake housing 2 and the planetary carrier 9. The friction between
the brake discs 6 brakes the planetary carrier 9.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
When the brake is released, the pressurised oil flows out behind the brake
piston 4. The return spring 5 pushes the brake piston 4 back to its original position.
The brake discs 6 separate from each other and the planetary carrier 9 can turn
freely again.
The term wet disc brakes means that the brake discs 6 rotate in the lubricating oil
of the axle. This quickly dissipates the heat from braking and minimises friction
between the discs when the brake is not engaged. The service life of the brake
discs is thus significantly increased.
2.5 Wheel fastening

The wheels are centred and fastened on the hub with wheel bolts.
130-6 L550-1562
2.6 Axle lubrication

The axle has a common oil system. This means that the oil chambers of the differ-
ential and the wheel hubs are connected.
With each rotation, the bearings, gears and brake discs are immersed in the oil and
thus cooled and lubricated.
130.1.2 Rear axle

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 390: Main components of the rear axle

1 Wheel hub 4 Main housing
2 Axle casing 5 Brackets for the oscillating bearing
3 Input flange
The rear axle consists of the main housing 4 with the input flange 3, the axle
casing 2 and the wheel hubs 1. The brackets for the oscillating bearing 5 are cast
on to the main housing.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The only differences between the front axle and rear axle are the brackets for the
oscillating bearing. (For more information see: Layout, page 130-2)
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

(For more information see: Function, page 130-4)
L550-1562 130-7
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
130-8 L550-1562
140 Steel parts of the basic machine
Contents
140.1 Vehicle frame 140-2
L550-1562/31334-; 140-2
L550-1562/31334-; 140-3
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 140-1
Steel parts of the basic machine Service manual
140.1 Vehicle frame

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 391: Articulation bearing

1 Cheese-head screws 7 Front section
2 Grease fitting 8 Rear section
3 Pressure flange 9 Bearing cover
4 Tensioner 10 Radial seal
5 Spacer 11 Shim
6 Pin 12 Swivel bearing
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The articulation bearing is fitted between the front and rear sections.
140-2 L550-1562
Service manual Steel parts of the basic machine
Fig. 392: Main components of the articulation bearing

1 Pressure flange 7 Tensioner
2 Cylinder screw 8 Lubrication nipple
3 Bushing 9 Radial seals
4 Bearing cover 10 Cylinder screw
5 Shims 11 Bearing pin
6 Swivel bearing
2.1 Function
The articulation bearing connects the front and rear sections. It allows the machine
to be steered by articulating the vehicle frame to the left or right.
Special bearing points have been designed to ensure that the bearing between the
front and rear sections is without play.
The bearing is fastened by the bearing covers 4 bolted onto both sides. The
bearing pins 11 are held firmly in place in the bearing holes in the rear and front
sections by tensioners 7.
The radial seals 9 protect the bearing points from dirt.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The articulation lock is fitted between the front and rear sections.
L550-1562 140-3
Steel parts of the basic machine Service manual
Fig. 393: Articulation lock

1 Spring clip 4 Locking bar
2 Pin a Articulation lock engaged
3 Bracket b Articulation lock released
2 Function
The articulation lock arrests the articulated joint of the machine. This means the
steering is blocked, for example when transporting the machine or for mainte-
nance.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
140-4 L550-1562
150 Working attachment
Contents
150.1 Lift arms for Z kinematics 150-2
150.1.1 Pin bearing 150-2
L550-1562/31334-; 150-2
L550-1562/31334-; 150-3
150.2 Quick coupler 150-4
L550-1562/31334-; 150-4
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 150-1
Working attachment Service manual
150.1 Lift arms for Z kinematics
150.1.1 Pin bearing

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 394: Z kinematics standard pin bearing

1 Bearing pin retainer 4 Radial seal
2 Bearing pin with securing lug 5 Lifting arm
3 Counter bearing 6 Bearing bushing
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2 Function
The lift arms are connected by a pin bearing to the following components:
– Front section
– Lift cylinder
– Linkage
150-2 L550-1562
Service manual Working attachment

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 395: Z kinematics bucket pin bearing

1 Bearing pin retainer 4 Special radial seal
2 Bearing pin with securing lug 5 Lifting arm
3 Bucket 6 Bearing bushing
2 Function
The bucket pin bearing connects the lift arms to the working attachment.
The pin bearing for the bucket is sealed with a special radial seal
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 150-3
150.2 Quick coupler

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 396: Unactuated quick coupler

1 Locking pin 6 Quick coupler solenoid valve Y53
2 Locking indicator 7 Quick coupler solenoid valve LS
signal Y53a
3 Hydraulic cylinder quick coupler 8 Control valve block (working
hydraulics LS connection)
4 Backing plate 9 Hydraulic tank
5 Device support 10 Control valve block (high pressure
working hydraulics connection)
2 Function
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2.1 Basic function

With the quick coupler, the working attachment (bucket, forklift, etc.) can be
attached and removed without additional tools.
150-4 L550-1562
2.2 Hydraulics
Fig. 397: Quick coupler unactuated / unlocked / locked

1 Control valve block (working 4 Quick coupler solenoid valve I Unlock quick coupler button
hydraulics LS connection) LS signal Y53a
2 Control valve block (high 5 Quick coupler solenoid valve II Lock quick coupler button
pressure working hydraulics) Y53
3 Hydraulic tank 6 Hydraulic cylinder quick
coupler
When the quick coupler is not actuated, the quick coupler solenoid valve 5 and the
quick coupler solenoid valve LS signal 4 are not energised. The quick coupler sole-
noid valve 5 connects the piston side of the hydraulic cylinder 6 with the high pres-
sure of the working hydraulics 2. As the high pressure of the working hydraulics is
always on the piston side, the quick coupler can not be unlocked unintentionally.
When the quick coupler is unlocked, the quick coupler solenoid valve 5 and the
quick coupler solenoid valve LS signal 4 are energised. The quick coupler solenoid
valve 5 connects the ring side of the hydraulic cylinder 6 with the high pressure of
the working hydraulics 2. Thequick coupler solenoid valve LS signal 4 also
connects the high pressure of the working hydraulics 2 with the LS connection of
the working hydraulics 1 and thus generates a load sensing signal. The load
sensing signal causes the working hydraulics pump to swing out. The hydraulic
cylinder 6 pulls in the two locking pins. The quick coupler unlocks.
When the quick coupler locks, only the quick coupler solenoid valve LS signal 4 is
energised. The quick coupler solenoid valve 5 connects the piston side of the
hydraulic cylinder 6 with the high pressure of the working hydraulics 2. Thequick
coupler solenoid valve LS signal 4 also connects the high pressure of the working
hydraulics 2 with the LS connection of the working hydraulics 1 and thus generates
a load sensing signal. The load sensing signal causes the working hydraulics pump
to swing out. The hydraulic cylinder 6 extends the two locking pins. The quick
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
coupler locks.
L550-1562 150-5
2.3 Electrics
Fig. 398: Wiring diagram of quick coupler

A17a Output module 1 K232 Latching function relay
F1 Quick coupler fuse (5A) MP6_f Cab, rear wall earth point
H40 Buzzer Y53 Quick coupler solenoid valve
KL15 Voltage at terminal 15 Y53a Quick coupler solenoid valve LS signal
KL30 Voltage at terminal 30 S23 Quick coupler button
K231 Unlock quick coupler relay
Tab. 91: Electrics
The electrics of the quick coupler are supplied with voltage via the fuse F1.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The quick coupler can be locked or unlocked using the quick coupler S23 button.
2.3.1 Unlocking the quick coupler

When the quick coupler S23 button is in the 1 position, the quick coupler is
unlocked. The quick coupler S23 button supplies the unlock quick coupler
relay K231 and the quick coupler solenoid valve LS signal Y53a with voltage.
The quick coupler solenoid valve LS signal Y53a generates a load sensing signal.
The load sensing signal causes the working hydraulics pump to swing out. This
provides sufficient pressure for the hydraulic cylinder to retract.
The quick coupler solenoid valve Y53 is supplied with voltage via the unlock quick
coupler relay K231. This directs hydraulic oil to the ring side of the hydraulic
150-6 L550-1562
cylinder. The hydraulic cylinder retracts. At the same time, the buzzer H40 is acti-
vated.
The latching function relay K232 ensures that the quick coupler solenoid valve Y53
and the buzzer H40 remain active even when the quick coupler S23 button is
released.
The quick coupler solenoid valve LS signal Y53a is only active when the quick
coupler S23 button is actuated.
2.3.2 Locking the quick coupler

When the quick coupler S23 button is in the 2 position, the quick coupler is locked.
The quick coupler S23 button supplies the latching function relay K232 and the
quick coupler solenoid valve LS signal Y53a with voltage.
The quick coupler solenoid valve LS signal Y53a generates a load sensing signal.
The load sensing signal causes the working hydraulics pump to swing out. This
provides sufficient pressure for the hydraulic cylinder to extend.
As soon as the latching function relay K232 is supplied with voltage, the latching
function relay is deactivated. This interrupts the voltage supply to the quick coupler
solenoid valve Y53. Hydraulic oil is directed to the piston side of the hydraulic
cylinder. The hydraulic cylinder extends. At the same time, the buzzer H40 is deac-
tivated.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 150-7
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
150-8 L550-1562
160 Operator's cab, heating and air
conditioning
Contents
160.1 Overview of the cab, heating and air conditioning unit
L550-1562/31334-; 160-3
160.2 Display and control elements 160-5
160.2.1 Electrical components in the control panel 160-5
160.2.1.1 Overview of electrical components in the control
panel
L550-1562/31334-; 160-5
L550-1562/31334-; 160-6
L550-1562/31334-; 160-8
160.2.2 Display
L550-1562/31334-; 160-9
L550-1562/31334-; 160-10
160.3 Heating, ventilation, air conditioning 160-12
160.3.1 Overview of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system
L550-1562/31334-; 160-12
160.3.2 Heating and air conditioning unit 160-15
L550-1562/31334-; 160-15
160.3.2.2 Blower
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562/31334-; 160-18
160.4 Air conditioning 160-19
L550-1562/31334-; 160-19
160.4.2 Condenser
L550-1562/31334-; 160-22
160.4.3 Dryer
L550-1562/31334-; 160-22
160.4.4 Evaporator
L550-1562/31334-; 160-24
L550-1562 160-1
Operator's cab, heating and air conditioning Service manual
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
160-2 L550-1562
Service manual Operator's cab, heating and air conditioning
160.1 Overview of the cab, heating and air condi-

tioning unit
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 399: Driver’s cab

1 Heating, ventilation, air-condi- 14 Adjustable arm rest
tioning outlet nozzles
2 Interior mirror 15 Control lever
3 Sun visor 16 Additional control lever (optional)
4 Display 17 Control unit
5 Radio compartment 18 Starter switch
6 Switch panel 19 Switch panel
7 Interior lighting 20 “Heater/ventilation/air-condi-
tioning” control unit
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
8 Inch/brake pedal 21 Operating hour meter (optional)

9 Steering column switch 22 Cigarette lighter socket
10 Steering wheel 23 Diagnostic plug
11 Steering wheel hub for steering 24 Fuse box
wheel height adjustment (optional)
12 Steering wheel adjustment lever 25 Driver’s seat
13 Accelerator pedal
2.1 Basic function

The driver’s cab is mounted on a flexible bearing on the rear section.
The driver’s cab is equipped as standard with an air conditioning unit. O
The entry to the cab is via the access and the door on the left.
L550-1562 160-3
The right window is also an emergency exit.
2.2 Strength according to ROPS/FOPS

The cab is a safety cab which is tested and approved in accordance with ROPS/
FOPS.
ROPS (roll over protective structure) refers to mechanical rigidity in the event of the
vehicle falling over.
FOPS (falling object protective structure) refers to the rigidity of the cab on the
event of objects falling onto it.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
160-4 L550-1562
160.2 Display and control elements
160.2.1 Electrical components in the control panel
160.2.1.1 Overview of electrical components in the control panel

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 400: Instrument panel

1 Control unit A11 6 Air conditioning switch (optional)
2 Temperature knob 7 Quick coupler button S23
3 Blower motor knob 8 Control unit for additional heating
(optional)
4 Air distribution knob 9 Starter switch S1
5 “Cigarette lighter” socket X70
2 Function
The control unit 1 has its own CAN address and communicates with the central
control unit.
Use the temperature knob 2 to regulate the temperature in the cab.
Use the blower motor knob 3 to regulate the blower motor speed.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Use the air distribution knob 4 to regulate the air distribution in the cab.
External devices requiring a 12 volt power supply can be connected to the “ciga-
rette lighter” socket 5.
Use the quick coupler button 7 to operate the quick coupler.
The machine can be put into operation with the starter switch 9.
L550-1562 160-5

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
The control unit has buttons. The buttons are used to activate and deactivate
various functions on the machine. When a function is activated, one or more LEDs
light up correspondingly.
1 Layout
Fig. 401: Control unit

1 Control unit 3 LED
2 Button 4 Symbol
Button Designation Button Designation

Parking brake A) DISP MODE B)
Display brightness adjust- Working hydraulics lockout C)

ment
Higher travel range Lower travel range LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Vmax (speed restriction) Central lubrication system

(optional)
Ride control (optional) C)
Tab. 92: Buttons on the control unit
A) The parking brake is automatically activated when the engine is started.
160-6 L550-1562
B) For switching the display between engine speed (rpm), service hours (hours)
and clock (time). Press the button for 5 seconds to change between summer
and winter time.
C) The setting remains stored after the ignition is switched off.
2 Function
The control unit for main functions is linked to the central control unit via a CAN
bus (CAN line 1).
The control unit A11 functions as soon as the ignition is turned on (terminal 15).
When a button is pressed, a signal is sent via CAN bus to the central control unit.
The buttons have LEDs, which can signal the following conditions:
Button with switch function: all three LEDs ON or OFF
Button with touch function: all three LEDs only light up when the button is
pressed
Button with control function: the LEDs go on or off individually each time the
button is pressed
The functions of each button are described in the operating manual for the
machine in question.
2.2 Function test

When the ignition is turned on, all the LEDs light up for the duration of the test.
If there is a fault or failure in a module (CAN bus module) the LEDs remain lit after
the test (safety-critical condition). In this case, the system cannot be started.
2.3 Plug assignment
Fig. 402: Plug A11/X1

1 +24 V power supply F71 7 CAN bus CAN High 2
(connected to pin 5)
2 Earth (connected to pin 6) 8 CAN bus CAN Low 2
3 CAN bus CAN High 1 9 Terminating resistor
4 CAN bus CAN Low 1 10 Unassigned
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
5 Unassigned 11 Unassigned
6 Unassigned 12 Unassigned
L550-1562 160-7

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 403: Starter switch

1 Starter switch S1 3 Electrical connections
2 Starter switch positions 4 Equivalent circuit diagram
2.1 Basic function

The machine can be started with the starter switch. The starter switch has four
positions.
2.2 Position P (terminal 58)

In position P the connection 30 on the starter switch is coupled with the connec-
tion 58.
In this position, when the battery main switch is ON, the following functions are
activated:
– Radio
– 12 volt socket
– Driver's seat compressor (optional)
– “Cigarette lighter socket”
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
– Interior lighting for cab

– Door contact switch (optional)
– Working headlights (on default setting)
2.3 Position 0 (terminal 30)

In position 0 the connection 30 on the starter switch is not connected.
This is also the ignition OFF position. In this position the machine is not in opera-
tion.
In this position, when the battery main switch is ON, terminal 30 is activated.
160-8 L550-1562
2.4 Position 1 (terminal 15 and terminal 58)

In position 1 the connection 30 on the starter switch is coupled with the connec-
tions 15 and 58.
This is also the ignition ON position.
In this position, when the battery main switch is ON, terminals 15 and 58 are acti-
vated.
When the starter switch is turned to position 1, these are some of the functions that
are activated:
– The central control unit is booted up. A system check is performed.
– The preglow system is started.
Before the starter switch is turned from position 1 to position 2, booting up of the
central control unit and the preglow process must have been completed. This takes
5 to 10 seconds.
2.5 Position 2 (terminal 15 and terminal 50)

In position 2 the connection 30 on the starter switch is coupled with the connec-
tions 15 and 50.
In this position, when the battery main switch is ON, a signal is sent to the central
control unit. The engine starts.
After the starter switch is released in position 2, spring force automatically moves it
to position 1.
To prevent damage to the engine, position 2 should be activated for a maximum of
15 seconds. Wait 1 minute between starting attempts.
160.2.2 Display
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
The display (A13) shows the status icons and warning symbols of the machine.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 404: Display
L550-1562 160-9
2 Function
2.1 Symbols in the display

For further information on the symbols in the display, see: Operating manual
2.2 Plug assignment
Fig. 405: Plug assignment (plug A13.X1 / SUB-D)
The display (A13) is linked to the central control unit via 9-pin plug connector (plug
A13.X1 / SUB-D).
Pin Function Pin Function

1 Earth 6 No function
2 Supply voltage (terminal 15, fuse 7 Supply voltage (terminal 30, fuse
F10) F39)
3 CAN-Low 8 Terminating resistor
4 CAN-High 9 Terminating resistor
5 No function
Tab. 93: Plug assignment
At the back of the display, there is a plug connector (plug A13.X2) for the earth
connection to the housing.

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 406: Control lever with switch and buttons.

1 Travel direction switch 4 Additional equipment 2 button
(optional)
160-10 L550-1562
2 Control lever S2 5 Additional equipment 1 button

(optional)
3 Additional equipment 3 button
(optional)
2 Basic function
The control lever S2 includes the travel direction switch 1.
Buttons for additional functions can be installed on the top. The control lever also
controls the movements of the working attachment (lift and tilt cylinders).
2.2 Switching the travel direction

Select forward or reverse using the travel direction switch 1.
The travel direction cannot be activated until the parking brake is released. The
parking brake switch B5 interrupts the power supply from the travel direction switch
as soon as the parking brake is actuated.
The travel direction is switched to neutral by switching the travel direction switch to
neutral “N” (centre position).
2.3 Additional equipment button (optional)

If additional equipment is installed or will be installed later, the buttons 3, 4 and 5
can be used to control additional functions.
2.4 Plug assignment

Deutsch / 12-pin male
Fig. 407: Plug S2.X

1 Supply voltage (fuse F15) 7 Option
2 Option 8 Option
3 Reverse travel direction 9 Option
4 Forward travel direction 10 Option
5 Option 11 Option
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
6 Option 12 Option
The plug S2.X is behind the fuse and relay board.
L550-1562 160-11
160.3 Heating, ventilation, air conditioning
160.3.1 Overview of the heating, ventilation and air condi-

tioning system
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
The driver’s cab is equipped with warm water heating. Optionally, an air condi-
tioning unit can be also installed.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 408: Overview of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system
1 Expansion valve 8 Coolant forward flow from the
engine
2 Heater/blower unit 9 Coolant return flow from the
heating and air conditioning unit
3 Engine 10 Low pressure line from the expan-
sion valve
4 Air conditioning compressor 11 High pressure line from the air
conditioning compressor
5 Dryer 12 High pressure line from the
condenser
160-12 L550-1562
6 Air conditioning pressure switch 13 High pressure line from the dryer
and collector unit
7 Condenser
2 Basic function
The expansion valve 1 is attached to the heater/blower unit 2.
The heater/blower unit is fitted on the right of the driver’s cab.
The air conditioning compressor 4 is fitted to the engine 3.
The dryer 5 and the condenser 7 are located in the cooler mount. The air condi-
tioning pressure switch 6 is attached to the dryer.
The driver’s cab is equipped with hot water heating.
Optionally, an air conditioning unit can be also installed.
2.2 Air filters in the driver’s cab

The air drawn in is filtered by the pre-filter, the fresh air filter and the recirculated air
filter. The heater/blower unit distributes the filtered air through the outlet nozzles
into the interior of the cab.
2.2.1 Pre-filter and fresh air filter
Fig. 409: Pre-filter and fresh air filter

1 Maintenance access 3 Fresh air filter
2 Pre-filter
The pre-filter 2 and the fresh air filter 3 are located on the right, on the outside of
the driver’s cab.
Both filters must be replaced or cleaned regularly. (See the maintenance and
inspection schedule.)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 160-13
2.2.2 Recirculated air filter
Fig. 410: Recirculated air filter

1 Screw on holder for recirculated 2 Recirculated air filter
air filter
The recirculated air filter 2 is on the right, inside the driver’s cab.
In recirculation mode, the air is drawn in through the recirculated air filter.
The recirculated air filter must be replaced or cleaned regularly. (See the mainte-
nance and inspection schedule.)
2.2.3 Air conditioning troubleshooting
Malfunction Cause Remedy

The air conditioning Cab filter is dirty Clean the cab filter
compressor is switched off for
Blower speed is too low Increase the blower
long phases and only switched
speed
on for short phases
Evaporator is iced up Check the evapo-
rator
Evaporator fins are dirty Clean the cab evap-
orator fins
The air conditioning Recirculating/fresh air flap Set the flap to recir-
compressor is switched on for is set to fresh air culating air
long phases and only switched
Heating is switched on Switch off heating
off for short phases, it however
fails to cool Outlet nozzles at the front Point the outlet
are pointed towards the nozzles in the direc-
windscreen tion of the driver
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Air conditioning compressor Too much refrigerant in Correct the refrig-

does not run smoothly the air conditioning circuit erant level
Air in the air conditioning Evacuate and refill
circuit the air conditioning
unit
Valve plates in the air Check the valve
conditioning compressor plates
are defective
160-14 L550-1562

High-pressure switch switches Too much refrigerant in Correct the refrig-
off the air conditioning circuit erant level
unit
Condenser blocked Check the condenser
Low-pressure switch switches Not enough refrigerant in Correct the refrig-
off the air conditioning circuit erant level
Expansion valve blocked Check the expansion
valve
Bubbles in the sight glass Too much refrigerant in Correct the refrig-
the air conditioning circuit erant level
Not enough refrigerant in Correct the refrig-
Not enough cooling Not enough refrigerant in Correct the refrig-
unit
Expansion valve blocked Check the expansion
valve
Condenser blocked Check the condenser
Valve plates in the air Check the valve
conditioning compressor plates
are defective
Tab. 94: Air conditioning troubleshooting table
160.3.2 Heating and air conditioning unit

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
The heater/blower unit is mounted in the right side of the cab.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 160-15
1 Layout
Fig. 411: Layout of the heater/blower unit

1 Valve actuator rod 8 Air conditioning switch (optional)
2 Adjustable footwell air connection 9 Blower control knob
3 Air connection to driver-level 10 Flap and air distribution control
nozzles knob
4 Air connections to front and right 11 Flap control bowden cable
side windows
5 Air connection to cab roof 12 Connection cable for blower regu-
lator and air conditioning control
switch
6 Water valve bowden cable 13 Regulator unit
7 Heating temperature control knob
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The heat exchanger of the heater/blower unit is supplied with hot water from the
engine cooling system.
Regulation takes place using the heating and ventilation control unit and a
mechanically operated water valve.
The water valve controls the heater output.
The air flow is controlled using the various speeds of the blower.
160-16 L550-1562
2.2 Regulating the air distribution (flap control)

The driver can adjust the air flaps manually as required, using the heating/ventila-
tion control unit.
The three flaps in the heater/blower unit are controlled using knobs.
2.3 Regulating the temperature

The temperature can be adjusted progressively.
Fig. 412: Regulating the temperature
Turn the temperature knob to the required position:

– The blue range is cool.
– The red range is warm.
2.4 Adjusting the blower

Use the blower knob to switch the blower on and off.
Fig. 413: Adjusting the blower
Blower levels:
– Level 0 – OFF position
– Level 1 to 4 – from low to high air flow
2.5 Adjusting the air distribution

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 414: Adjusting the air distribution
L550-1562 160-17
Switch positions for air distribution:

– Position a - head and feet
– Position b - feet
– Position c - head
160.3.2.2 Blower
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 415: Blower

1 Blower 4 Air intake
2 Blower wiring harness 5 Air outlet
3 Motor
The blower is part of the heater/blower unit.
2 Function
The blower is a 4-speed radial fan for ventilation, heating and air conditioning in the
driver’s cab.
The fan draws the air through the axial air intake 4 and blows it through the radial
air outlet 5 to the heat exchanger of the heater.
The air flow is regulated by changing the blower speed.
Regulation and control take place using the heating/ventilation control unit. On
level 0, the blower is switched off. Level 4 is for maximum air flow.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
160-18 L550-1562
160.4 Air conditioning

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 416: Components of the air conditioning system

LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
1 Expansion valve 6 Pressure side filling coupling

2 Evaporator in the heater/blower 7 Condenser
unit
3 Temperature sensor in the evapo- 8 Air conditioning pressure switch
rator for anti-icing B27
4 Air conditioning compressor (with 9 Dryer
magnetic coupling Y22)
5 Suction side filling coupling
L550-1562 160-19
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 417: Refrigerant circuit

1 Air conditioning compressor 9 Evaporator
2 Magnetic coupling 10 Blower
3 Condenser 11 Expansion valve
4 Fan A Liquid/gaseous refrigerant, high
pressure
5 Air conditioning pressure switch B Liquid refrigerant, high pressure
B27
6 Dryer C Liquid/gaseous refrigerant, low
pressure
7 Sight glass D Gaseous refrigerant, low pressure
8 Temperature sensor
The air conditioning compressor 1 draws in the refrigerant in gas form and
increases its energy level (pressure and thermal energy).
The heat thus generated is transferred to the condenser 3. The heat dissipation
lowers the energy potential.
The cooled refrigerant liquefies. This change of state further reduces the energy in
it.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The refrigerant, which still has bubbles in it, passes into the dryer 6, where it is
filtered and dried, and then, with the bubbles removed, passes to the expansion
valve 11 on the evaporator 9.
The liquid, pressurised refrigerant is sprayed through the expansion valve 11 into
the low-pressure evaporator 9.
This allows the refrigerant to expand. The expansion reduces the pressure energy
in the refrigerant and very quickly cools the evaporator 9.
The evaporator 11 is exposed to hot air from the cab and transfers the heat to the
refrigerant. This thermal exchange cools the cab air and heats the refrigerant.
Heated refrigerant evaporates and turns to gas. This change of state requires addi-
tional energy from the (warm) evaporator, which further reduces the temperature.
160-20 L550-1562
2.2 Temperature control

The temperature is regulated by the cyclical activation and deactivation of the
magnetic coupling 2 of the air conditioning compressor 1 during operation, or by
mixing hot air from the heater, as for example in defrost mode.
The frequency of switching on and off is controlled by the temperature sensor 8 in
the evaporator 9.
The temperature sensor 8 is a capillary tube with a switch contact. The switch
contact interrupts the power supply to the magnetic coupling.
Temperature is also regulated by expansion valve 11. The pressure and tempera-
ture are recorded at the evaporator outlet and the injection quantity is precisely
metered.
These monitoring elements prevent the evaporator from icing up.
2.3 Operation
Fig. 418: Air conditioning mode
If you press the switch 1, the air conditioning compressor energises the magnetic
coupling and the LED 2 lights up.
If you press the switch 1 again, the air conditioning compressor interrupts the
circuit to the magnetic coupling and the LED 2 goes out.
2.4 Defrost mode

When the windows are misted up, the cab air must be dried. This is done by oper-
ating the air conditioning and the heater at the same time. The cab air can absorb
more moisture when it is heated. The air flowing past the cold evaporator releases
the moisture in the form of condensation.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 160-21
160.4.2 Condenser
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 419: Condenser with connections

1 Condenser 4 Fastener
2 Refrigerant intake (from air condi- 5 Condenser holding frame
tioning compressor)
3 Refrigerant outlet (to dryer) 6 Swivel bearing for cleaning
The condenser is part of the cooling system.
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The condenser 1 consists of a serpentine-shaped heating coil that is rigidly
connected to fins. A large cooling surface and a good transfer of heat is thereby
achieved. The condenser works as a heat exchanger between the ambient air and
the refrigerant.
The condenser is subjected to forced ventilation by the fan of the cooling system.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The refrigerant, which has been compressed by the compressor and thereby signif-
icantly heated, flows in a gaseous state into the condenser and is cooled down
there. The refrigerant condenses while cooling down and becomes liquid.
Cooling down and liquefaction keep the pressure of the refrigerant on the high
pressure side (the air conditioning compressor side) low.
The refrigerant flows from the condenser to the dryer.
160.4.3 Dryer
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
(For more information see: 020.13.4 Dryer, page 020-33)
160-22 L550-1562
1 Layout
Fig. 420: Dryer

1 Dryer 4 Intake (from condenser)
2 Sight glass 5 Outlet (to expansion valve)
3 Air conditioning pressure switch 6 Pressure relief valve
2 Function
The condenser is installed downstream from the dryer 1. The dryer acts as a refrig-
erant equalising and supply reservoir in the refrigerant circuit.
Liquid refrigerant flows from the condenser to the dryer. It is collected there and
then flows through the dryer, bubble-free, towards the expansion valve.
In different operating conditions, such as the thermal load on the evaporator or the
condenser and at different the engine speeds, different amounts of refrigerant are
pumped through the circuit.
The dryer absorbs moisture that penetrates the refrigerant circuit during assembly.
Swarf worn from the compressor, assembly dirt and similar contamination also
accumulate in the circuit.
When there are high levels of moisture in the system, this can cause corrosion and
malfunctions.
The dryer contains desiccant granulate to absorb the moisture in the refrigerant. It
absorbs contamination such as acid and dirt particles. Filters are mounted on the
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
end of the dryer to prevent dryer granulate entering the refrigerant circuit.
The dryer can only take up a limited amount of moisture. If the refrigerant circuit is
opened several times or for a lengthy period, the dryer takes up moisture from the
ambient air. The maximum amount of moisture will be reached faster and the dryer
will have to be replaced earlier.
A pressure relief valve 6 is fitted to protect against excess pressure. If the pressure
at the dryer exceeds 34±4 bar, the pressure relief valve opens and the pressure
dissipates from the dryer.
L550-1562 160-23
2.1.1 Indicator bead and filling level bead
Fig. 421: Indicator bead and filling level bead

1 Indicator bead 2 Filling level bead
The smaller bead is the indicator bead 1. The indicator bead is coloured. If the indi-
cator bead becomes transparent, there is too much water in the refrigerant.
The filling level bead 2 shows the current refrigerant level in the refrigerant circuit.
The refrigerant level varies according to the operating status of the air conditioning
system. This means that the filling level bead does not necessarily indicate that
there is enough refrigerant left in the circuit.
160.4.4 Evaporator
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 422: Evaporator with expansion valve

1 Holder (for fastening the air condi- 4 Evaporator
tioning hoses)
2 Expansion valve 5 Temperature sensor in the evapo-
rator (anti-icing protection)
3 Air conditioning sealing rings
160-24 L550-1562
The evaporator 4 is integrated in the heating and air conditioning unit and forms
part of the refrigerant circuit. The heating and air conditioning unit is installed in the
driver’s cab, on the right.
2 Function
2.1 Basic function

The evaporator 4 acts as a heat exchanger to cool the cab air.
The pressurised refrigerant is injected into the evaporator via the expansion
valve 2. The refrigerant evaporates as a result of the drop in pressure that
develops.
Energy is required for evaporation. The evaporator takes this energy from the
ambient air in the form of thermal energy. This significantly cools down the air. The
cooled air is conducted into the driver’s cab via nozzles.
Cooling the air down reduces the moisture in the air. This moisture settles on the
evaporator in the form of condensation water. This condensation water also
absorbs the suspended solids contained in the air. The evaporator not only cools
and dehumidifies the air but also cleans it at the same time, which results in a
markedly improved interior environment when the air conditioning system operates.
The temperature sensor protects the evaporator from excessively cold tempera-
tures and icing up.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 160-25
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
160-26 L550-1562
170 Lubrication system
Contents
170.1 Liebherr automatic central lubrication system 170-2
170.1.1 Overview of Liebherr automatic central lubrication system
L550-1562/31334-; 170-2
L550-1562/31334-; 170-6
L550-1562/31334-; 170-10
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 170-1
Lubrication system Service manual
170.1 Liebherr automatic central lubrication

system
170.1.1 Overview of Liebherr automatic central lubrication

system
Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 423: Components of the central lubrication system

1 Subdistributor MX-F 6 Pressure relief valve
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
2 Central lubrication pump 7 Lubrication nipple for manual lubri-

cation
3 Grease fitting 8 Main pipe
4 Transparent container 9 Main progressive distributor SX-E
5 Fast filling coupling 10 Lubrication points
The central lubrication pump is installed under the left cab access.
The distributors are mounted centrally to the corresponding lubrication points.
The central lubrication pump and the progressive distributors supply the connected
lubrication points with the required quantity of grease.
The number of progressive distributors depends on the machine.
170-2 L550-1562
Service manual Lubrication system
Fig. 424: Overview of lubrication points

1 Central lubrication pump 4 Secondary progressive 7 High-pressure hose
distributor 4 MX-F (6x)
2 Main progressive distributor 5 Pulse generator 8 High-pressure hose, Rau-PA
MX-F (4x) 522
3 Secondary progressive 6 Polyamide pipe
distributor 3 MX-F (6x)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 425: Locations of the progressive distributors

1 Secondary progressive distributor 3 Main progressive distributor, pulse
3 generator
2 Secondary progressive distributor 4 Central lubrication pump
4
The central lubrication pump is installed under the cab access. The main progres-
sive distributor and the pulse generator are located inside the rear section. The
secondary progressive distributor 4 is installed in the front section.
The secondary progressive distributor 3 is located on the lift arm.
L550-1562 170-3
2 Function
2.1 Progressive lubrication

The automatic central lubrication system is a progressive system. It lubricates
progressively, which means all the lubrication points in succession.
2.2 Overall system

The electrically powered central lubrication pump delivers the grease to the main
progressive distributor and distributes it to the secondary progressive distributors.
Each secondary progressive distributor delivers the grease to its lubrication points.
The internal electronics control the set lubrication and pause times of the central
lubrication pump.
2.3 Safety function

The pressure relief valve on the central lubrication pump monitors lubrication.
When the pressure in the lubrication system increases, the progressive distributor
is blocked. If the pressure exceeds the permissible threshold, the grease escapes
from the pressure relief valve. This prevents the central lubrication pump from over-
load.
Excess pressure may be caused by:
– Clogged lubrication holes
– Damaged lubrication lines
– Dirt in the lubrication system
– Defective progressive distributors
2.4 Troubleshooting

Pump not working Integrated electronic Check the electronic
control unit defective control unit and renew if
necessary
Electrical line inter- Check the electrical lines
rupted
Pump defective Check the pump and
renew if necessary
Pump working but not deliv- Air trapped in pump Bleed the pump
ering fluid piston
Filling level below Fill the reservoir
minimum
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Pump element defec- Replace the pump

tive element
No grease collar on any Pump not working See “Pump not working”
lubrication points
Excessive pauses or Reduce the pause time or
lubrication time too increase the lubrication
short time
System blocked See “Grease escaping
from pressure relief
valve”
170-4 L550-1562

No grease collar on several Line to auxiliary Replace the line
lubrication points distributor broken or
leaking
Leaky screw connec- Tighten or renew the
tions screw connections
No grease collar on several Line to auxiliary Replace the line
lubrication points distributor broken or
leaking
Leaky screw connec- Tighten or renew the
tions screw connections
Pump speed decreased High system pressure Check the bearing points
Grease escaping from pres- System pressure too Check the system
sure relief valve high
Progressive distributor Renew the progressive
blocked distributor
Valve spring defective Replace the pressure
relief valve
Tab. 95: Troubleshooting
2.5 Filling the reservoir
Fig. 426: Fast filling with cartridge

1 Fast filling pump (optional) 3 Grease fitting
2 Quick-release coupling
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The reservoir can be filled through the grease fitting 3.

For rapid filling, the fast filling pump 1 on the quick-release coupling 2 can be used.
Grease specifications:
L550-1562 170-5

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
Fig. 427: Liebherr central lubrication pump

1 DC motor 7 Strainer plate
2 Pump housing 8 Pump piston
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
3 Cam 9 Check valve

4 Level sensor (inductive) 10 Pressure relief valve
5 Transparent container 11 Thrust ring
6 Agitator
2 Function
2.1 Pump action

The DC motor 1 continuously drives the cam 3 and thrust ring 11.
The cam 3 causes the pump piston 8 to rise and fall. This produces the intake and
delivery strokes of the pump piston 8. The check valve 9 prevents the pump
piston 8 from sucking lubricant back out of the main line.
170-6 L550-1562
The agitator 6 presses the lubricant out of the transparent reservoir 5 through a
strainer 7 to the pump housing 2. This removes bubbles from the lubricant.
The pressure relief valve 10, which is set to 280 bar, protects the pipes from over-
loading.
2.2 Checking the grease quantity

If there is too little grease, all three LEDs on the central lubrication button light up
and a service code is displayed. This condition is reported by the level sensor.
You can also check the grease level using the transparent reservoir. The rubber
scraper of the agitator is visible.
2.3 Filling the reservoir
Fig. 429: Fast filling with cartridge

1 Fast filling pump (optional) 3 Lubrication nipple
2 Quick-release coupling (optional)
The reservoir can be filled via the lubricating fitting 3.
For rapid filling, the fast filling pump 1 on the quick-release coupling 2 can be used.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 170-7
2.4 Basic operation and control function
Fig. 430: Central lubrication system control

1 Liebherr central lubrication pump 5 Fuse (F73)
2 Grease level sensor 6 Central lubrication system relay
(K245)
3 Central lubrication system button 7 Inductive switch for lubricating
strokes (B43)
4 Central control unit (UEC3)
The Liebherr central lubrication pump 1 is regulated by the central control unit
(UEC3) 4.
The lubrication intensity is set using the central lubrication system button 3 via an
input on the central control unit.
The grease level sensor 2 monitors the level in the grease reservoir.
The inductive switch for lubricating strokes 7 monitors the number of lubricating
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
strokes during the lubricating period.

To start the central lubrication, the central lubrication system relay (K245) 6 is acti-
vated via an output on the central control unit. The central control unit is powered
via the fuse (F73) 5.
If the ignition is switched off or the parking brake is engaged during lubrication, the
central control unit stops lubrication. The number of strokes left is saved. After the
ignition is switched on or the parking brake is released, lubrication is resumed.
170-8 L550-1562
2.5 Non-scheduled lubrication intensity (cycle settings)

You can use the central lubrication system button to make the following settings:
– Setting the lubrication intensity (75%, 100%, 125%)
– Non-scheduled lubrication
The LEDs indicate the following conditions when the ignition is switched on:
– LED 1 lights up: 75% lubrication intensity set (for light duty)
– LED 2 lights up: 100% lubrication intensity set (for medium duty)
– LED 3 lights up: 125% lubrication intensity set (for heavy duty)
– LED 1 or 2 or 3 flashes: lubrication cycle in progress
– LED 1 + 2 + 3 light up: grease level low
– LEDs 1 + 2 + 3 flash and service code: system fault
2.6 Setting the lubrication intensity
Fig. 432: Lubrication processes

A Lubrication cycle (strokes) 2 Lubrication process for medium
duty
1 Lubrication process for light duty 3 Lubrication process for heavy duty
Press and hold the central lubrication system button (>2 s) to switch to setting
mode.
Each time you press the button, the mode changes to the next one up and after the
highest mode switches back to the first (i.e. 75% - 100% - 125% - 75% - ... etc.)
The cycle time for medium-duty operation (mode 2) can be altered in the Sculi
diagnostic software using the CWadCGrTimeMode2 parameter.
During the lubrication cycle A the set strokes are performed (standard: 22). The
shorter the pauses between the lubrication cycles, the more grease is supplied to
the lubrication points.
2.7 Non-scheduled lubrication

Briefly press the central lubrication system button (<2 s) to trigger a non-scheduled
lubrication at any time. The ignition must be switched on but the parking brake can
be engaged (lubrication and cycle time according to setting)
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The pump motor switches off after the set number of strokes and the cycle time
begins again.
2.8 System fault (stroke error)

The strokes are tested with a specified time.
Each executed stroke resets this time. If no stroke is performed in this time, the
system is stopped, LEDs 1 + 2 + 3 flash and the service code E2017 appears.
2.9 Grease level in reservoir too low

If the grease level in the reservoir is too low, all the LEDs on the central lubrication
system button light up until the grease is topped up.
L550-1562 170-9
2.10 Making settings with Sculi

You can make the following settings:
OptCentralLubricCycle Activation of the central lubrication system

You can use this setting to activate or deactivate the
central lubrication system.
CLUTact_Tacts Central lubrication system - number of strokes per lubri-
cation
Set the basic grease quantity for the distributors here.
CLUModeLight, Central lubrication system mode (light, medium, heavy)
CLUModeMedium,
CLUModeHeavy
You can set the intensity of lubrication here. You can also
make this setting using the button on the control unit.
CLUTact_TimeL, Central lubrication system light, medium and heavy duty
CLUTact_TimeM, cycle time (cycle control)
CLUTact_TimeH
You can set the intensity of lubrication here. Standard
time for light duty 45 min, medium duty 30 min, heavy
duty 20 min.
CLUTime_Grease Central lubrication greasing time (timer control)
CLUTime_Wait Central lubrication waiting time (timer control)
OptCentralLubricTime Activation of timer-controlled central lubrication switching
This is an emergency function. You can use it to tempora-
rily switch the system to timer control if an inductive
switch is defective.
Tab. 96: Making settings with Sculi

Valid for: L550-1562/31334-;
1 Layout
The progressive distributors are manufactured in a variable disc design. The
advantage of this is that the distributor can be extended or reduced according to
the number of lubrication points.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
The flow rate depends on the piston diameter. Each progressive distributor
requires at least three pumping elements to work properly.
The progressive distributors of the entire system are coordinated with each other
according to the machine type. If a change is made to the combination of the
progressive distributors, this can have negative consequences for the entire central
lubrication system.
The distributors must always be installed in a horizontal position.
170-10 L550-1562
Fig. 433: Installation position of the progressive distributor

1 Initial element 3 Middle element
2 Middle element 4 End element
Fig. 434: Layout of the progressive distributor

1 Initial element (without piston) 4 Connecting line
2 Middle elements with engraved 5 Dummy plug
flow rate
3 Bolt connection 6 End element
Toothed tie rods connect the elements to the distributor blocks
O-rings are installed as seals between the elements.
The numbers on the elements indicate the output grease per outlet in mm3 per
lubrication cycle.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 170-11
2 Function
2.1 Basic function
Fig. 435: Piston positions of the progressive distributor MX-F

A -C Piston positions 1-6 Grease channel outlets
I - III Piston
The progressive distributors act hydraulically to distribute the lubricant to the indi-
vidual outlets in succession.
The lubricant flows via the distributor inlet through all the distributor discs to the
piston I (piston position A).
The piston moves to the left and presses the lubricant out of the left pressure
chamber of the piston to the outlet 1 (piston position B). Then the pistons II and III
pump the lubricant to the outlets 2 and 3.
After the piston III is moved, the lubricant flows to the left side of the piston I (piston
position C). The piston I moves to the right and presses the lubricant out of the
right pressure chamber of the piston to outlet 4.
Then the pistons II and III pump the lubricant to the outlets 5 and 6.
After the piston III moves, the lubricant flows back to the right side of the piston I
(piston position A) and a new cycle of the progressive distributor starts. This func-
tion is repeated for as long as lubricant is pumped to the progressive distributor.
2.1.1 Effects of malfunctions

Malfunctions can occur in the network of lubrication lines or in the distributor.
Malfunctions include:
– Blocked lubrication lines
– Twisted split bushings
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
These malfunctions interrupt the flow of lubricant. This blocks the distributor.
When the distributor is blocked, lubricant escapes via the pressure relief valve of
the central lubrication pump.
170-12 L550-1562
200 Diagnosis
Contents
200.1 Malfunctions 200-2
200.1.1 Warning symbols 200-2
200.1.2 Service code indicator in the display 200-2
200.2 Troubleshooting 200-5
200.2.1 Replacing fuses 200-5
200.2.1.1 Fuses in the battery compartment 200-5
200.2.1.2 Plug-in fuses on the relay and fuse board 200-6
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
L550-1562 200-1
Diagnosis Service manual
200.1 Malfunctions
200.1.1 Warning symbols

The following table contains explanations of warning symbols, causes and
remedies.
Symbol in the display Meaning Cause Remedy

Engine oil pressure too Engine oil pressure too Turn off the machine, check the oil
low low level, check the service code, trou-
bleshoot according to the engine
workshop manual
Coolant temperature Coolant temperature Clean the cooling system, check the
too high above 100 °C service code, check the coolant
level, troubleshoot according to the
engine workshop manual
Fuel level too low Fuel tank is empty Refuel, check the service code,
check the fuel level sensor
Brake accumulator Service brake not Check the service code, check the
pressure too low working correctly brake pressures according to testing
and adjustment checklist
Emergency steering Emergency steering Check the service code, check the
check not successfully check failed electrical and hydraulic system of the
completed emergency steering pump
Emergency steering Steering pump failed, Check the service code, check the
lights up when a steering only possible steering system
steering pump fault with emergency
occurs steering pump
Hydraulic oil tempera- Hydraulic oil tempera- Clean the cooling system, check the
ture too high ture above 95 °C service code, check the hydraulic
system
Battery not charging Fault in the electrical Check the service code, check the
system batteries, check the alternator, check
the wiring
Switch off the machine Fault on the machine Check the service code
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Air filter contamination Air filter is dirty Clean/replace the air filter, check the
service code
Tab. 97: Warning symbols
200.1.2 Service code indicator in the display

The control system monitors many of the machine’s functions:
– Short circuit
– Cable rupture
– External voltage
– Incorrect input and output signals
200-2 L550-1562
Service manual Diagnosis
The central control unit also continuously checks the program sequence and
communication with the control modules.
Fig. 436: Service code indicator in the display

1 STOP display 2 Service code display
If a fault occurs while you are setting up or operating the machine, it is shown on
the display unit and stored in the service code memory.
The following must be taken into account:
– All service codes can be read using the LIEBHERR diagnosis software.
– Each service code is accompanied by a single beep.
Malfunctions and their effects

Every malfunction has a defined effect.
See the “Effects” column in the service code table.
Depending on the cause of the fault, restricted driving may still be possible.
If there are malfunctions which may damage the machine:
– Neutral travel direction is automatically selected and this hydrostatically brakes
the machine.
– This is indicated by the STOP indicator 1 in the display.
Correcting an error
The cause of a service code can be identified using the Sculi diagnostic software. It
also describes the effects and possible remedies.
Note
Possible approach when rectifying an error:
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Identify the cause of the service code using the integrated database in the diag-
nostic software.
u Rectify the error as indicated by Sculi.
List of abbreviations
LFD: Liebherr ride control
LH-ECU: Liebherr engine control unit (A700D)
PWM: Pulse width modulated outputs (proportional solenoid)
RAM: Memory
REF: Reference (comparison)
Ubat: Battery supply voltage (terminal 30)
L550-1562 200-3
Rectifying a fault on the engine

Connect the Service Advisor diagnostic software to the engine and read the error.
Information on troubleshooting can be found in the Engine folder of the Liebherr
service documentation.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
200-4 L550-1562
200.2 Troubleshooting
200.2.1 Replacing fuses
NOTICE
Beware of damage to the electrical system.
u In order to prevent damage to the electrical system, only use fuses with the
correct rating.

q The electrical circuit has been checked before changing the fuse.
q The battery main switch of the machine is turned off.
WARNING
Beware of electrocution!
If you touch live parts you can be electrocuted.
u Switch off the machine’s electrical system before working on live components.
u The battery main switch must be turned off for reasons of safety.
200.2.1.1 Fuses in the battery compartment

If you need to access the fuses:
u Take off the battery compartment cover.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
Fig. 437: Fuses in the battery compartment
Fuse Value Unit Designation/function

1 F01 100 A Main fuse
2 F03 200 A Emergency steering pump (optional)
3 F07 10 A Hazard warning system
Tab. 98: Fuses in the battery compartment
L550-1562 200-5
u Replace the blown fuse with a new one (of the same rating).
u Tighten the fuse holder insulating nut to 12 Nm.
200.2.1.2 Plug-in fuses on the relay and fuse board

The circuit board with the relays and plug-in fuses is located behind the operator’s
seat.
Each fuse has an LED so that you can test it.
Fig. 438: Plug-in fuses on the relay and fuse board

1 Screw 3 Relay and fuse board
2 Cover 4 LED TEST button
To check the plug-in fuses:
u Remove the cover 2.
u Press the button 4.
w If the fuse is intact, the corresponding LED lights up.
Note
Check the fuses.
u To check the fuses F2 to F7, the consumer unit must be switched on.
u Switch the ignition off again.

u Use the table below to identify the defective fuse.
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
u Take out the defective fuse and replace it with a new one.

F1 5 A Quick coupler
F2 7.5 A Left high beam
F3 7.5 A Right high beam
F4 7.5 A Right low beam
F5 7.5 A Left low beam
F6 5 A Left marker lights
200-6 L550-1562

F7 5 A Right marker lights
F07b 10 A Hazard warning lights
F8 15 A Compressor seat
F8a 10 A Interior lighting, socket
F9 10 A Fan reversal
F10 3 A Display
F11 3 A Inch/brake pedal
F12 10 A UEC3 power supply
F13 10 A Emergency steering pump activation
F14 20 A Heating/air conditioning system
Control lever, fuel pipe sensor, cooling
F15 10 A
water level
F16 20 A Starter solenoid
F17 – A Engine stop
F18 10 A Rear wiper and washer pump
F19 10 A Spare
F19a 15 A Spare
F20 15 A Front wiper and washer pump, horn
F21 15 A Low beam
F22 15 A Control unit UEC3, VDC3
F25 10 A Flashing beacon
F26 15 A Diagnostic plug
F27 10 A Marker lights
F28 10 A Spare
F29 25 A Ignition switch release
F30 15 A Voltage transformer
F31a 10 A Front left working headlight
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
F31b 10 A Front right working headlight

F33a 10 A Rear left working headlight
F33b 10 A Rear right working headlight
F35 10 A Dust filter overpressure unit
F36 – A Spare
F37 20 A Engine control unit
F38 3 A Alternator
F39 5 A Weighing device
F40 10 A Rear hatch working headlight
L550-1562 200-7

F41 10 A Spare
F43 10 A Engine control unit
F44 10 A Brake light
F45 3 A Alternator
F46 3 A Flashing warning light
F71 10 A Dashboard lights
F73 10 A Central lubrication system
Rear window heater and mirror heater
F74 15 A
(optional)
F75 10 A 12V radio
F76 10 A 12V radio and socket
Tab. 99: Plug-in fuses on the relay and fuse board
LBH/11827696/07/211-20200403_141903/en
200-8 L550-1562

En Service Manual: Wheel Loader

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

En Service Manual: Wheel Loader

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

en Service manual

Contact Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd.

copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020

Notes for users

Colour legend of hydraulic diagrams

Colour Line thick- Designation

Thick Tank line

Thin Leak oil line

copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020

Colour Line thick- Designation

Thin Control pressure or pilot pressure

Thick Enclosed oil

Thick Working pressure

Thin Load sensing pressure

Colour legend of hydraulic diagrams

copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020

010 Introduction 010-1

010.1.4.1 Operator's cab 010-12

copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020

010.1.6.2 Dangerous fuels and operating fluids 010-14

010.3.1.2 Other applicable documents 010-27

copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020

010.4.3.1 Out of service for up to 2 months 010-36

020 Technical data 020-1

020.3 Cooling system 020-15

copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020

020.4.2 Control valve block

020.7.2 Steering cylinder

copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020

020.7.7 Emergency steering check pressure switch B3a

copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020

020.13.2.1 Air conditioning 020-33

030 Maintenance 030-1

030.3.4.1 Lubricating oil quality 030-18

copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020

030.3.6.3 Minimum quality requirement 030-20

copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020

030.4.3.7 Oil analyses

copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020

030.4.4.20 Cleaning or changing the main filter element

030.4.7.5 Changing the hydraulic tank breather filter

copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020

030.4.9 Brake system 030-90

030.4.13 Steel parts of the basic machine 030-108

copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020

030.4.14.1 Lubricating lift arms and attached working attach-

copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020

030.6.2.2 Bringing the machine up to operating temperature

030.6.5.9 Stabilisation module (optional), cut-off function

copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020

030.6.7 Travel hydraulics 030-159

030.6.10.3 Resetting central control unit (UEC3)

040 Drive group 040-1

copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020

040.1.1 Engine: General overview

050 Cooling system 050-1

copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020

060 Working hydraulics 060-1

070 Travel hydraulics 070-1

080 Hydraulic components 080-1

copyright © Liebherr Machinery (Dalian) Co. Ltd. 2020

080.1.2 Filter unit